CARLSBERG GROUP
ANNUAL
REPORT
2025
As approved on the Company's Annual General Meeting on 16 March 2026
Anders Stubbe Arndal
Chair of the Meeting
CONTENTS
Introduction
4 Letter from the Chair & the
Group CEO
6 Executive Committee
8 Highlights of the year
9 Our results
10 Our portfolio
11 Our regions
14 Capital allocation
15 5-year key figures
Creating value
16 Our purpose
17 Our business model
18 Our strategy
2025 review and 2026
expectations
22 Expanding our soft drinks exposure
23 Group review
25 Western Europe
27 Asia
29 Central & Eastern Europe
andIndia
31 2026 earnings expectations
Governance
32 Risk management
34 Corporate governance
40 Supervisory Board
43 Share information
44 ESRS data points
45 Forward-looking statements
&ESEF
General disclosures
47 Disclosure requirements index
49 Reporting principles of the
sustainability statement
50 Our value chain and business
model
51 Our material topics
53 Our ESG programme
54 ESG governance
56 Our stakeholders
Environment
57 E1 Climate change
67 E3 Water and marine resources
70 E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
74
E5 Resource use and circular
economy
Social
78 S1 Own workforce
85 S2 Workers in the value chain
88 S4 Consumers and end-users
Governance
92 G1 Business conduct
Appendices
95 Appendix 1: Data points that
derive from other EUlegislation
97 Appendix 2: EU Taxonomy
Consolidated financial
statements
102 Income statement
102 Statement of comprehensive
income
103 Statement of financial position
104 Statement of changes in equity
105 Statement of cash flows
106 Notes
Parent company financial
statements
179 Income statement
179 Statement of comprehensive
income
180 Statement of financial position
181 Statement of changes in equity
181 Statement of cash flows
182 Notes
190 Management statement
191 Independent auditor’s reports
195 Independent auditor’s limited
assurance report on the
sustainability statement
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 2
Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements
carlsberggroup.com
Carlsberg Group
@carlsberggroup
Find us online
Reports
MANAGEMENT
REVIEW
In this section
Introduction
4 Letter from the Chair & the Group CEO
6 Executive Committee
8 Highlights of the year
9 Our results
10 Our portfolio
11 Our regions
14 Capital allocation
15 5-year key figures
Creating value
16 Our purpose
17 Our business model
18 Our strategy
2025 review and 2026 expectations
22 Expanding our soft drinks exposure
23 Group review
25 Western Europe
27 Asia
29 Central & Eastern Europe and India
31 2026 earnings expectations
Governance
32 Risk management
34 Corporate governance
40 Supervisory Board
43 Share information
44 ESRS data points
45 Forward-looking statements & ESEF
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 3
2025 was a year marked by both continuity and
change for the Carlsberg Group. Against a
backdrop of subdued consumer sentiment and a
challenging trading environment, we delivered
strong reported growth, successfully integrated
Britvic, and focused on building a resilient
business for the long term.
Reported volumes grew by 17.7% and revenue by 18.8%, driven
by the acquisition of Britvic.
Organic volume and revenue development were impacted by
the soft consumer sentiment across our markets and the loss
of the San Miguel brand licence in the UK. Operating profit
grew organically by 5.0%, with strict cost discipline and
performance management enabling continued investments in
our business. Organic growth was at the top end of our guided
range of 3-5%, which was a narrowing announced in August of
the initial guided range of 1-5%.
Read about the Group’s financial results on pages 23-30.
Shareholder returns
Our capital allocation principles remain firmly embedded in our
company, and we are committed to our dividend payout policy
of around 50% of adjusted net profit. In March, we paid a total
dividend of DKK 3.6bn, equivalent to 49% of adjusted net profit
in 2024.
At the Annual General Meeting in March 2026, the Supervisory
Board will recommend a dividend of DKK 29.0 per share. This
represents an increase of 7%, positively impacted by the Britvic
acquisition. The dividend equals a payout ratio of 48% of
adjusted net profit (MPM, see page 23).
Combining beer and soft drinks
We took significant steps in 2024 and 2025 to increase our
exposure to the combination of beer and soft drinks, unlocking
new opportunities for growth and value creation.
Building a consumer-centric, diversified beverage portfolio
strengthens our position as a world-class brewer with an
attractive portfolio of international brands, including Carlsberg,
Tuborg and 1664 Blanc, and local brands, such as Falcon in
Sweden, Chongqing in China and Pirinsko in Bulgaria, and
enables us to meet a wider range of consumer needs and
occasions. By leveraging shared capabilities across beer and
soft drinks, we drive efficiencies in production, logistics and
sales, while offering customers a comprehensive portfolio.
This approach deepens our partnerships with customers,
positions us to capture growth as consumer preferences evolve,
and creates a significantly more resilient company that will
deliver compounding earnings growth despite cyclical pressure
and shifting consumer trends.
Britvic
The acquisition of Britvic was completed on 16 January 2025.
We are very excited about our new and expanded business in
the UK, which has fundamentally changed our scale and
capabilities.
The integration progressed as planned during the year, and we
are already seeing the benefits of combining beer and soft drinks
under one roof. Working together, the teams identified additional
opportunities and benefits beyond our initial synergy estimates.
Consequently, in October we raised our synergy expectations to
GBP 110m. Due to the strong collaboration, we were also ahead
of the original plan, delivering approximately 30% of the
expected cost synergies already in the first year. This progress
reflects the quality of collaboration across the combined
business and reinforces our confidence in the long-term value
creation of the acquisition.
The operating profit contribution from Britvic, excluding the
amortisation related to the purchase price allocation, amounted
to GBP 253m, which was slightly higher than expected.
Our combined broad portfolio of beer and soft drinks has
allowed us to engage with customers in new ways, and to
approach the market with a broader, more relevant portfolio.
The feedback from customers and partners has been
encouraging, and we are committed to building on this
foundation in the years ahead.
Expanding the partnership with PepsiCo
Our partnership with PepsiCo has been further strengthened
with the addition of our bottling agreement in Kazakhstan and
Kyrgyzstan. This partnership represents a transformation of
our businesses in these markets, and we are very excited about
the opportunity to strengthen our presence in Central Asia.
In Laos, we secured a long-term extension of the Pepsi partnership.
Marking over 50 years of successful collaboration, the new 15-year
strategic agreement reflects a deepened commitment to mutual
growth and innovation in the Laotian market.
Read more about Britvic and our partnership with PepsiCo on
page 22.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 4
LETTER FROM THE CHAIR & THE GROUP CEO
BUILDING RESILIENCE AND
DELIVERING EARNINGS GROWTH
Henrik Poulsen
Chair
Jacob Aarup-Andersen
Group CEO
“We’re strengthening Carlsberg for the long
term, aligning our strategy around a broader
portfolio, strong capabilities and rigorous
execution. The Board is confident that this
will make Carlsberg even more resilient,
benefit our customers and consumers, and
deliver compounding earnings growth and
value for our shareholders.”
Henrik Poulsen, Chair
Executing on our strategy
We continued to invest in our growth categories, markets and
capabilities, defined in our Accelerate SAIL strategy, in support
of long-term growth and value creation.
In addition to the increased exposure to soft drinks, most
notably of course through the acquisition of Britvic, other key
highlights of the year included the new long-term partnership
with UEFA National Team Football, which marked the
Carlsberg Group’s return to the top tier of European football.
1664 expanded its international presence with its first-ever
Asia-wide artist collaboration and welcomed a new global
brand ambassador, further enhancing the brand’s relevance
and appeal.
In China, we increased the availability of the new 1-litre can
across several of our local brands. This convenient, shareable
format in the growing off-trade channel meets changing
consumer habits.
These initiatives reflect our ongoing efforts to keep our brands
relevant and distinctive in a rapidly changing marketplace.
We also accelerated our digital transformation. We launched
our first global IT capability centre in Gurugram, India, which
will serve as a talent engine for growth and help us scale
innovation across the Group.
Furthermore, we continued the roll-out of our new, advanced
value management toolbox, which combines data sources with AI,
optimising price, pack and promotions to improve gross margins.
Our investments in digital and commercial capabilities will
enable us to respond more quickly to changing customer and
consumer needs.
Read more examples of Accelerate SAIL initiatives on
pages19-21.
Continued commitment to
doingbetter
Sustainability is a core part of our DNA. We continued to work
hard to deliver on our bold ambitions – from eliminating
carbon emissions for our entire value chain by 2040 to
replenishing all the water we consume at our breweries in
areas with high water risk by 2030.
In 2025, we expanded our use of renewable energy through
new power purchase agreements (PPAs) in the Nordics,
accelerating the transition to green electricity across our
production sites. We also deepened our partnership with
Water.org to help bring safe water to communities in the
Ganges River Basin and continued to increase the share of
women in senior leadership roles.
Read more about our actions and progress towards our
targets in the sustainability statement.
Celebrating 150 years of
breakthrough research
In 2025, we marked the 150th anniversary of the Carlsberg
Research Laboratory. The laboratory’s pioneering work has
shaped modern brewing, from developing purified yeast,
inventing the pH scale and decoding the barley genome to
pioneering crop technologies that address global food
insecurity in the face of climate change.
We can proudly state that the laboratory’s commitment to
science with long-term, society-shifting impact remains as
strong as ever. In November, researchers at the laboratory
announced a breakthrough discovery in barley breeding,
sharing new genetic insights that can help secure crop
resilience as weather patterns become more unpredictable.
This work not only supports the sustainability of the Carlsberg
Group’s own supply chain but also contributes to broader
efforts to safeguard food production for future generations.
Changes to the Supervisory Board
At the Annual General Meeting in March 2025, Richard
Burrows, Mikael Aro and Søren-Peter Fuchs Olesen did not
stand for re-election.
Richard Burrows joined the Board in 2009 and, throughout his
long tenure, provided invaluable expertise and guidance for
which he deserves special recognition.
Mikael Aro joined the Board in 2022 and has made important
contributions, including in connection with the Group’s exit
fromRussia.
Representing the Carlsberg Foundation, Søren-Peter Fuchs
Olesen provided valuable input to the Board, particularly
regarding Carlsberg’s research laboratory and
innovationagenda.
We extend our sincere thanks to Richard Burrows, Mikael Aro
and Søren-Peter Fuchs Olesen for their valuable contributions
to Carlsberg.
Two new members were elected to the Supervisory Board:
Winnie Ma and Jens Hjorth.
The Supervisory Board is portrayed on pages 40-42.
Thank you
On behalf of the Supervisory Board and the Executive
Committee, we extend our thanks to all Carlsberg employees
for their outstanding engagement, resilience and commitment
to our growth ambitions, even in difficult times. Together, we
look forward to building on our achievements and seizing new
opportunities in the years ahead.
We greatly appreciate the continued support and trust shown
to us by our shareholders and their confidence in our strategy
and our ambition to deliver compounding earnings growth over
the long term.
We also extend our thanks to all suppliers and customers for
their partnership, and express our gratitude to our consumers
around the world.
Carlsberg’s purpose of standing at the heart of moments that
bring people together is as strong as ever.
Henrik Poulsen Jacob Aarup-Andersen
Chair Group CEO
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 5
LETTER FROM THE CHAIR & THE GROUP CEO BUILDING RESILIENCE AND DELIVERING EARNINGS GROWTH
The composition of our Executive
Committee (ExCom) ensures
alignment of capabilities and
resources with the priorities
and ambitions of Accelerate SAIL.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 6
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
SØREN BRINCK
TORSTEN
STEENHOLT
SUSANNE
SKIPPARI
ANDERS RØED ESTHER
WU
ULRICA FEARN
JACOB AARUP-
ANDERSEN
JOÃO ABECASIS
YVES BRIANTAIS
See the biographies of the
Executive Committee on the
following page.
NIKOS
KALAITZIDAKIS
JACOB AARUP-ANDERSEN
GROUP CEO
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1977
Appointed to ExCom: 2023
Shareholding (B shares): 38,070 (2024: 26,500)
Prior to joining Carlsberg, Jacob served as CEO of ISS, a global
leader in facility management with 360,000 employees
operating in 60 countries globally. Prior to ISS, Jacob had
executive leadership roles at Danske Bank and Danica Pension.
Before that, Jacob worked as an investment professional and
banker for firms such as TPG-Axon Capital and Goldman Sachs.
Jacob is Vice Chair of the Board of Directors of SEB Group.
ULRICA FEARN
CFO
Nationality: Swedish
Year of birth: 1973
Appointed to ExCom: 2023
Shareholding (B shares): 8,888 (2024: 5,888)
Before joining Carlsberg, Ulrica was CFO of Equinor, Norway.
Prior to Equinor, she was Director, Group Finance at BT Group.
She began her career at Diageo, where she spent almost 20
years in various senior finance and other management roles
across Europe, APAC and North America. Ulrica is a member of
the Board of Directors of Capgemini.
JOÃO ABECASIS
EVP, ASIA
Nationality: Portuguese
Year of birth: 1972
Appointed to ExCom: 2019
João joined the Carlsberg Group in 2011 as CCO and later CEO
of Super Bock, our associate in Portugal. In 2016, he became
VP for smaller markets in the Western Europe region. He also
served as interim MD of Carlsberg Danmark. In 2017, he
became MD of our French business, Kronenbourg. He became
Chief Commercial Officer and a member of ExCom in 2019.
Earlier in his career, João held a range of sales and marketing
roles at Unilever.
YVES BRIANTAIS
CHIEF MARKETING OFFICER
Nationality: French
Year of birth: 1974
Appointed to ExCom: 2024
Yves joined Carlsberg from Colgate-Palmolive, where his final
role was Global EVP, Design and Creative Capabilities. He has 25
years of global, regional and local experience across marketing
disciplines. During his time with Colgate-Palmolive, he held a
range of senior leadership roles with marketing responsibilities
for clusters, regions, categories and global functions.
SØREN BRINCK
EVP, WESTERN EUROPE
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1974
Appointed to ExCom: 2021
Prior to his appointment to ExCom, Søren headed up Group
Strategy and Group Commercial. He joined Carlsberg in 2005
and has held various management positions at Group, regional
and market level, including MD in Denmark, Norway and
Greece, and, after that, SVP, Asia. Before joining Carlsberg,
Søren worked as a consultant at Accenture and as a manager
at Arla Foods.
NIKOS KALAITZIDAKIS
EVP, CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPE AND INDIA
Nationality: Greek
Year of birth: 1968
Appointed to ExCom: 2025
Nikos joined Carlsberg from The Olayan Group, where he was
responsible for the Food & Beverages division. Prior to that,
Nikos spent 18 years at Coca-Cola HBC, where he held
numerous senior management roles at country and regional
level, and eight years in commercial management roles at
Philip Morris International. Nikos has extensive international
experience, having worked in several countries in Central and
Eastern Europe and Central Asia.
ANDERS RØED
CHIEF STRATEGY AND COMMERCIAL OFFICER
Nationality: Norwegian
Year of birth: 1968
Appointed to ExCom: 2024
Anders has been with Carlsberg since 2010. Prior to joining
ExCom in 2024, he served as MD of Kronenbourg in France. He
has also held the roles of MD at Ringnes in Norway and
Commercial Vice President for the Western Europe region.
Before joining Carlsberg, Anders held senior management
positions in leading Norwegian consumer goods companies.
SUSANNE SKIPPARI
CHIEF PEOPLE & CULTURE OFFICER
Nationality: Finnish
Year of birth: 1974
Appointed to ExCom: 2024
Susanne joined Carlsberg in 2024 from KONE. She has 25 years
of experience in human resources, including in senior leadership
positions. This includes 17 years across HR areas at KONE, where
she served as EVP, People and Communications and member of
the Executive Board. Prior to KONE, Susanne worked at Nokia in
various HR roles in Finland and Argentina. Susanne is a member
of the Board of Directors of Fiskars Corporation.
TORSTEN STEENHOLT
EVP, SUPPLY CHAIN
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1969
Appointed to ExCom: 2025
Torsten rejoined Carlsberg from Novonesis, where he served as
SVP of Global Manufacturing. Prior to that, he spent more than
11 years in executive positions at Chr. Hansen. Torsten first
joined Carlsberg in 1997, working for the Group in various
positions across markets and in Group functions for 15 years.
ESTHER WU
CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER
Nationality: Hong Kong SAR Chinese
Year of birth: 1976
Appointed to ExCom: 2024
Esther joined Carlsberg in 2019 as head of IT in the Asia region.
She has more than 20 years of strong technology and digital
transformation experience from various senior technology
positions in global companies. Before Carlsberg, she was Head
of Strategic Planning and IT Transformation at Chanel. Esther
has held management positions within IT at thyssenkrupp
Elevator and The Nielsen Company.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 7
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 8
2025 AT A GLANCE
HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR
Integrating Britvic into the
Carlsberg Group
The acquisition of Britvic was completed on 16 January.
Immediately after the transaction closed, we announced the
new management team and started the integration process.
The integration has progressed smoothly and in line with our
plans. In October, we updated the expected cost synergies from
GBP 100m to GBP 110m, and delivery is ahead of plan.
Read more on page 22.
Capital Markets Day
On 1 October, we brought together our Executive Committee
and managing directors from China, India and the UK in
Copenhagen for a Capital Markets Day. The event spotlighted
our Accelerate SAIL strategy and its key priorities,
demonstrating how we will drive top- and bottom-line growth
across diverse markets.
Watch the presentations on www.carlsberggroup.com/
newsroom/capital-markets-day-2025/.
Scaling up renewable electricity
In 2025, we took a significant step forward in our commitment to
renewable energy by signing three new power purchase
agreements in Sweden, Norway and Finland. While the vast
majority of our operations already run on renewable energy
through purchased certificates, these agreements will add new
renewable capacity to national grids and further support our
commitment to sustainability. This progress is an important
milestone on our journey towards eliminating carbon emissions
from our operations by 2030.
Read more in the sustainability statement.
Strengthening ties with PepsiCo
In 2025, we expanded our partnership with PepsiCo from five to
seven markets, adding the UK and Ireland. In late 2025,
Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan also became Pepsi markets in the
Group. We were awarded European Bottler of the Year by PepsiCo
in recognition of outstanding performance and strong partnership.
The year also marked the renewal of a 15-year strategic
partnership between Lao Brewery and PepsiCo.
Read more on page 22.
1664 partners with
RobertPattinson
In October, we announced acclaimed actor Robert Pattinson as
the new global brand ambassador for our premium French
beer, 1664. This exciting partnership will launch a global
campaign in 2026, bringing Pattinson’s creative flair and
international appeal to highlight 1664’s Parisian heritage
andsophistication.
Carlsberg Research Laboratory’s
150th anniversary
On 1 May, the world’s first industrial research laboratory
celebrated 150 years of breakthrough innovations transcending
the world of beer. The laboratory’s most iconic discoveries
include purified yeast, the pH scale, click chemistry – the
subject of a Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 2022 – and the
cutting-edge, non-GMO breeding technology FIND-IT.
Carlsberg supporting
Europeanfootball
We returned to the top flight of European national team
football with the announcement in March of our new long-
term partnership with UEFA. The partnership makes Carlsberg
the Official Beer of UEFA National Team Football, continuing
our long-term commitment to the world of sport.
Read more on page 19.
Revenue DKKbn
Reported growth
+18.8%
Organic development
-0.6%
Operating profit (MPM) DKKbn
Reported growth
+22.7%
Organic growth
+5.0%
Adjusted EPS (MPM) DKK
+11.1%
Absolute Scope 1 & 2 emissions Kt CO
2
e
Reported decline
-3%
Group non-financial performance
Volume share by region
Revenue share by region Operating profit
2
share by region
Relative water use hl/hl
Reported decline
-5%
Organic decline
-12%
Organic decline
-2%
Group financial performance
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 9
OUR RESULTS
A SOLID SET OF RESULTS
Read more about our sustainability targets and performance
in the sustainability statement.
Read more about our financial results on pages 23-30.
1
Central & Eastern Europe and India.
2
Before not allocated.
89.1
75.0
2025 2024
15.3
12.9
2025 2024
61.0
54.9
2025 2024
286
294
2025 2024
29% Asia
43%
Western Europe
28% CEEI
1
22% Asia
58%
Western Europe
20% CEEI
1
30% Asia
48%
Western Europe
22% CEEI
1
2.3
2.5
2025 2024
Premium beer
Share of total volume
16%
Volume growth
1,2
+5.0%
Mainstream core beer
Share of total volume
49%
Volume development
1
-3%
Alcohol-free brews (AFB)
Share of total volume
3%
Volume growth
1
+4%
Beyond Beer
Share of total volume
2%
Volume development
1
-4%
Soft drinks
Share of total volume
30%
Volume growth
1
+3%
Selected brandsSelected brands Selected brands Selected brandsSelected brands
Volume
growth:
+2%
Volume
growth:
+4%
Volume
growth:
+2%
Volume
growth:
+5%
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 10
OUR PORTFOLIO
GROUP VOLUMES BY CATEGORY
1
Organic figures.
2
Excluding the impact of San Miguel in the UK.
Revenue DKKbn
Reported growth
+35.6%
Operating profit (MPM) DKKbn
Reported growth
+40.0%
Regional results
Volume m hl
Reported growth
+46.7%
Volume by category Volume by market
Organic development
-2.8%
Organic development
-1.7%
Organic growth
+0.7%
A selection of our brands
in Western Europe:
Western Europe delivered strong reported
growth due to the Britvic acquisition. We saw
good growth for our growth categories in many
markets, but organic development was impacted
by the loss of the San Miguel brand in the UK.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 11
OUR REGIONS
WESTERN EUROPE
“We’re pleased with the good results for our
growth categories in light of the soft
consumer sentiment across the region, and
we’re very excited about new and expanded
business in the UK.”
Søren Brinck,
Executive Vice President
51.7
38.1
2025 2024
7.4
5.3
2025 2024
9% Premium beer
30%
Mainstream
core beer
54% Soft drinks
15%
Poland,
Germany
29%
Nordics
42%
UK,
Ireland
63.0
42.9
2025 2024
2% Beyond Beer
3%
Alcohol-free
brews (AFB)
14%
France,
Switzerland
2% Other
Revenue DKKbn
Reported development
-5.8%
Operating profit (MPM) DKKbn
Reported development
-3.6%
Regional results
Volume m hl
Reported development
-2.4%
Organic development
-2.4%
Organic development
-1.2%
Organic growth
+0.7%
A selection of our
brands in Asia:
Volume by category Volume by market
Growth in our Chinese business was offset by
soft volumes in other markets, partly driven by
the soft consumer sentiment across the region.
Regional results were affected by higher sales
and marketing investments, particularly in China.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 12
OUR REGIONS
ASIA
19.3
20.5
2025 2024
4.5
4.6
2025 2024
43.5
44.6
2025 2024
30%
Premium beer
57%
Mainstream
core beer
12% Soft drinks
28%
Vietnam, Laos,
Cambodia
69%
China,
Hong Kong SAR
3%
Malaysia,
Singapore
1% Beyond Beer
Revenue DKKbn
Reported growth
+10.4%
Operating profit (MPM) DKKbn
Reported growth
+13.6%
Regional results
Volume m hl
Reported growth
+8.6%
Organic development
-0.6%
Organic growth
+2.7%
Organic growth
+9.0%
A selection of our brands in
Central & Eastern Europe
and India:
Volume by category Volume by market
CEEI delivered strong results, positively impacted
by the consolidation of the business in Nepal,
the inclusion of Britvic’s Brazilian business and
the sell-in of Pepsi products in Kazakhstan in Q4.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 13
OUR REGIONS
CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPE AND INDIA (CEEI)
18.2
16.5
2025 2024
3.5
3.0
2025 2024
41.5
38.2
2025 2024
“We’re very satisfied with the progress in India,
Nepal and Kazakhstan, being important growth
markets, but total volumes were impacted by
soft consumer sentiment and the war in Ukraine.”
Nikos Kalaitzidakis,
Executive Vice President
13%
Premium beer
67%
Mainstream
core beer
12% Soft drinks
12%
Ukraine
29%
Export & License
15% India
4% Beyond Beer
4% Alcohol-free
brews (AFB)
18%
South East Europe
19%
Other markets
7%
Central Asia
We are committed to our capital allocation
principles, which have been in place since 2016.
The principles balance reinvestment for long-
term compounding earnings growth with
attractive shareholder returns, ensuring
predictability and transparency.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 14
CAPITAL ALLOCATION
OUR PRIORITIES
Investing in our business
todrive long-term
sustainable growth
Our first priority is to ensure the right investments in our
business to drive sustainable, compounding organic earnings
growth. In 2025, we continued our long-term investments in
key brands and capabilities, including in areas such as digital,
marketing, e-commerce and value management. We expanded
our soft drinks presence with the acquisition of Britvic. All with
the single purpose of creating an even stronger Carlsberg.
Marketing/revenue
8.3%
Targeting net interest-
bearing debt (NIBD)/EBITDA
of below 2.5x
Our second priority is our leverage target of NIBD/EBITDA
below 2.5x. Due to the acquisition of Britvic, our leverage
currently exceeds the target. We are committed to reaching our
leverage target by no later than 2027, supported by delivery of
the Britvic synergies, strong cash flow generation, including tight
control of CapEx and working capital, and possibly asset
disposals, if relevant.
2025 NIBD/EBITDA
3.28x
Targeting an adjusted
payout ratio of around 50%
Our third priority is to ensure a consistent dividend payout
to our shareholders. We target a payout ratio of around
50% of adjusted net profit (MPM). At the Annual General
Meeting on 17 March 2026, the Supervisory Board will
propose a dividend be paid for 2025 of DKK 29.0 per share,
or a total of DKK 3.8bn. This equals an adjusted payout
ratio (MPM) of 48%.
Payout ratio for 2025
48%
Distributing excess cash to
shareholders through share
buy-backs
Our fourth priority is to return excess cash to shareholders
when we are within our leverage target. From 2019 to 2024,
the Group bought back shares amounting to DKK 20bn. A total
of 19.9 million shares, equal to 13% of total shares as at 1
January 2019, have subsequently been cancelled. We stopped
the share buy-back programme following the announcement
of the acquisition of Britvic in July 2024. When we once again
meet our leverage target, we intend to resume share buy-back
as a means to return excess cash to shareholders.
Value-enhancing
M&A
The acquisition of Britvic was completed in January 2025.
We did not engage in other significant M&A activities
duringthe year.
2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Volumes (million hl)
Beer 99.0 101.2 101.0 101.0 98.8
Soft drinks and other beverages 49.0 24.5 24.1 24.4 20.4
Total volume 148.0 125.7 125.1 125.4 119.2
DKK million
Income statement
Revenue 89,095 75,011 73,585 70,265 60,097
Gross profit 40,236 34,380 32,832 32,067 28,569
EBITDA 18,784 15,781 15,179 15,657 14,367
Operating profit before special items 13,356 11,411 11,105 11,470 10,129
Operating profit before special items (MPM) 13,996 - - - -
Special items, net -1,926 -519 -431 -784 703
Financial items, net -2,380 -905 -844 -725 -385
Profit before tax 9,050 9,987 9,830 9,961 10,447
Income tax -2,072 -1,982 -1,859 -1,778 -2,154
Profit for the period, continuing operations 6,978 8,005 7,971 8,183 8,293
Net result from discontinued operations - 2,258 -47,748 -8,075 -284
Profit for the period 6,978 10,263 -39,777 108 8,009
Attributable to
Non-controlling interests 1,023 1,147 1,011 1,171 1,163
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (net profit) 5,955 9,116 -40,788 -1,063 6,846
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (net profit), continuing operations 5,955 6,858 6,960 7,012 8,293
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (net profit) (MPM), continuing operations,
adjusted¹ 8,060 7,280 7,425 7,785 6,462
Statement of financial position
Total assets 153,955 113,992 111,831 115,341 126,383
Invested capital 104,097 66,059 61,089 60,211 63,635
Invested capital (MPM), period-end 102,305 - - - -
Invested capital excl. goodwill 44,773 23,801 22,774 21,758 23,743
Invested capital excl. goodwill (MPM), period-end 35,671 - - - -
Net interest-bearing debt (NIBD)
2
61,617 27,357 22,351 19,326 19,162
Equity, shareholders in Carlsberg A/S 27,804 27,771 23,234 31,902 45,497
MPM: Management-defined Performance Measures, see page 23.
2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Statement of cash flows
Cash flow from operating activities 12,431 11,312 11,607 12,949 12,278
Cash flow from investing activities -34,098 -1,518 -6,729 -3,065 -4,067
Free cash flow -21,667 9,794 4,878 9,884 8,211
Investments
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, including right-of-use assets -6,613 -5,843 -4,987 -4,616 -4,319
Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries, net -29,421 227 -822 - -621
Financial ratios
Gross margin % 45.2 45.8 44.6 45.6 47.5
EBITDA margin % 21.1 21.0 20.6 22.3 23.9
Operating margin % 15.0 15.2 15.1 16.3 16.9
Operating margin (MPM) % 15.7 - - - -
Effective tax rate % 22.9 19.8 18.9 17.9 20.6
Return on invested capital (ROIC) % 10.1 13.8 14.5 15.2 12.5
Return on invested capital, ROIC (MPM) % 10.8 - - - -
ROIC excl. goodwill % 23.4 35.5 38.3 41.6 33.6
ROIC excl. goodwill (MPM) % 30.9 - - - -
NIBD/EBITDA x 3.28 1.73 1.47 1.23 1.37
Stock market ratios
Earnings per share (EPS) DKK 45.1 68.7 -299.7 -7.6 47.6
Earnings per share, continuing operations DKK 45.1 51.7 51.1 50.1 49.6
EPS-A, continuing operations¹ DKK 57.3 54.9 54.6 55.7 44.9
EPS-A (MPM), continuing operations¹ DKK 61.0 - - - -
Free cash flow per share (FCFPS) DKK -163.5 73.7 35.8 70.5 61.5
Dividend per share (proposed) DKK 29.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 24.0
Payout ratio % 64 39 n.m. n.m. 51
Payout ratio, adjusted
3
% 51 49 49 48 49
Payout ratio (MPM), adjusted
3
% 48 - - - -
Share price (B shares) DKK 835.2 690.0 846.8 923.2 1,129.5
Market capitalisation
DKK
m
113,922 95,313 122,775 133,594 163,149
Number of issued shares at year-end 1,000 132,657 134,257 137,357 141,857 145,257
Number of shares at year-end, excl. treasury shares 1,000 132,172 132,079 134,114 137,341 141,892
Weighted average number of shares, excl. treasury shares 1,000 132,165 132,626 136,089 139,835 143,848
1
Adjusted for special items after tax.
2
Comparative figures for 2021 have not been restated.
3
Proposed dividend on number of shares at year-end as a percentage of net profit adjusted for special items after tax. In 2022-2024 also adjusted for net result from the discontinued
operation in Russia.
Please refer to section 9.5 General accounting policies in the consolidated financial statements for definition and calculation of key figures and ratios.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 15
5-YEAR KEY FIGURES
“We pursue perfection every day. We strive to
brew better beers. Beers that stand at the heart
of moments that bring people together. We do
not settle for immediate gain when we can
create a better tomorrow for all of us.”
Our purpose is rooted in our heritage and in the mentality of
our founders, who left a rich legacy that still greatly influences
how we run our business today.
J.C. Jacobsen founded the Carlsberg Foundation and donated
his brewery to it. The foundation remains our majority
shareholder – and the dividends it receives are used to fund
basic research, civil society and the arts. Through the Carlsberg
foundations, approximately 30% of Carlsberg A/S' dividends
go back to the benefit of society today – and tomorrow.
Our founders’ pioneering spirit, passion for brewing and
proactive contribution to society are what make us who we are
today. We live our purpose every day by focusing on our
brands and the art of brewing, exciting our consumers with
quality brews, and by continuously aiming to do better.
Our purpose in action
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 16
OUR PURPOSE
BREWING FOR A BETTER TODAY AND TOMORROW
Colleagues
80% of colleagues feel that working
for Carlsberg gives them the sense
that they are part of a company
with a larger purpose.
Investors
We conduct our business in a
responsible, honest and ethical manner.
We are committed to ensuring the right
balance of investing in sustainable, long-
term growth and delivering continued
cash returns to our shareholders.
Consumers
Our beers stand at the heart of
moments that bring people together,
and we extend this spirit of togetherness
to our engagement with communities on
the environmental and social causes
they care about.
Society
The Carlsberg Research Laboratory
was founded in 1875. Its science has
perfected the art of brewing and
inspired the advancement of
innovation at large: from purification
of yeast to the invention of the pH
scale and, today, breeding new
climate-tolerant plant types.
The Carlsberg Foundation underpins our purpose
In 1876, our founder, J.C. Jacobsen, established the Carlsberg Foundation and donated his brewery to it. The foundation remains our majority
shareholder, and the dividends it receives benefit society today – and tomorrow. Through the Carlsberg foundations, approximately 30% of the
dividends paid out by Carlsberg are used to fund basic research, civil society and the arts. In 2025, the Carlsberg foundations received DKK 1.1bn
in dividends, which was donated to basic research, the arts and civil society.
Our activities are focused on markets in which we have the strength and brand portfolio to secure a
leading position. We are united across geographies by our shared commitment to our strategy and
growth culture, and our passion tocontinuously strive forgreat.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 17
DELIVERING ACROSS THE VALUE CHAIN
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
Agriculture
Packaging suppliers Distribution Selling & marketing
We optimise supply chain
and back office systems
and processes
We continuously optimise across our
value chain to improve service and
profitability. We maximise asset
utilisation and standardise processes and
systems to deliver timely data to support
growth. We are building a unified digital
foundation and leveraging AI to drive
efficiency and agility across the supply
chain, back office and customer service.
Brewing, bottling
& administration
We focus on the markets
where we have a no. 1 or 2
position
Beer and soft drinks are volume
businesses with significant scale benefits.
Our strong market positions and the
expansion of our market share in growth
markets drive economies of scale in
sourcing, production, distribution and
sales, supporting the profitability of
ourbusiness.
We engage in partnerships
when it adds value to our
local businesses
We partner with soft drinks and other
beverage producers in several markets.
These relationships broaden and
enhance our brand portfolio and expand
our market presence, delivering synergies
in supply chain, logistics, sales and
customer service.
We optimise our route-to-
market to cater for
customer needs
Our customers range from small on-
trade outlets to large retail accounts. Our
route-to-market approach varies by
market to meet diverse needs and ensure
broad market access – from direct
distribution to multi-layered distributor
networks tailored to local customs
andlogistics.
We deliver attractive
portfolios for all consumer
occasions
Our brand portfolio is an appealing mix
of international and local premium beer
brands, local core mainstream beer
brands, and alcohol-free brews, Beyond
Beer and soft drinks brands. This diverse
portfolio supports our strong market
positions and fosters customer and
consumer loyalty.
Sustainability makes
business sense
Sustainability is integral to our business
success and our strategy, Accelerate SAIL.
Our Together Towards ZERO and Beyond
programme helps us mitigate and reduce
our risk exposure, capitalise on
opportunities for business growth and
strengthen long-term business resilience.
This in turn creates value for stakeholders
throughout the value chain. See the
sustainability statement for further detail.
Accelerate SAIL sets high ambitions for top- and bottom-line growth with its
sharpened focus on selected growth drivers within our portfolio, geographies and
capabilities, for which we are ensuring sufficient investments and support. We
are also improving supply chain efficiency, continuing our well-embedded cost
focus, nurturing our growth culture and maintaining our commitment to ESG.
See how Accelerate SAIL came to life in 2025 on the following pages.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 18
ACCELERATE SAIL
OUR STRATEGY
Portfolio choices
Accelerate premium beer
andalcohol-free brews
Strengthen mainstream corebeer
Step up in soft drinks and
BeyondBeers
Winning culture
Build a growth culture
Deliver Together Towards ZERO
andBeyond
Live by our Compasss
Geographical priorities
Accelerate growth in Asia
Drive profitable growth
instrongholds
Develop high-potential marketss
Execution excellence
Excel at sales, marketing
andinnovation
Drive digital transformation
Manage supply chain end toend
Funding our Journey
Optimise sourcing
Unlock supply chain efficiency
Continue cost discipline
Q&A
How will Accelerate SAIL deliver on
Carlsberg’s growth algorithm?
“Accelerate SAIL will deliver on our growth algorithm
by channelling investments into our growth categories,
key markets and capabilities, and sustaining a
resilient, high-performing growth culture the
combination of which will drive compounding earnings
and long-term value growth.”
Jacob Aarup-Andersen, Group CEO
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 19
ACCELERATE SAIL
BRINGING ACCELERATE SAIL TO LIFE
Portfolio
choices
Returning to UEFA national
team football
In March, we announced our new long-term partnership
with UEFA, reinforcing our commitment to the millions of
football fans around the world. The partnership includes
a number of European tournaments for both men and
women, and allows us to engage with a large and diverse
audience throughout the year. While Carlsberg is the
leading brand, we can also activate the partnership with
our local beer brands. The partnership plays a key role in
our strategy to invest in our brands in support of long-
term growth. See how the partnership came to life in
connection with the UEFA Nations League Finals in
Germany: www.carlsberggroup.com/newsroom/an-
unforgettable-fare-probably/.
Portfolio
choices
Alcohol-free brews growth
Alcohol-free brews (AFB) continue to gain momentum
across Europe, representing a dynamic and fast-growing
beverage segment. In 2025, AFB volumes accounted for 6%
of total beer volumes in our Western Europe and Central &
Eastern Europe markets, with five countries at around the
10% threshold. The category is accretive to both revenue/hl
and margins, supporting our top- and bottom-line growth
ambitions. Our largest AFB brands include Tourtel Twist in
France, Okocim 0.0 in Poland and Carlsberg 0.0. To sustain
consumer interest and relevance, we launched 50 alcohol-
free brews across our markets in 2025, including Crisp
Mango-Passion in Finland, Tourtel Twist Pineapple in
France and Fix Anef Blood Orange in Greece. These
launches reflect our commitment to meeting evolving
consumer preferences and driving category expansion.
+4% AFB volume growth
Portfolio
choices
Accelerating growth through
soft drinks
Soft drinks have been an integral part of our business in
several markets for decades. In 2025, we significantly
increased our exposure to this attractive growth category
through the acquisition of Britvic and expanded our
partnership with PepsiCo. Highly synergistic with beer across
the value chain, our portfolio of own and partner brands
many holding no. 1 or 2 market positionsenables us to
capture volume and value growth in support of our Accelerate
SAIL growth ambitions. In 2025, we saw particularly strong
volume growth for the relaunched Tuborg Squash brand in
Denmark, Jimmy’s Iced Coffee in the UK and the Pepsi
portfolio in all Western Europe licence markets.
Read about our partnership with PepsiCo on page 22.
+3% soft drinks organic
volume growth
Portfolio
choices
Continued momentum for
premium portfolio
Premium beer is a significant growth category globally,
driven by demographic shifts, urbanisation, consumer
preferences and innovations. We leverage both our global
premium brands, such as Tuborg, Carlsberg and 1664
Blanc, and strong local premium brands to capture
different market segments, and our premium beer
portfolio is a key volume and value growth engine.
Despite soft consumer sentiment across our markets, our
premium portfolio delivered strong results in 2025. In the
UK, Poretti more than doubled volumes through
distinctive positioning and creative campaigns. In Poland,
Zatecky’s premium profile and Czech brewing heritage
helped grow market share. In China, the premium
category has consistently outperformed the market, in
2025 driven by Carlsberg and Tuborg as well as local
brands such as Wind Flower Snow Moon.
+5% premium volume growth
(adjusted for San Miguel in the UK)
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 20
ACCELERATE SAIL BRINGING ACCELERATE SAIL TO LIFE
Geographical
priorities
Sustained volume growth and
market share gain in India
India presents a compelling growth opportunity for the
beer category – and for Carlsberg – driven by economic
expansion, urbanisation, rising incomes and increasing
preference for beer, particularly among young adults.
Our portfolio in this attractive market spans all beer
segments, with brands such as Tuborg Strong, Tuborg
Green, Carlsberg Elephant, Carlsberg Smooth and the
recently launched 1664 Blanc in the super-premium
segment. Through a disciplined, outlet-level strategy
tailored to each state and strong in-market execution,
we have consistently grown our market share – from 5%
in 2011 to 23% in 2025 – securing a no. 1 or 2 position
in five states out of the 22 states in which we operate.
+9% volume growth
in India
Geographical
priorities
Capturing growth in Central Asia
Central Asia is a high-potential market cluster for us,
supported by favourable demographics and rising GDP. In
Kazakhstan, we have a strong no. 1 position in beer and no.
3 position in energy drinks, and in Kyrgyzstan a no. 1
position in imported beer and no. 2 position in energy
drinks. Adding the Pepsi franchise marks a transformational
step for our business in the region, doubling our business in
Kazakhstan and making it a dynamic growth driver for
theGroup.
Executing
excellence
Step-changing our
commercialexecution
A key priority of Accelerate SAIL is to step-change our
commercial execution, becoming faster, smarter and more
agile in order to drive profitable growth. We are investing in
three core capabilities – digital commerce, field sales
execution and value management – each enabled by our
digital foundation.
In 2025, we launched Servd, our next-generation eB2B
ordering platform, built to meet the evolving needs of our
customers as they move from offline to online ordering –
delivering simplicity, speed and an intuitive digital experience.
We took field sales execution to the next level with the
launch of our One Metric portal, which transforms real shelf
data and image recognition into actionable insights, offering
comprehensive reporting, trend spotting and real-time
monitoring, unlocking stronger sales execution for our 6,000
sales representatives, who make 19 million visits annually
across 29 markets. Future enhancements to the platform
will include digital shelf monitoring, real-time performance
tracking and AI-driven predictive analytics.
Furthermore, we rolled out our advanced, data-driven value
management tool, VMx, into more markets. Built on cutting-
edge machine learning, cloud computing and deep industry
expertise, VMx brings together a wide range of consumer-
focused data sources to deliver advanced, fact-based
insights. This gives us a deeper understanding of consumer
behaviour and enables our teams to run sophisticated
simulations on pricing, promotions and assortment.
Portfolio
choices
Geographical
priorities
Growing premium in China
Comprising both international and local brands, our premium
portfolio in China has consistently outperformed mainstream
beer. In the current soft consumer environment, growth has
been particularly strong in the modern off-trade and e-
commerce channels, which are gaining strength as consumer
habits shift. Key growth drivers include innovative packaging
(see page 28), speciality brews and collaborations with fashion
and music influencers to reinforce premium brand positioning.
+5% premium volume
growth in China
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 21
ACCELERATE SAIL BRINGING ACCELERATE SAIL TO LIFE
Executing
excellence
Leveraging digital to modernise
operations and drive efficiency
A key growth enabler in Accelerate SAIL is digital
transformation – modernising our operations through
the continuous development of a robust digital
foundation and the application of next-generation
technologies. In 2025, we advanced five core initiatives
designed to strengthen execution, enhancing agility,
resilience and innovation, and support long-term growth
and value creation.
OnePlan is a data-driven planning and scenario
modelling tool that improves demand forecasting,
inventory management and service levels.
OneOT is a real-time operational technology platform
leveraging sensors, Gen AI and analytics for predictive
maintenance and efficiency.
The digital backbone is a modern cloud-based
integration platform connecting systems and
standardising data for real-time insights across all
business functions.
OneLake is a centralised data marketplace enabling
scalable AI and analytics for smarter decisions.
Our new global capability centre is a consolidated hub
of technology experts accelerating IT agility and
innovation globally.
Funding our
journey
Driving efficiencies in
supply chain
We are driving supply chain efficiencies to mitigate
inflation, keep cost of sales/hl flattish and rebuild gross
margin. Our efficiency programme leverages digital tools,
including OnePlan and OneOT, and is built on four levers:
buy less, pay less, waste less, move less. We buy less by
optimising packaging, recipes and displays to eliminate
non-value-adding features. This reduces material costs and
improves working capital. To pay less, we use advanced
procurement tools such as should-cost models, volume
consolidation and supplier benchmarking to secure better
pricing and sustainable savings. And we waste and move
less by using lean methodologies and Loss Cost Tree to
identify and eliminate inefficiencies in production and
logistics. Site-level benchmarking and best-practice sharing
also help reduce losses and improve asset utilisation.
Winning
culture
Water replenishment
in India
In June, we announced a new partnership with Water.org
to improve access to safe water and sanitation for more
than 112,000 people in communities across the Ganges
River Basin. The project’s investments in water availability
solutions will enable access to 247 million litres of water
and drive community engagement for long-term impact.
The initiative supports Carlsberg’s goal to replenish 100%
of water used in priority high-risk areas by 2030. Read
about our commitment to water replenishment in the
sustainability statement.
Winning
culture
Accelerating towards our
decarbonisation targets in Laos
In Laos, a new biomass boiler at our Vientiane brewery is
cutting carbon emissions by 83%, helping us to achieve
our local decarbonisation targets ahead of schedule. We
also continued to grow our low-carbon rice farming
project in the country, expanding to 900 hectares and
working with 250 farmers to reduce their use of chemical
fertilisers, improve yields and incomes, and strengthen
long-term soil health. For more information on our
targets and progress, see the sustainability statement.
63% organic decline in
brewery emissions
since 2024
Funding our
journey
Winning
culture
Embedding growth culture
We launched our growth culture principles in 2024 and
integrated them into our people processes, performance
management and incentive schemes to ensure
measurable progress. In 2025, we established global
growth culture champion communities in each region,
appointing around 40 ambassadors across functions and
markets. Growth culture became a new Group Award at
our annual award show attended by the top-100
leadership team, and we recognised the five winners of a
global employee growth culture engagement campaign
in Copenhagen.
We are excited about our increased exposure to
the growing soft drinks category, which enables
us to build a consumer-centric, diversified
beverage portfolio that strengthens our position
as a world-class brewer.
We have a long and successful tradition of running combined
beer and soft drinks businesses in many markets across
ourregions.
Our partnership with PepsiCo is well established, with long-
standing licence agreements in Norway, Sweden, Laos and
Cambodia, and from 2022 also in Switzerland. In Denmark and
Finland, we partner with The Coca-Cola Company.
Our relationship with Pepsi was further strengthened with the
acquisition of Britvic, completed on 16 January 2025. This
made Carlsberg the biggest Pepsi bottler in Europe and one of
the largest globally. In 2025, soft drinks accounted for 30% of
total Group volumes.
In 2024, we also signed a new bottling agreement in Kazakhstan
and Kyrgyzstan, and we started shipments in Q4 2025.
Britvic
Integrating Britvic in the UK
The Britvic acquisition has transformed our scale in the UK,
making Carlsberg Britvic the second-largest beverage provider
– and the largest combined beer and soft drinks provider – in
the UK.
The integration of Britvic commenced immediately following
completion. It has progressed according to plan, with a clear
focus on business continuity, commercial execution and
realisation of synergies.
Thanks to successful execution of the integration plans, with
benefits realised in both the acquired business and legacy
Carlsberg operations, we increased the expected annual cost
synergies from GBP 100m to GBP 110m on 1 October 2025.
Most of the increase in expected synergies was due to a higher
overlap in roles and functions than originally anticipated,
allowing for greater efficiency and cost savings.
Cost synergy delivery in 2025 amounted to approximately
30% of total synergies, higher than our initial expectations of
10-15%. The synergies were achieved in both Britvic and our
legacy UK business (Carlsberg Marston’s Brewing Company).
The faster integration meant that integration costs in 2025
were higher than expected.
We will continue to realise cost synergies in the coming years.
The main sources of synergies will be related to procurement,
supply chain and logistics efficiencies, and shared services and
back office integration.
While not quantified, the combination of the Britvic soft drinks
business and Carlsberg’s beer business in the UK is also
creating potential for revenue synergies. These stem from
cross-selling opportunities, enhanced customer relationships
due to the broader portfolio, joint business planning with
retailers and digital platforms, and innovation and new product
launches that leverage the combined capabilities of the
twocompanies.
In line with plans, we increased commercial investments in the
UK, enhancing marketing support for the Pepsi portfolio and
adding more resources to the sales organisation.
In 2025 (from 16 January), Britvic volumes in the UK grew by
4% and our market share strengthened.
Continued growth in Ireland
Carlsberg does not operate its own beer business in Ireland, as
this is handled by our licence partner. Integration and
restructuring opportunities in the Irish business are therefore
limited. By itself, this business is performing well but, as in the
UK, we increased commercial investments to support the long-
term growth of the business.
In 2025 (from 16 January), volumes in Ireland grew by 3% and
our market share strengthened.
Reorganisation in France
The Teisseire business in France performed worse than expected
due to an inefficient cost structure. As a result, on 26 January
2026 Teisseire’s management and employee representatives
jointly announced the signing of an agreement regarding the
comprehensive reorganisation of Teisseire's activities as
announced on 16 October 2025. This will enable us to adapt the
company to the challenges of tomorrow, perpetuate the heritage
of our brands and ensure Teisseire's long-term competitiveness.
Optimising business in Brazil
Volumes in Brazil declined, mainly due to softened demand
and portfolio rationalisation. We continue to work on
optimising the long-term value of the Brazilian business.
Total Britvic results
For the Britvic Group as a whole, organic volume and revenue
developments for 2025 were -1.6% and -2.0% respectively.
Total reported volume and revenue (from 16 January) included
in Carlsberg’s full-year results were 24.0m hl and DKK 15,581m
respectively.
The operating profit contribution (MPM) was DKK 2,195m
(GBP 253m). This was slightly higher than expected due to the
higher synergy delivery, partly offset by lower profits at
Teisseire in France.
Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan
The new bottling agreement with PepsiCo for Kazakhstan and
Kyrgyzstan will double our business in Kazakhstan, placing it
among the Group’s top 10 markets.
During 2025, we prepared for the takeover of the licence. This
entailed hiring additional sales and supply chain staff, investing
in coolers and construction of the new bottling facility. We
started shipments of the Pepsi products already in Q4 and will
accelerate the sales of the Pepsi portfolio during 2026.
The bottling facility is expected to become operational in the
second half of 2026. Before then, we will make use of co-
packers. Consequently, the Group does not expect any profit
contribution from the Pepsi business in Kazakhstan in 2026.
Laos
The collaboration between Lao Brewery and PepsiCo has
lasted more than five decades, playing a key role in growing
the soft drinks category in Laos and bringing iconic brands
such as Pepsi, Mirinda, 7UP and Sting to local consumers.
In January 2025, we expanded the partnership further to
include PepsiCo’s snack products, followed by the launch of
Lipton Ready-to-Drink tea in July. In September, we extended
our successful partnership with PepsiCo, signing a new 15-year
strategic agreement.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 22
2025 REVIEW AND 2026 EXPECTATIONS
EXPANDING OUR SOFT DRINKS EXPOSURE
The Group delivered strong reported growth
and continued solid organic operating profit
growth in a soft consumer environment and
despite the impact from the lost San Miguel
volumes in the UK.
Management-defined Performance
Measures (MPM)
The Britvic acquisition has a considerable impact on the
Group’s financial results.
In connection with the purchase price allocation (PPA), a
significant proportion of the Britvic purchase price was
allocated to intangible assets that will be amortised.
Amortisation of brands is reported in cost of sales, and
amortisation of the Pepsi partnership and customer
relationships is reported in sales and distribution expenses.
Reflecting internal management performance measures, the
reconciliation of Management-defined Performance Measures
(MPM) with reported figures is shown in the table to the right.
Volumes
Excluding San Miguel, beer volumes declined organically by
1.2% and by 0.4% in reported terms. Organic beer development
was impacted by the soft consumer sentiment in almost all
markets and the war in Ukraine.
Soft drinks and other beverages volumes doubled due to
Britvic. The organic growth of 1.7% was higher than for beer
and was driven by mid-single-digit volume growth in Western
Europe and very strong growth in CEEI due to Pepsi shipments
in Kazakhstan in Q4.
Total volumes grew by 17.7% with an organic contribution of
-2.0%. Excluding San Miguel, organic volume development
declined modestly by 0.6%, mainly because of Asia.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 23
2025 REVIEW
GROUP REVIEW
Q&A
What were the key
achievements in 2025?
“We’re very satisfied with the Britvic
acquisition and the increased synergy
target of GBP 110m, achieved through
strong execution of our integration
plans across Britvic and Carlsberg.
“Delivering 5.0% organic operating profit
growth in a soft consumer climate
underscores the resilience of the
Carlsberg business and our well-
embedded performance-driven culture.”
Ulrica Fearn
CFO
Group
Change
2024 Organic Acq., net FX 2025 Change
Volumes (million hl)
Beer 101.2 -2.9 % 0.8 % - 99.0 -2.1 %
Soft drinks and other beverages 24.5 1.7 % 97.9 % - 49.0 99.6 %
Total volume 125.7 -2.0 % 19.7 % - 148.0 17.7 %
DKK million
Revenue 75,011 -0.6 % 21.4 % -2.0 % 89,095 18.8 %
Operating profit (MPM) 11,411 5.0 % 20.4 % -2.7 % 13,996 22.7 %
Operating margin (MPM) (%) 15.2 15.7 50bp
MPM reconciliation
DKK million 2025 2024
Reported
MPM
adjustments
1
MPM
Income statement
Gross profit 40,236 66 40,302 34,380
Operating profit before special items 13,356 640 13,996 11,411
Special items, net -1,926 -640 -2,566 -519
Profit before tax 9,050 9,050 9,987
Profit for the period 6,978 6,978 10,263
Attributable to
Non-controlling interests 1,023 1,023 1,147
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (net profit), continuing operations 5,955 5,955 6,858
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (net profit), continuing operations, adjusted² 7,579 481 8,060 7,280
Statement of financial position
Invested capital 104,097 -1,792 102,305 66,059
Invested capital excl. goodwill 44,773 -9,102 35,671 23,801
Financial ratios
Gross margin (%) 45.2 - 45.2 45.8
Operating margin (%) 15.0 0.7 15.7 15.2
Return on invested capital (ROIC) (%) 10.1 0.7 10.8 13.8
ROIC excl. goodwill (%) 23.4 7.5 30.9 35.5
Stock market ratios
EPS-A, continuing operations (DKK)² 57.3 3.7 61.0 54.9
Payout ratio, adjusted (%)² 51 -3 48 49
¹ In 2025, adjustment for amortisation of intangible assets recognised in purchase price allocations. ² Adjusted for special items after tax.
Revenue, earnings and returns
Reported revenue grew by 18.8%, driven by the Britvic
acquisition. Organic revenue development of -0.6% was
impacted by the loss of the San Miguel brand (“San Miguel”) in
the UK from 1 January 2025. Adjusting for that, organic
revenue grew by 1.1%. The adverse currency impact mainly
related to the Chinese, Laotian, Vietnamese, Kazakh and
Ukrainian currencies.
Revenue/hl increased organically by +1.4% with a positive
contribution from all three regions.
Gross profit was flat organically. Cost of sales/hl increased by
slightly less than 0.8% organically, with efficiency
improvements partly offsetting inflationary pressure, product
mix and underabsorption of fixed costs because of lower
volumes. Gross profit/hl increased organically by 2% resulting
in a continued organic gross margin improvement of 30bp. The
gross margin (MPM) declined by 60bp to 45.2% due to the
consolidation of Britvic, which has a lower gross margin.
We maintained our focus on costs, supporting our efforts to
offset inflation and increase growth investments in brands and
commercial activities. Sales investments increased organically
by around 5%, mainly due to higher activity in China and, in
Kazakhstan, preparations for taking over the Pepsi business.
Reported marketing/revenue was down by 50bp to 8.3% due
to the inclusion of Britvic.
Total sales and distribution expenses amounted to DKK
23,128m (2024: DKK 19,242m). The increase mainly reflects
higher sales expenses, particularly in China and Kazakhstan,
and the acquisition of Britvic, including the impact of PPA,
which amounted to DKK 574m.
Administrative expenses declined organically, mainly due to
the cost efficiency measures, but increased by 6% in reported
terms to DKK 4,961m due to Britvic.
Other operating activities amounted to DKK 549m, positively
impacted by compensations, including insurance
indemnifications relating to events with a negative operating
profit impact during the year. Share of profit in associates
increased by DKK 44m to DKK 660m due to good results for
the businesses in Myanmar and Portugal and, in H1, a real
estate gain in the 25%-owned property development company
Carlsberg Byen in Copenhagen.
Operating profit (MPM) grew by 22.7% to DKK 13,996m
(including the impact of hyperinflation accounting in Laos of
DKK 85m), supported by the Britvic acquisition. Organic
operating profit grew by 5.0%. Reported operating profit
before special items was DKK 13,356m, an increase of DKK
1,945m (+17.0%).
Section 1 of the consolidated financial statements contains
more details on operating activities.
Reported special items (pre-tax) amounted to DKK -1,926m
(2024: DKK -519m). Significant items impacting special items
included integration costs in Britvic, costs related to
acquisitions, and restructuring provisions and impairment costs
in all three regions, most pronounced in Western Europe due to
the brewery closure in the UK and reorganisation of the
Teisseire business in France.
Read more about special items in section 3.1 of the
consolidated financial statements.
Financial items, net, amounted to DKK -2,380m (2024: DKK
-905m). Excluding currency gains and losses, financial items,
net, amounted to DKK -2,193m (2024: DKK -1,064m). The
increase was mainly a result of higher interest expenses due to
higher net interest-bearing debt. Net currency and fair value
adjustments amounted to DKK -187m, primarily due to
currencies in Ukraine and Vietnam.
Read more about net financial items in section 4.4 of the
consolidated financial statements.
Tax totalled DKK -2,072m (2024: DKK -1,982m). The effective
tax rate was 22.9%.
Tax is detailed in section 6 of the consolidated
financialstatements.
The Carlsberg Group’s share of profit from continuing
operations amounted to DKK 5,955m (2024: DKK 6,858m).
Earnings per share was DKK 45.1.
Adjusted net profit (adjusted for special items after tax),
continuing operations, amounted to DKK 7,579m (2024: DKK
7,280m). Adjusted earnings per share, continuing operations,
increased by 4.4% to DKK 57.3. Adjusted net profit (MPM)
grew by 10.7% to DKK 8,060m. Adjusted earnings per share
(MPM) increased by 11.1% to DKK 61.0.
Non-controlling interests’ share of profit for the period was
DKK 1,023m (2024: DKK 1,147m). The non-controlling interests
mainly consisted of Carlsberg Chongqing Breweries Group,
Carlsberg Malaysia Group and Lao Brewery. The decline was
due to last year’s acquisition of the remaining 40% of the
shares in Carlsberg Marston’s Brewing Company and lower
reported profits in China, impacted by the lower CNY.
ROIC (MPM) was 10.8% (2024: 13.8%), mainly impacted by
the Britvic acquisition. ROIC excluding goodwill (MPM) was
30.9% (2024: 35.5%).
Cash flow
Free operating cash flow was DKK 7,011m (2024: DKK 6,368m).
EBITDA amounted to DKK 18,784m (2024: DKK 15,781m).
The change in trade working capital was DKK +730m (2024:
DKK +471m). As expected, average trade working capital to
revenue for the year declined to -15.6% following the
acquisition of Britvic. Excluding Britvic, average trade working
capital to revenue was stable at -20.1% (2024: -20.7%). The
change in other working capital was DKK -1,293m (2024: DKK
-1,108m), impacted by Britvic and other payables.
Restructuring costs and other special items were impacted by
the integration of Britvic, restructuring and acquisition-related
costs and amounted to DKK 1,381m (2024: DKK 220m). Net
interest etc. paid amounted to DKK 1,331m (2024: DKK 635m),
impacted by higher net interest-bearing debt. Income tax paid
was DKK 2,506m (2024: DKK 2,342m).
Total operational investments amounted to DKK -5,420m
(2024: DKK -4,944m). CapEx amounted to DKK 5,592m (2024:
DKK 5,030m) and was impacted in particular by expansion
investments in India and Vietnam, and the building of a new
soft drinks plant and sales investments in preparation for
taking over the Pepsi licence in Kazakhstan.
Total financial investments amounted to DKK -28,678m (2024:
DKK 3,426m), impacted by the acquisition of Britvic.
Free cash flow amounted to DKK -21,667m versus DKK 9,794m
in 2024 due to the acquisition of Britvic.
Net cash flow amounted to DKK -1,357m (2024: DKK -1,883m),
mainly impacted by dividends to shareholders of DKK -3,573m
and external financing of DKK 24,747m.
Financing
Gross financial debt amounted to DKK 70,623m (2024: DKK
38,140m) and net interest-bearing debt to DKK 61,617m (2024:
DKK 27,357m), impacted by Britvic and the dividend payment
to shareholders and non-controlling interests.
The difference between gross financial debt and net interest-
bearing debt comprised cash and cash equivalents of DKK
9,585m (2024: DKK 11,542m).
At 31 December 2025, the average debt duration was 4.4 years
(2024: 4.0 years). Of the gross financial debt, 87% (DKK
61,452m) was long term, i.e. with maturity of more than one
year from 31 December 2025.
Net interest-bearing debt/EBITDA was 3.28x (2024: 1.73x).
Capital structure, net interest-bearing debt and borrowings
are detailed in sections 4.1, 4.6 and 4.7 of the consolidated
financial statements.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 24
2025 REVIEW GROUP REVIEW
Western Europe delivered strong reported
growth due to the acquisition of Britvic, while
organic growth was impacted by the lost San
Miguel volumes in the UK.
Our Western Europe region underwent a significant change in
2025. The acquisition of Britvic has transformed our UK
business, and added Irish and French soft drinks businesses to
the regional footprint. More than 55% of regional volumes are
now soft drinks.
The volume development was impacted by the loss of San
Miguel, excluding which volumes grew organically 1.3%, mainly
driven by the 4.3% growth for soft drinks and other beverages,
and strong growth for premium beer (excluding San Miguel)
and AFB. Total beer volumes (excluding San Miguel) were
almost flat at -0.4%. Total reported volumes grew by 46.7% to
63.0 million hl.
Revenue/hl improved organically by 1.1%, mainly as a result of
price increases and growth for premium beer and AFB, partly
offset by a negative channel and product mix, the latter due to
the growth of soft drinks, which have lower revenue/hl than beer.
Reported revenue growth was 35.6%. Excluding San Miguel,
organic revenue growth was 1.7%.
Operating profit (MPM) grew by 40.0% to DKK 7,382m.
Organic operating profit growth was 0.7% as a result of cost
initiatives across markets, Britvic synergies in the legacy UK
business and certain compensations, including insurance
indemnifications relating to events with a negative operating
profit impact during the year. The combination of these more
than offset the material net impact from the loss of San
Miguel, and higher IT and logistics costs. The operating margin
(MPM) increased by 40bp to 14.3%.
The UK
Our legacy UK business was impacted by the loss of San
Miguel. Adjusting for this, volumes grew by high-single-digit
percentages in a soft market, with market share gains in both
the on- and off-trade. These achievements were driven by
growth in both mainstream and premium beer, and strong
performance in both channels for brands such as Carlsberg,
Poretti and 1664 Kronenbourg.
Read about the results in Britvic on page 22.
The Nordics
Volumes in Denmark grew by low-single-digit percentages,
driven by soft drinks, energy drinks, premium and AFB. The
relaunched Tuborg Squash soft drinks brand delivered very
strong results. Within premium beer, Mikkeller and Jacobsen
were important growth drivers.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 25
2025 REVIEW
WESTERN EUROPE
Western Europe results
Change
2024 Organic Acq., net FX 2025 Change
Volumes (million hl)
Beer 28.1 -6.5 % -0.5 % - 26.1 -7.0 %
Soft drinks and other beverages 14.8 4.3 % 144.7 % - 36.9 149.0 %
Total 42.9 -2.8 % 49.5 % - 63.0 46.7 %
DKK million
Revenue 38,081 -1.7 % 36.9 % 0.4 % 51,651 35.6 %
Operating profit (MPM) 5,274 0.7 % 39.0 % 0.3 % 7,382 40.0 %
Operating margin (MPM) (%) 13.9 14.3 40bp
Market data
Markets
Market position,
beer (no.)
Market position,
soft drinks (no.) Breweries
1
Soft drinks
plants
1
Combined
breweries/soft
drinks plants
1
Denmark 1 1 - - 1
Sweden 2 2 - 1 1
Norway 1 2 - 2 1
Finland 2 1 - - 1
UK 4 2 2 3 -
Ireland 4
2
2 - 2 -
France 2 6 1 - -
Switzerland 1 4 2 1 -
Poland 3 - 3 - -
Germany 1
3
- 3 - -
Portugal 1 3 1 3 -
1
Facilities with capacity above 100,000 hl.
2
Licence market.
3
Northern Germany. Source: Carlsberg estimates.
Our Swedish business had another very good year with solid
growth, driven by soft drinks and premium beer, the latter
supported by growth for 1664 Blanc and Eriksberg. In
mainstream beer, the rejuvenation of the Falcon brand led to
positive brand growth. We continued to strengthen our market
share in soft drinks thanks to strong results for Pepsi Max.
Despite supply chain issues at the beginning of the year, our
business in Norway delivered low-single-digit percentage
volume growth, driven by soft drinks – especially flavoured
water – and AFB, with particularly strong growth for
Frydenlund and Munkholm.
In Finland, we saw good results for our growth categories, with
growth for AFB and soft drinks, and flat volumes for premium
beer in a soft market. Lower mainstream beer volumes led to a
slight decline in total volumes.
Poland
In Poland, our volumes declined by low-single-digit percentages
in a market that declined by mid-single-digit percentages. We
saw double-digit percentage growth for premium beer and AFB,
and mid-single-digit percentage growth for Beyond Beer, while
mainstream beer declined. Brands such as Zatecky, Garage and
1664 Blanc did particularly well.
Switzerland
In Switzerland, there was good growth for soft drinks and AFB,
while total volumes were impacted by the weak consumer
sentiment affecting the on-trade channel in particular.
France
In a flat French market, we grew volumes slightly, driven by
premium beer and AFB. We saw particularly good results for
Brooklyn, our local craft portfolio and Tourtel Twist.
Mainstream beer volumes declined due to the continued
softness of Kronenbourg Red & White.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 26
2025 REVIEW WESTERN EUROPE
Growing Poretti in the UK
Poretti is our Italian beer, dating back to 1877. In 2025, it was the fastest
growing world lager in the UK. The strong growth of almost 120% was
supported by an impactful advertising campaign, “Welcome to the lake”, aimed
at inspiring its audience to look beyond the ordinary. The campaign combined
a cinematic black-and-white look, with some surreal storytelling in the
ancestral home of Poretti – the idyllic lakes of northern Italy – and supported
significant market share growth for Poretti in both the on- and off-trade.
While volumes grew in China, volume
development in Asia was impacted by the soft
consumer sentiment across the region.
Beer volumes in Asia declined by 1.5%, mainly due to soft
volumes in Laos and Vietnam. Volume development improved
slightly in H2, benefiting from a good Q4 in China. Volume
development for soft drinks and other beverages continued to be
impacted by energy drinks in Cambodia and declined by 8.1%.
Revenue/hl increased organically by 1.3%, resulting in organic
revenue development of -1.2%. Reported revenue was -5.8%,
impacted by the weaker Laotian and Chinese currencies.
Operating profit grew organically by 0.7% and the operating
margin (MPM) improved by 60bp to 23.2%.
China
In China, our volumes grew by almost 4% in Q4, leading to
full-year volume growth of approximately 1%.
The growth was driven by mid-single-digit growth of our
premium portfolio, including Carlsberg, Tuborg and Wind
Flower Snow Moon, and continued solid growth in the big cities.
The Beyond Beer extension of Wind Flower Snow Moon also
delivered very strong growth. The mainstream portfolio
declined, impacted by weak consumer sentiment.
Our market share improved, particularly in H2, as we increased
sales and marketing investments in the second half of the year.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 27
2025 REVIEW
ASIA
Asia results
Change
2024 Organic Acq., net FX 2025 Change
Volumes (million hl)
Beer 38.6 -1.5 % 0.0 % - 38 -1.5 %
Soft drinks and other beverages 6.0 -8.1 % 0.0 % - 5.5 -8.1 %
Total 44.6 -2.4 % 0.0 % - 43.5 -2.4 %
DKK million
Revenue 20,466 -1.2 % 0.0 % -4.6 % 19,274 -5.8 %
Operating profit (MPM) 4,632 0.7 % 0.0 % -4.3 % 4,467 -3.6 %
Operating margin (MPM) (%) 22.6 23.2 60bp
Market data
Markets
Market position,
beer (no.)
Market position,
soft drinks (no.) Breweries
1
Soft drinks
plants
1
Combined
breweries/soft
drinks plants
1
China 5/1
2
- 27 - -
Laos 1 1 - 1 2
Vietnam 4 - 1 - -
Cambodia 6 2
3
- - 1
Malaysia 2 - 1 - -
Myanmar 4 - 1 - -
Singapore 2 - - - -
Hong Kong SAR 2 - - - -
1
Facilities with capacity above 100,000 hl.
2
Total China/western China.
3
Energy drinks. Source: Carlsberg estimates.
Laos
Our business in Laos was impacted by the weak
macroeconomic environment. Our volumes declined by mid-
single-digit percentages. We saw strong growth in premium
beer, while mainstream declined. Revenue/hl increased by
high-single-digit percentages, driven by price increases taken to
offset the inflationary pressure.
Vietnam
Our volumes in Vietnam declined by low-double-digit
percentages as our business was impacted by intensified
competition, especially at the beginning of the year,
reorganisation of our route-to-market, and heavy rainfall and
flooding in the central part of the country – our stronghold – in
Q4. Volume dynamics improved in H2.
Cambodia
In Cambodia, total volumes declined, mainly due to continued
weakness of the energy drinks business, which remains under
significant competitive pressure.
Malaysia and Singapore
Volumes in Malaysia and Singapore were impacted by soft
consumer sentiment and the later sell-in to Chinese New Year
celebrations in 2026.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 28
2025 REVIEW ASIA
More 1-litre cans in China
In response to changing consumer demand and
the growing importance of the off-trade
channel, including online, in China, we
introduced 1-litre cans as a distinctive and
innovative packaging format in 2024. Offering a
crafty and premium look that stands out on the
shelf, the 1-litre cans are designed to be shared
among friends on social occasions. Many of our
1-litre cans feature unique natural ingredients,
such as tea, and are positioned as an affordable
premium option, making them accessible for
consumers who want to try something new and
special. We will continue to invest in the growth
of the 1-litre can in 2026.
Central & Eastern Europe and India delivered a
strong set of results for the year.
Reported volume growth in CEEI was 8.6% due to the
consolidation of our business in Nepal and the inclusion of
Britvic’s Brazilian business. Soft drinks and other beverages
delivered strong organic volume growth of 7.1%, mainly due to
the sell-in of Pepsi products in Kazakhstan in Q4.
Our in-market beer performance remained very good, and we
gained market share in most markets in the region. However,
markets remained soft, and our beer volumes declined
organically by 1.5%. Consequently, total organic volume
development was -0.6%.
Revenue/hl delivered solid growth of 3.3% as a result of price
increases and a positive product mix.
Reported revenue growth was 10.4%, comprising acquisition
impact of +11.9%, organic growth of 2.7% and currencies -4.2%.
Organic operating profit growth was 9.0% as a result of strong
earnings growth in H2, which was mainly achieved thanks to
tight cost control, supply chain savings and certain
compensations, including insurance indemnifications relating to
events with a negative operating profit impact during the year.
Operating profit (MPM) grew by 13.6%, supported by organic
earnings growth and acquisitions.
India
In India, our business had another good year, delivering high-
single-digit percentage growth after a strong finish to the year.
Our market share strengthened in most states for our largest
brand in the market, Tuborg Strong. 1664 Blanc made a good
start in its first year in the market.
We are exploring different options for increasing shareholder
value which may potentially include an IPO of our business in
India, but no final decision has been made.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 29
2025 REVIEW
CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPE AND INDIA (CEEI)
CEEI results
Change
2024 Organic Acq., net FX 2025 Change
Volumes (million hl)
Beer 34.5 -1.5 % 2.6 % - 34.9 1.1 %
Soft drinks and other beverages 3.7 7.1 % 70.2 % - 6.6 77.3 %
Total 38.2 -0.6 % 9.2 % - 41.5 8.6 %
DKK million
Revenue 16,454 2.7 % 11.9 % -4.2 % 18,158 10.4 %
Operating profit (MPM) 3,039 9.0 % 8.8 % -4.2 % 3,451 13.6 %
Operating margin (MPM) (%) 18.5 19.0 50bp
Market data
Markets
Market position,
beer (no.)
Market position,
soft drinks (no.) Breweries
1
Soft drinks
plants
1
Combined
breweries/soft
drinks plants
1
Ukraine 1 - - - 3
Kazakhstan 1 2
2
- - 1
India 2 - 7 - -
Nepal 1 - 2 - -
The Baltics 1 - - - 2
Italy 4 - 1 - -
Greece 2 - 1 - 1
Bulgaria 1 - 2 - -
Croatia 3 - - - 1
Serbia 2 - 1 - -
Canada 6 - - - 1
Brazil - - - 4 -
Azerbaijan 1 - - - 1
Belarus 1 - - - 1
1
Facilities with capacity above 100,000 hl.
2
From 1 January 2026. Source: Carlsberg estimates.
Ukraine
In an increasingly volatile and unsafe environment caused by
the war, our volumes in Ukraine declined by double-digit
percentages, with the decline accelerating in H2 as the war
intensified across the country. Our market share was flat.
Kazakhstan
Our business in Kazakhstan delivered mid-teens percentage
growth, supported by alcohol-free brews, our Beyond Beer
brand Garage and the local mainstream brand, Beerkhan.
There was also very strong growth for soft drinks in Q4, as we
started shipments of the Pepsi products in the quarter.
We prepared for the takeover during the year, hiring additional
sales force and supply chain staff, investing in coolers and
building a new bottling facility, expected to be operational in H2
2026. We will accelerate sales of the Pepsi portfolio during 2026.
Nepal
Our business in Nepal, of which we gained full control in
November 2024, delivered strong double-digit percentage
volume growth, driven by the local mainstream brand, Gorkha,
and Tuborg.
Other markets
We grew market share in a slightly declining Greek market.
Our local brands, Kaiser and Mythos, were the main drivers of
the market share improvement. In Bulgaria, we delivered
another year of solid market share improvement, mainly driven
by our international premium brands and alcohol-free brews.
Export & License
Volumes in our Export & License business declined slightly,
impacted by soft Tuborg volumes and lower Somersby
volumes in Asia Pacific. Our focus on developing the Export &
License business continues, and we expect to enter new
markets in 2026 and to strengthen our route-to-market in
others.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 30
2025 REVIEW CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPE AND INDIA
Growing Zatecky Gus in
Kazakhstan
Zatecky Gus is a Czech-style lager, inspired by
the brewing traditions of Žatec, a town in
Czechia famous for its hops. Initially launched in
Kazakhstan in 2010, it has since become a
popular brand with consumers. In 2024, we
modernised the look and feel of the brand. In
2025, we added line extensions of the brand in
all major beer segments, including alcohol-free.
Thanks to great work by our team in
Kazakhstan, Zatecky Gus has become the no. 1
packaged beer brand in the market. In 2025,
volumes grew by 24% and the brand’s market
share grew by 5 percentage points.
For 2026, we are assuming an unchanged
consumer environment in most of our markets.
Group volumes for the year will be positively impacted by the
takeover of the Pepsi licence in Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan,
which will add approximately 1.5 percentage points to the
organic volume development. As we will use co-packers until
our own soft drinks plant is ready, no profit contribution from
the Pepsi volumes is expected in 2026.
We expect to mitigate the underlying inflation and achieve
flattish cost of sales/hl through our continued focus on
delivering supply chain efficiencies.
We implemented a number of cost initiatives in H2 2025. We
will maintain the tight focus on SG&A costs and expect a slight
increase in marketing investments as well as higher capability
and digital investments.
While the integration of Britvic is ahead of schedule, positively
impacting 2025, our expectations for 2026 are unchanged, and
we expect to deliver 30-40% of the GBP 110m cost synergies.
This will impact organic development positively.
Consequently, our earnings expectations for 2026 are:
Organic growth of 2-6% on the 2025 operating profit (MPM)
of DKK 13,996m.
The above organic growth expectation corresponds to organic
growth of 2-6% on the 2025 reported operating profit of DKK
13,356m, including the impact of amortisation of intangible
assets recognised in the purchase price allocation.
Based on the currency spot rates at 3 February, we assume a
translation impact of around DKK -100m for 2026.
Other assumptions
Other relevant assumptions are:
Financial expenses, excluding foreign exchange losses or
gains, of DKK 2.2bn.
Reported effective tax rate of around 23%.
Capital expenditure of DKK 6-7bn.
Forward-looking statements
Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and
uncertainties that could cause the Group’s actual results to
differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking
statements. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should
not be relied on as a prediction of actual results. Please see
page 45 for the full forward-looking statements disclaimer.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 31
2026 EXPECTATIONS
2026 EARNINGS EXPECTATIONS
In delivering our strategy, we aim to manage
risks in a way that minimises potential threats
while supporting sustainable growth.
As with any business, we face a number of risks and
uncertainties that may have both short- and long-term
implications for the Group.
Our risk management approach is to understand and manage
these risks effectively while also enabling us to exploit
opportunities across the markets in which we operate.
Governance structure
The Supervisory Board is ultimately responsible for the risk
management framework and its effectiveness.
The Board is made aware of the material risks facing the
Company on an ongoing basis. The Board reviews the overall
risk matrix and conducts deep dives into selected risks at least
once a year. The identified risks, including risk development,
are subsequently monitored to ensure that plans are in place
to manage the individual risks, such as strategic, operational,
financial and compliance risks.
The Supervisory Board may choose to delegate the monitoring
of one or more specific risks to a board committee, which then
reports back to the Supervisory Board on progress.
The Executive Committee (ExCom) is responsible for reviewing
the overall risk exposure associated with the Group’s activities
and ensuring that appropriate actions are taken.
Risk management process
Our risk management process ensures timely identification and
proactive management of risks and uncertainties throughout
the year.
We apply a combined top-down and bottom-up approach
across markets, regions and functions to identify current and
emerging risks. New risk themes are also captured through a
review of the external landscape, including changes in
technology, regulation, consumer behaviour and
competitoractivity.
Risks are assessed using standard criteria to evaluate the
likelihood and potential impact on our operating profit, brand
and reputation, and operations. Local and functional
workshops applying the same principles and methodology as
Group-level assessments are held regularly, and at least on an
annual basis. This risk management approach enables the
business to prioritise the most significant risks over the next
3-5years.
These principal risks are reviewed by ExCom, which considers
changes in the risk environment and the adequacy of
mitigation plans. Each risk is assigned to an ExCom member,
who is responsible for ensuring that appropriate mitigation
activities are in place.
ExCom conducts a review of the principal risks and mitigation
plans – including deep dives into heightened risks – at least
twice a year. These risks are also presented to and discussed
with the Supervisory Board at least annually.
Read about the management of sustainability risks in the
sustainability statement.
Identified risks
The most significant risks are presented in the following
paragraphs.
Other material risks include supply chain disruption, ESG and
human rights concerns, maintaining product quality and
safety, talent and workforce shortage, and failure to embed
strategic partnerships.
Geopolitical and macroeconomic
volatility
Risk movement
Increased versus last year.
Description
Geopolitical risk, including ongoing global tensions, civil unrest
and conflict across key markets, has become increasingly
dynamic and impacts our operational resilience.
Macroeconomic and financial volatility includes inflationary
pressures, interest rate fluctuations, currency instability and
unemployment, and can impact consumer sentiment and our
financial flexibility.
Mitigation
We monitor the global geopolitical situation on an ongoing
basis and develop scenarios to plan for emerging tensions.
We have robust financial planning and resilience measures in
place across our markets, operational sites and product
categories. We employ scenario planning, agile financial
management and value management capabilities to address
volatility and adapt to market-specific challenges. Our rigorous
performance management system enables us to quickly adapt
to changes in the trading environment.
These measures aim to safeguard growth, maintain financial
flexibility and ensure operational stability across our key markets.
Consumer preferences
Risk movement
Increased versus last year.
Description
Consumer preferences are continuously changing, including
shifts in consumption occasions, liquid preferences, alcohol
intake, and purchasing habits and patterns.
Carlsberg faces a risk to market share, volume loss and long-
term growth if we fail to respond by adapting and evolving our
product portfolio in line with changing consumer trends and
the changing beverage landscape.
Mitigation
Our Accelerate SAIL strategy provides a clear focus on
stepping up investment in support of the key growth categories
of premium beer, alcohol-free brews, soft drinks and Beyond
Beer. See pages 19-21 for examples of how we execute on
Accelerate SAIL.
The acquisition of Britvic and the takeover of the Pepsi
franchise in Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan have increased our
exposure to the structurally growing soft drinks category and
further strengthened our diverse portfolio.
In addition, we are maintaining our responsible drinking
agenda. Read more on this in the sustainability statement.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 32
GOVERNANCE
RISK MANAGEMENT
Digital transformation
Risk movement
Increased versus last year.
Description
Carlsberg faces rapidly evolving changes across technology
adoption and artificial intelligence, e-commerce and digital
marketing. Failure to respond and adapt could reduce
efficiency, limit competitiveness and hinder growth
opportunities.
Mitigation
Even in an overall challenging market environment, we continue
to step up investment behind modernising and strengthening
our digital platform for greater operational resilience.
The ongoing improvement programme includes a move away
from legacy systems and fragmentation across the business,
data integration, infrastructure upgrades and further
application of AI throughout our organisation.
Legal compliance
Risk movement
Decreased versus last year.
Description
Carlsberg faces significant competition law, anti-bribery and
corruption, trade sanctions and data privacy risks throughout
its operations. Failure to comply with the applicable laws and
requirements across our markets may result in significant fines,
legal claims and reputational damage.
The Group is party to certain ongoing lawsuits and disputes.
These are described in section 3.4 of the consolidated
financialstatements.
Mitigation
We maintain a strong tone from the top and continuously
review and strengthen the Group-wide control framework
covering legal compliance areas, including, but not limited to,
competition law, anti-bribery and corruption and trade
sanctions to reflect areas of increased regulatory focus.
We have strengthened our approach to legal compliance risks,
with proactive mitigations and core controls being consistently
applied across our markets.
We recently refreshed our Code of Ethics and Conduct, and
simplified our global legal policies. Mandatory training is
provided to all relevant employees on a regular basis to ensure
that these policies are thoroughly understood.
Read more about our compliance efforts in the
sustainability statement.
Cyber and IT security
Risk movement
Increased versus last year.
Description
The Carlsberg Group relies heavily on technology and IT
infrastructure. Cyber vulnerabilities or the non-availability of
critical IT systems could have severe financial, regulatory and
reputational consequences for our business.
Mitigation
Our Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) leads an
independent cyber security function within our IT organisation.
The CISO coordinates risk mitigation plans and activities with
ExCom and the Supervisory Board.
As the cyber security threat assessment has intensified in
recent years, we have strengthened our protective work to
counter the risk. Furthermore, we deploy a wide array of
advanced defensive technologies, as well as continuing to
embed our risk management framework in all layers of the
organisation. We undertake regular testing of our security
controls via an ongoing series of technological audits and
breach simulations.
As the threat landscape remains difficult, we are continuing to
invest in improving our security and mitigation activities.
Emerging regulatory changes and tax
Risk movement
New.
Description
Carlsberg is facing a rapidly evolving global regulatory and tax
landscape that is becoming more complex, fragmented and
dynamic, creating uncertainty and compliance challenges
across our markets.
Heightened debate about public health concerns may result in
restrictions on alcohol marketing or sales, while strained public
finances and trade tensions could result in new barriers,
increased taxes and higher excise duties.
Mitigation
We maintain proactive and regular horizon-scanning activities
across our markets for potential policy developments and
regulatory changes that could impact our product offerings
and operational compliance.
We engage in fact-based dialogue with relevant stakeholders on
changes in regulation, including within the areas of tax and excise
duties, either directly or through relevant industry associations.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 33
GOVERNANCE RISK MANAGEMENT
Our governance framework aims to ensure value
creation, safeguard active and transparent
stewardship across the Group and reduce risk.
The governing bodies of the Carlsberg Group are the
Supervisory Board and the Executive Committee, which
includes the Executive Board. None of the members of the
Supervisory Board are involved in the executive management
of the Group.
The Supervisory Board hires and supervises the Executive
Board, which consists of two members, the Group CEO and the
CFO, who are formally registered as executive directors of
Carlsberg A/S.
Recommendations on
corporategovernance
The Supervisory Board is responsible for the Group’s corporate
governance framework and compliance with the Danish
corporate governance recommendations.
The Group complies with all but one of the current
recommendations:
With respect to the recommendation to publish quarterly
reports, the Group has chosen to only publish full- and half-
year reports.
Our statutory report on corporate governance includes the full
list of recommendations, with comments on the Group’s
position on each recommendation. It can be downloaded here:
www.carlsberggroup.com/who-we-are/corporate-governance/
#Statutoryreports
Our Compass
The Group is dedicated to conducting business with integrity in
a responsible, honest and ethical manner. Living by these
values – our Compass – is an integrated part of our strategy,
Accelerate SAIL, mitigates risks and protects our reputation as
a responsible brewer.
Our Compass consists of a Code of Ethics & Conduct and our
Group policies, which guide everyone in the Group on everyday
decisions and actions, setting out the ethical standards for our
behaviour both within the Company and towards external
business partners, such as customers and suppliers.
Our policies can be downloaded here:
www.carlsberggroup.com/sustainability/report-policies/
policies/
The Supervisory Board is responsible for overseeing that the
Executive Committee has an adequate system and resources in
place to ensure compliance with the Group’s codes and policies
in relation to its business activities.
Our Executive Committee members complete training on our
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy and Code of Ethics and
Conduct every three years, and are informed of key
developments in this area in an ongoing manner, as necessary.
The impact of Living by our Compass in relation to material
ESG topics is presented in the sustainability statement.
The Annual General Meeting
The 2025 Annual General Meeting (AGM) took place on 17
March. The minutes of the meeting are available on
www.carlsberggroup.com.
Rules and deadlines applying to the AGM and other general
meetings are stipulated in the Company’s Articles of
Association, available on www.carlsberggroup.com along with
other AGM-related information.
Composition of the
ExecutiveCommittee
1
The Executive Committee (ExCom) currently consists of the
Executive Board (Group CEO and CFO) and a wider group of
senior executives, in total ten members, portrayed on pages6-7.
Executive Committee gender representation
ExCom Women Men
Number 3 7
Share of total 30% 70%
ExCom members collectively prepare and implement the
Group’s strategic plans.
The ten members of ExCom represent eight different
nationalities. They all have an international business
background and a broad set of competencies and
responsibilities related to general management, strategy,
finance, our three regions, FMCG, marketing, sales, supply chain,
procurement, ESG, human resources, digital and technology.
Driving diversity is a business priority. The Diversity, Equity &
Inclusion Policy, available on www.carlsberggroup.com, sets
out the Group’s broader aspirations and commitments to
attract, develop and retain people with different perspectives,
experiences and backgrounds.
Read more about our commitments and work with diversity in
the sustainability statement.
1
ESRS-2, GOV-1; 21c, 21d.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 34
GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Composition of the
SupervisoryBoard
1
The Supervisory Board has 13 members, none of whom are
part of the executive management of the Company.
Eight of the 13 members are elected by the General Meeting,
six of whom (75%) are independent directors. In accordance
with the Danish Companies Act, the five other members are
elected by the employees.
Two of the members elected by the General Meeting are
affiliated to the Carlsberg Foundation, the Company’s largest
shareholder, in their capacity as members of the Carlsberg
Foundation Board, and both have an academic background.
These members are bearers of the Carlsberg Group culture and
heritage, and the values stemming from our founder, J.C.
Jacobsen, and the Supervisory Board sees these members as
patrons of the same.
The five employee representatives are elected for a term of
four years. They have the same rights and obligations as the
members elected by the General Meeting. Four of the current
employee representatives were elected in 2022 at the ordinary
election, and one in 2024 at a supplementary election. The
next ordinary election will take place in March 2026.
The members of the Supervisory Board and their board
meeting attendance are shown in the table on the right.
Information on the Supervisory Board members is available on
pages 40-42.
1
ESRS-2, GOV-1; 21a, 21b, 21e.
Supervisory Board meetings
Board member Chairship meetings attended Board meetings attended
Henrik Poulsen
1,2
(Chair)
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
Majken Schultz
1
(Deputy Chair)
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
Mikael Aro
1,2
n n
g g g g g
Magdi Batato
1,2
n n n n n n n
Lilian Fossum Biner
1,2
n n n n n n n
Richard Burrows
1
n n
g g g g g
Eva Vilstrup Decker
3
n n n n n n n
Jens Hjorth
1
g g
n n n n n
Søren Knudsen
3
g g g g
n n n
Bob Kunze-Concewitz
1,2
n n n n n n n
Punita Lal
1,2
n n n n n n n
Erik Lund
3
n n n n n n n
Winnie Ma
1,2
g g
n n n n n
Ivan Nielsen
3
n n n n n n n
Olayide Oladokun
3
n n n n
g g g
Søren-Peter Fuchs Olesen
1
n n
g g g g g
Peter Petersen
3
n n n n n n n
1
Elected by the General Meeting.
2
Independent.
3
Employee-elected.
n Attended meeting.
n Did not attend meeting.
gNot a board member at the time.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 35
GOVERNANCE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Carlsberg Foundation
The Carlsberg Foundation is the Company’s largest
shareholder. According to its Charter, the foundation
must own shares equivalent to at least 51% of the
votes in Carlsberg A/S. At 31 December, the Carlsberg
Foundation held 30% of the capital and 78% of the
votes in Carlsberg A/S.
The foundation is a long-term, value-oriented
shareholder, supporting the Group in creating
sustainable value growth through the execution of its
strategy and adherence to the Company’s capital
allocation priorities.
The foundation has participated pro rata in the share
buy-back programmes.
In 2025, dividends received by the foundation
amounted to DKK 1.1bn.
The dividends from Carlsberg A/S are given back to
society by granting funds to foster and support
academic research within natural sciences, humanities
and social sciences, and funds for cultural and socially
beneficial purposes.
The foundation also grants funds to the Carlsberg
Research Laboratory for basic research, unrelated to
the Company’s commercial activities.
Diversity
1
The Supervisory Board recognises the value and benefits of
diversity in respect of professional and international experience,
culture and gender.
Consequently, diversity is of high priority for the Supervisory
Board, and it has laid down the following specific objectives in
relation to international experience and gender:
With regard to international experience, the objective is that
50% or more of the Supervisory Board members elected by
the General Meeting should have substantial international
experience from managing large corporations or institutions.
The Supervisory Board fulfils the objective regarding
international experience.
With regard to gender, there is equal representation of
menand women, as four of the eight members (50%)
elected by the General Meeting are women and four are
men. The Supervisory Board aims to maintain an equal
gender representation.
The Supervisory Board constantly considers how to best
achieve as diverse a representation as possible in terms of
views, culture, experience, background, gender etc.
With regard to the employee-elected Supervisory Board
members, we actively encourage both men and women to
stand for election as employee representatives, and we support
and motivate women to participate. We have ensured that
election procedures and information materials are gender-
neutral and inclusive. We have also made sure that our
communication and election campaigns include role models of
all genders. For the employee-elected Group representatives
chosen by an electoral college, we have encouraged the
electoral college to prioritise diversity.
1
ESRS-2, GOV-1; 21d.
Management and share of the underrepresented
gender, parent company, Carlsberg A/S
2
2025 Target
Supervisory Board
Total members 13
Gender split Women 38% / Men 62%
AGM-elected members, total 8
Gender split Women 50% / Men 50% 37.5%
Employee-elected members, total 5
Underrepresented gender (women) 20% 40%
Executive Board
Total members 2
Gender split Women 50% / Men 50%
Other management levels
3
Total members 3
Gender split Women 67% / Men 33% 33%
2
Reporting and targets in accordance with the Danish Gender Balance Act.
3
Other management levels employed by Carlsberg A/S in Denmark, as defined by the
Danish Companies Act.
Competencies
4
According to the Specification of Competencies, the
Supervisory Board should be composed such that the Board is
able to support, inspire, challenge and guide the Executive
Board and the wider Executive Committee, and to deal
effectively with the Carlsberg Group's strategic direction and
decisions, general and financial management, and challenges
and opportunities.
The skills and competencies that should be represented on the
Supervisory Board are described in the Specification of
Competencies, available on www.carlsberggroup.com. On the
basis of a recommendation from the People & Culture
Committee, the Supervisory Board reviews the Specification of
Competencies annually.
Six of the eight Supervisory Board members elected by the
General Meeting have an international business background
and, in addition, competencies related to FMCG, marketing,
finance, ESG, supply chain, procurement, M&A, Carlsberg’s
three key regions and emerging markets.
The Supervisory Board continuously assesses, including as part
of its annual board evaluation, whether the board members
possess the required skills and competencies to best support
the Carlsberg Group and its strategy, and whether the
composition can be further optimised for this purpose.
The Supervisory Board believes that the current composition of
the Board ensures an appropriate level of skills, breadth and
diversity, thereby helping to ensure that decisions are well
considered and that both short- and long-term perspectives are
taken into account.
4
ESRS-2, GOV-1; 21c.
Supervisory Board
evaluationprocess
Each year, the Chair of the Supervisory Board heads a
structured evaluation of the Board’s work, accomplishments
and competencies.
In 2025, the evaluation process included a report produced by
an external provider based on questionnaires completed
anonymously, as well as individual conversations between the
Chair and each board member.
During the evaluation process, the Supervisory Board members
generally expressed that the Board covers relevant matters,
that board agendas and meetings are well planned and
address relevant topics, that time and discussions are well
prioritised, that material and presentations are of a high
quality, and that all relevant perspectives are considered when
decisions are made. The members also expressed that they
appreciate the open discussions, mutual trust and constructive
cooperation with ExCom and other management members.
The evaluation resulted in a list of ideas to improve the board
work and an action plan with specific initiatives for 2026.
The work of the Supervisory Board
The main topics of discussion at the Supervisory Board
meetings in 2025 are presented in the box on page 37.
The Group CEO and the CFO always attend the Supervisory
Board meetings and, in order to ensure transparency, the
members of ExCom are also invited and attend when relevant.
This gives the Supervisory Board better insight into the
business and exposure to the full group of senior executives.
In connection with most Supervisory Board meetings, key
people from the Group present a market, a function, a specific
risk or other relevant topics.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 36
GOVERNANCE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Board committees
The Supervisory Board has established three board
committees: the People & Culture Committee, the
Remuneration Committee and the Audit Committee.
Each year, the Supervisory Board considers whether the
number and scope of the committees are appropriate.
Committee members are appointed for one year at a time. The
members of the respective committees and their meeting
attendance are shown in the tables on this and the followingpage.
The People & Culture Committee
The Terms of Reference for the People & Culture Committee
are available on www.carlsberggroup.com.
In 2025, the Committee had particular focus on:
Review of the Specification of Competencies for board
members to ensure that they reflect the skills and
experiences needed to best support the execution of
Accelerate SAIL.
Succession planning at Supervisory Board and management
level, evaluating the composition of ExCom, and the
composition, structure and size of the Supervisory Board and
its committees.
Performance evaluation of ExCom.
Carlsberg’s talent development programmes and processes.
Carlsberg’s DE&I strategy, progress and ambitions.
The company culture, including employee surveys in light of
Accelerate SAIL and its growth ambitions.
People & Culture Committee members andmeetings
Committee member Committee meetings attended
Henrik Poulsen
1
(Chair)
n n n
Lilian Fossum Biner
1
g
n n
Richard Burrows
1
n
g g
Punita Lal
1
n n n
Majken Schultz
n n n
1
Independent. n Attended meeting. g Not a committee member at the time.
The Remuneration Committee
The Terms of Reference for the Remuneration Committee are
available on www.carlsberggroup.com.
In 2025, the main activities of the Remuneration
Committeewere:
Consideration of the revised Remuneration Policy for
approval at the 2026 AGM.
Review of compensation and incentive levels for the
Executive Board, the Executive Committee and other key
positions, including in relation to external peer benchmark
reports.
Review of long-term incentive targets for the new award, in
light of the acquisition of Britvic – particularly in relation to
the ROIC component.
The work of the Committee is described in more detail in the
Remuneration Report, available on www.carlsberggroup.com.
Remuneration Committee members andmeetings
Committee member Committee meetings attended
Magdi Batato
1
(Chair)
n n n n
Jens Hjorth
g
n n n
Bob Kunze-Concewitz
1
n n n n
Søren-Peter Fuchs Olesen
n
g g g
Henrik Poulsen
1
n n n n
1
Independent. n Attended meeting. g Not a committee member at the time.
The Audit Committee
The Terms of Reference for the Audit Committee are available
on www.carlsberggroup.com.
In 2025, the Audit Committee consisted of three members. The
Audit Committee is appointed for one year at a time. All three
members of the Committee qualify as being independent of
the Company.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 37
GOVERNANCE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The work of the Supervisory Board
Main topics of review and discussion in 2025
Governance, compliance and
riskmanagement
Review of the outcome of the 2024 board evaluation
process, including follow-up on all suggestions in 2025.
2025 board evaluation, including development of a plan
with suggested improvements for 2026.
Compliance risks and set-up, including discussion of
compliance-enhancing efforts.
An enhanced enterprise risk management approach and
anchoring of the same in the Board.
Various risk deep dives based on the enterprise
management review.
Internal audit and control reports, working processes and
continued improvement.
IT and cyber security strategy.
Compliance with the EU sustainability reporting regulation.
Relevant issues and ways of working with the
externalauditor.
Approved the initiation of an audit tender process for the
purpose of recommending an external auditor for
election at the 2027 Annual General Meeting.
Approval of the external auditor for election at the
2025AGM.
Strategy
Review of Accelerate SAIL priorities and their execution.
The ESG programme Together Towards ZERO
andBeyond.
R&D, innovation, brand portfolio and branding initiatives,
quality, digital agenda and AI, and other strategic pillars.
Organic growth opportunities, including commercial
priorities and three-year plans.
Review of inorganic growth opportunities and completing
the acquisition of Britvic.
Selected market and function deep dives.
Overseeing the continued embedding of cost focus and
implementation of cost programmes.
Monitoring capital structure, funding and dividends.
Organisation, people, succession planning
and talent management
Supervisory Board composition and succession planning.
Succession planning for the Executive Management.
The Group's people agenda, including people-related
aspects of Accelerate SAIL.
The diversity, equity and inclusion agenda.
Bonus structures in incentive programmes, ensuring
support of and alignment with Accelerate SAIL.
The committee members have the relevant financial expertise
and necessary experience of the Company’s sector.
The Audit Committee works according to the Terms of Reference
and a detailed annual meeting plan, which are reviewed and
approved by the Supervisory Board prior to the beginning of
each financial year. The Supervisory Board approved the Audit
Committee meeting plan for 2026 and the current Terms of
Reference at the Supervisory Board meeting in December 2025.
In 2025, the Audit Committee had particular focus on a number
of areas, including:
Monitoring the effectiveness of the control environment and
overseeing the progress on improving and further developing
the effectiveness of the controls over financial and
sustainability reporting.
Monitoring the external financial and sustainability reporting
and accounting judgements, including the accounting
treatment in relation to the acquisition of Britvic.
Monitoring the work of the external auditors.
Monitoring the audit tender process initiated by the
Supervisory Board in 2025, with the purpose of
recommending an external audit firm for appointment at the
2027 Annual General Meeting.
Reviewing the progress of the work of and actions taken by
the Group Internal Audit function.
Reviewing the work regarding SpeakUp matters.
Reviewing financial risk management and insurance.
Reviewing the risk management process and deep dives into
selected risks.
Reviewing enterprise risk management (ERM) processes
andgovernance.
Reviewing Group policies.
Reviewing Group tax matters.
Reviewing succession planning for finance personnel.
Reviewing a refreshed version of the Carlsberg Code ofConduct.
Audit Committee members andmeetings
Committee member Committee meetings attended
Lilian Fossum Biner
1
(Chair)
n n n n n
Mikael Aro
1
n
g g g g
Magdi Batato
1
n n n n n
Richard Burrows
1
n
g g g g
Bob Kunze-Concewitz
1
g
n n n n
1
Independent. n Attended meeting. g Not a committee member at the time.
Internal control and risk
management related to the overall
control environment for the
financial reporting process
The Supervisory Board and ExCom have overall responsibility
for the Carlsberg Group’s internal control environment.
The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring the
effectiveness of the overall internal control environment and
risk management systems, in particular related to the financial
reporting process.
In 2025, the Group undertook a full refresh of its global policy
framework and updated relevant policies, standards and
procedures in key areas of financial reporting.
The global policies, standards and procedures apply to all
subsidiaries, and we expect standards similar to those set out
in the Carlsberg codes and policies for non-controlled entities.
The Group’s internal control framework for financial reporting
is designed to reduce and mitigate financial risks identified and
ensure reliable internal and external financial reporting. It
defines roles and responsibilities, and provides assurance that
key risks are covered by internal control activities.
While systems and processes are not standardised across all
entities, all entities are subject to the same set of internal
keycontrols.
The Group continuously seeks to strengthen the internal
control environment through standardisation, automation,
strong analytics and transparent governance supplemented by
continuous training of employees involved in carrying out
internal controls.
The internal financial control framework is monitored through
biannual self-assessment of the effectiveness of the
implemented controls and continuous testing of performance
by the Group’s Internal Control function. The monitoring of the
performance of the controls focuses on the adequacy of the
controls, their design and operating effectiveness, and the
efficiency of the overall controlling processes.
Risk assessment
In the internal control framework for financial reporting, the
Group has identified the risks that could have a direct or
indirect material impact on the financial statements. Group
entities are required to carry out and document the internal
controls defined by the Group to cover the key risks identified.
Furthermore, Group entities are required to maintain mapping
of risks related to the segregation of duties and to implement
necessary compensating controls, thereby continuously
strengthening the internal control environment and enforcing
optimal segregation of duties in the ERP systems.
The segregation of duties within the main ERP systems is
continuously monitored by the Group’s Internal Control function.
Control activities and monitoring
The Group has implemented a formalised financial reporting
process, budget process, estimates and monthly reporting on
actual performance. The accounting information reported by
all Group companies is reviewed by controllers with regional or
functional in-depth knowledge of the individual companies/
functions and by technical accounting specialists.
Controllers are continuously updated on best practice relating
to internal financial controls, and trained in new accounting
and reporting requirements.
The entities in the Group are dependent on IT systems. Any
weaknesses in the system controls or IT environment are
compensated for by manual controls to mitigate any
significant risk relating to the financial reporting.
The Audit Committee’s monitoring covers both the internal
control environment and business risk.
The financial risks are assessed and reviewed at multiple levels
in the Group, including monthly performance review meetings
at ExCom level, periodic review of control documentation, and
audits performed by Group Internal Audit.
Group Internal Audit
Group Internal Audit provides objective and independent
assessment of the adequacy, effectiveness and quality of the
Group’s internal controls. Group Internal Audit works in
accordance with a charter, which is reviewed periodically and
approved by the Audit Committee.
Taking into account the annual review of business risks (see
pages 32-33), an internal audit plan is drawn up for the year.
The plan is reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee.
In 2025, Group Internal Audit conducted audits mainly in the
areas of key operational processes, financial reporting controls,
brewery operations, compliance (internal and external
regulation) and information technology.
In addition, Group Internal Audit continuously assesses the
adequacy of actions implemented by management to address
previously raised risks and control issues.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 38
GOVERNANCE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 39
GOVERNANCE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
1
The information contained in this text box constitutes our compliance with section 99d of the Danish Financial Statements Act.
Upholding data ethics
1
The Carlsberg Group is committed to earning and keeping the
trust of our consumers, business partners, employees and
other stakeholders as we strive to brew for a better today
and tomorrow. As explained in our corporate Data Ethics
Standard, which can be found on www.carlsberggroup.com/
sustainability/report-policies/policies/, one way in which we
live up to this commitment – within a globalised and digitised
business environment – is to only use personal data
consistently with our four ethical pillars:
1. Keeping data safe
We take measures to ensure that any data shared and
used – whether personal or business data – is protected
through robust security features, effective processes for
their implementation, and reliable IT applications and
providers. Through these actions, we protect the digital
wellbeing of our many stakeholders by safeguarding all of
their data in our care, including in our information systems,
from the exponentially growing risks of illegal and
damaging conduct by individuals or groups acting either
carelessly or intentionally for financial gain or other
pernicious reasons.
2. Complying with data protection laws
The Carlsberg Group has effective and meaningful privacy
and data protection standards in place, not only to comply
with the many evolving regulatory requirements across our
global markets, but also to promote the trust of those
countries’ citizens, leaders and business communities. To
comply with local requirements, the Carlsberg Group
directs that all personal data, however and wherever used
in our business operations, must be handled in strict
accordance with the data protection standards set out in
our internal policies and standards.
3. Using data respectfully
The Carlsberg Group respects individual privacy as part of
our greater commitment to ethical business conduct and
stakeholder dignity. For our workers, our commitment to a
fair, respectful, safe and non-discriminatory workplace
includes the lawful, fair and limited handling of their data
as part of our working relationship. When collecting and
using consumer data to better produce and market our
products, the Carlsberg Group does so ethically, for
example by not acting in any way to promote the drinking
of alcohol to minors, by enabling consumers’ autonomy
over how their data is processed through transparent
privacy notifications, and by reducing the privacy impact of
digital technologies that we use.
4. Embedding data ethics in the organisation
Our Data Ethics Standard is approved by the Carlsberg
Group executive management team. In addition to top
management being committed to prioritising data ethics, it
is also embedded throughout the organisation in various
polices, manuals and guidance, which detail Carlsberg’s
standards of privacy, data protection and responsible use
of data. These standards are promoted through employee
training, communication and continuous improvement of
underlying processes, technology, and organisational and
technical controls.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 40
GOVERNANCE
SUPERVISORY BOARD
HENRIK POULSEN MAJKEN SCHULTZ MAGDI BATATO LILIAN FOSSUM BINER EVA VILSTRUP DECKER
CHAIR DEPUTY CHAIR
JENS HJORTH SØREN KNUDSEN BOB KUNZE-CONCEWITZ PUNITA LAL ERIK LUND
WINNIE MA IVAN NIELSEN PETER PETERSEN
HENRIK POULSEN
CHAIR (SINCE 2022)
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1967
Appointed (until): 2021 (2026)
Board function: Non-executive, independent director
Board committees: People & Culture Committee (Chair) and
Remuneration Committee (member)
Shareholding (B shares): 5,829 (2024: 5,829)
Henrik Poulsen has extensive executive and board experience
in large international companies, significant financial
knowledge and in-depth knowledge of mergers and
acquisitions, strategy, risk management, ESG, transformation
and innovation. He is Senior Advisor to A.P. Moller Holding.
Henrik is Chair of the Board of Directors at Faerch and a
member of the Board of Directors of Bertelsmann SE & Co.
MAJKEN SCHULTZ
DEPUTY CHAIR (SINCE 2022)
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1958
Appointed (until): 2019 (2026)
Board function: Non-executive, non-independent director
Board committees: People & Culture Committee (member)
Shareholding (B shares): 400 (2024: 150)
Majken Schultz has substantial experience as a professor and
advisor in change management, organisational culture and
branding, and in how companies address future climate goals.
She has 25 years of board experience in companies working in
areas such as finance, consumer products and food. In addition
to her analytical and strategic capabilities, she has a broad
international network and expertise.
Majken holds a PhD and is a Professor of Management and
Organisation Studies at Copenhagen Business School and Chair
of the Board of Directors of the Carlsberg Foundation. She is
actively involved in the Danish business community and is a
founder partner in the CBS board education programme. She is
a member of the Danish Committee on Foundation Governance.
MAGDI BATATO
Nationality: Swiss
Year of birth: 1959
Appointed (until): 2018 (2026)
Board function: Non-executive, independent director
Board committees: Remuneration Committee (Chair) and Audit
Committee (member)
Shareholding (B shares): 3,500 (2024: 3,000)
Magdi Batato was COO at Nestlé 2015-2024. He has
international experience and significant expertise within
procurement and supply chain operations and efficiency, health
& safety and ESG, including environmental and human rights-
related matters. He has extensive knowledge of emerging
markets, having held several positions across Asia, the Middle
East and Africa. In addition, he has a broad understanding of
the assessment and management of business risks.
Magdi is Chair of the IDH board (an NGO specialised in
farmers’ livelihoods and overall sustainable value chains),
Executive in Residence at the IMD Business School, Senior
Advisor with the Boston Consulting Group and Advisor on the
board of o9.
LILIAN FOSSUM BINER
Nationality: Swedish
Year of birth: 1962
Appointed (until): 2019 (2026)
Board function: Non-executive, independent director
Board committees: Audit Committee (Chair) and People &
Culture Committee (member)
Shareholding (B shares): 550 (2024: 550)
Lilian Fossum Biner has wide experience from a range of
consumer-facing industries. She has substantial experience of
financial management and control, strategic pricing, HR
matters and multiple brand strategy.
Lilian is a member of the Board of Directors and of the Audit
Committee of Alfa Laval and Scania, a member of the Board
of Directors and Chair of the Audit Committee at Pandora, and
a member of the Board of Directors of Röko.
EVA VILSTRUP DECKER
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1964
Appointed (until): 2014 (2026)
Board function: Employee representative
Board committees: None
Shareholding (B shares): 68 (2024: 68)
Eva Vilstrup Decker is Senior Director, Customer Service &
Sourcing, Carlsberg Breweries A/S. She is an employee
representative on the Board of Carlsberg Breweries A/S.
JENS HJORTH
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1964
Appointed (until): 2025 (2026)
Board function: Non-executive, non-independent director
Board committees: Remuneration Committee (member)
Shareholding (B shares): 100
Jens Hjorth has a broad international network and
substantial experience of leading diverse high-performing
teams, developing advanced technology instruments for large
international facilities, recruiting and developing human talent,
and exploring interdisciplinary initiatives in science and art.
Jens Hjorth holds a PhD and is a Professor of Astrophysics and
a Villum Investigator at the Niels Bohr Institute, University of
Copenhagen. He was the founder and director of the Dark
Cosmology Centre (2005-2018) and the Instrument Center for
Danish Astrophysics (2004-2013). He is the co-founder and co-
lead of the University of Copenhagen career programme UCPH
Forward (2018-). Jens is a member of the Board of Directors of
the Carlsberg Foundation.
SØREN KNUDSEN
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1963
Appointed (until): 2025 (2026)
Board function: Employee representative
Board committees: None
Shareholding (B shares): 54
Søren Knudsen is Interim Director at the Carlsberg
ResearchLaboratory.
BOB KUNZE-CONCEWITZ
Nationality: Austrian
Year of birth: 1967
Appointed (until): 2024 (2026)
Board function: Non-executive, independent director
Board committees: Audit Committee (member) and
Remuneration Committee (member)
Shareholding (B shares): 5,000 (2024: 2,500)
Bob Kunze-Concewitz has extensive beverage industry
experience, not least from being CEO of Campari Group
2007-2024. Bob has an impressive track record of value
creation, underpinned by marketing and commercial
excellence, in-depth knowledge of category and portfolio
management, premiumisation and activation, as well as the
ability to build the business foundations for success, including
structuring functions and standardising processes. He also
brings strong competencies within organic growth, acquisitions,
emerging markets, innovation, and diversity and inclusion.
Bob is a member of the Board of Directors of Campari, a
member of the Board of Directors, of the Remuneration
Committee and of the People & Governance Committee of
Imperial Brands, and a member of the Board of Directors and
Audit Committee and Chair of the Remuneration Committee of
Luigi Lavazza. He is a member of the Board of Directors of
West Cork Distillers Ltd.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 41
GOVERNANCE SUPERVISORY BOARD
PUNITA LAL
Nationality: Indian
Year of birth: 1962
Appointed (until): 2022 (2025)
Board function: Non-executive, independent director
Board committees: People & Culture Committee (member)
Shareholding (B shares): 0 (2024: 0)
Punita Lal has over 30 years of experience in the consumer
packaged goods industry in general, and beverages in
particular. Her extensive experience spans multiple disciplines,
geographies and cultures, particularly in Asia, where she has
worked across China, India, Hong Kong and Singapore. Her
areas of expertise are growth strategy, marketing and
leadership. She has in-depth expertise in building brands,
understanding consumer behaviour, product development and
portfolio management.
Punita has extensive board experience across blue-chip
corporates in India and Singapore, and is currently a member
of the Board of Directors and the Audit, Compensation &
Management Development and Nominating Committees of
DBS Group Bank based out of Singapore.
ERIK LUND
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1964
Appointed (until): 2015 (2026)
Board function: Employee representative
Board committees: None
Shareholding (B shares): 54 (2024: 54)
Erik Lund is Head Brewer at the Carlsberg
ResearchLaboratory.
WINNIE MA
Nationality: Chinese
Year of birth: 1968
Appointed (until): 2025 (2026)
Board function: Non-executive, independent director
Board committees: None
Shareholding (B shares): 0
Winnie Ma is President, Asia region, at VF Corporation, where
she leads a multi-cultural, cross-functional organisation in Asia
Pacific, with emphasis on China. She has held senior marketing
positions at Mars, The Coca-Cola Company and Unilever.
Winnie is a seasoned leader in the FMCG sector. She has
profound insights into the market and consumers in China and
Asia Pacific, as well as a proven track record of driving
sustainable and profitable business growth and increasing total
shareholder return.
IVAN NIELSEN
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1965
Appointed (until): 2023 (2026)
Board function: Employee representative
Board committees: None
Shareholding (B shares): 0 (2024: 0)
Ivan Nielsen is a Brewery Worker at Carlsberg Supply
Company Danmark A/S, where he is an employee
representative on the Board.
PETER PETERSEN
Nationality: Danish
Year of birth: 1969
Appointed (until): 2025 (2026)
Board function: Employee representative
Board committees: None
Shareholding (B shares): 0
Peter Petersen is President of the Staff Association and
Process Lead at Carlsberg Supply Company Danmark A/S.
Peter is an employee representative on the Board of
CarlsbergBreweries.
The Supervisory Board members’ full CVs are available online
at: www.carlsberggroup.com/who-we-are/about-the-
carlsberg-group/supervisory-board/
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 42
GOVERNANCE SUPERVISORY BOARD
Carlsberg A/S is listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen.
The Company has around 66,000 registered
shareholders.
Carlsberg has two share classes: Carlsberg A and Carlsberg
B. An A share carries 20 votes, while a B share carries two
votes and is entitled to a preferential dividend. The B share is
included in the Nasdaq OMX Nordic Large Cap and OMXC20
blue-chip indices.
As a supplement to its Copenhagen listing, the Group has a
sponsored level 1 ADR (American Depository Receipt)
programme with J.P. Morgan. The ADRs trade over-the-
counter in the USA under the symbol CABGY. More
information on the ADR programme is available on
www.carlsberggroup.com.
Major shareholders
At 31 December 2025, the Company’s largest shareholder was
the Carlsberg Foundation with 30% of the capital and 78% of
the votes. In accordance with section 29 of the Danish
Securities Trading Act, Massachusetts Financial Services
Company (Boston, USA) has notified Carlsberg that it owns
more than 5% of the share capital.
Shareholder returns
The Carlsberg Group’s dividend policy targets an adjusted
payout ratio of around 50%. For more information, seepage14.
Investor relations
The Carlsberg Group aims to give shareholders and the market
the best possible insight into factors considered relevant for
ensuring market-efficient and fair pricing of the Company’s
shares. This is achieved through the quality, consistency and
continuity of the information provided to the market, which is
handled by the Group’s Investor Relations department.
We observe a four-week silent period prior to the publication
of the annual and half-year reports, and a two-week silent
period prior to the Q1 and Q3 trading statements.
More information
www.carlsberggroup.com provides comprehensive
information about the Group and its shares and bonds,
including company announcements, annual and half-year
financial statements and quarterly trading statements, share
prices and financial data, investor presentations, webcasts
and transcripts, and a financial and event calendar.
At the end of 2025, a total of 26 brokers had coverage of the
Company. The analysts’ names and consensus estimates can
be found on www.carlsberggroup.com.
Financial calendar 2026
Date
Annual General Meeting 16 March
Q1 trading statement 29 April
H1 interim financial statement 19 August
Q3 trading statement 29 October
Share information
Share class
A B Total
Number of issued shares
1
33,699,252 98,957,554 132,656,806
Number of issued shares, excl. treasury shares
1
33,699,252 98,472,822 132,172,074
Carlsberg Foundation
33,136,435 6,643,288 39,779,723
Votes per share
20 2
Par value
DKK 20 DKK 20
Share price, year-end
940 835
Proposed dividend per share
29 29
1
At 31 December 2025.
Shareholder geographic split Carlsberg B share 2025 (DKK)
(excluding the Carlsberg Foundation and treasury shares)
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 43
GOVERNANCE
SHARE INFORMATION
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
g
US 35%
g
DK 20%
g
UK 20%
g
Other Europe 15%
g
Other 10%
The index below summarises the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) disclosure for the sustainability statement incorporated in the management review. See the sustainability statement for all
other disclosures on the eight topical standards that are material to Carlsberg and have guided the preparation of our sustainability statement.
ESRS DR ESRS paragraph Disclosures required by ESRS Section in management review / paragraphs in section Page
GOV-1 (ESRS 2) 21 a Number of executive/non-executive members Corporate governance
Composition of the Executive Committee
Composition of the Supervisory Board
34
35
GOV-1 (ESRS 2) 21 b Information about representation of employees and other workers
GOV-1 (ESRS 2) 21 c Information about member's experience relevant to sectors, products and geographic locations of undertaking Corporate governance
Composition of the Executive Committee
Composition of the Supervisory Board (Competencies)
34
36
GOV-1 (ESRS 2) 21 d Percentage of members of administrative, management and supervisory bodies by gender and other aspects of diversity Corporate governance
Composition of the Executive Committee
Composition of the Supervisory Board (Diversity)
34
36
GOV-1 (ESRS 2) 21 e Percentage of independent board members Corporate governance
Composition of the Supervisory Board
35
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 44
GOVERNANCE
ESRS DATA POINTS
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements,
including statements about the Group’s sales, revenues,
earnings, spending, margins, cash flow, inventory, products,
actions, plans, strategies, objectives and guidance with respect
to the Group's future results.
Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, any
statement that may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future
results, performance or achievements, and may contain the
words “believe, anticipate, expect, estimate, intend, plan,
project, will be, will continue, will result, could, may, might”, or
any variations of such words or other words with similar
meanings. Any such statements are subject to risks and
uncertainties that could cause the Group’s actual results to
differ materially from the results discussed in such forward-
looking statements.
Prospective information is based on management’s then
current expectations or forecasts. Such information is subject to
the risk that such expectations or forecasts, or the assumptions
underlying such expectations or forecasts, may change.
The Group assumes no obligation to update any such forward-
looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in
assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such
forward-looking statements.
Some important risk factors that could cause the Group’s
actual results to differ materially from those expressed in its
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
geopolitical volatility, financial and economic uncertainty
(including interest rates and exchange rates), financial and
regulatory developments, legal and regulatory compliance,
demand for the Group’s products, increasing industry
consolidation, competition from other breweries, the
availability and pricing of raw materials and packaging
materials, cost of energy, production- and distribution-related
issues, information technology failures, breach or unexpected
termination of contracts, market-driven price reductions,
market acceptance of new products, changes in consumer
preferences, launches of rival products, stipulation of fair value
in the opening balance sheet of acquired entities, litigation,
cyber and IT threats, issue of new trade sanctions,
environmental issues and other unforeseen factors. New risk
factors can arise, and it may not be possible for management
to predict all such risk factors, nor to assess the impact of all
such risk factors on the Group’s business or the extent to which
any individual risk factor, or combination of factors, may cause
results to differ materially from those contained in any
forward-looking statement.
Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied
on as a prediction of actual results.
ESEF data
Domicile of entity Denmark
Description of nature of entity’s operations
andprincipal activities
Brewing company
Country of incorporation Denmark
Principal place of business Global
Legal form of entity A/S
Name of reporting entity or other means of
identification
Carlsberg A/S
Address of entity's registered office 1 J. C. Jacobsens Gade
1799 Copenhagen V
Phone number +45 3327 3300
Corporate website www.carlsberggroup.com
CVR No. 61056416
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 45
GOVERNANCE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ESEF
SUSTAINABILITY
STATEMENT
In this section
General disclosures
47 Disclosure requirements index
49 Reporting principles of the sustainability statement
50 Our value chain and business model
51 Our material topics
53 Our ESG programme
54 ESG governance
56 Our stakeholders
Environment
57 E1 Climate change
67 E3 Water and marine resources
70 E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
74 E5 Resource use and circular economy
Social
78 S1 Own workforce
85 S2 Workers in the value chain
88 S4 Consumers and end-users
Governance
92 G1 Business conduct
Appendices
95 Appendix 1: Data points that derive from other
EUlegislation
97 Appendix 2: EU Taxonomy
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 46
Disclosure requirements index IRO-2
The following index lists all the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) disclosure requirements in ESRS 2 and the eight
topical standards that are material to Carlsberg and have guided the preparation of our sustainability statement.
The index can be used to navigate to information relating to a specific disclosure requirement within the sustainability statement, and
also shows where we have utilised incorporation by reference for disclosure requirements and/or data points that are dealt with
outside the sustainability statement and consequently sit in the management review section of this report or in the Remuneration
Report. Unless otherwise stated, ESRS 2-related disclosures for topical standards are included in ESRS 2.
ESRS 2 - General disclosures
n
BP-1 General basis for preparation of the sustainability statement SUS 49
n
BP-2 Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances SUS 49
n
GOV-1 The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies SUS 54
GOV-1 Characteristics of the supervisory board and management members MR 44
n
GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking’s administrative, management and supervisory bodies SUS 55
GOV-3 Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes REM 14
n
GOV-4 Statement on due diligence SUS 55
n
GOV-5 Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting SUS 55
n
SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain SUS
49-51;
54
n
SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders SUS 56
n
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model SUS 51
n
IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities SUS 52
n
IRO-2 Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking’s sustainability statement SUS 47-48
n
IRO-2 Determining thresholds for inclusion in the sustainability statement SUS 49
n
IRO-2 Data points that derive from other EU legislation SUS 95-97
E1 - Climate change
GOV-3 Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes REM 14
n
E1-1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation SUS 59
n
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model SUS 57-58
n
IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities SUS 58
n
E1-2 Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation SUS 59
Standard Section Page
n
E1-3 Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies SUS 59-64
n
E1-4 Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation SUS 59-64
n
E1-4 Stakeholder involvement in target setting SUS 53
n
E1-5 Energy consumption and mix SUS 64
n
E1-6 Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and total GHG emissions SUS 64-66
n
E1-6 GHG emissions disaggregated by value chain stage SUS 62
E3 - Water and marine resources
n
IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and assess material water and marine resources-related impacts, risks and opportunities SUS 67
n
E3-1 Policies related to water and marine resources SUS 67
n
E3-2 Actions and resources related to water and marine resources SUS 68-69
n
E3-3 Targets related to marine resources SUS 68-69
n
E3-3 Stakeholder involvement in target setting SUS 53
n
E3-4 Water consumption SUS 69
E4 - Biodiversity and ecosystems
n
E4-1 Transition plan and consideration of biodiversity and ecosystems in strategy and business model SUS 71
n
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model SUS 70-71
n
IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and assess material biodiversity and ecosystem-related impacts, risks and opportunities SUS 70-71
n
E4-2 Policies related to biodiversity and ecosystems SUS 71
n
E4-3 Actions and resources related to biodiversity and ecosystems SUS 71-73
n
E4-4 Targets related to biodiversity and ecosystems SUS 71-73
n
E4-4 Stakeholder involvement in target setting SUS 53
E5 - Resource use and circular economy
n
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material resource use and circular economy-related impacts, risks and
opportunities
SUS 74
n
E5-1 Policies related to resource use and circular economy SUS 74
n
E5-2 Actions and resources related to resource use and circular economy SUS 75-77
n
E5-3 Targets related to resource use and circular economy SUS 75-76
n
E5-3 Stakeholder involvement in target setting SUS 53
n
E5-4 Resource inflows SUS 77
n
E5-5 Resource outflows SUS 77
Standard Section Page
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 47
GENERAL DISCLOSURES
OVERVIEW
S1 - Own workforce
n
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model SUS 78
n
S1-1 Policies related to own workforce SUS 78-79
n
S1-2 Processes for engaging with own workers and workers’ representatives about impacts SUS 79-80
n
S1-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workers to raise concerns SUS 93-94
n
S1-4 Actions and resources related to own workforce SUS 80-83
n
S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities SUS 80-83
n
S1-5 Stakeholder involvement in target setting SUS 53
n
S1-6 Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees SUS 83-84
n
S1-8 Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue SUS 83
n
S1-9 Diversity metrics SUS 82-83
n
S1-10 Adequate wages SUS 83
n
S1-14 Health and safety metrics SUS 81
n
S1-16 Compensation metrics (gender pay gap) SUS 82
S1-16 CEO pay ratio REM 14
n
S1-17 Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts SUS 84
S2 - Workers in the value chain
n
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model SUS 85
n
S2-1 Policies related to value chain workers SUS 85-86
n
S2-2 Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts SUS 86
n
S2-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for value chain workers to raise concerns SUS 93-94
n
S2-4 Actions and resources related to value chain workers SUS 87
n
S2-4 Severe human rights incidents SUS 84
n
S2-5 Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities SUS 87
S4 - Consumers and end-users
n
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model SUS 88
n
S4-1 Policies related to consumers and end-users SUS 89
n
S4-2 Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts SUS 89
n
S4-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumers and end-users to raise concerns SUS 93-94
n
S4-4 Actions and resources related to consumers and end-users SUS 89-91
n
S4-4 Severe human rights incidents SUS 84
n
S4-5 Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities SUS 89-91
n
S4-5 Stakeholder involvement in target setting SUS 53
Standard Section Page
G1 - Business conduct
n
IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities SUS 94
n
G1-1 Corporate culture and business conduct policies SUS 92-93
n
G1-1 Reporting business conduct incidents SUS 93-94
n
G1-3 Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery SUS 94
n
G1-4 Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery SUS 94
n
G1-4 Actions taken to address breaches in procedures and standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery SUS 94
Standard Section Page
SUS Sustainability statement
n
Mandatory disclosure requirement
MR Management review
n
Material
REM Remuneration Report Incorporation by reference
NON-MATERIAL TOPICS IRO-2
E2 Pollution and S3 Affected communities were deemed to be non-material topics in our 2025 double materiality assessment (DMA).
Relevant aspects related to Pollution are incorporated into the material topics of E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems and E5 Resource
use and circular economy, while those related to Affected communities are covered under E3 Water and marine resources. We will
continue to track and assess our impacts, risks and opportunities related to these topics, and their materiality will be continually
reassessed each year as part of our annual DMA process.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 48
GENERAL DISCLOSURES OVERVIEW
Reporting principles of the
sustainability statement BP-1; BP-2; IRO-2
Scope of consolidation and coverage of
our value chain BP-1; BP-2
Our sustainability statement has been prepared on a
consolidated basis for the Carlsberg Group. The scope of
consolidation for the sustainability statement is consistent with
the financial statements. In addition to reporting consolidated
data, we report performance excluding acquisitions for our ESG
target-related metrics in order to reflect the organic
performance against targets and baselines. An overview of
acquisitions is available in section 5.1 in the financial
statements. Our targets and baselines have not been restated
following recent acquisitions, due to the absence of historical
data. At the same time, we are awaiting final validation of our
updated SBTi‑aligned targets, and therefore any adjustments
would be premature before this process is completed. We
expect our new ESG programme, including updated targets and
baselines, to be approved and launch in Q1 2026.
As our upstream and downstream value chains are a
substantial part of our overall business model, they have been
thoroughly considered in the double materiality assessment
(DMA) that defines the scope of the sustainability statement.
For example, in our disclosures we address the sourcing of raw
and packaging materials, upstream and downstream
transportation, and sales and marketing to customers and
consumers. For more information on our value chain, please
see the IRO-1 section.
We have not omitted any disclosures because of ongoing
negotiations, nor have we omitted any information due to
reasons of intellectual property.
Measurement uncertainty and restatement
Some metrics are subject to measurement uncertainty,
primarily due to the use of estimates or assumptions.
Measurement uncertainties are present in the input data for
Scope 3 GHG emissions (disclosed under E1 Climate change),
water discharges (disclosed under E3 Water and marine
resources), resource inflows and outflows (disclosed under E5
Resource use and circular economy), CEO pay ratio (disclosed
in the Remuneration Report) and gender pay gap (disclosed
under S1 Own workforce). We are working on various initiatives
to reduce measurement uncertainty. For E1 and E5 metrics, we
continuously work to improve the quality of value chain data
through supplier engagement programmes, stricter internal
controls and increased use of standardised data‑sharing
platforms. For water discharges, we are increasing metering
coverage to enhance data accuracy. For the CEO pay ratio and
gender pay gap, we are working on centralising data inputs to
minimise the need for proxies.
We have restated the following reported figures due to
material changes resulting from data corrections and improved
data accuracy identified subsequent to publication:
Relative GHG emissions in our near-term science-based
target scope in 2024 and baseline year. Since this figure is
connected to other emissions data points, we have also
restated absolute emissions in our near-term SBT scope,
total emissions in the value chain and gross Scope 3
emissions in 2024 and baseline year to ensure consistency in
our emissions reporting (see E1-6).
Absolute weight of virgin plastic use, recycled content and
collection and recycling rate for PET plastic in 2024. To
ensure consistency in our recycling reporting, the recycling
rate for glass in 2024 was also adjusted as part of the
improved data changes (see targets 2, 3 and 4 in E5
Resource use and circular economy).
Lost-time injury rate and recordable work-related injury rate
in 2024 (see target 1 in S1 Own workforce and S1-14).
Number of employees with no guaranteed hours and
number of part-time employees in 2024 (see S1-6).
Details on measurement uncertainty and restatements are
disclosed in the table notes and accounting policies for the
relevant metrics.
Determining thresholds for inclusion in
the sustainability statement IRO-2
To collect and assess the information necessary for disclosure in
the sustainability statement, we conducted a series of interviews
with employees who hold in-depth knowledge of all our
material topics. These interviews covered specific ESRS data
points and company-specific targets, actions and roadmaps. A
follow-up exercise, which included further stakeholder
consultation and verification, analysed interview results and
benchmarked them against existing results, activities, processes
and plans to determine which elements of a given material
topic are necessary for disclosure.
Carlsberg at a glance SBM-1
Unit 2025 2024
Production sites # 95 82
Warehouses, offices and other # 319 306
Total reporting sites # 414 388
Production of fermented
beverages
million hl 88 90
Production of non-fermented
beverages
million hl 39 19
Total production of beverages million hl 127 109
Total revenue DKK million 89,095 75,011
Geographical breakdown of employees by headcount
Asia
# 12,220 12,792
Central & Eastern Europe and
India (CEEI)
# 9,978 7,997
Western Europe
# 14,800 11,802
Total #
36,998 32,591
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 49
GENERAL DISCLOSURES OVERVIEW
Abbreviations in the sustainability statement
AFB Alcohol-free brews
ABV Alcohol by volume
CapEx Capital expenditures
CSRD Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
DE&I Diversity, equity and inclusion
DMA Double materiality assessment
DRS Deposit return scheme
ESRS European Sustainability Reporting Standards
FLAG Forest, Land and Agriculture
FSA Farm Sustainability Assessment
IARD International Alliance for Responsible Drinking
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
ILO International Labour Organization
IRO Impact, risk and opportunity
ISC Integrated Supply Chain
LCA Life cycle assessment
OpEx Operational expenditures
PPA Power purchase agreement
REC Renewable energy certificate
SAI Sustainable Agriculture Initiative
SBTi Science Based Targets initiative
SLCOC Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct
TTZAB Together Towards ZERO and Beyond
UNGPs United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights
WBA World Brewing Alliance
Our value chain SBM-1
In order to offer consumers our products, we operate within a geographically diverse and resilient value chain, described below.
Underpinning the chain of activities are our supplier relationships, strong brand reputations and long-standing commitment to
responsible business conduct.
While beer and other beverages are the most obvious output resulting from our value chain, there are many others, including positive
economic impacts (dividends for shareholders, tax and duty revenues for governments etc.); local employment; intellectual
contributions (innovations in brewing and wider scientific contributions from the Carlsberg Research Laboratory); and brand presence
(market share and customer satisfaction). The environmental, social and governance-related outcomes of our value chain activities
are detailed further in the respective chapters of this report. By enhancing our positive impacts and mitigating our negative ones, we
create value for all our stakeholders.
Our business model SBM-1
The Group produces and markets beer, soft drinks and other beverages. Mainstream core beer accounts for approximately half of total
volumes. The Group’s strategy – Accelerate SAIL – particularly focuses on the categories outside mainstream beer with attractive long-
term volume and value growth opportunities, including premium beer, alcohol-free brews, soft drinks and Beyond Beer. An overview of
some of our key figures, including reporting sites, production volumes and revenue, can be found on the previous page.
The Group’s main activities are in markets across Europe and Asia, where the Group holds a number 1 or 2 market position in beer in
25 markets and in soft drinks in seven markets. The rest of the world is serviced primarily through export and licence agreements.
In 2025, the Group acquired Britvic plc, a major soft drinks producer based in the UK. More details on this acquisition can be found in
the management review. Implications for our ESG programme include an increased share of soft drinks and therefore a greater share
of consumer health impacts associated with these beverages; a higher share of our packaging mix from PET bottles; and a wider
geographic and ingredient footprint in terms of sourcing of raw materials.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 50
GENERAL DISCLOSURES OVERVIEW
Supply chain workers
Agriculture
Packaging suppliers Distribution Selling & marketing Packaging reuse & recycling
Suppliers
Employees
Contractors
Customers
Consumers
Stakeholders
Upstream Our own operations Downstream
To make our products, we rely on agricultural
ingredients such as barley, hops, sugar and rice,
and packaging materials such as glass,
aluminium, plastic and cardboard. Suppliers and
their workforce ensure these raw materials make
their way to our facilities.
At our 95 Carlsberg sites around the world, our
skilled employees brew the beers and produce the
soft drinks that form the cornerstone of our
business. Operating our facilities requires
equipment and energy and water use. In addition
to production sites, our own operations also
include administrative and management functions.
Once bottled, our products are packaged and
transported to customers by means of our
network of own and outsourced transportation
and logistics service providers.
Once at our customers’ locations, including shops,
restaurants and bars, our products are marketed
and sold to consumers. We always seek to
encourage mindful and informed consumption of
all our products.
It is crucial that our products’ packaging is
disposed of properly, so that it can be reused or
recycled whenever possible. It is the task not only
of individual consumers but also governments to
create efficient deposit return schemes for
packaging to encourage its collection.
Beverage production
& administration
Material IROs across our value chain SBM-3
Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) exist throughout our value chain, from the growing of our hops and grains to the sale and
marketing of our products. Through our Together Towards ZERO and Beyond (TTZAB) programme, we take a rigorous approach to
identifying and addressing these.
Our DMA identified material IROs across eight topical standards, presented below. The core content of these IROs remains relatively
unchanged from 2024, with a few exceptions: we have added a risk related to key ingredient supply chain instability; adapted our impact
related to consumption of our products to include sugar and soft drinks; removed the risks of internal carbon pricing and impact of executive
remuneration; removed the opportunity of deposit return schemes; and adapted the time horizon for all IROs to reflect not only when the
given IRO appears, but for how long we expect it to persist. All IROs stem from sub-topics and sub-sub-topics in ESRS. We have entity-
specific disclosures for particular topics as they relate to our material IROs. Namely, we report on Zero Irresponsible Drinking targets and
programmes as part of our commitment to consumers and end-users, and on Zero Farming Footprint as part of our approach to
regeneratively grown and sustainably sourced raw materials.
The table below provides a consolidated list of all our material IROs identified in the 2025 DMA, mapping where they exist across our value
chain. A more detailed overview of material IROs specific to each topic is shown under SBM-3 for each topical standard.
Among our material topics, we have identified three financial risks and one financial opportunity, described in the relevant sections of
this report. These material risks and opportunities are not currently impacting our business financially, nor do we assess that they will
cause significant material adjustments within the next annual reporting period.
E1 Climate change
Carbon emissions in our operations andvaluechain (see E1 for
detailed breakdown)
n n n n n n n n
Negative impact
Carbon pricing on own operations andpurchased goods
n n n n
Business risk
Key ingredient supply chain instability
n n
Business risk
E3 Water
Water consumption for cultivation of crops
n n n n
Negative impact
Water consumption for beverage production
n n n n
Negative impact
Water replenishment and stewardshipprogrammes
n n n n
Positive impact
E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
Impacts from conventional agriculture
n n n n n
Negative impact
E5 Resource use and circular economy
Purchasing of packaging materials
n n n n
Negative impact
Post-consumer waste from packaging material
n n n n n n n
Negative impact
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling &
marketing
Packaging reuse
& recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
S1 Own workforce
Health and safety
n n n n n n
Negative impact
Gender disparity in senior management
n n n n
Negative impact
Working conditions in our own workforce
n n n n n n
Negative impact
S2 Workers in the value chain
Working conditions in the upstream value chain
n n n n n
Negative impact
Working conditions in the downstream value chain
n n n n n n
Negative impact
S4 Consumers and end-users
Health and safety connected to harmful or excessive consumption
n n n n
Negative impact
Negative impacts from marketing practices
n n n n
Negative impact
Negative public perception of alcohol
n n n
Business risk
Expanding our range of low- and no-alcohol brews
n n n
Business opportunity
G1 Business conduct
Unethical business conduct
n n n n n n n n n
Negative impact
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling &
marketing
Packaging reuse
& recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 51
GENERAL DISCLOSURES
OUR MATERIAL TOPICS
Our double materiality assessment
(DMA) IRO-1
Purpose and focus of our DMA
Our DMA analyses the impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs)
of our own operations and upstream and downstream value
chain. IROs are mapped in our value chain as identified,
ensuring consideration of both indirect and direct impacts. As
part of this process, we performed interviews with internal and
external stakeholders, and conducted third-party research,
focusing – when necessary – on specific activities, business
relationships and geographies that could give rise to
heightened risk of adverse impacts. This background research
into developments in the food and beverage industry included
a review of industry peers’ DMAs.
Underlying analyses and inputs that contribute to the DMA
(including water risk assessment, GHG inventory and climate
scenario analysis) utilise distinct parameters, and these in turn
influence our material outcomes. Where there is insufficient
primary information, data or documentation of an IRO, we also
utilise secondary sources of information to assess the
materiality. Our inherent assumption is that IROs affecting our
business today will still affect our business in the future, as we
do not pre-emptively assume completion of any targets.
While our methodology remained largely unchanged from
2024, our 2025 DMA update focused on identifying and
assessing how the acquisition of Britvic, now part of the
Carlsberg Group, impacted our existing IROs. Here, we
determined that topics related to sugar and soft drinks required
increased focus, but no other IROs were materially impacted. In
addition, drawing on insights from previous DMAs, we revisited
the organisation of our IROs and restructured them to reflect
how they are managed, while eliminating duplication, clarifying
descriptions and reassessing the assumptions applied in the
previous year’s DMA. These updates were informed by
interviews and workshops, the final CSRD requirements and
the DMA guidance from the European Financial Reporting
Advisory Group (EFRAG).
DMA methodology
In our DMA, we assessed impacts based on the severity and
likelihood of the event, and risks and opportunities based on
financial magnitude and likelihood.
The severity of potential impacts was evaluated with
consideration for any mitigating actions that were already in
place. The severity of actual impacts was assessed without
consideration for any remediating actions. We attributed
severity and likelihood scores to all impacts in order to
prioritise these impacts. Severity was scored on a scale of 1-5,
based on the average score of the scale, scope and
irremediability (for negative impacts only). We developed
bespoke parameters for each topic’s scoring criteria, clearly
indicating the criteria that must be met for scoring in each step
of the scale. This resulted in less subjectivity and greater
comparability of the scoring process. For human rights-related
impacts, the severity of the impact was weighted higher than
the likelihood in our assessment.
We attributed a score to financial risks and opportunities based
on magnitude and likelihood. The magnitude criterion scores
risks and opportunities based on estimated impacts on
operating profit on a scale of 1-5. These financial assessments
determined the magnitude of risks and opportunities.
As part of our assessment, we have considered the interaction
between IROs. Where relevant, we have linked identified
impacts to financial risks and opportunities, such as in the case
of carbon emissions and carbon pricing.
Likelihood scoring for both impacts and financial risks and
opportunities and time horizon is aligned to our global risk
management framework and ESRS. Potential impacts as well
as risks and opportunities were scored on a scale of 1-4. Actual
impacts were scored as a 5.
Alignment with risk
managementpractices
Group functions, including Group Sustainability & ESG, perform
annual risk assessments related to their areas to contribute to
the ERM process. DMA outputs related to risk are used as ESG
inputs for the ERM. These are consolidated with inputs from
other Group functions, prioritised in a heat map and presented
to the Executive Committee (ExCom).
As our global risk management framework was updated in
2025, we worked to improve the compatibility between the
ERM framework and DMA processes. Going forward, we aim
to ensure that inputs related to financial risks collected during
the DMA inform the ERM process, and vice versa, to facilitate
further alignment.
To ensure the accuracy of the results of our DMA, the IROs were
thoroughly validated with internal stakeholders. Furthermore,
when Group Sustainability performs the annual DMA, the results
are validated and approved by the ESG Steering Committee,
Executive Committee and Supervisory Board.
Identifying and assessing pollution-
related impacts, risks and opportunities
As explained in IRO-2 on page 48, our DMA concluded that
IROs related to pollution from our own operations are non-
material due to the determination that their material impacts
originate in different topical standards. Pollution associated
with production of sourced raw materials is considered under
E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems, and pollution associated
with improperly managed waste from the packaging we put
on the market is considered under E5 Resource use and
circular economy.
We follow a structured process for identifying and assessing
pollution-related impacts, risks and opportunities, in line with
our ISO 14001-certified Environmental Management System.
For every major project or modification of existing processes,
equipment or infrastructure, we systematically identify
environmental aspects and assess potential impacts. This
includes, but is not limited to, compliance with local
regulations, environmental permits and licences; brewing,
bottling, storage and utilities; raw and packaging materials and
processing aids; cleaning chemicals and lubricants; energy
sources; waste and intermediate products; and any other
specific scope required by local regulations. Each location also
maintains a communication plan to inform and involve
communities and authorities when relevant and necessary.
Pollution in our value chain is assessed through the nature-
related assessment described in E4 and through supplier audits.
Each location has a communication plan for informing and
involving communities and authorities if and when relevant
andnecessary.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 52
GENERAL DISCLOSURES OUR MATERIAL TOPICS
Anchoring our ESG programme in
our business SBM-1
Our ESG programme, Together Towards ZERO and Beyond, is
a key part of our corporate strategy to create value for
shareholders and society. With ambitious targets and
commitments across the focus areas that are most material
for our business and our stakeholders, this programme
supports our purpose to brew for a better today and
tomorrow. It is firmly anchored in the business through a
robust governance model, described on the next page.
The programme and its targets have been developed based on
thorough stakeholder engagement processes. Since 2011, we
have undertaken regular materiality assessments to identify and
prioritise the issues most significant to our stakeholders and the
planet. These assessments gather the views of customers,
suppliers, investors, industry associations, academics, NGOs,
consumers and our employees around the world.
Our 2025 DMA confirmed our material impacts, risks and
opportunities (IROs), and validated the existing focus areas of
our ESG programme, with the exception of sugar and soft
drinks, which will be added to our programme from 2026. It
reflected IROs related to our products, all the markets in which
we operate and the customer groups we serve. While some
material IROs are global by nature, others are connected to our
presence in specific regions, as specified in our IRO descriptions.
Based on DMA findings, we work to mitigate and reduce our
risk exposure to material topics essential to our business, such as
responsible drinking, which has a clear connection to our main
product group, supply chain instability due to climate change,
which can impact the price and availability of our raw materials,
and carbon pricing, which can impact the cost of our products. We
also seek to capitalise on opportunities for growth and strengthen
our future plans. This includes championing opportunities related
to no- and low-alcohol brews.
Our ESG targets and performance SBM-1
Target Unit¹ 2025 2025* 2024* Value Year Δ* Page
ZERO Carbon Footprint Zero carbon emissions at our breweries by 2030 kt CO
2
e 286 258 294 697 2015 -63% 60
All electricity comes from additional renewable assets by 2030 % 21 19 6 1 2021 18%p 60
30% reduction in relative value chain carbon emissions by 2030 kg CO
2
e/hl 52 54 57 58 2022
3
-6% 61
Net zero value chain by 2040 kt CO
2
e 9,041 7,976 8,278 N/A
2
N/A
2
63
ZERO Farming Footprint 30% of raw materials from regenerative agricultural practices by 2030; 100% by 2040 % <1 <1 <1 0 2021 <1%p 72
30% of raw materials sustainably sourced by 2030; 100% by 2040 % 5 4 0 0 2021 4%p 73
ZERO Packaging Waste 100% recyclable, reusable or renewable packaging by 2030 % 95 95 94 94 2024 1%p 75
90% collection and recycling rate for bottles and cans by 2030 % 75 78 77 72 2019 6%p 75
50% recycled content in bottles and cans by 2030 % 51 51 46 29 2019 22%p 76
50% reduction in virgin fossil-based plastic by 2030 kt 88 56 58 60 2019 -7% 76
ZERO Water Waste Water usage efficiency of 2.0 hl/hl at breweries globally by 2030 hl/hl 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.6 2015 -33% 68
Water usage efficiency of 1.7 hl/hl at breweries in high-risk areas by 2030 hl/hl 2.0 2.2 2.2 4.0 2015 -46% 68
100% replenishment of water consumed at breweries in high-risk areas by 2030 % 23 32 16 0 2021 32%p 68
ZERO Irresponsible Drinking 35% of our brews globally are low-alcohol or alcohol-free by 2030 % 31 31 30 27 2021 4%p 90
100% availability of alcohol-free brews (AFB) by 2030 % 84 87 90 58 2021 29%p 90
100% of our markets run partnerships to support responsible consumption by 2030 % 89 89 86 68 2021 21%p 90
100% responsible drinking messaging through packaging and brand activations by 2030 for on-back elements:
Ingredients information % 100 100 100 98 2021 2%p 91
Nutrition information % 57 58 57 58 2021 0%p 91
Legal drinking age >0.5% ABV % 97 97 70 41 2021 56%p 91
Legal drinking age AFB % 77 77 42 28 2023 49%p 91
Consumer information % 99 99 88 77 2023 22%p 91
Responsible drinking message on #1 or #2 brand % 65 64 56 26 2021 38%p 91
ZERO Accidents Culture Reduction in injury rate year on year towards 2030 Lost-time injury
rate (LTIR)
1.9 1.4 1.7 4.4 2015 -69% 80
Zero lost-time injuries by 2030 Lost-time injuries
(LTI)
122 79 94 302 2015 -74% 80
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion 30% women in senior leadership roles by 2024; 35% by 2027; and 40% by 2030 % 33 34 30 28 2020 6 %p 81
* Excluding acquisitions in the current reporting period, see section 5 in the financial statements on page 148.
Figures have been restated due to material changes resulting from data corrections and improved data accuracy identified subsequent to publication. Details on restatements are disclosed in the table notes in the relevant topical standards.
1
For further details on the metric units used for each sustainability target, please refer to the corresponding page number indicated in the overview.
2
The gross Scope 1-3 GHG emissions have not been calculated for the baseline year and are therefore not disclosed. The baseline figure will be updated during 2026.
3
2022 is applied as a reference year, but is not the baseline for our current Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) submission (2015). The baseline year is currently being reassesed and will be updated during 2026.
Performance Baseline
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 53
GENERAL DISCLOSURES
OUR ESG PROGRAMME
Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board is responsible for oversight of ESG at Carlsberg, including approval of ESG strategy and targets. It is responsible for annually reviewing
overall ESG performance and progress, and discusses relevant impacts, risks and opportunities related to our ESG programme at least twice a year.
Board committees’ oversight of ESG
Board committees meet regularly to assist the Supervisory Board with oversight duties. ESG-relevant committees and focus areas are: Audit Committee (ESG reporting
and risk management), Remuneration Committee (ESG-linked incentives) and People & Culture Committee (diversity, equity and inclusion).
Executive Committee (ExCom)
ExCom holds accountability to the Supervisory Board for the effective management of ESG. It approves the ESG strategy, key roles, policies, targets and resource
allocation, and is responsible for annually reviewing ESG performance and progress towards targets.
ESG Steering Committee (ESG SteerCo)
The ESG SteerCo analyses material ESG topics in depth and makes recommendations to ExCom. It is comprised of a subset of ExCom members,
with ESG-relevant leaders brought in as necessary. It met five times in 2025.
How we manage our ESG programme
GOV-1
The implementation of our Together Towards ZERO and Beyond programme
is supported by robust governance, illustrated to the right, ensuring
transparency and driving action. Target setting related to our material IROs is
led by the Group Sustainability & ESG team. After consolidating expertise and
analysis from stakeholders across all functions and discussing topics in the ESG
Steering Committee, the team makes recommendations to ExCom and the
Supervisory Board for approval. The Supervisory Board is responsible for
reviewing the company’s strategic approach to ESG and annual ESG
disclosures, as set out in the Rules of Procedure. Monitoring progress towards
the targets is the responsibility of the ESG Steering Committee, with updates on
progress shared regularly with ExCom via the executive-level target sponsors
and the Accelerate SAIL tracking process. The Supervisory Board reviews our
progress on the targets at least once a year as part of the ESG reporting cycle.
In 2025, we engaged with the Board regarding specific ESG sessions in June,
during the board strategy days and in August. This oversight contributes to the
firm anchoring of our ESG programme in our overall corporate strategy,
Accelerate SAIL. It also ensures an ongoing consideration of our material
impacts, risks and opportunities in business steering.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 54
GENERAL DISCLOSURES
ESG GOVERNANCE
ESG programme area owners
Every target has an ExCom sponsor responsible for delivering the target. These sponsors delegate responsibility to VP-level target owners and roadmap owners, who ensure each target has a fully costed plan for implementing its actions.
ZERO Carbon Footprint
EVP, Integrated Supply Chain
ZERO Farming Footprint
EVP, Integrated Supply Chain
ZERO Packaging Waste
EVP, Group Strategy & Commercial
EVP, Chief Marketing Officer
ZERO Water Waste
EVP, Integrated Supply Chain
Chief Executive Officer
ZERO Irresponsible Drinking
EVP, Chief Marketing Officer
ZERO Accidents Culture
EVP, Integrated Supply Chain
Responsible Sourcing
EVP, Integrated Supply Chain
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion
Chief People & Culture Officer
Human Rights
Chief Executive Officer
Living by our Compass
Chief Financial Officer
Community Engagement
Local management
Regional, market and functional leadership teams ESG Champions Local TTZAB area owners
Responsible for integrating TTZAB into their markets/functions Responsible for coordinating local implementation and communication Responsible for local implementation
Managing and controlling ESG
governance GOV-1; GOV-2
A number of internal functions work to ensure that the ESG
governance model presented on the following page is properly
guided, supported and managed. These include Group
Sustainability & ESG, which is responsible for developing,
managing and advising top management on ESG, Group
Sustainable Finance, which consolidates and verifies all ESG
data for reporting, and Group Integrated Supply Chain
Sustainability, which has ownership of delivery of several
environmental targets. All functions answer to the ESG
Steering Committee at least quarterly and also collaborate
closely with internal audit and compliance teams to ensure our
governance and reporting processes are operating as intended.
Moreover, we have established a process by which ESG risks,
identified through the DMA, are funnelled into the broader risk
management landscape.
IROs addressed by the Supervisory Board
in 2025
During 2025, the Supervisory Board and its various committees
held a number of discussions related to our ESG programme,
reporting requirements and legislative developments. Through
these discussions, the following impacts, risks and opportunities
have been addressed: carbon emissions in our operations and
value chain; carbon pricing in our own operations and
purchased goods; collective bargaining and work-related
human rights; purchasing of raw ingredients; biodiversity
impacts from sourcing of raw materials; development of
recycling and deposit return schemes; post-consumer waste
from packaging material; and purchasing of packaging
material. For information on how frequently administrative,
management and supervisory bodies are informed about
material impacts, risks and opportunities, see GOV-1 Oversight
structure on page 54.
Supervisory Board and Executive
Committee ESG skills and experience
Our Supervisory Board and Executive Committee (ExCom)
bring a diverse set of skills and experiences, not least in areas
related to ESG matters. Each body collectively possesses a
strong understanding of brewery operations, environmental
and carbon reduction initiatives, business conduct, managing
working conditions and HR matters, marketing practices, and
promoting no- and low-alcohol products and soft drinks. They
also have extensive experience in overseeing human rights and
governance matters. In 2025, the assessment of competencies
of both the Supervisory Board and ExCom concluded that the
Board is satisfied that both bodies possess sufficient skills and
experience related to the material ESG impacts, risks and
opportunities at Carlsberg, as well as general ESG matters, and
in accordance with the Specification of Competencies.
Where we identify gaps in expertise at management level, we
carry out education and upskilling of internal resources or
leverage external expertise as appropriate. Please refer to our
ESRS index on page 44 in the management review for more
information on where the gender diversity ratio of our
Supervisory Board can be found.
Risk management and internal
controls for ESG reporting GOV-5
General approach to internal controls for
ESG reporting
The Group’s Internal Control Framework for Sustainability
Reporting was updated in 2025 following a revised risk
assessment that considered an updated double materiality
assessment, resulting in new or updated disclosure
requirements, changes to working practices and adjustments to
the reporting perimeter and scope. Unchanged is the ambition
to ensure the proper collection, validation, consolidation and
reporting of ESG data in line with detailed accounting practices
for ESG indicators and local operating procedures. The
framework is still monitored through a Group-level biannual
self-assessment process to evaluate its effectiveness. Progress
has been made in the execution of Group-level controls and in
the deployment of additional data point entry controls at the
start of the reporting chain to ensure proper traceability and
accuracy of the collected data. Our approach to ESG data
assurance is supported by the Group Sustainable Finance
function, which contributes to the collection and treatment of
non-financial data, and by the Group Sustainability function,
which provides strategic direction and process alignment
towards our ESG goals.
Group Internal Audit and Group Risk & Internal Controls
continue to prepare quarterly reports for the Audit Committee,
providing a comprehensive overview of internal control
activities and matters. These reports include regular updates on
the status and effectiveness of risk and internal control
activities related to the sustainability reporting process,
ensuring ongoing transparency and accountability.
Identifying and mitigating ESG
reportingrisks
In 2025, we conducted an assessment of risks and opportunities
related to the ESG data collection process, using a structured
approach that included identifying risks, evaluating the impact
and likelihood of risks, and prioritising mitigation measures. The
outcomes of the assessment highlighted the need to review
existing controls and introduce certain new control requirements.
These enhancements are currently being integrated into our
internal control framework to further strengthen the reliability
and comprehensiveness of ESG reporting.
In 2025, the review process continued to be driven by the results
of a risk assessment exercise, feedback on controls execution,
outcomes from controls self-assessments and independent
Group Internal Audit reviews. When risks or areas for
improvement are identified, action plans are created and
systematically followed up. This approach ensures that internal
controls, processes and ways of working remain robust and
responsive to both existing and newly identified risks. The
process supports ongoing enhancements to documentation,
data validation, reconciliations and control activities, maintaining
the accuracy, reliability and timeliness of sustainability reporting.
We continued to focus on the three main risk categories:
misstatements, compliance breaches and fraud that could
directly or indirectly impact the sustainability statement.
Building on the foundation of previous years, new sub-risks
have been identified and incorporated within each main
category to reflect the evolving complexity of ESG reporting.
These sub-risks address emerging challenges such as changes
in regulatory requirements and advancements in data
management. By expanding the scope of internal controls and
refining corrective action plans, we aim to ensure that risks are
consistently mitigated and that our ESG reporting processes
remain robust, accurate and responsive.
Sustainability due diligence GOV-4
The table below provides a mapping to where in our
sustainability statement we provide information about our due
diligence process. These labels with corresponding topics can
be found throughout the report in each section.
Embedding due diligence in governance,
strategy and business model
Cross-topics: ESRS 2 GOV-2;
ESRS 2 GOV-3; ESRS 2 SBM-3
Engaging with affected stakeholders in all
key steps of the due diligence
Cross-topics: ESRS 2 SBM-2;
ESRS 2 IRO-1
Social: S1-2; S2-2; S4-2
Identifying and assessing adverse impacts Cross-topics: ESRS 2 IRO-1
Environment: E1 IRO-1; E2
IRO-1; E3 IRO-1; E4 IRO-1; E5
IRO-1
Social: S1-3; S2-3; S4-3
Taking actions and describing processes
to address those adverse impacts
Environment: E1-3; E3-2; E4-3;
E5-2
Social: S1-4; S2-4; S4-4
Governance: G1-3
Tracking and communicating the
effectiveness of these efforts
Environment: E1-4; E1-6; E3-3;
E3-4; E4-4; E5-3; E5-4; E5-5
Social: S1-4; S1-5; S1-8; S1-9;
S1-10; S1-14; S1-16; S1-17; S2-5;
S2-4; S4-5; S4-4
Governance: G1-4
Core elements of due diligence
Paragraphs in the
sustainability statement
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 55
GENERAL DISCLOSURES ESG GOVERNANCE
Understanding and engaging with our stakeholders SBM-2
In order to run our business, we need input and consultation every step of the way. That is why we share experiences, discuss
expectations, map opportunities and manage risks in dialogue with suppliers, employees, consumers and a range of other
stakeholders, as outlined below.
This continuous dialogue, including that which formed part of our double materiality assessment, informs our ESG programme,
projects and processes, allowing us to align with the interests and views of our stakeholders. Feedback from these engagement
processes is shared with our ESG Steering Committee, Executive Committee and Supervisory Board on an ongoing basis.
Consumers Increasing consumer demand for no- and low-alcohol and no- and low-sugar beverages and
responsible marketing practices.
Events, messaging on our products, advertising, marketing campaigns, social media, local
websites, global consumer research and local consumer feedback questionnaires.
Expanding our range of no- and low-alcohol and no- and low-sugar beverages worldwide and
encouraging responsible consumption of alcoholic products through messaging and
partnerships.
On- and off-trade customers Reducing supply chain risks, achieving sustainability goals and meeting consumer demand for
healthier and more sustainable options.
Ongoing communication with and regular visits to key accounts, customer service handling
processes, customer satisfaction surveys, completion of our customers’ supplier questionnaires,
participation in customers’ supplier audits, and collaboration on events and campaigns.
Impact varies greatly from market to market. For example, increased data requirements
concerning carbon emissions necessitate customer-specific emissions accounting for some
markets.
Employees and contractors Development opportunities, a diverse and inclusive workplace, and a purpose-driven company
they can be proud of. Our aim is to stay attuned to evolving employee expectations so that we
can attract and retain talent that secures our mutual long-term success.
Daily communication via managers and team leaders, our intranet, annual My Voice employee
survey, performance reviews, townhall meetings and employee resource groups (ERGs).
Learnings from engagement and communication efforts are analysed and integrated where
appropriate into improvement initiatives. They also inform our Growth Culture principles, which
provide clarity on the culture we need to achieve our growth ambitions.
Industry organisations Working together with industry peers, including direct competitors, to drive improvements in
responsible, sustainable and ethical business practices, keep pace with evolving legislation, hold
ourselves to recognised standards and pool resources to develop and drive best practices.
Industry organisation memberships, partnerships and board positions to learn, share and drive
best practices. Examples include the Beverage Industry Environmental Roundtable (BIER) and
Climate Group’s RE100. We also utilise membership of industry organisations to advocate for
industry interests through policy engagement and to promote sustainable practices across
industry activities. Examples include the International Alliance for Responsible Drinking (IARD),
the World Federation of Advertisers (WFA), Brewers of Europe, the Union of European Soft
Drinks Associations (UNESDA) and the European Brands Association (AIM – Association des
Industries de Marque).
Significant influence over our policies, practices and targets, both through self-regulation and
auditing processes within many of the industry associations of which we are members.
Investors and analysts Transparent information about our business, financial performance and progress on EGS
targets.
Annual and half-yearly reports, quarterly trading statements, quarterly conference calls, ad
hoc stock exchange announcements, press releases, regular meetings with investors and
analysts, and capital markets days.
Influence over our business strategy, which they can exert through regular engagement, voting
rights, proposals and activism.
Suppliers ESG subject matter expertise, practical assistance and clear understanding of our priorities and
long-term goals so that they can align their own strategies for mutual success.
Site visits, periodic in-person and virtual training sessions, supplier summits, communication of
the Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct, regular quality audits, Sedex assessments and third-
party audits for our highest-risk suppliers.
Engagement allows us to learn about market-specific conditions and challenges, and in turn
understand opportunities for improvement.
Sustainability experts and NGOs Strong ESG performance, transparent reporting on measurable targets, and support on
projects and initiatives that help address broad societal and/or environmental challenges.
Strategic partnerships (WWF, TapEffect, Water.org and WaterAid for water replenishment
projects), the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi), the RE100, the World Economic Forum’s
Alliance of CEO Climate Leaders, Sustainable Agriculture Initiative (SAI) Platform and the UN
Global Compact.
Engagement fills gaps in our expertise and demonstrates a commitment to standards or
targets that exceed regulatory requirements. This insight is integrated into our work with ESG,
including integration into policies, targets and actions.
Policymakers and regulators Economic contributions to the societies in which we operate, including job creation. These
stakeholders also want to understand how we support strategies on sustainability and public
health.
Bilateral meetings and high-level public events, such as the World Economic Forum’s annual
Davos meeting. We also engage with governments indirectly on sustainability and public
health issues through industry associations.
Through continuous engagement and dialogue with key policymakers and regulators, we
enhance our alignment with their objectives, refining our internal policies and business
strategies.
Stakeholder Stakeholder interests and purpose of engagement How we engage Impact on operations, business model and strategy
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 56
GENERAL DISCLOSURES
OUR STAKEHOLDERS
Our material impacts, risks and opportunities SBM-3
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling & marketing
Packaging reuse &
recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
Carbon emissions in our operations and value chain
Emissions generated by our
agricultural sourcing
We source ingredients from agricultural businesses, with emissions generated during the farming and
processing of these raw materials.
n n n n
Negative impact
Emissions generated by the
production of our packaging
GHGs are emitted in the production of packaging used to prepare our products for transportation and sale.
n n n n
Negative impact
Emissions generated from our
production sites
GHGs are emitted by our production sites, by burning fuels ourselves, using purchased energy during
operations, and in the generation and transportation of the energy we purchase.
n n n n
Negative impact
Emissions generated from
transportation and distribution
The transportation and distribution of our products result in GHG emissions.
n n n n
Negative impact
Emissions generated by product
refrigeration in bars and shops
GHGs are emitted in the powering of fridges, which are used to keep drinks cool in bars and shops.
n n n n
Negative impact
Carbon pricing on our own operations
and purchased goods
Our operations result in GHG emissions throughout the value chain, with potentially broad-based impacts
contributing to climate change globally. The potential for carbon pricing to increase the costs of purchased
goods and the costs of our own operations presents a financial risk to the business.
n n n n
Business risk
Key ingredient supply chain instability Our products are highly dependent on the sourcing of agricultural materials. Where these materials are
affected by a natural hazard, such as a drought or a flood, availability and cost may be affected.
n n
Business risk
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Description Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 57
ENVIRONMENT
CLIMATE CHANGE E1
OVERVIEW
More extreme weather events and record
temperatures around the world underline the
urgent need for action on climate change, and we
are committed to reducing emissions throughout
our value chain. Specifically, we have identified five
material sources of greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions in our value chain with negative impacts
on climate change, and two long-term material
financial risks that climate change poses to our
business. We seek to address all these IROs
through the policies, targets and actions outlined in
this section.
KEY POLICIES
Environmental Policy
Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct
TARGETS
By 2030
Zero carbon emissions at our breweries
All electricity comes from new, renewable assets
30% reduction in relative value chain carbon
emissions
By 2040
Net zero value chain
Impact, risk and opportunity
assessment IRO-1
Climate-related impact assessment
The process of assessing our climate-related impacts starts
with our GHG inventory covering Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.
Compilation of the inventory enables us to understand where
we impact climate change directly and indirectly, and at which
stage of the value chain. In addition to an overview of the
sources and types of emissions, we also break down the data
by regions and markets. Analysis of the GHG inventory
provides a starting point for understanding key challenges and
identifying key levers.
Climate-related financial risk and
opportunity assessment and
scenarioapplication
Overall framework
The Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
provided the framework for our identification, assessment and
scenario application of climate-related financial risks and
opportunities. This approach was complemented by our existing
analyses and research, and the shortlisted risks and
opportunities were then discussed with internal stakeholders to
deepen understanding and validate the results.
We applied three ranges of scenarios, drawing on sources from
the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the
Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) and other
analyses referencing the IPCC. These three ranges were: a low-
emissions scenario (RCP 2.6 / SSP1 and NGFS CGAM 6.0
Below 2°C), an intermediate-emissions scenario (RCP 4.5 /
SSP2) and a very high-emissions scenario (RCP 8.5 / SSP5). A
high-emissions scenario, with pathways exceeding 4°C
warming, was applied to understand physical risks (i.e. when
the most significant impacts of climate change would affect
our business and wider society), while a low-emissions
scenario, limiting warming to 2°C, was applied to understand
transition risks (i.e. the business risks that would arise if society
was on track to reach net zero, but our business did not make
a similar transition). These scenarios were applied to analyses
with time horizons of 2025, 2030 and 2050.
We consider climate-related impacts where relevant in our
financial planning. However, as we do not expect significant
immediate financial implications, these impacts are not
integrated into the financial statements.
Identifying and assessing physical risks
andopportunities
Site-level assessment tools help us understand inherent
physical climate risks for our own operations, including drought,
fire, heat stress, precipitation, river flooding, sea-level rise and
cyclones. These tools, along with broader climate-related
scenario analyses, inform our understanding of both acute and
chronic physical climate risks. They also provide insights into
how our specific assets are exposed to climate- and water-
related risks in the short, medium and long term. Our full risk
assessment combines findings from these analyses and
assessments together with an understanding of our mitigating
actions, insurance coverage and insights from interviews.
In 2025, we examined physical risks related to raw material
sourcing in greater detail. This included modelling temperature
and precipitation changes affecting barley and sugar prices in
key sourcing countries. Similarly, we developed a model to
investigate how changes in temperature and precipitation
impact sales volumes in major markets. Both models consider
the likelihood and magnitude of financial impacts.
Identifying and assessing transition risks
andopportunities
To identify transition risks for our operations and broader value
chain, we use our GHG inventory, conduct interviews and do
desktop research. The GHG inventory helps us estimate the
financial impact of carbon pricing and allows us to identify
potential locked-in emissions from assets that could slow our
transition to a climate-neutral economy, particularly sources
beyond electricity consumption. Interviews allow us to spot
other potential transition risks, including regulatory
developments and reputational or consumer preference shifts.
When we translate these findings into our double materiality
assessment (DMA), we consider how likely each risk is to
happen. However, our scenario analysis aims to assess possible
situations rather than make predictions, so we do not put great
emphasis on the likelihood of each risk.
Our resilience to climate risks SBM-3
We conducted our climate-related scenario analysis, including
resilience assessment, in H1 2024 and partially updated it in
2025 to better analyse physical risks in the upstream value
chain. The resilience assessment is based on the scenario
analysis, but also considers the likelihood of events and
whether our planned mitigation actions, assuming we meet our
targets, will help. Aside from this, the scope, time horizons and
methodology remain consistent with the scenario analysis.
Key results
When interpreting our results, consideration must be given to
the inherent limitations and uncertainties of scenario and
resilience analyses. For physical risks, in particular, it is
especially difficult to predict how changing climate patterns
will affect different regions. This creates uncertainty around the
impact of climate physical risks on the production and supply
of key ingredients. Despite these uncertainties, our analyses
drew the following conclusions:
In the low-emissions scenario (RCP 2.6 / SSP1), we expect
stricter regulations, including expanded carbon pricing. This
may increase expenses within our operations and procured
goods. The decarbonisation efforts of our ESG programme
can largely mitigate these transition risks.
In the intermediate-emissions scenario (RCP 4.5 / SSP2),
transition risks related to carbon pricing are much lower than
under RCP 2.6. Physical risks, such as key ingredient supply
chain instability, are higher, but still manageable.
In the very high-emissions scenario (RCP 8.5 / SSP5),
transition risks are minimal, but physical risks – particularly
key ingredient supply chain instability – become more severe.
More frequent and intense droughts and heatwaves could
disrupt global ingredient supply, causing shortages and higher
costs. While some of these risks can be partially managed,
the chance of serious impacts increases if multiple major
sourcing regions are affected for long periods. Our model
also showed that changes in temperature and precipitation
can affect consumer demand, but these effects are limited to
certain seasons and are not material at Group level.
Although several other climate-related risks could affect our
business, only carbon pricing and key ingredient supply chain
instability currently exceed materiality thresholds in the long
term.
Overall, we believe we can adjust and adapt our strategy and
business model to climate change in several ways. We have
already initiated the transition to a more climate-resilient
business model through our ESG programme, including net
zero decarbonisation plans and the shift to regeneratively
grown ingredients. From a net risk perspective, most risks,
particularly transition risks, can be almost fully mitigated.
Other physical risks still pose residual risks, requiring ongoing
monitoring of mitigation effectiveness.
Our resilience is further strengthened by site-level responses,
including the ability to shift production to other Group facilities
in the region in the event of a climate-related hazard in a given
location, such as a severe flood. Site-level assessments indicate
that while certain hazards (e.g. extreme precipitation) may be
locally material, our business is generally effective at
responding and adapting to disruptions, minimising overall
impacts at Group level.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 58
ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE E1
Climate transition plan E1-1
To take action on climate change and ensure a resilient
business, we aim to eliminate carbon emissions from our
breweries by 2030 and reach net zero emissions for our entire
value chain by 2040, aligned with the Paris Agreement. Our
transition plan is anchored in our ESG programme, Together
Towards ZERO and Beyond, which is available on our website.
Our decarbonisation levers and key actions to achieve our
targets are described under “Target 4: Net zero value chain by
2040”, and further information can be found throughout the
environmental section of this report. Specifically, our targets
related to carbon emissions, including water efficiency,
regeneratively grown materials and packaging, are the key
drivers in our transition plan. A stand-alone climate transition
plan will be available on our website in Q1 2026.
Embedding climate action in our
businessstrategy
To ensure that our climate action ambitions become a reality,
we have anchored our transition plan in our overall business
strategy and financial planning processes. Doing so allows us
to take into account our organic growth trajectory, with
detailed analysis and modelling of climate impacts in the
regions where we aim to grow our portfolio most significantly.
Creating the transition plan was a collaborative effort, led by
ESG target sponsors, our Group Sustainability & ESG function
and our Integrated Supply Chain Sustainability function. It was
approved according to the Carlsberg governance model, as
described in GOV-1. While we still have far to go to reach our
targets, we are at a mature stage of implementation, with
well-defined ownership and oversight of targets and initiatives,
and robust data on our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.
Meeting our targets will require both business transformation
and significant investment in decarbonising our physical
infrastructure and equipment. While we believe that, with
commitment and collaboration, this transition is possible for
most of our operations, we expect to face a certain proportion
of GHG emissions that are particularly hard to abate (<10%).
This could be due to infrastructure availability in particular
markets, availability of sustainable fuel and other unavoidable
emissions. We plan to compensate for these hard-to-abate
emissions through carbon removals.
For a discussion of the operational expenditures (OpEx) and
capital expenditures (CapEx) required for implementation of
the transition plan, please see E1-3 Climate change actions
andresources.
Carlsberg is not excluded from EU Paris-aligned Benchmarks.
We do not have an EU Taxonomy-aligned capital expenditure
plan, as our main business activity (manufacturing of beverages)
is not in scope of the Climate Change Mitigation or Climate
Change Adaptation objectives of the EU Taxonomy. Please refer
to Appendix 2 on page 97 for our EU Taxonomy disclosure.
Policies E1-2
Both policies below are publicly available online and published
on our company intranet.
Environmental Policy
The Environmental Policy summarises our approach to energy,
climate change and resilience, water and wastewater, waste
and by-products, packaging, raw materials and agriculture, and
investments and purchases. It is designed to be an overarching
guiding document. As such, it does not specifically address
each IRO in detail. This detailed work is done through our ESG
programme and other function-specific activities, operational
manuals and training programmes. The way we manage and
track our progress is described under each topic’s targets,
actions andmetrics.
The policy applies globally to all employees, contractors and
visitors of the Carlsberg Group, and to situations where the
Group’s employees are working at external locations. Although
the policy does not apply to suppliers directly, it informs our
requirements in a number of associated documents, including
the Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct.
The policy commits us to adhering to applicable laws and
regulations at all times, to maintaining our ISO 14001-certified
environmental management system, and to continuously
working on risk reduction with a view to achieving zero
environmental accidents.
The EVP, Integrated Supply Chain is the most senior executive
responsible for implementing the policy. We review and, if
necessary, revise the policy every year to meet the evolving
requirements and expectations of a wide range of
stakeholders, as assessed in our materiality assessments.
Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct
(Environmental considerations)
Our Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct (SLCOC) includes a
section addressing environmental concerns as they relate to
our upstream supply chain, specifically the management of
environmental issues, carbon emissions, water and waste. Our
SLCOC applies to all suppliers and details the minimum
requirements we expect them to adhere to regarding these
topics, based on both regulatory requirements and our own
commitment to reduce environmental impacts. The SLCOC also
states that suppliers must proactively work to understand and
reduce their direct and indirect carbon footprint throughout
their supply chains. The EVP, Integrated Supply Chain is the
most senior executive responsible for implementing the SLCOC.
Targets and actions E1-4; E1-3
Addressing our carbon footprint
We have clear commitments to address climate change, with
targets of zero carbon emissions at our breweries by 2030,
100% of our electricity coming from additional renewable
capacity by 2030, a 30% reduction in our value chain
emissions by 2030 and achieving net zero carbon emissions
across our entire value chain by 2040. These targets build on
our Environmental Policy commitment to continuously work to
reduce emissions across our value chain. Rooted in our ESG
programme, our targets have been set to manage material
climate-related impacts and risks regarding emissions from our
operations and value chain, guiding how we are reducing our
own carbon footprint and contributing to the expansion of
renewable energy capacity more broadly. For information on
how our ESG targets are based on the views of our
stakeholders, see page 53.
Impact of external factors on our
decarbonisation roadmap
Our ambition to reach net zero by 2040 is aligned with a 1.5°C
pathway. We have not considered other climate scenarios
when determining decarbonisation levers as our aim is to reach
zero emissions in our operations, whichever socioeconomic
scenario the world follows. We have begun sensitivity analyses
in certain markets to understand key variables over the lifetime
of our roadmap. To do this, we are collaborating with industry
experts and consultants to better understand the impact of
external factors on our decarbonisation roadmaps. These
include technology costs, potential rises in the commodity and
market prices of lower-carbon fuel alternatives as demand
rises, and policy changes in our diverse markets, including
prices on carbon emissions. We are diversifying our approach
to take these factors into account.
There can be instances when target baselines need to be
reassessed. Specifically, when we experience significant
inorganic change within Scope 1, 2 or 3 emissions due to
mergers and acquisitions, divestments, insourcing/outsourcing,
changes in methodologies or discovery of errors in baseline
calculations, we review whether the baseline needs to be
recalculated. During 2025, we worked on revising our targets
and their baselines in order to account for the recent
acquisition of Britvic, updated SBTi requirements and other
factors.We will therefore launch updated carbon commitments
in Q1 2026, alongside a new climate transition plan.
We do not calculate detailed achieved emissions reductions
based solely on our specific actions, unless otherwise noted.
Achieved emissions reductions associated with Scopes 1-3 can
be found on page 64. To learn more about our methodology
and other additional details for these targets, please see the
corresponding accounting policies below. Further assessment
of levers and expected emissions reductions per lever is part of
our roadmap development and can be found in our
forthcoming updated Climate Transition Plan.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 59
ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE E1
TARGET 1: Zero carbon emissions at our
breweries by 2030
We have set a target to achieve zero emissions from our
beverage production. The target covers 92% of our 2015
baseline Scope 1 and 2 emissions. It excludes Scope 1 and 2
emissions outside our production sites, such as offices,
warehouses and owned logistics.
This target allows us to offset up to 10% of hard-to-abate
emissions with carbon credits. Reaching this target will require
that both Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions are each abated by
approximately 90%. The target was set and approved by the
Science Based Targets initiative in 2017.
Decarbonisation of production sites
To address and mitigate our climate impact, all production
sites are working towards our 2030 target to eliminate carbon
emissions in our operations. Guiding this work is a production
site decarbonisation action plan, with activities ongoing
towards 2030. The plan has three primary focus areas:
Energy efficiency improvements. These actions account for
10-20% of planned beverage production emissions
reductions. They include improving equipment efficiency,
applying best practices and sharing knowledge, and
measuring and optimising energy consumption.
Transform fossil-based energy sources to electricity or
renewable energy. These actions account for 50-60% of our
planned beverage production emissions reductions. In 2025,
we continued the installation of electric boilers at selected
sites, with new installations in China and Lithuania. Biomass
energy systems also continue to be rolled out, with seven
locations – in Estonia, Switzerland, Laos, Vietnam and India –
implementing biomass boilers in 2025. All sites in India now
operate with biomass boilers, and biomass energy as a
service (EaaS) systems have been rolled out at sites in
Malaysia and China. In all but five of our markets, we have
secured full procurement of green electricity through
Guarantees of Origin (GoO) and International Renewable
Energy Certificates (I-RECs), as well as operational Power
Purchase Agreements (PPAs) for renewable electricity from
additionality in six markets (please see the following section
for more information). We have also begun work to install
additional biogas recovery systems at two of our wastewater
treatment plants.
Technological innovation. These actions account for 10-20%
of planned beverage production emissions reductions.
Technological innovations include heat pumps and energy
storage. In 2025, heat pumps were installed at one Chinese
production site and energy storage at another. While energy
efficiency and electrification were prioritised in 2025, next
year we have a number of heat pump installations planned.
The global and site-specific actions planned for 2025 will form part
of the new Group decarbonisation roadmap, which we began
developing in 2024. Each production site is at a different stage in
this journey, dependent on local conditions, site-specific cost-
benefit analyses and investment decisions. Local action plans
ensure we take a strategic approach to delivering the greatest
possible impact in a cost-efficient manner. In 2025, we launched an
internal tool to analyse and prioritise decarbonisation projects.
Now utilised in all markets, the tool presents different scenarios,
including cost, emissions savings and payback, to help markets
and roadmap owners decide on the most cost-efficient way to
reduce emissions.
Performance against target
In 2025, our production sites emitted 286 kt CO
2
e. The relative
emissions per hectolitre of beverage were 2.3 kg CO
2
e/hl.
Excluding acquisitions, sites emitted 258 kt CO
2
e, a 12%
reduction in absolute emissions compared with 2024 and a
63% decrease compared with our 2015 baseline. For relative
emissions, we saw a 9% reduction from 2.7 kg CO
2
e/hl in 2024
and a 64% reduction from 6.8 kg CO
2
e/hl in 2015. This
performance was primarily driven by improving energy
efficiency and transitioning to lower‑carbon fuel sources across
our operations. A key example is the switch to lower‑carbon
fuel sources at Lao Brewery Company’s Vientiane Brewery,
which made a significant contribution to our results. Even when
adjusting for lower organic production volumes, we continue to
observe a reduction in our emissions.
Given regional production volume variations, this performance
is in line with our expectations.
Progress in action
Biomass facility helps Lao
brewery decarbonise
In 2025, Lao Brewery Company (LBC) commissioned the
country’s first biomass energy facility in partnership with
a third party. This facility now supplies over 80% of
Vientiane Brewery’s steam requirements using locally
sourced biomass, replacing fossil fuels and reducing
annual CO
2
e emissions by 84% – or approximately 15 kt
CO
2
e. The project positions Vientiane Brewery to achieve
its decarbonisation target ahead of schedule and
supports our global ambition of zero emissions across all
breweries by 2030. In addition to environmental benefits,
the initiative strengthens local economic development
through local biomass sourcing and reduces dependency
on imported fuels.
Performance on target 1
Performance Baseline
Unit 2025 2025* 2024* 2015* Δ*
Absolute GHG
emissions at our
breweries
kt CO
2
e 286 258 294 697 -63 %
Relative GHG
emissions at our
breweries
kg
CO
2
e/hl
2.3 2.5 2.7 6.8 -64 %
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
Accounting policies
Absolute GHG emissions at our breweries include all Scope 1
and 2 (market-based) GHG emissions from our production
sites, excluding fugitive emissions from refrigerants and CO
released during production. Emissions from owned and
leased warehouses, offices and vehicles are not in scope of
this target. The relative emissions are calculated as the sum
of absolute GHG emissions at breweries divided by the total
production of beverages (hl). For more information on the
specific emission sources, please see the accounting policies
for Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions on page 65.
TARGET 2: All electricity comes from
additional renewable assets by 2030
In 2025, 86% of our electricity came from renewable sources,
mainly purchased from the grid through certificates that meet
RE100 criteria. Though a slight decrease of 3 percentage points
from 89% in 2024, a result of the acquisition of Britvic, we are
proud of this achievement. We see renewable energy certificates
(RECs) as a stepping stone towards our goal of contributing to the
generation of new renewable energy production through PPAs. This
is to support the growing scientific consensus that PPAs contribute
more directly to increased production of renewable electricity and
the emissions reductions that come with it. We are therefore
committed to investing in these types of agreements that create
additional renewable capacity in the markets where we operate.
We do this through signing PPAs with partners to develop new
assets, either at our own sites or elsewhere, widening availability of
renewable power from national grids. While this brings no
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 60
ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE E1
contribution to emissions reduction from a GHG inventory
perspective, as PPAs are assessed with the same consideration as
certificates in this regard, we believe it is a key element of driving an
ambitious ESG programme.
The target requires that 100% of our brewery electricity
consumption is either from operational renewable sources or
committed contractually to future renewable sources by 2030.
Reducing emissions from electricity
As we already source the vast majority of the electricity for our
production sites from renewable sources, our actions are
focused on supporting new assets that will contribute
additional renewable capacity and widen availability of
renewable power on national grids.
In 2025, we signed three new PPAs under which approximately
100 GWh of electricity will be generated. These agreements are in
Sweden, Norway and Finland, each with a separate and unique
electricity provider and contract. Our agreement in Norway came
into effect in January 2026 and will last 10 years. In the first year, it
will provide roughly 15 GWh of electricity to Ringnes Brewery,
increasing to 45 GWh after two years, when it will cover roughly
90% of their electricity consumption. Under the new agreement in
Sweden, approximately 25 GWh of electricity will be generated by
a new onshore wind farm. The agreement lasts for eight years and
will cover roughly 80% of Carlsberg Sweden’s electricity needs. In
Finland, the new agreement is also linked to an onshore wind
farm. It lasts 10 years and will cover approximately 90% of
Sinebrychoff’s electricity usage.
These new PPAs signed in 2025 complement the three existing
agreements in Lithuania, Denmark and China. In Lithuania, the
PPA was expanded in 2025, with an off-site solar park providing
7 GWh of additional renewable electricity to our production site.
We have also laid the groundwork for more PPAs in selected
locations next year and beyond, including defining our criteria
for identifying feasible and preferred PPA opportunities based
on pricing, profiles, technologies and locations.
Performance against target
In 2025, 185 GWh of our contracted and operational renewable
electricity contributed to additional renewable capacity, amounting
to 21% of our total electricity consumption across all our
production sites. Of this, 10% was fully operational and 11% was
contracted. This significant increase was driven by newly
operational PPAs in China and Lithuania, full-year utilisation of the
PPA in Denmark and the addition of our newly signed PPAs in
Norway, Sweden and Finland. These Nordic PPAs will be
operational in 2026. The acquisition of Britvic has also positively
affected this performance, as PPAs are in place covering the
majority of electricity at sites in the UK and Ireland.
Given the volatility of electricity markets, this performance is in line
with our expectations.
Performance on target 2 (%)
Performance Baseline
2025 2025* 2024* 2021* Δ*
Relative renewable electricity
consumption from new
assets (operational)
10 6 2 1 5 %p
Relative renewable electricity
consumption from new
assets (contracted)
11 13 4 0 13 %p
Total 21 19 6 1 18 %p
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
Accounting policies
Relative additional renewable electricity consumption is
calculated by dividing the total consumption of additional
renewable electricity by total electricity consumption. Additional
renewable electricity is electricity purchased by Carlsberg under a
contractual agreement that facilitates investment in new
renewable capacity. To be considered renewable, the installation
must comply with RE100. As these installations may start
delivery after the publication of this report, the KPI is reported as
both “contracted” and “operational".
TARGET 3: 30% reduction in relative
value chain carbon emissions by 2030
Our near-term value chain 2030 target covers all Scope 1 and 2
emissions and the majority of Scope 3 emissions, as illustrated
on the following page. It is aligned with a 1.5°C pathway, using
the assumptions and criteria from the SBTi at the time of
submission in 2017.
Since launching our GHG emissions reduction target in 2017, we
have continuously improved the target’s calculation methodology.
As a result, the scope for which data is available has expanded
significantly. This means that no like-for-like comparison can be
made between the figures disclosed for 2015 and 2025. This will
also be addressed in the 2026 update to our targets.
For more information on the various levers used to achieve the
target, please see the emissions reduction actions described
under Target 4.
Performance against target
In 2025, the relative emissions in our value chain were 52 kg
CO
2
e/hl, and absolute emissions were 6,667 kt CO
2
e.
Excluding acquisitions, the relative emissions in our value chain
were 54 kg CO
2
e/hl, representing a decrease of 4% from 57 kg
CO
2
e/hl in 2024 and 6% from 58 kg CO
2
e/hl in 2022. Absolute
emissions in our value chain have been reduced by 8% since 2024
and by 9% since 2022. This steady performance is driven by a
transition to green energy among key suppliers, including those
that supply glass – one of our most carbon-intensive materials.
Also contributing to this performance is the further
decarbonisation of our own operations, a decrease in the use of
sugar cane and an overall reduction in procured materials due to
decreased production volumes. Importantly, even when
accounting for decreased organic production volumes, we
continue to observe a decline in our relative value chain emissions.
The inclusion of Britvic resulted in lower relative emissions, as
soft drinks production is generally less emission-intensive
thanbrewing.
This performance matches our expectations and continues our
positive trajectory in reducing emissions across our value chain.
We aim to continue to accelerate these reductions in the
coming years.
Performance on target 3
Performance Baseline
Unit 2025 2025* 2024* 2022*ⁱⁱ Δ*
Relative GHG
emissions within
our near-term
target scope
kg
CO
2
e/hl
52 54 57 58 -6 %
Absolute GHG
emissions within
our near-term
target scope
kt CO
2
e 6,667 5,749 6,240 6,311 -9 %
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
2022 and 2024 figures have been restated after obtaining more accurate input data
from our upstream value chain. Relative emissions have been restated from 60 kg CO
2
e
in 2022 and 58 kg CO
2
e/hl in 2024. Absolute emissions have been restated from 6,422 kt
CO
2
e in 2022 and 6,378 kt CO
2
e in 2024.
ⁱⁱ 2022 is applied as a reference year, but is not the baseline for our current Science
Based Targets initiative (SBTi) submission (2015).
Accounting policies
Relative GHG emissions are calculated by dividing the
absolute GHG emissions by the total beverage production
volume (hl). The absolute GHG emissions within our near-
term target scope include all gross Scope 1 and 2 (market-
based) emissions, as well as Scope 3 emissions associated
with Carlsberg beverages – specifically those arising from
procurement, production, distribution, in-trade cooling and
waste treatment. Sources of emissions that are excluded are
illustrated in the graphic on page 62. For details on the
methodology, please refer to the accounting policies for gross
Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions on page 65.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 61
ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE E1
GHG emissions by value chain stage E1-6
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 62
ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE E1
6,667 kt CO
2
e
Scope of our near-term net zero emissions target, covering 74% of full gross Scope 1-3 GHG emissions.
Additional scope of our long-term net zero emissions
target represents 2,374 kt CO
2
e, covering 26%
of gross Scope 1-3 GHG emissions.
1
This covers Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions as well as Scope 3 GHG emissions at breweries related to purchased water, waste generated in own operations and upstream energy-related activities.
21%
1,412 kt CO
2
e
8%
551 kt CO
2
e
13%
882 kt CO
2
e
51%
3,348 kt CO
2
e
7%
474 kt CO
2
e
Agriculture
& processing
Growing and processing
of our raw ingredients
Beverage
production
1
Production of our
beer and other
beverages
Packaging
Manufacturing and disposal
of our packaging
Transportation
& distribution
Distribution of
our products to
customers
Cooling
Refrigeration
of our
products in
bars and
retailstores
Additional emissions
Licensee volumes
Joint venture volumes
Co-manufacturing & third-party
product volumes
Capital goods
Employee commuting
Business travel
Non-product purchases
(advertising, services etc.)
Scope of our long-term net zero emissions target, covering our full gross Scope 1-3 GHG emissions. The value for this scope is 9,041 kt CO
2
e.
TARGET 4: Net zero value chain by2040
Our long-term 2040 net zero target covers all Scope 1, 2 and 3
GHG emissions. This scope differs from our near-term 2030
target in that all emissions sources are included, as illustrated
on the previous page. We assessed the target to be in line with
the Science Based Targets initiative’s criteria for limiting global
warming to 1.5°C. For more information on the scope of
emissions included in our 2040 net zero target, please see our
accounting policies for E1-6 on page 65.
This target allows us to use carbon removals for hard-to-abate
emissions, up to 10%. The expected percentage of total gross
GHG emissions that must be reduced between our baseline
year and 2040 is therefore 90%. Due to an expanded scope,
updated methodology and improved data accuracy, we cannot
measure the performance against our baseline in 2015. We
worked on updating this target and its baseline in 2025, for
communication in early 2026.
Our actions to address targets 3 and 4 are outlined below.
Reducing emissions from agriculture
We have a programme to tackle the emissions associated with
agriculture, as described under E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems.
Actions described in the section “Sourcing raw materials from
regenerative agricultural practices” contribute to reducing GHG
emissions as well as promoting sustainable agricultural practices.
As techniques to define and measure farming-related
emissions advance, we will be able to better estimate the
emissions reductions achieved by sourcing raw materials
grown using regenerative and lower-carbon practices.
Reducing emissions from the production
ofpackaging
We have a programme to tackle the emissions associated with
our packaging, described under E5 Resource use and circular
economy, which focuses on increasing recyclability and
recycled content, using less fossil-based virgin plastics, and
increasing collection and recycling rates. All these actions
contribute to GHG emissions reduction and promote
sustainable use of resources.
Emissions reductions for packaging are typically achieved
through a combination of factors, including efficiency
improvements, increased share of renewable electricity and
energy by the supplier, and using raw materials with lower
carbon footprints.
Reducing emissions from transportation
anddistribution
As transportation and distribution account for 13% of our near-
term target scope (Target 3), decarbonising this area of our
value chain is important for reaching our 2040 net zero targets.
The vast majority of our transportation is outsourced to third
parties, making collaboration with suppliers even more
important for achieving reductions.
Replacement of owned or leased fossil fuel-
poweredtrucks
In 2025, we maintained operation of our 28 biogas and 22
electric vehicles on the road in markets throughout Western
Europe. As all our trucks in Western Europe are leased, the
remaining diesel vehicles will be replaced gradually over the
coming years based on contract expiration and kilometres
driven. A transition is also under way for our forklifts and pallet
movers, 95% of which are electric in Western Europe.
Electrification of outsourced transport and logistics
In 2025, electric trucks continued to operate our shuttle
deliveries between Sweden’s Falkenberg Brewery and other
facilities in the region through our contract with an external
logistics provider. We are also replacing diesel trucks with
liquified natural gas (LNG) and electric vehicles in China. While
LNG vehicles are inferior to electric vehicles, they result in
fewer carbon emissions and are therefore a tool on our journey
towards decarbonisation. As of 2025, the share of LNG trucks
in China has risen to 11% and the team has been piloting the
use of electric trucks, with plans to further increase the share of
both in the coming few years.
Reducing emissions from refrigeration in bars
and shops
Keeping our products cool in bars, restaurants and shops
accounts for 8% of our near-term target scope (Target 3). To
make progress on our value chain emissions reduction target,
we continuously seek to improve the energy performance of
the fridges we deliver to our customers’ outlets. In recent years,
we have implemented centralised fridge procurement across all
markets, giving us an advantage when purchasing more
energy-efficient fridges. This programme was further rolled out
in 2025. We also implemented a fridge standardisation
programme – known as a global master specification – which
has reduced the number of different fridge types purchased
across our markets from 16 to 7. As a result, we achieved a 3%
improvement in energy efficiency in 2025 compared with the
previous year.
This reduction in cooling-related emissions is driven primarily
by the procurement of more energy-efficient fridges. However,
other factors influence the trend, for example the reduction in
emission intensity of national electricity grids.
Performance against target
In 2025, the absolute GHG emissions in our value chain were
9,041 kt CO
2
e. Excluding acquisitions, this was 7,976 kt CO
2
e,
which represents a reduction of 302 kt CO
2
e, or 4%, compared
with 2024. As the reduction achieved in Target 3 covers 74% of
the scope of this target, we expect the performance to follow a
similar trajectory, and it is therefore in line with our expectations.
Performance on target 4 (kt CO
2
e)
Performance Baseline
2025 2025* 2024* N/Aⁱⁱ Δ*
Absolute GHG emissions in
our value chain
9,041 7,976 8,278 N/A N/A
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
The 2024 figure has been restated from 8,220 to 8,278 after obtaining more accurate
input data from our upstream value chain.
ⁱⁱ The gross Scope 1-3 GHG emissions have not been calculated for the baseline year and
are therefore not disclosed. The baseline figure will be updated during 2026.
Note: The corresponding accounting policies can be found below the E1-6 table on p. 65.
Challenges
The implementation of the emissions reduction actions
mentioned above may pose various challenges, including
material availability and added procurement costs.
Additionally, the availability of infrastructure, including energy
grid connections and charging infrastructure for EVs in our
operating markets, may also delay our actions. Converting
fossil fuel-based thermal energy to renewables or electricity is
also expensive and technologically challenging, both for our
own operations and our entire supply chain. The growing
complexity and variation in product offerings also presents an
emissions reduction challenge, as benefits of economy-of-scale
production are minimised. Challenges and risks are considered
in roadmap planning, allowing us to prioritise cost-efficient
solutions that can drive the agenda to reach our targets.
Addressing our financial risks
Carbon pricing
As our operations result in GHG emissions, there is a financial
risk that potential future carbon pricing will increase the costs
of purchased goods and of our own operations. We mitigate
the potential financial impact of carbon pricing through
adherence to our Environmental Policy, which addresses the
emissions of GHGs from our own operations and broader value
chain, as well as through all targets and actions taken to
reduce our carbon emissions, including those presented in E1,
E4 and E5.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 63
ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE E1
Key ingredient supply chain instability
Climate change impacts the stability of our supply chain, and we
recognise a financial risk associated with this instability. We take
two primary approaches to address it – the first being reducing
our own emissions. Though our global impact may be small, we
have a responsibility to reduce our emissions and support the
transition to a low-carbon future, as presented above. The
second, more direct way we manage the risk of supply chain
instability is through transitioning our supplier base to
regenerative agriculture, which increases the resilience of farming
systems to climate change. Our Environmental Policy supports
this work by setting out our stance regarding regenerative
agriculture. The targets and actions related to this risk are
outlined in E4. These actions help mitigate potential long-term
financial impacts, while our procurement strategy, focused on
diversifying sourcing, addresses short-term financial risks.
Current and future allocated resources
In 2025, we invested DKK 85m in CapEx to reduce our GHG
emissions through, for example, energy reductions and
inclusion of renewable electricity, and DKK 1.8m in OpEx
related to emissions reductions. Additional OpEx for emissions
reductions related to E4 and E5 is disclosed in the respective
sections. The investment in 2026 is expected to amount to
DKK 150-200m in CapEx and additional specific OpEx for value
chain reductions.
Some of this overlaps with EU Taxonomy economic activities
(CCM 4.20, CCM 7.3 and CCM 7.6). We report on our
investment related to our overall ESG targets and investments
that can be directly associated with energy efficiency. Other
investments are an integrated part of our capital cost
allocations and are therefore not reported here, but in general
CapEx. For example, purchasing biofuels instead of fossil fuels
happens through existing procurement channels and is thus not
included in the figures above. Furthermore, investments related
to certain upstream and downstream value chain emissions
reductions are represented in other actions under ZERO
Packaging Waste and ZERO Farming Footprint, so we are not
including them here to avoid double-counting. These
investments are not specifically segmented in our accounting
and are reported based on the general rules for financial
reporting. The figures for total OpEx and CapEx can be found
in the financial statements, income statement on page 110 and
section 2.2 on page 118 respectively.
Other mandatory data disclosures E1-5; E1-6
Energy consumption E1-5
Unit 2025 2024
From fossil sources
Fuel consumption from coal and coal products GWh 0 <1
Fuel consumption from crude oil and petroleum
products
GWh 208 296
Fuel consumption from natural gas GWh 1,006 1,017
Fuel consumption from other fossil sources GWh 1 1
Consumption of purchased or acquired
electricity, heat, steam and cooling from fossil
sources
GWh 262 186
Total fossil energy consumption GWh 1,477 1,500
Share of fossil sources in total energy
consumption
% 55 61
Consumption from nuclear sources GWh 0 0
Share of consumption from nuclear sources in
total energy consumption
% 0 0
From renewable sources
Fuel consumption for renewable sources, including
biomass
GWh 309 196
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity,
heat, steam and cooling from renewable sources
GWh 885 771
Consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable
energy
GWh 7 10
Total renewable energy consumption GWh 1,201 977
Share of renewable sources in total energy
consumption
% 45 39
Total energy consumption GWh 2,678 2,477
Accounting policies
Total energy consumption related to our own operations
includes fuel consumption at sites where Carlsberg has
operational control (production sites, warehouses and
offices), fuel consumption in own vehicles, and consumption
of purchased and self-generated energy (electricity, heat and
cooling). Fossil fuel sources include oil and petroleum, coal,
natural gas, liquified petroleum gas (LPG) and town gas.
Renewable fuel sources include biogas, biofuel and biomass.
Purchased electricity and heat from renewable sources are
covered by either GoO, RECs or PPAs, whereas non-
renewable electricity and heat is sourced from the grid or
contracted suppliers. Lower heating values are applied to
convert fuel consumption into energy.
Energy intensity E1-5
Unit 2025 2024
Energy intensity from activities in high
climate impact sectors
MWh per DKK
million
30 33
Total energy consumption from activities
in high climate impact sectors
GWh 2,678 2,477
Accounting policies
Total energy consumption from activities in high climate
impact sectors is equal to total energy consumption. This is
due to the fact that all revenue-generating operations are
directly or indirectly linked to beverage manufacturing, which
is classified as a high climate impact sector.
GHG emissions (kt CO
2
e) E1-6
2025 2024 Δ
Scope 1 GHG emissions
Gross Scope 1 GHG emissions 305 331 -8 %
Percentage of Scope 1 GHG emissions from
regulated emissions trading schemes (%)
9 % 11 % -2%p
Scope 2 GHG emissions
Gross location-based Scope 2 GHG emissions 318 300 6 %
Gross market-based Scope 2 GHG emissions 77 57 26 %
Significant Scope 3 GHG emissions
Total gross indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions 8,659 7,890 9 %
Category 1: Purchased goods and services 5,434 4,867 10 %
Category 2: Capital goods 266 170 36 %
Category 3: Fuel and energy-related activities
(not included in Scope 1 or 2)
95 92 3 %
Category 4: Upstream transportation and
distribution
842 884 -5 %
Category 5: Waste generated in operations 19 20 -2 %
Category 6: Business travel 157 155 1 %
Category 7: Employee commuting 13 8 38 %
Category 9: Downstream transportation and
distribution
593 539 9 %
Category 11: Use of sold products 211 174 18 %
Category 12: End-of-life treatment of sold
products
180 129 28 %
Category 14: Franchises 562 570 -1 %
Category 15: Investments 287 282 2 %
Total GHG emissions
Total GHG emissions (location-based) 9,282 8,521 8 %
Total GHG emissions (market-based) 9,041 8,278 8 %
Note: Since all of Carlsberg's investees over which it has operational control are
consolidated in the financial statements, the additional breakdown to be reported as
required by ESRS E1-6 50 is not applicable.
The 2024 figures have been restated after obtaining more accurate input data from our
upstream value chain. The totals for location-based and market-based emissions have
been restated from 8,463 and 8,220 kt CO2e respectively.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 64
ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE E1
Accounting policies
Scope 1 emissions are reported based on the GHG Protocol
and cover all direct greenhouse gas emissions from fuel
combustion and fugitive emissions, including CO released
during production processes and the use of refrigerants.
These emissions are calculated by multiplying energy
consumption by the applicable emission factors. To
determine the percentage of Scope 1 emissions covered by
regulated emissions trading schemes, the total emissions
from markets subject to such regulations are divided by the
overall Scope 1 emissions. Carlsberg partially offsets its Scope
1 emissions by purchasing renewable natural gas certificates,
specifically through GoO.
Scope 2 emissions are reported based on the GHG Protocol
and cover indirect greenhouse gas emissions from the
generation of purchased electricity, heat and steam consumed
by Carlsberg. Emissions are calculated using both the
location-based and market-based approach by multiplying
the amount of energy purchased by country-specific emission
factors. The market-based method accounts for renewable
electricity procurement through PPAs, RECs or GoO. In the
absence of actual energy consumption data from warehouses
and offices, energy consumption is estimated based on the
surface area (US Energy Information Administration).
Scope 3 GHG emissions cover indirect GHG emissions across
Carlsberg’s value chain, including both upstream and
downstream activities. This includes operations from
subsidiaries, franchises and joint ventures where Carlsberg
does not have operational control. Emissions are calculated
in accordance with the GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain
(Scope 3) Standard, the Beverage Industry Environmental
Roundtable (BIER) Guidance and the Product Environmental
Footprint Category Rules for Beer (PEFCR). Carlsberg does
not report emissions under categories 8 (upstream leased
assets), 10 (processing of sold products) and 13 (downstream
leased assets), as these are either not applicable or not
material to our operations. Detailed accounting policies for
the relevant categories are outlined below.
Category 1: Upstream emissions related to the cultivation and
processing of purchased ingredients, packaging materials,
water, fridges, and other goods and services. Emissions from
packaging materials are calculated based on the Circular
Footprint Formula (CFF) validated by the European
Commission as part of the Product Environmental Footprint
(PEF) approach, whereas agricultural emissions are calculated
using a mix of supplier-specific data for gate-to-gate
emissions and third-party emissions factors for cultivation.
Category 2: Upstream emissions related to the capital
expenditure on construction, installation, maintenance and
repair, calculated based on spend.
Category 3: Upstream well-to-tank (WTT) emissions related
to purchased fuel and energy.
Category 4: Emissions related to the inbound transportation
of agricultural and packaging materials (including return
transportation of reused packaging materials), third-party
distribution and transportation of third-party production
volumes. Inbound transportation emissions are calculated
based on the weight of materials procured, supplier location,
load factor and freight method, whereas outbound
distribution is calculated using estimated diesel consumption
derived from contracts with our logistics providers.
Category 5: Emissions related to the external treatment of
waste generated at Carlsberg production sites. The GHG
emissions are calculated based on the weight of waste
generated per waste type. For wastewater specifically, emissions
are calculated based on the condition of the water, expressed as
chemical oxygen demand (COD) per litre of wastewater.
Category 6: Emissions from business travel activities of
employees paid for by Carlsberg, including third-party
transportation services, reimbursed transport in employees’
own vehicles (mileage allowance), and reimbursed
accommodation and meals during travel. Emissions are
calculated based on travel agency reports for flight travel and
spend data for the remaining activities.
Category 7: Emissions related to the transportation of
employees to and from their home and worksite, as well as
employees working from home.
Category 9: Emissions related to outbound distribution
performed by third parties not paid for by Carlsberg and
cooling in third-party fridges in the on- and off-trade.
Emissions are calculated based on third-party distribution
where Carlsberg pays (i.e. category 4) and the assumed share
of distribution where Carlsberg does not pay. Emissions from
on- and off-trade cooling are calculated based on the
electricity required to cool one unit of beverage, the share of
beverages cooled on-trade in each market, the respective
cooling days and volumes sold per market.
Category 11: Emissions from cooling of beverages in fridges
provided by Carlsberg in on- and off-trade venues and the
CO released from beverages during consumption.
Category 12: Downstream emissions from waste treatment at
the end of life of packaging put on the market by Carlsberg.
These are calculated for the share of products (by material type)
not recycled (i.e. going to incineration or landfill) using publicly
available statistics on national waste treatment systems.
Category 14: GHG emissions from licensing partners that
produce and sell Carlsberg products. Emissions are estimated
based on emissions from Carlsberg's own production
channels and the volumes sold by licensees.
Category 15: Emissions from joint ventures that produce and
sell beverages. Joint ventures not producing beverages are
not considered material and are therefore excluded from the
scope. Emissions are estimated based on emissions from
Carlsberg's own production channels, the volumes sold by
joint ventures and the respective ownership shares that
Carlsberg holds in these joint ventures.
Measurement uncertainty: Because specific input data
throughout the value chain cannot be accurately obtained,
we have to apply certain assumptions and estimates. This
leads to measurement uncertainties in some Scope 3
categories. These estimates include the use of average weight
conversion factors for direct materials in category 1, use of
spend-based allocation of supplier volumes in categories 1
and 4, spend-based estimations used to calculate diesel
usage of logistic providers in categories 4 and 9, and use of
estimated cooling factors and chilling days for cooling of our
non-draught products in the downstream value chain in
category 11. Finally, we use forecast Q4 data across several
categories, as the complexity of the calculations requires the
metrics to be finalised before year-end.
We apply a mixed calculation approach, relying primarily on
supplier-specific data, and otherwise revert to the average-
activity, hybrid or spend-based approach. Although significant
efforts have been made to obtain complete and detailed
supplier-specific data, most calculations include a third-party
emission factor to measure upstream emissions from tier 2
suppliers and beyond. For more information on the applied
emission factors for Scope 1-3 GHG emissions, see page 66.
GHG intensity (t CO
2
e per DKK million) E1-6
2025 2024
GHG intensity (location-based) 104 113
GHG intensity (market-based) 101 110
Financial reconciliation (DKK million) E1-6
2025 2024
Net revenue used to calculate GHG intensity 89,095 75,011
Net revenue (other) 0 0
Total net revenue (in financial statements) 89,095 75,011
Biogenic emissions (kt CO
2
e) E1-6
2025 2024
Biogenic emissions not included in Scope 1 GHG emissions 448 401
Biogenic emissions not included in Scope 2 GHG emissions 43 29
Biogenic emissions not included in Scope 3 GHG emissions 112 89
The 2024 figures have been restated from 52 kt CO
2
e to 89 kt CO
2
e after obtaining
more accurate input data from our upstream value chain.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 65
ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE E1
Contractual instruments (%) E1-6
2025 2024
Share of Scope 2 GHG emissions covered by contractual
instruments
67 73
Share of Scope 2 GHG emissions covered by energy
attribute certificates (unbundled)
60 72
Share of Scope 2 GHG emissions covered by power
purchase agreements (bundled)
7 1
Accounting policies
The GHG intensity is calculated as gross Scope 1, 2 and 3
GHG emissions divided by total net revenue, for both market-
and location-based emissions. The figure for total net
revenue can be found in the financial statements, income
statement, page 102.
Biogenic emissions outside of Scope 1 include CO emissions
from the combustion of biomass, biofuels and biogas and the
release of CO in the fermentation processes. Biogenic
emissions outside of Scope 2 include CO emissions from
purchased district heating where the energy source is
biomass. Biogenic emissions outside of Scope 3 include CO
emissions from suppliers using biomass, biogas or biofuel to
produce materials, biofuel use in inbound and outbound
transportation and distribution, renewable CO released from
beverages during consumption, and landfill emissions from
the end of life of biological packaging materials (i.e.
cardboard). All biogenic emissions are calculated in line with
the GHG Protocol and by multiplying the input data by the
relevant biogenic emission factors.
The share of Scope 2 GHG emissions covered by contractual
instruments is calculated as the sum of energy purchased
from bundled certificates (i.e. PPAs) and energy purchased
from unbundled energy attribute certificates (EACs) divided
by total energy consumption (electricity and heating).
Emission factors applied to Scope 1-3 GHG emissions
Activity data Applied emission factor source
Scope 1 GHG emissions: direct energy and refrigerants UK Department for Energy Security and Net Zero (DESZN)
Scope 2 GHG emissions: electricity and district heating (location-based) International Energy Agency (IEA)
Scope 2 GHG emissions: electricity and district heating (market-based) Supplier-specific, International Energy Agency (IEA)
Scope 3 GHG emissions: packaging materials Sphera (Thinkstep), Ecoinvent 3.10, DESZN, supplier-specific
Scope 3 GHG emissions: agricultural ingredients Agrifootprint 6.3, Blonk, Quantis, Ecoinvent 3.10, DESZN, supplier-specific
Scope 3 GHG emissions: spend-based data Extended Environmental Input Output (EEIO) database, corrected for inflation and carbon intensity developments
Scope 3 GHG emissions: waste treatment – packaging materials EcoInvent 3.10
Scope 3 GHG emissions: upstream transmission & distribution losses, upstream generation, electricity consumption
in upstream value chain, wastewater treatment, working from home and cooling
International Energy Agency (IEA)
Scope 3 GHG emissions: upstream direct energy consumption, upstream transmission & distribution losses,
upstream generation working from home, transport, outbound logistics, employee commuting, purchased CO
2
DESZN
Scope 3 GHG emissions: purchased water Quantis
Scope 3 GHG emissions: purchased fridges ADEME
Scope 3 GHG emissions: non-core production and sales Carlsberg value chain EF
1
Biogenic GHG emissions (outside of scopes): energy consumption DESZN
Biogenic GHG emissions (outside of scopes): CO
2
release Carlsberg Research Laboratory
1
In the absence of relevant activity data from non-core production volumes (third-party, bought-in, licensees, joint ventures), GHG emissions are estimated based on the emissions related to Carlsberg's own production. The emission factor is based on Carlsberg's own emissions in the
prior year and covers value chain stages that are relevant to the brewing process. The value chain stages are: sourcing and cultivation of agricultural materials, malting, brewing (energy consumption), sourcing of primary & secondary packaging, and transport & distribution. Since the
type of primary packaging has a significant impact on the emissions, the emission factor is broken down into five different types of primary packaging material on a regional basis.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 66
ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE E1
Our material impacts, risks and opportunities SBM-3
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling & marketing
Packaging reuse &
recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
Water consumption for cultivation of
crops
The farms we source our agricultural ingredients from consume a significant amount of water. This water
consumption could worsen water stress, especially in areas of high water risk.
n n n n n
Negative impact
Water consumption for beverage
production
We consume water to produce our beverages, and this consumption could worsen water stress, especially
in areas of high water risk.
n n n n
Negative impact
Water replenishment and stewardship
programmes
We take part in water replenishment and stewardship programmes in the river basins of a number of our
production sites located in areas with high water risk. These programmes aim to increase access to water
in local communities and improve biodiversity and ecosystem health.
n n n n
Positive impact
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Description Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Impact, risk and opportunity
assessment IRO-1
Exemplifying the interconnected nature of many impacts, risks
and opportunities in our value chain, the first identified impact
(water consumption in irrigated production of raw materials)
also affects biodiversity and ecosystem health, water scarcity/
stress, and potentially reduces availability for local
communities, particularly in high-risk areas. As such, the
policies, targets and actions to address our IRO related to water
consumption for the cultivation of crops are covered in E4.
Our ZERO Water Waste efforts are based on a robust
understanding of the water risks facing our production sites
and key crops. High-risk areas were identified by an
assessment, finalised in 2025, using the WWF’s Water Risk
Filter tool. The assessment looked at three types of water risk:
physical, regulatory and reputational. We then applied our
operation’s growth expectations and production volumes.
In addition to our water efficiency programme within our own
operations, we work closely with NGOs on our replenishment
projects. These organisations have the capacity and experience
to engage with the communities most affected and all necessary
local stakeholders, and to navigate the local governmental and
administrative processes. The local knowledge and insight they
offer is crucial to the success of these projects. Our current water
replenishment partners include WWF, WaterAid, Tap Effect and
Water.org. The water replenishment impacts are verified by the
external consultant Limnotech.
Policies E3-1
Our Environmental Policy states that we strive to achieve
sustainable use of water in the communities in which we
operate. It also lays out our commitment to engage with local
communities in water-scarce areas, and to understand how we
can best help to manage their watersheds. It also commits us
to regularly assessing our exposure to water scarcity in all
forms and initiating appropriate actions to ensure the long-
term availability of water. We also place expectations
regarding water management on our suppliers, as covered in
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 67
ENVIRONMENT
WATER AND MARINE RESOURCES E3
OVERVIEW
Water plays a vital role in our production processes
and is fundamental for cultivating the barley and
grains we rely on. Increasing pressures from climate
change and rising populations are intensifying
challenges for water resources globally, especially
in regions identified as high-risk areas. In our 2025
double materiality assessment, we reaffirmed
water as a priority, highlighting three material
impacts: the substantial use of water for cultivating
raw materials; water required for beverage
production; and water stewardship and
replenishment initiatives in areas facing elevated
water stress. The following section explores these
impacts further and outlines the corresponding
policies, objectives and actions we have
implemented to address them.
KEY POLICIES
Environmental Policy
Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct
TARGETS
By 2030
Water usage efficiency of 2.0 hl/hl globally and
1.7 hl/hl at breweries in high-risk areas
100% replenishment of water consumed at
breweries in high-risk areas
our Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct. Here we set the
expectation that suppliers, especially in areas with high water
stress, must manage water responsibly. Details of the policy
and code of conduct are summarised in E1-2 on page 59.
Targets and actions E3-3; E3-2
Addressing our water footprint
Our Environmental Policy sets the foundation of our ambition to
use water with maximum efficiency and engage with local
communities in water management, particularly in areas of high
water risk. Our voluntary targets related to water drive our
continuous action in these areas. There are two ZERO Water
Waste targets, detailed below. For information on how our
targets are based on the views of our stakeholders, see page 53.
To learn more about our methodology and other additional
details for these targets, please see the corresponding
accounting policies to the right and next page.
TARGET 1: Water usage efficiency of
2.0hl/hl globally and 1.7 hl/hl at
breweries in high-risk areas by 2030
We have set an ambitious target to reduce the hectolitre of
water usage per hectolitre of beverage produced to 2.0, with
production sites in high-risk areas having an even more
ambitious target of 1.7. This target applies to all production
sites. External warehouses and offices not connected to a
production site are not in scope.
The target was set in 2017 based on internal subject matter
expertise and the technological feasibility available at the time.
Dedicated to increasing water use efficiency, it relates to the
management of the impacts of our water consumption,
including water scarcity/stress, potential reduced availability
for local communities, and biodiversity and ecosystem health.
While biodiversity impacts, dependencies, risks and
opportunities are not a primary focus for our water efficiency
target, efficiency gains could indirectly reduce negative impacts
on biodiversity in water-stressed areas.
Efficient water consumption for
beverageproduction
At Group level, our actions are focused on structuring,
standardising and rolling out a best practice programme for
more efficient water consumption in our beverage production
processes, with a strong focus on the 18 production sites in
high-risk areas. These sites are described in more detail under
target 2. Anchored in our policy objective of achieving
sustainable use of water, we continue to reduce the amount of
water we use to make our beverages, building on the
efficiencies we have achieved since setting our target in 2015.
The overarching factors that affect our global water efficiency
are the establishment of a culture of water savings, shifts in
production volumes by region, and the age and modernisation
levels of our production sites. Key actions in 2025 to further
ingrain water efficiency into our ways of working included
ongoing optimisation of cleaning in place (CIP) procedures, hot
water balancing, deaerated water (DAW), water reduction and
cooling tower water savings.
During the year, we also rolled out to all markets a water
efficiency optimisation tool that helps to prioritise interventions
and activities based on investment cost, water savings,
payback period and more. This tool offers markets clear
guidance on how to best prioritise interventions in a cost-
efficient way that maximises water savings. With this global
tool, we are also able to maintain a helicopter view of
initiatives, and spot if there are any markets where
opportunities are not being capitalised on, and take action
accordingly. This tool offers a structured way to build our local
roadmaps by identifying best practices from a list of over 250
individual initiatives.
Performance against target
In 2025, our water usage efficiency was 2.3 hl/hl globally and
2.0 hl/hl at sites in high-risk areas. Excluding acquisitions, this
was 2.4 hl/hl globally and 2.2 hl/hl at sites in high-risk areas.
This represents decreases of 2% and 3% respectively compared
with 2024, and decreases of 33% and 46% respectively
compared with our 2015 baseline. This was achieved through
water efficiency improvements in our Chinese operations,
particularly our Foshan Brewery, and through continued focus
on best practice implementation across the Group.
The acquisition of Britvic brought an increased volume of soft
drinks production, which contributed to a strong overall
performance on our water efficiency, as soft drinks production
is less water-intensive than fermented production.
Our total water usage amounted to 30 million m
3
in 2025.
Excluding acquisitions, this figure was 26 million m
3
,
a 6%
decrease from 27 million m
3
in 2024.
We are satisfied with our performance in 2025, but there remains
more work to be done. We are confident we will continue to achieve
further water efficiency gains across operations.
Performance on target 1 (hl/hl)
Performance Baseline
2025 2025* 2024* 2015* Δ*
Water usage efficiency
(global)
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.6 -33 %
Water usage efficiency (high-
risk areas)
2.0 2.2 2.2 4.0 -46 %
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
Accounting policies
Water usage is calculated as the total water intake at
production sites minus sold water. Sources of water intake
include water from municipalities, own boreholes, surface
water and other minor sources. Water usage efficiency is the
water needed at Carlsberg breweries to produce a hectolitre
of beverage and is calculated as the ratio of total water
usage at production sites (hl) divided by the total packaged
beverage production volume (hl).
Production sites in areas at water risk and/or with high water
stress are identified by conducting a detailed water risk
assessment using the Water Risk Filter tool from WWF. The
assessment includes three types of risk: physical, regulatory
and reputational. The latest assessment was conducted in
2025 to include newly acquired sites.
TARGET 2: 100% replenishment of water
consumed at breweries in high-risk areas
by 2030
This target is to achieve replenishment of water through off-
site projects equal to 100% of the total water consumed at
breweries in areas of high water risk.
The target was developed following a 2020 water risk
assessment using WWF’s Water Risk Filter tool, which applied a
scientific dataset. The amount of water replenished through off-
site projects must follow the definitions described in the
Volumetric Water Benefit Accounting (VWBA) method developed
by the World Resource Institute (WRI). This includes criteria
around location of projects, financing and external verification.
The assessment was updated in 2025 based on data from 2024,
and resulted in an additional site – Carlsberg Britvic’s facility in
Rugby, UKbeing added to the list of priority high-risk sites,
bringing the total to 18. The addition of a site in Western Europe
reflects the increasingly global nature of water challenges. The 17
remaining high-risk sites from the 2020 assessment are: Alwar,
Aurangabad, Dharuhera, Hyderabad, Gorkha, Kolkata, Mysuru
and Paonta Sahib in India; Sihanoukville in Cambodia; Vientiane
Brewery in Laos; and Changzhou, Dazhulin, Korle, Kunming,
Ningxia, Urumqi and Wusu in China.
Water replenishment and stewardship
To address this target, we undertake projects to replenish the
same amount of water we consume at production sites in high-
risk areas.
Our water replenishment projects can be categorised as either
recharge or availability projects. Recharge projects contribute
to increased groundwater levels, reduced agricultural water
demand, protected and restored ecosystems, and strengthened
resilience against climate-related hazards for local
communities. Increased groundwater levels in turn support our
policy objectives of initiating appropriate actions to support the
long-term availability of water in our regions with water
scarcity. Availability projects improve access to and availability
of safe drinking water and sanitation. Water replenishment
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 68
ENVIRONMENT WATER AND MARINE RESOURCES E3
projects will be continuously implemented until we achieve our
target. Subsequently, these projects will be maintained and
monitored to ensure they continue to provide the full amount
of replenished water to local communities.
In 2025, we established new availability projects with Water.org
related to three priority high-risk locations in northern India,
detailed in our case study to the right. In collaboration with WWF,
in 2025 we reactivated a recharge project in Nepal and prepared
for another recharge project near our Ningxia Xixia Jianiang
Brewery in China, which we plan to implement beginning in 2027.
Lastly, we have expanded or continued projects with NGO partners
at another nine locations (four in India, three in China, one in Laos
and one in Cambodia).
Biodiversity impacts, dependencies, risks and opportunities
were not a key lever in setting the water replenishment target,
but there are benefits for biodiversity and ecosystem health
from this activity. For example, our partnership with WWF in
China seeks to improve the wetland landscape to enhance the
habitat of the black-necked crane, the world's only alpine
crane species residing in high-altitude wetlands.
Performance against target
In 2025, we replenished 1.46 million m
3
of water in areas near
our high-risk sites in India, China and Cambodia. Of this, 840
thousand m³ is considered part of our water replenishment
target, with the rest being an overperformance that exceeds
100% of consumed water at production sites. We welcome this
overperformance and its benefits to nature and local
communities, but we do not include it in our target, which has
a maximum achievement of 100% per site.
Looking only at the amounts that align with our target, we
replenished 23% of our consumed water at high-risk sites, with 4
sites achieving 100% replenishment in 2025. Excluding acquisitions,
we replenished 32% of our consumed water at high-risk sites,
which is an increase of 16 percentage points compared with 2024,
and largely in line with our expectations. We had anticipated an
even greater increase, but due to severe flooding in Laos, one of
our replenishment projects was delayed.
The acquisition of Britvic brings the aforementioned Rugby site to
our list of sites in high-risk areas. We will begin planning
replenishment work for this site in 2026.
Performance on target 2 (%)
Performance Baseline
2025 2025* 2024* 2021* Δ*
Replenishment of water
consumed at breweries in
high-risk areas
23 % 32 % 16 % 0 % 32 %p
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
Accounting policies
Replenishment of water consumed at production sites is the
total amount of water replenished through off-site projects in
high-risk areas relative to total water consumption at
production sites in high-risk areas. These projects must be
situated within the same river basin as the brewery, and
multiple breweries in the same high‑risk basin may share a
single off‑site replenishment project. High-risk areas are defined
as in E3-4 Water consumption in areas of high water stress.
Current and future allocated resources
To protect water resources by improving water efficiency,
ensuring adequate cleaning and management of water and
replenishing water, in 2025 we invested DKK 91.5m in CapEx
and DKK 9.2m in OpEx. The investment in 2026 is expected to
amount to DKK 120-160m in CapEx and DKK 5.5-7.5m in OpEx.
This includes investment in new assets enabling improved
water efficiency at production sites, cleaning of wastewater,
management of water on-site and investment in water
replenishment projects near sites in areas with high risk of
water scarcity. Note that additional actions related to water
efficiency are part of usual business operating costs or capital
goods investments, and therefore not necessarily captured
here. These costs are not specifically segmented in our
accounting and are thus reported based on the general rules
for financial reporting.
Progress in action
Partnering for sanitation
withWater.org
Our newest partnership for water replenishment, signed in
2025 with work already under way, is with Water.org. This
partnership aims to improve access to safe water and
sanitation in communities across the Ganges River Basin,
including the states of Haryana, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh
and Bihar. It will enable access to 247 million litres of water
and reach more than 112,000 people across the region with
access to safe water or sanitation by 2028. Water.org helps
tackle India’s water and sanitation crisis by making access
affordable. Through its WaterCredit solution, launched in
India in 2004, the organisation partners with microfinance
institutions, banks and government programmes to provide
small, affordable loans to families in need for water and
sanitation improvements. This approach has enabled more
than 30 million people to get access to safe water or
sanitation.
Other mandatory data disclosures E3-4
Water consumption from own operations E3-4
Unit 2025 2024
Total water consumption million m³ 14 12
Total water discharges million m³ 16 15
Total water withdrawals million m³ 30 27
Total water recycled and reused million m³ 1 1
Water consumption in areas at water risk,
including areas of high water stress
million m³ 4 3
Water intensity ratio m³ per DKK
million
152 162
Accounting policies
Total water consumption is calculated as the total water
withdrawal at production sites minus discharged and sold water.
Water recycled and reused is defined as water recycled from
wastewater and used for a meaningful activity at production
sites (including cleaning, irrigation, groundwater recharge
and cooling).
High-risk areas are as defined in the accounting policies for
target 1 on page 68.
Water intensity ratio is the total water consumption divided
by total net revenue. The figure for total net revenue can be
found in the income statement on page 102.
Total water withdrawals cover all water intake at Carlsberg's
production sites, including supplies from municipalities, own
boreholes, surface water and other sources.
Total water discharges is the volume of wastewater released
from production sites, including discharges to the surrounding
environment and to public or third-party treatment facilities, both
prior to and following on-site treatment.
All water intake figures are based on meter readings or invoices.
Water consumption outside of production sites is excluded from
the scope, as it is considered immaterial.
Measurement uncertainty: As some sites lack water
discharge metering, a portion of the reported discharge is
based on estimates.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 69
ENVIRONMENT WATER AND MARINE RESOURCES E3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities SBM-3
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling & marketing
Packaging reuse &
recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
Impacts from conventional agriculture Intensive conventional agricultural practices are used in the cultivation of the ingredients we source. These
methods can negatively impact biodiversity and ecosystems, and can affect soil health through activities
such as tilling, and the use of pesticides and fertilisers.
n n n n n
Negative impact
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Description Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Impact, risk and opportunity
assessment IRO-1; SBM-3
Assessing our impacts on nature
In 2025, we updated and expanded the scope of our nature-
related assessment to better understand both our impact on
nature and our dependence on nature and ecosystem services.
Starting with our impact on nature, we divided the task into
two, looking at both our own operations and our upstream
supply chain. Regarding our own operations, we analysed how
we put pressure on nature at our production sites – for
example, our water withdrawals and wastewater discharge, the
quality of water leaving our sites, waste, our energy
consumption and the physical footprint of our facilities. We
also examined the condition of sites’ surrounding environments
(also known as state of nature).
For our upstream supply chain, we looked at where our largest
volumes of raw materials are procured and analysed the
location-specific life cycle assessment (LCA) factors associated
with them, including land use, land use change, water use,
eutrophication, ecotoxicity and soil pollution. This gave us a
picture of the assumed pressure on nature from these
materials in these particular areas. We then combined these
findings with local state of nature indicators for these same
areas, such as water availability, water pollution, soil pollution
and land conversion. This combination of factors gave us a
more complete picture of the potential nature impacts of our
supply chain.
Key results
Based on the boundaries of the impact assessment, we
concluded that there are no material impacts on nature
stemming from our own operations. However, we did identify
impacts related to particular raw materials in our upstream
value chain. The implication of these impacts on the Group-
level impact on nature will be assessed in the coming years.
When we combined upstream pressures with the local state of
nature we found that barley and aluminium cans are the main
drivers of impact, followed by rice, sugar cane, corn and glass
bottles. For barley, land use changes were identified as
significant impacts in a few countries.
Key Biodiversity Areas
Separate from, and in addition to, the nature-related
assessment, we investigated whether any of our sites are in
Key Biodiversity Areas (KBAs). KBAs are regions that have
been determined to be of international importance in terms of
biodiversity conservation. We did this using the WWF
Biodiversity Risk Filter, and consulted the Biodiversity
Intactness Index (BII) to assess the overall intactness of these
environments. This review identified some of our sites as being
in or near KBAs. This co-location does not indicate whether our
site is impacting the ecosystem in that area, but it provides a
first indication of where to prioritise further investigation at
individual site level. We therefore plan to investigate these sites
further to determine whether they contribute to the
deterioration of natural habitats or disturb species, or if
biodiversity mitigation measures are needed.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 70
ENVIRONMENT
BIODIVERSITY AND ECOSYSTEMS E4
OVERVIEW
Biodiversity and nature loss have become more
apparent and better understood in recent years. As
conventional agriculture production is a driver for
these losses globally – and a major part of our
value chain – we are committed to doing our part
to reduce these impacts. Our DMA has identified
one material negative impact in our value chain
that relates to biodiversity and ecosystems,
outlined to the right. In the following section we
describe this impact in more detail, discuss the
assessments we have performed to get a better
understanding of its relationship to our business,
and outline the policies, targets and actions we
have in place to mitigate its effects.
KEY POLICIES
Environmental Policy
TARGETS
By 2030
30% of raw materials from regenerative
agricultural practices
30% of raw materials sustainably sourced
By 2040
100% of raw materials from regenerative
agricultural practices
100% of raw materials sustainably sourced
Current mitigation and next steps
Our Environmental Policy and existing actions, for example those
related to regenerative agriculture and water replenishment, seek
to ensure that we comply with local regulations and our own
internal standards to identify and control environmental risks,
including those related to nature. In the event of an emergency,
our crisis management teams are prepared to respond
appropriately. Each site is required to communicate with local
communities and emergency services, ensuring they have the
information needed for effective community-level response
planning, as outlined in our Health and Safety Policy. As part of
our next steps, we will also investigate our potential impact on
threatened species. Although we have checked for our presence
in areas with a low Biodiversity Intactness Index – which
suggests biodiversity is already compromised due to human
pressure – we have not determined whether our operations have
contributed to this situation. As we continue to improve our
understanding of our real and potential impact on nature
through more detailed and site-specific assessments, we will
continue to assess whether changes or updates to our policies,
targets or actions are necessary.
Assessing our dependence on nature
To better understand our dependence on nature, we took a
similar approach to that in our nature impact assessment,
looking at our own sites and our upstream supply chain to map
where we rely on nature and to what degree. For example, we
rely on sufficient availability of clean water to source the water
needed for beverage production, and on consistent rainfall
patterns, soil retention capabilities and crop yields to procure
our ingredients. We mapped these dependencies – and many
more – and combined them with metrics that indicate our
specific nature dependence at our own sites and in key supply
chain locations, such as water withdrawals, crop yields and
agricultural land use.
Assessing our physical risks related
tonature
Based on this analysis, we identified several physical risks
related to nature – such as water stress, drought frequency,
water pollution and soil erosion. We did not consider systemic
risks, such as global pollinator decline, in this scope. For
transition risks (i.e. the risk that society makes a transition
towards net zero, but our business lags behind), we focused on
areas such as regulatory changes, market shifts and consumer
preferences, reputational concerns and technological
developments, following the Taskforce on Nature-related
Financial Disclosures (TNFD) framework. We also gathered
input from workshops and internal subject matter experts to
assess how seriously these risks could affect us. We will
continue to investigate and gain insight into potential financial
impacts in the coming years.
In parallel to this process, we engaged with a wide range of
stakeholders – both inside and outside the company. This
included NGOs, local communities (especially those involved in
water replenishment projects) and farmers working on the
transition to regenerative agriculture. Their feedback gave us
valuable insights into both the positive and negative impacts of
our activities, and these perspectives were incorporated into our
updated assessment.
Resilience analysis E4-1
Methodology
Based on the findings of our nature-related assessment,
particularly our physical risks related to nature, we sought to
understand how resilient our business is to these potential
physical risks. With support from external nature consultants
and workshops with Carlsberg Group employees from various
sustainability roles, we therefore performed our first resilience
analysis focused on the current situation at 12 of our own
production sites, as well as four key raw material categories,
namely barley, rice, sugar cane and corrugated paperboard.
Sites and material categories were selected based on the
results of the nature-related assessment and their strategic
importance to the business. The resilience analysis assessed
how both selected production sites and key raw materials
withstand nature-related risks by combining each site or
material’s inherent nature-related risks, as identified in the
nature assessment, with their resilience capacity – or the ability
of existing actions to reduce risk exposure. Together, these
factors yield a residual risk. This assessment produced a
consistent framework to identify where adaptation and
mitigation efforts are most needed – both at our own
production sites and in our upstream supply chain.
Key results
We did not find any critical nature-related risk exposures within
our own operations; however, some of our sites are exposed to
nature-related risks due to the conditions of their nearby water
basins. The most significant risks were found upstream in our
value chain, where the nature-related risks of fluctuations in
crop yield and water stress in agricultural production regions
could potentially affect our supply chain security and cost
stability. About 15% (by weight) of Carlsberg’s raw and
packaging material volumes are highly exposed to nature-
related risks, including barley, rice, sugar cane and corrugated
paperboard, requiring further mitigating actions to be
implemented. We recognise these nature-related risks have a
significant overlap with the material risks to our business of
supply chain instability caused by climate change. The financial
materiality of these specific nature-related risks at Group level,
and their connection to climate-related supply chain risks, will
be further investigated in 2026 and beyond.
Policies E4-2
Through our ESG programme targets, our partnerships, our
advocacy work and more, we encourage farmers and suppliers
to adopt regenerative agricultural practices, which will enhance
conditions for biodiversity. Our stance on regenerative
agriculture, as outlined in our Environmental Policy, aims to
directly address the material impacts of our value chain,
including the pollution of waterways, groundwater and soil,
and harm to ecosystems and biodiversity linked to our raw
material sourcing, land use changes and total agricultural
carbon emissions. It also addresses our dependence on nature,
including the supply of water, through our commitment to use
water sustainably. Our suppliers are contractually obligated to
be able to provide documentation of their regenerative claims,
ensuring traceability. Our policy includes our commitment to
no deforestation across the primary deforestation-linked raw
materials we purchase. Social consequences of biodiversity,
ecosystem-related impacts and biodiversity and ecosystem
protection standards in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas are
not addressed in our Environmental Policy. Details of the
policy can be found in section E1-2 on page 59.
Targets and actions E4-4; E4-3
Addressing our farming footprint
Our targets related to agriculture encompass our aim to reduce
GHG emissions and other negative environmental impacts by
promoting regenerative agricultural practices and sustainable
sourcing of raw materials. Our company-specific approach to
regenerative agriculture is aligned with the Sustainable
Agriculture Initiative’s (SAI) Regenerating Together Framework,
albeit with more specific requirements for certain crops, such as
barley. The framework provides companies in the food and
beverage industry with a set of processes and principles to grow
and source regenerative raw materials, and can be incorporated
into farming protocols based on the specific conditions of the
given location. This makes it possible to account for agro-
ecological and socioeconomic differences between farming
systems. As the standards and definitions of regenerative
agriculture continue to evolve, we will ensure that our principles
are aligned with the SAI Regenerating Together Framework.
In both the Regenerating Together Framework and the specific
requirements we have outlined for barley, GHG emissions
reduction is expected to come from reduction of fuel usage at
farm level due to low or no tilling, reduced fertiliser usage due
to healthier soils and a more stable yield over time compared
with conventional farming. We look forward to further
alignment with the Regenerating Together Framework in 2026.
Our targets aim to minimise our footprint on nature and do not
rely on offsetting. These targets contribute to the
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 71
ENVIRONMENT BIODIVERSITY AND ECOSYSTEMS E4
Environmental Policy’s objective of reducing GHG emissions
and improving resilience.
At the time of developing the target, we did not incorporate the
EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 specifically, but we continue
to monitor relevant developments in the field. For information
on how this and all other targets are based on the views of our
stakeholders, see page 53.
There are two targets related to our farming footprint. To learn
more about our methodology for these targets, and for
additional details, please see the corresponding accounting
policies below.
TARGET 1: 30% of raw materials from
regenerative agricultural practices by
2030; 100% by 2040
We have set a target that 30% of our raw materials purchased
(measured as total weight of raw materials) must be
regeneratively grown by 2030, and 100% by 2040. This covers
direct raw materials globally, including all malt, barley, wheat,
rice, sugar, syrup, corn and hops.
Sourcing raw materials from regenerative
agricultural practices
Driving a transition to regenerative agriculture is not a simple
or straightforward task. It requires a number of interventions
both within our business and across our broader value chain.
Two of the primary areas we are focused on at the moment
are formalising our principles of regenerative agriculture in
alignment with leading global frameworks, and executing
strong collaboration and partnerships to pilot and expand our
approach throughout our raw material value chain.
We recognise that the approach to regenerative agriculture
varies depending on geographic and climatic circumstances
and we therefore also recognise the potential for local
adjustments to these definitions in the future, as well as the
need to engage closely with our local teams, experts and our
suppliers to understand the local regenerative agenda. In the
markets where we are piloting regenerative agriculture
projects, we collaborate closely with the individual farmers
participating in the projects, either directly and/or together in
collaboration with our suppliers.
Our principles of regenerative agriculture
In collaboration with agricultural consultancies, we have
developed and defined a set of key principles of regenerative
barley production that form the basis for our work with our
suppliers across our markets. Aligned with the SAI
Regenerating Together Framework, these relate to low or no
tilling, use of cover crops, crop rotation, and minimal use of
fertiliser and pesticides.
These principles outline the minimum standard, and in many of
our markets we are working with suppliers on creating even
more beneficial conditions for soil. In Denmark, for example,
our requirement regarding insecticides is even stricter, as they
are not permitted on the fields growing barley that will be
supplied to Carlsberg. In addition to these principles, farmers
can further enhance biodiversity on their initiative by creating
field margins for insects, restoring soil with compost or organic
fertiliser, and integrating livestock where possible.
Based on the principles, we can categorise the farmers who
supply barley to Carlsberg into three levels according to how
many principles they follow: engaging, advancing and leading
(described further in the accounting policies on the following
page). We then work with them, either directly or via our
suppliers, to understand their current approach, share research,
participate in meetings of local networks and onboard them to
our targets. This allows us to effectively engage as many
parties as possible in the transition to regenerative methods, as
each farmer can start small and gradually implement more
regenerative principles until all principles are met.
This work is the foundation of establishing a robust company-wide
approach to meeting our regenerative agriculture target, ensuring
that pilot programmes evolve into systemised and strategic long-
term efforts anchored in our procurement processes. This work is
ongoing and its scope is global, with a primary focus on barley
farming in Western Europe in 2025. During the year, we also
began outlining our approach to the transition of other key raw
materials to regenerative principles, including sugar beets and rice.
Developing partnerships and piloting our approach
We are continuing to expand a range of approaches to
regenerative agriculture in markets across Europe.
In the UK, we continued working with farmers to brew
Carlsberg Danish Pilsner with 100% regenerative barley by
2027. In 2025, 27% of the barley procured was through
regenerative practices.
In Finland, KOFF’s Christmas Beer continues to incorporate
barley grown with some regenerative principles, work it has
been doing since 2021.
In France, 70% of the barley for our Kronenbourg 1664
Blonde beer is derived from grains grown using some
regenerative practices, up from 50% in 2024, with a newly
signed agreement accelerating this further in future years.
In Denmark, we signed an agreement in 2024 to purchase up
to 500 tonnes of regeneratively grown malting barley for
roughly 3.3 million litres of beer. After a successful harvest in
2025, this agreement was expanded to cover 20,000 tonnes
of regeneratively grown barley. This barley went into malt
for Denmark, Norway and Sweden during 2025 and will
continue into 2026.
In addition to these markets, we are also undertaking projects that
work towards the requirements of regenerative agriculture. In Laos,
we continue to expand a project that reduces the use of chemical
fertiliser and promotes the practice of alternative wetting and
drying of rice paddies. Since it began in 2023, this project has
expanded from 100 to 900 hectares and from 35 to 450 farmers.
The procurement changes necessary for the adoption of
regenerative agricultural sourcing are to be accelerated
gradually over the coming years. With approved roadmaps and
associated budgets, as well as learnings from pilots and a
more robust procurement apparatus that can properly
accommodate regeneratively grown raw materials, we aim to
accelerate our actions in this space in the coming years.
Progress in action
Accelerating the transition to
regenerative farming in France
In 2025, Brasseries Kronenbourg, Carlsberg’s French
business, signed a new multi-year contract with grain
suppliers Soufflet Malt and Soufflet Agriculture (InVivo
Group) for the 2026 and 2027 barley malt harvests. This
agreement guarantees that, from 2026, 1664 Blonde
beer will be made with 100% traceable barley malt and
incorporate regenerative agricultural practices, including
soil protected by plant cover, low-carbon fertiliser, crop
diversification and active preservation of biodiversity.
Under the agreement, 216 farmers covering more than
5,800 hectares are now committed to a regenerative
transition, up from 45 in 2022. Engaging consumers in
this journey has also been a cornerstone of the project
since it began in 2022. So far, more than 400,000
consumers have scanned the QR code affixed to bottles
and packs of 1664 Blonde allowing them to track the
journey of the barley malt in their beer from field
tobottle.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 72
ENVIRONMENT BIODIVERSITY AND ECOSYSTEMS E4
TARGET 2: 30% of raw materials
sustainably sourced by 2030; 100%
by2040
This target is for 30% of the total weight of raw materials
purchased to be sustainably sourced, relative to the total
weight of raw materials purchased, by 2030, and 100% by
2040. This covers direct raw materials globally, which includes
all malt, barley, wheat, rice, sugar, corn and hops.
Sourcing raw materials in accordance with the Sustainable
Agriculture Initiative’s Farm Sustainability Assessment (FSA)
tool or Bonsucro certification ensures that fundamental
environmental and social compliance elements are in place.
Sustainably sourced raw materials have a reduced negative
impact on biodiversity and ecosystem health, which in turn
reduces the negative impact of our value chain.
Sourcing raw materials sustainably
A key action towards the goal of sustainably sourcing raw
materials is the ongoing collection of data from suppliers
globally on what proportion of their raw materials meets FSA
minimum standards or Bonsucro certification. This gives us an
understanding of the work required to achieve our target.
Performance against targets
In 2025, 27,600 tonnes – or 2% – of procured raw materials
were grown according to engaging, advancing or leading
regenerative principles, up from approximately 12,000 tonnes
in 2024. Of this, more than 7,000 tonnes – primarily malting
barley – was grown according to leading regenerative
principles. While this is less than 1% of our total share of raw
materials, it is a eleven-fold increase on 2024.
We remain in the ramp-up phase of this target’s progress, and
with time lags of 2-3 years between implementation and
visible results, this performance is in line with our expectations.
We remain confident we will reach our target, as scale will be
achieved through partnerships within the farming value chain,
including cooperatives and key suppliers. We believe the
foundational actions we are undertaking, as well as the
movement within the broader industry, will yield a more
significant improvement in this area in the coming years.
We report that in 2025 5% of our raw materials was sustainably
sourced. Data collection related to sustainably sourced raw
materials remains a challenge and the actual percentage of raw
materials that is sustainably sourced is likely higher. Excluding
acquisitions, the figure is 4%. Due to this incompleteness of
data, we are unable to assess our actual progress.
Performance on target 1-2 (%)
Performance Baseline
2025 2025* 2024* 2021* Δ*
Share of regeneratively
grown raw materials
purchased (leading)
<1 <1 <1 0 <1%p
Share of regeneratively
grown raw materials
purchased (advancing)
<1 <1 0 0 <1%p
Share of regeneratively
grown raw materials
purchased (engaging)
1 1 1 0 1%p
Raw materials that are
sustainably sourced
5 4 0 0 4%p
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
Accounting policies
The share of regeneratively grown raw materials purchased is
calculated as the weight of regeneratively grown materials
divided by the total inflow of biological raw materials. The
weight of regenerative materials includes both physical
deliveries to our sites and certified volumes allocated through a
mass-balance approach. The total inflow of biological
materials includes malt, barley, wheat, rice, sugar, syrups, corn
and hops. To determine what is regeneratively grown, six main
criteria and 11 additional criteria are applied to malt, barley and
wheat farmers. Farmers are classified into three levels of
regenerative practices: engaging, advancing and leading. This
naming convention is derived from and has been verified by the
SAI Platform. To be considered engaging, the field on which the
crop is grown must fulfil two out of the six main requirements.
Advancing farmers must fulfil three out of the six main
requirements as well as at least one additional requirement,
whereas leading farmers must fulfil four out of the six main
requirements as well as at least one additional requirement.
Main requirements include: (1) No/minimum soil disturbance:
machinery used does not exceed a soil depth of 10 cm; (2)
Soil cover: soil must be covered at least 95% of the year (347
days); (3) Crop rotation: minimum of four different crops per
plot over four harvest seasons, or three different crops over
five harvest seasons; (4) Cover crops: established for a
minimum of three months per year; (5) Minimising synthetic
inputs: use of fertilisers must not exceed field and crop
demand; (6) No insecticides can be used unless the action is
verified by a third-party consultant.
Optional requirements include: (1) No till: only direct seeding,
no tillage (e.g. harrowing); (2) Field margins/biodiversity
borders: 7% of fields should consist of borders/margins with
high grass, wildflower mixes or plants targeted to benefit
insects (the mandatory fallow demand of 4% can be included
in the 7%); (3) Addition of organic material, for example,
compost or biochar added in significant quantities; (4)
Livestock integration: livestock grazing or use of manure
application that corresponds to 20% of the fertiliser demand;
(5) Recirculated fertiliser: biogas or sludge (biofertiliser)
covers 20% of the fertiliser demand; (6) Agroforestry: 1% of
the field area at farm level is planted with trees that meet the
definition of agroforestry; (7) Precision farming: graduated
fertiliser and/or pesticide application; (8) Foliar fertiliser
application: minimum 20% of nitrogen fertiliser applied as
foliar application; (9) Companion crops/undersown crops:
10% of the cultivated area should be with a companion crop/
undersown crop; (10) Legumes: minimum of 10% of field area
covered with a legume; (11) Cover crops with legumes: all
cover crops should include a minimum of three species, which
should include one legume.
Raw materials that are sustainably sourced is calculated as
the weight of sustainably sourced raw materials divided by
the total inflow of raw materials. Sustainably sourced
materials are defined as those that are certified by valid
third-party agencies, including the FSA for barley and
Bonsucro certifications for cane sugar. The total inflow of raw
materials is aligned with that applied for regeneratively
grown materials.
Current and future allocated resources
In 2025, we spent DKK 7.8m in OpEx on pilots to support the
transition to regeneratively grown raw materials. In 2026, the
procurement cost related to regenerative agriculture is
expected to amount to DKK 13-17m in cost of goods sold
(COGS), and we do not expect any CapEx investments. These
costs are not specifically segmented in our accounting and are
reported based on the general rules for financial reporting.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 73
ENVIRONMENT BIODIVERSITY AND ECOSYSTEMS E4
Our material impacts, risks and opportunities SBM-3
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling & marketing
Packaging reuse &
recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
Purchasing of packaging materials We purchase a significant volume of packaging materials that rely on raw materials for production.
Intensive use of (both biological and mineral) virgin resources has a significant impact on nature and the
environment, which could lead to resource scarcity.
n n n n
Negative impact
Post-consumer waste from packaging
materials
If not disposed of correctly, our packaging could end up in nature, including waterways and oceans, and
lead to air and soil pollution through incineration or landfilling of materials.
n n n n n n n
Negative impact
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Description Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Impact, risk and opportunity
assessment IRO-1
As part of our DMA process, we held interviews with internal
and external stakeholders, and conducted third-party research
regarding resource use and circular economy. In these
interviews, we discussed findings from our various product
environmental footprint screenings. For example, to assess the
sustainability aspects of innovation projects, we use a
sustainability scorecard. This evaluates the product and
process innovation contribution to the environmental footprint
of raw materials, the brewing process, primary and secondary
packaging, transportation, recyclability and consumer appeal.
In addition, we provide a life cycle assessment (LCA) tool to
our markets for more in-depth evaluation of the environmental
footprint of our products. This tool uses the industry-
standardised method codeveloped by the Carlsberg Group,
known as the Product Environmental Footprint Category Rules
(PEFCR) for beer.
We assess the recyclability of our packaging by considering the
material composition (for PET) and colour (for PET and glass),
and monitor the development of recycling rates in our markets
and support initiatives to increase them through, for example,
deposit return scheme developments.
Policies E5-1
Reducing packaging waste is a key focus of our ESG
programme, and we are working to source more reusable,
recycled or recyclable packaging and driving progress towards
circularity. Underpinning this work is our Environmental Policy,
which details our requirements for reducing the impact of our
packaging, as well as minimising all waste and utilising by-
products. It also commits us to using LCAs or similar
environmental assessments for all new packaging types, and
to working with partners to reduce consumption of packaging
materials while promoting a more circular approach.The policy
addresses sustainable sourcing and the use of renewable
materials, from both packaging and raw material perspectives.
Details of the policy are summarised in E1-2 on page 59.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 74
ENVIRONMENT
RESOURCE USE AND CIRCULAR ECONOMY E5
OVERVIEW
Packaging gets our beer safely to consumers and
influences what they buy. But it is also responsible
for half of our value chain carbon emissions, and
cutting its climate impact is a priority to achieve our
carbon reduction ambitions. Meanwhile, awareness
about the environmental impact of packaging
continues to grow and reducing this impact is high
on the agenda for legislators. Our DMA identified
two material negative impacts in our value chain
that relate to resource use and the circular
economy. This section details these impacts further,
as well as the policies, targets and actions in place
to achieve our targets.
KEY POLICIES
Environmental Policy
TARGETS
By 2030
100% recyclable, reusable or renewable
packaging
90% collection and recycling rate for bottles
andcans
50% recycled content in bottles and cans
50% reduction in virgin fossil-based plastic
Targets and actions E5-3; E5-2
Addressing our packaging footprint
We aim to use less virgin fossil-based plastic and more
renewable, recycled or recyclable materials in our packaging.
We also strive to increase the amount of packaging that is
collected and reused or recycled after use. In these ways, we
increase the circularity of our packaging. Our targets, outlined
below, commit us to playing an active role in minimising the
environmental impact of beverage packaging systems, as set
out in our Environmental Policy.
While our targets are not based on mandatory requirements,
legislation related to these areas is evolving and we are
working to ensure alignment. In our target setting, we have
been inspired by definitions from the Ellen MacArthur
Foundation and the scientific resources it makes available on
the circular economy. Our first three targets relate to recycling
and reuse, while our fourth target relates to reduction of waste.
For information on how this and all other targets are based on
the views of our stakeholders, see page 53.
Our ongoing actions related to resource use and circular
economy aim to make a significant contribution to our GHG
emissions reductions globally. They include internal projects
and innovations across all markets, global collaboration with
suppliers, industry engagement and advocacy to support the
roll-out of effective deposit return schemes.
To learn more about our methodology for these targets, and
for additional details, please see the corresponding accounting
policies below.
TARGET 1: 100% recyclable, reusable or
renewable packaging by 2030
We aim for all our packaging to be 100% recyclable, reusable
or renewable by 2030, and our actions in this area are focused
on increasing the use of these types of material to minimise
our environmental impact. The scope of the target includes all
primary packaging that is in direct contact with our products,
i.e. bottles (glass and plastic), cans and plastic kegs.
Key to achieving this target is improving the recyclability of our
PET bottles. Actions that help us achieve this are investigating
and analysing bottle colour composition for glass and PET
bottles, alternative barriers for oxygen and carbon dioxide
permeation in PET bottles and technical alternatives for light
protection. In 2025, we continued an in-depth analysis of our
primary packaging and improvement to our packaging-related
data collection. Based on this increased awareness and
understanding, we have further developed a roadmap of
specific actions necessary to achieve our ambitions. This will
enable us to measure and report on our performance and
identify challenges and opportunities to achieve our policy
commitment of reducing consumption of packaging materials
and promoting their reuse and recycling.
Performance against target
In 2025, 95% of our packaging was recyclable, renewable or
reusable, representing a slight increase from 94% in 2024. This
development is driven by the increased recyclability of our PET
bottles, and is visible both when including and excluding
acquisitions. While we are satisfied with this result, given its high
share, we are committed to transitioning the remaining 5%.
Please see page 77 for a breakdown of our packaging mix by
material type.
Performance on target 1 (%)
Performance Baseline
Rate of recyclable, reusable
or renewable packaging 2025 2025* 2024* 2024* Δ*
PET
84 73 68 68
5 %p
Aluminium 100 100 100 100 0 %p
Glass 100 100 100 100 0 %p
Total 95 95 94 94 1 %p
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
Accounting policies
Rate of recyclable, reusable or renewable packaging is calculated
as the volume of beverages sold in recyclable, reusable or
renewable primary packaging materials (excl. steel kegs) divided
by the total volumes sold. Reusable: the material must be
designed to be used more than twice in the same application.
Renewable: the material must be made of biomass that can be
continually replenished, and any biomass used for packaging
solutions should comply with the sustainability requirements of
the EU regulatory framework. Recyclable: see accounting policy
on "Share of recyclable content in packaging" in Resource
outflows E5-5 on page 77 for definition.
TARGET 2: 90% collection and recycling
rate for bottles and cans by 2030
We have set a target to achieve a 90% collection and recycling
rate for glass and plastic bottles, cans, and plastic and steel
kegs by 2030. We measure progress by comparing sold
beverages in each market with the recycling rate for each
packaging type in that market.
Our primary action to address this target is to promote and
advocate for industry-driven non-profit consumer deposit
return schemes (DRSs). By encouraging these schemes, we can
create a higher level of resilience in our packaging value chain.
High return rates maintain the high value of clean mono-
materials in a closed recycling loop for beer and beverage
packaging. This creation of circular material flows contributes
to a future-proofed business model in a world with increasing
material scarcity.
Performance against target
In 2025, our markets globally achieved an average collection
and recycling rate of 75%. Excluding acquisitions, we observed
a collection and recycling rate of 78% – a slight increase from
77% in 2024, and a 6 percentage point increase from our
baseline in 2019. This performance was due to rising collection
rates in Scandinavian markets and volume decreases in
markets with less efficient recycling systems.
Our performance since our 2019 baseline reflects positive
developments in deposit return schemes and industry
partnerships. It also underscores the importance of continuing
the expansion of these collection and recycling systems.
The inclusion of Britvic resulted in a lower total recycling rate
due to their relatively higher use of PET, which is the material
with the lowest recycling rate.
Please see page 77 for a breakdown of our packaging mix by
material type.
Performance on target 2 (%)
Performance Baseline
Recycling rate 2025 2025* 2024* 2019* Δ*
PET
58 63 61 56
7 %p
Aluminium 76 79 79 77 2 %p
Glass 81 82 82 79 3 %p
Total 75 78 77 72 6 %p
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
We have restated the 2024 figure from 76% to 77% due to improved data sources for
collection rates.
Accounting policies
The recycling rate is collected on a market basis and
weighted based on production volume. Where reusable glass
bottles are lost in the market, we assume the standard
recycling rate for glass in the country.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 75
ENVIRONMENT RESOURCE USE AND CIRCULAR ECONOMY E5
Progress in action
Championing deposit return
schemes across our markets
For years, we have been active in developing recycling
and DRSs in many of our markets, and there are now
consumer-facing systems in place in 11 of our production
markets – Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Finland, Estonia,
Lithuania, Latvia, Germany, Croatia, parts of Canada and
Poland – as well as B2B deposit return systems in
markets such as China and Laos. Poland was our most
recent market to launch a consumer-facing DRS, coming
into force in 2025. In many cases, these systems have
transformed the recycling and reuse infrastructure in a
country, with significant improvements in return rates for
bottles and cans achieved in all four Nordic and all three
Baltic countries. We are actively engaged in discussions
regarding DRSs in the UK, Bulgaria, France, Greece,
Italy, Singapore and Serbia. In 2026, we hope to see
some of these systems up and running. Looking to the
future, we are exploring expanding these efforts in
regions with low recycling rates, such as Asia and
Central & Eastern Europe, and supporting the continued
implementation across Western Europe.
TARGET 3: 50% recycled content in
bottles and cans by 2030
In 2022, we set the target to reach 50% recycled content in our
bottles (glass and plastic), cans and plastic kegs by 2030.
Recycled content must come from post-consumer recycled
material, as defined by the ISO 14021 standard. As increasing the
share of recycled content is one of our primary actions to reduce
the use of virgin fossil-based plastic in our packaging. Please see
target 4 for information on actions undertaken in 2025.
Performance against target
In 2025, 51% of the content in our bottles and cans comprised
recycled materials, achieving our 2030 target five years ahead
of schedule. This performance is an increase of 5 percentage
points on 2024. Aligned with our expectations, this progress
reflects our commitments to create a more circular value chain.
The development is primarily driven by an increased use of
recycled PET in our Eastern European markets and recycled
aluminium and glass in a number of our Asian markets.
The inclusion of Britvic resulted in a higher share of recycled
content for both PET and aluminium, but the share remained
stable for total bottles and cans due to the relatively higher
production volume in PET, which is the material with the
lowest recycled content share.
Performance on target 3 (%)
Performance Baseline
Rate of recycled content 2025 2025* 2024* 2019* Δ*
PET
26 22 20 4
18 %p
Aluminium 58 55 49 41 14 %p
Glass 60 60 54 36 24 %p
Total 51 51 46 29 22 %p
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
We have restated the 2024 figure from 43% to 46% due to erroneous classification of
input data discovered after publication.
Accounting policies
The rate of recycled content is the average share of recycled
content in primary packaging (excl. steel kegs), weighted
across different packaging types using the beverage
production volume they carry. Recycled content is defined as
materials that have been reprocessed or recovered after
consumer usage with the consumer being either a
downstream customer (industry) or end-consumer.
TARGET 4: 50% reduction in virgin fossil-
based plastic by 2030
We aim to reduce our use of virgin fossil-based plastic by 50%
by 2030 compared with 2019. This can be achieved by reducing
the amount of plastic needed through lightweighting, or by
replacing virgin fossil-based plastic with recycled content or
renewable materials, such as recycled PET (rPET) or
polyethylene furanoate (PEF).
We are taking action to increase the recycled content in our
bottles and reduce the virgin fossil-based plastic in our
packaging. This will reduce the negative impact of the
significant volume of packaging materials we use.
An example of a market where the increase in rPET is well
under way is Sweden. Carlsberg Sweden’s ambition related to
rPET goes back to 2019, when it introduced bottles made with
50% rPET for its full carbonated soft drinks (CSD) and still
drinks portfolio. By working closely with suppliers and partners,
it took this ambition even further in 2025, accelerating the
transition of all CSD and still drinks plastic packaging to 80%
rPET, the highest share allowed by the Swedish deposit return
scheme. This transition is expected to be complete in early
2026. Addressing both target 3 and target 4, actions and
innovations such as this minimise the need for virgin materials
and contribute to our policy objectives of reducing consumption
of packaging materials and promoting their reuse and recycling.
Performance against target
In 2025, we used 88 kt of virgin fossil-based plastic in our
primary packaging materials. Excluding acquisitions, this figure
was 56 kt, representing a 4% decline in the use of virgin plastic
since 2024 and a 7% decline since our baseline of 2019. This
development was driven by increased use of rPET in Eastern
European markets and is in line with our expectations. Given
our strong performance in increasing the share of recycled
content in our bottles and cans, we believe we can continue to
accelerate the reduction in virgin fossil-based plastic in the
years ahead.
The impact of the acquisition of Britvic is the inclusion of a large
portion of PET, 74% which was sourced from virgin sources.
Performance on target 4 (kt)
Performance Baseline
2025 2025* 2024* 2019* Δ*
Absolute virgin plastic use 88 56 58 60 -7 %
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
We have restated the 2024 figure from 48 kt to 58 kt due to erroneous classification of
input data discovered after publication.
Accounting policies
Virgin plastic use is calculated as the weight of virgin plastic
purchased. For primary packaging, this includes plastic bottles
and kegs. For secondary packaging, this includes shrink film
and hi-cones. Virgin plastics are defined as those not purchased
as recycled or reused materials (see accounting policy on
“Total weight of recycled or reused materials” in Resource
inflows E5-4 on page 77 for definition).
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 76
ENVIRONMENT RESOURCE USE AND CIRCULAR ECONOMY E5
Packaging mix
Packaging mix (%) 2025 2024
g
Cans 38 36
g
Refillable glass bottles (RGBs) 26 30
g
Non-refillable glass bottles (NRGBs) 8 10
g
PET bottles 22 16
g
Kegs 5 6
g
Bulk 1 1
g
Other <1 <1
Accounting policies
Packaging mix is the share of total production volume of beer
and soft drinks packed in primary packaging types. This is
calculated as the volume (hl) of beverage produced in a
packaging type divided by total production volume.
Current and future allocated resources
In 2025, we invested DKK 292m in OpEx in the purchasing of
recycled packaging materials, primarily rPET. In 2026, the
investment is expected to amount to DKK 336-448m in OpEx.
The costs of purchasing cardboard or solid board with recycled
materials as well as reusable glass bottles are not captured
here due to the practice being a mainstream and thoroughly
integrated part of our packaging procurement processes
already. These costs are not specifically segmented in our
accounting and are reported based on the general rules for
financial reporting.
Other mandatory data disclosures E5-4;
E5-5
Resource inflows E5-4
Unit 2025 2024
Total weight of products and biological
materials used
kt 3,574 3,616
Total weight of recycled or reused materials kt 832 774
Share of recycled or reused materials % 23 21
Share of biological materials that are
sustainably sourced
% 5 0
Resource outflows (%) E5-5
2025 2024
Recyclable content in packaging 95 96
Note: Products in scope include the following primary packaging categories: glass
bottles, aluminium cans, PET bottles and plastic kegs (DraughtMaster). For more
information on our product outflow, see the Our business model section on p. 50.
Accounting policies
Total weight of products and biological materials includes
agricultural ingredients (adjuncts, ingredients and process
materials) and packaging materials (aluminium, glass,
plastics, steel and cardboard). The inflow is measured
through procurement reports and includes all material inflow
related to the production of beverages. We apply a consistent
cut-off period and a standardised classification system across
all regions. The share of reused or recycled content is
calculated as the weight of recycled and reused materials
divided by the total material inflow. The inflow of recycled
content includes primary, secondary and tertiary packaging
materials. For the definition of recycled content, please see
the accounting policies for recycling rate on page 75.
Biological materials that are sustainably sourced is calculated
as the weight of sustainably sourced biological materials
divided by the total inflow of biological materials. The total
inflow of biological materials includes raw materials
(including barley, sugar, syrup and wheat) and biological
packaging materials (including cardboard). For the definition
of sustainably sourced materials, please see the accounting
policies for share of raw materials that are sustainably
sourced on page 73.
Share of recyclable content in packaging is calculated as the
weight of recyclable packaging materials divided by the total
weight of packaging materials (primary, secondary and
tertiary). To be considered recyclable, the specific packaging
material must be technically designed to fit into a recycling
stream that has been proven to work in practice and at scale
in a representative market. The methodology follows the
principles of the Ellen MacArthur Foundation's global
approach. For PET materials, an assessment is conducted on
colour and barrier properties. Aluminium, cardboard and glass
are assumed to be 100% recyclable.
Measurement uncertainty: For the indicators above,
measurement uncertainties are present. This is because
weight information for agricultural ingredients and packaging
materials is sourced from procurement reports, where factors
for converting the standard unit of measurement to weight
are not always available. Where conversion factors cannot be
obtained, Carlsberg applies estimated factors based on
material-specific regional averages. Also, where supplier-
specific data on recycled content is not available, a proxy
based on available data from other suppliers is applied.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 77
ENVIRONMENT RESOURCE USE AND CIRCULAR ECONOMY E5
Material impacts, risks and opportunities SBM-3
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling & marketing
Packaging reuse &
recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
Health and safety Health and safety incidents occur at Carlsberg related to production and distribution processes and in our
sales operations. Incidents could occur anywhere in the business without a robust programme and culture
to prevent them. Impacts range from minor to severe physical injury, with a potential risk of fatalities.
n n n n n n
Negative impact
Gender disparity in senior management We have an unequal representation of genders in senior management, which can lead to disparities in the
hiring, training, pay and promotion of women in the workplace. This issue could potentially affect all
markets.
n n n n
Negative impact
Working conditions in our own
workforce
Employees and contractors may be subject to working conditions that are non-compliant with local
regulations and/or Carlsberg policies, including harassment and discrimination, overtime, inadequate
wages and infringement of the right to freedom of association. These impacts could have a negative effect
on the ability of employees and their dependants to meet their basic needs.
n n n n n n
Negative impact
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Description Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Policies S1-1
Our approach to managing the material IROs relating to our
own workforce are underpinned by our policies below. All of
these are available internally on our intranet, and all are
publicly available online.
Health & Safety Policy
Our Health & Safety Policy defines our approach to the
management of health and safety in all our business activities.
It describes how we aim to eliminate or mitigate risks of
occupational injuries and illnesses and avoid accidents for our
global workforce. It also applies to contractors while at
Carlsberg Group sites.
A substantial engagement process was undertaken in the
development and launch of the policy, with consideration and
involvement of key stakeholders, both internal and external.
The policy was revised in 2025 to create a clear connection
between our Growth Culture principles and our Zero Accidents
vision. In addition, the standards that underpin the policy are
continually reviewed and updated to ensure they remain best
in class. Any updates to the standards are communicated in
both online and offline forums in order to reach all workers,
including those without intranet access.
Carlsberg sites must have a certified health and safety
management system in place in accordance with ISO 45001
that has the same scope as the policy and monitors its
implementation. Where legal requirements are stricter than
these standards, we comply with local legislation. The policy is
aligned with the International Labour Organization’s (ILO)
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work. We
also align with International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
standards and follow international guidance on areas such as
electrical safety, asbestos and dust explosion hazards. The
EVP, Integrated Supply Chain is the most senior executive
responsible for implementing the policy.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 78
SOCIAL
OWN WORKFORCE S1
OVERVIEW
The roughly 37,000 employees who make up our
own workforce form the cornerstone of all we do at
Carlsberg, and we take great care to listen to and
engage closely with them. Our commitment to a
Growth Culture underpins how we care for our people
and sets our overall ambition to pursue excellence, act
with compassion and empower each other to grow.
Our DMA identified three material negative impacts
related to our own workforce. All employees and
contractors are potentially subject to these impacts
and are included in the scope of our disclosure. We
found no significant risk of forced or child labour in our
operations, and our climate transition plan is not
expected to negatively impact workers in a material
way. The following section discusses how we
understand the interests of and engage with our
employees, as well as the policies, targets and actions
that address our material impacts.
KEY POLICIES
Health & Safety Policy
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion Policy
Human Rights Policy
TARGETS
By 2030
Reduction in injury rate year on year
Zero lost-time injuries
40% women in senior leadership roles
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion Policy
Our Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DE&I) Policy sets out our aim
to become a more diverse, equitable and inclusive company.
We aspire to better reflect the diversity of our customers and
consumers, and to ensure all our people feel included and able
to show up as their best selves at work. We define diversity in
terms of gender equity; LGBTQ+ and allies; culture, ethnicity
and nationality; age and life stages; and diverse abilities
(visible and invisible). The policy specifically seeks to manage
the material negative impacts of unequal representation of
genders in senior management.
The policy was developed using both employee feedback
gathered via the annual My Voice employee survey and other
engagement sessions conducted across the Group. The policy
was updated in 2025 to include greater focus on DE&I
governance, behaviours, and supporting tools and resources.
The policy applies to all employees in the Carlsberg Group. It
does not specifically address people from groups at particular
risk of vulnerability, but we will consider adopting specific
policy commitments in relation to inclusion and positive action
for those at risk of vulnerability in due course. The policy is
owned by the Chief People & Culture Officer (CP&CO), and
informed and guided by the UN Women's Empowerment
Principles and the Sustainable Development Goals.
Human Rights Policy
Our Human Rights Policy articulates our commitment to
respect human rights. It outlines our continuous human rights
due diligence and rightsholder engagement, including the
provision of grievance channels. It also describes our human
rights governance and how we provide and cooperate to
remedy where appropriate.
The policy applies to our entire value chain, including all our
brands, employees, agency workers, contractors, consultants
and other individuals working on the Group’s premises or
working for or on behalf of the Group, as well as our global
business partners (all parties with whom we have a
commercial relationship) and consumers. The policy covers
respect for all human rights as defined in international
instruments and places special emphasis on the areas of
occupational health and safety, working hours and right to rest
and leisure, wages and benefits, discrimination and harassment
(based on distinguishing characteristics such as race, colour,
gender, religion, political or other opinion, national or social
origin, sexual orientation, age or disability), forced labour
(including human trafficking), child labour and juvenile work,
freedom of association and collective bargaining, water use
and access, and respect for land rights.
We are committed to respecting all internationally recognised
human rights across our global operations and value chain as
outlined in the International Bill of Human Rights, consisting of
the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International
Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR)
and the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights
(ICCPR), as well as the ILO’s Declaration on Fundamental
Principles and Rights at Work, the Children’s Rights and
Business Principles (CRBP) and the UN Women’s
Empowerment Principles. As a signatory to the UN Global
Compact, we are committed to its Ten Principles, which
incorporate human rights, and we follow the framework
provided by the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human
Rights (UNGPs) and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational
Enterprises on Responsible Business Conduct to inform our
approach to human rights due diligence.
We conduct ongoing human rights due diligence in line with
the UNGPs and strive to continuously improve our ability to
identify potential and actual human rights impacts connected
to our business and take appropriate action to prevent and
mitigate those impacts.
We are committed to providing or cooperating in the
remediation of any adverse human rights impact on individuals
(including our own workforce, workers in our value chain and
consumers) and communities that we have caused or
contributed to. We also expect our business partners to follow
this approach, and we will collaborate with judicial or non-
judicial mechanisms to provide access to remedy as applicable.
Discrimination is covered in our in-country human rights impact
assessments. Where actual or potential discrimination is
identified, a remedial action plan is established with clear
deadlines and a procedure in place if corrective actions are not
closed within the agreed timeframe.
Overall responsibility for human rights at Carlsberg lies with
the Group CEO. Our global Group Sustainability & ESG team,
which includes dedicated resources and subject matter experts,
drives our human rights due diligence process.
Furthermore, our Human Rights Manual provides extra
guidance to relevant employees on how to implement and
enforce our policy commitments in real-life situations.
Monitoring compliance with our Human
RightsPolicy
We have three methods to monitor compliance with our
Human Rights Policy across the value chain:
Country- or region-specific human rights impact assessments
(HRIAs). These are comprehensive assessments that cover
the entire value chain associated with activities in a
particular country or region, including workers, communities
and consumers, and also consider external factors, such as
political and social conditions.
Third-party audits of high-risk suppliers, most notably
SMETA audits carried out through Sedex (discussed in the
following section).
Internal human rights audits, covering our own operations,
including the working conditions of brand promoters and
third-party employees working on our premises.
These three tracks allow us to monitor policy compliance and
provide the foundation of inputs to our due diligence process.
Our due diligence process consists of four core steps: annually
assessing and prioritising impacts, implementing mitigation
action plans based on assessment findings, tracking progress
against the action plans, and communicating our efforts.
For more information, please see our Human Rights Report.
Engaging with stakeholders S1-2
Proactive employee engagement
Engaging with employees is an important element of our
people strategy, and a way for us to bring our Growth Culture
principles to life, allowing us to monitor the health, wellbeing
and sentiment of our people, identify and resolve matters as
they emerge, and gather insights on opportunities to improve
employee satisfaction. The Chief People & Culture Officer is
ultimately responsible for global engagement processes to
ensure consistency and alignment with our values.
Employee engagement happens through a wide-reaching
employee listening strategy across the following channels:
Annual My Voice survey: Our annual employee survey
actively gathers feedback to better understand employees’
experiences regarding topics including inclusion, workloads
and work-life balance. Results are shared with and reviewed
by senior management. Individual departments and
managers are responsible for setting up and managing
action plans to address challenges identified.
Global townhall meetings: Each quarter, our Group CEO and
the CFO share key business updates with employees and
give them the opportunity to raise questions and concerns.
Market visits: Senior managers regularly visit local markets,
providing employees with the opportunity for direct
engagement and dialogue.
Employee Resource Groups (ERGs): ERGs are voluntary,
employee-driven groups that come together to use their
personal passion to make their workplace more inclusive. At
Group level, one ERG is dedicated to gender balance and
one to culture, ethnicity and nationality. Feedback from ERG
activities is shared with People & Culture (P&C) to inform
our diversity, equity and inclusion strategies. These groups
also serve as a first sounding board for new developments
within P&C.
Global engagement campaign: A global engagement
campaign asked our employees around the world to
nominate a colleague who they feel embodies the principles
of our Growth Culture. This campaign resulted in 1,000
submissions and five winners who enjoyed a trip to
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 79
SOCIAL OWN WORKFORCE S1
Copenhagen to meet with CEO Jacob Aarup-Andersen and
other key leaders.
European Works Council: This standing forum discusses
cross-border employee matters within the European Union.
It includes a two-day annual conference, where employee
representatives are consulted and informed of upcoming
business developments. A framework agreement defines our
approach to the Council, aligning it with EU Directives. The
2025 Council brought together 27 representatives from 15
markets. This was the Council’s 25th annual meeting.
Onboarding and exit surveys: We are continuing to pilot
onboarding and exit surveys in 11 markets, gathering input on
what works well and where we can improve in our
employeeexperience.
An important complement to our engagement work is the
training and development of our people. We do this by, among
other things, upskilling employees through training sessions,
which averaged 17.6 hours a year per employee in 2025.
Monitoring the effectiveness of
ourengagement
To gauge the effectiveness of our engagement efforts, we
monitor several key metrics:
Engagement Survey: We monitor participation, engagement
and satisfaction levels through our annual My Voice survey,
and use the trends to inform adjustments to our
engagement strategy. Through our survey provider, we are
able to benchmark against nearly 1,300 companies across
more than 150 countries. One of the engagement-related
questions we benchmark against is how happy employees
are working at their company. On this question, our
colleagues scored an index of 82 out of 100 (based on
weighted mean scores), which is 4 points higher than
responses from the top 25% of companies answering this
question. Our leaders review and take action on the My
Voice survey result every year as an important part of our
employee listening process.
ERG participation: We track participation levels in our ERGs,
ensuring these groups remain active and effective in
providing feedback.
Talent turnover and retention: Monitoring these metrics
offers additional indicators of our engagement effectiveness
External benchmarks: We monitor global benchmarks of
employee satisfaction and always seek to perform strongly
among peers.
Engagement with non-employees in
ourworkforce
Contractors in our workforce are considered non-employees of
the Carlsberg Group. As our non-employees cover many
different needs in our business, across all markets, we do not
have one formalised process for engaging with them. However,
we follow a similar process to that described in the section
“Workers in the value chain”.
Targets and actions S1-5; S1-4
Zero Accidents Culture
Our Health & Safety Policy is founded on the belief that all
accidents are preventable, and our target of achieving zero
accidents reflects our commitment to this area. Our targets also
demonstrate that we are focused on delivering incremental and
consistent improvements as we work towards our goal of zero
accidents. For information on how our targets are based on the
views of our stakeholders, see page 53. Our two health and
safety targets are presented in the following section.
TARGETS 1 & 2: Reduction in injury rate
year on year and zero lost-time injuries
by 2030
The KPIs for these targets are the number of lost-time injuries
(LTI) and the lost-time injury rate (LTIR). These targets apply
to all our own employees. Given their related nature, the
targets are presented together in this report. Employees are
engaged on performance against targets during Safety Week
and through regular campaigns. As part of our approach to
identifying root causes and continually improving, we convene
incident review panels after LTIs and near-misses, with
communications to share learnings with the wider workforce.
To learn more about our methodology for these targets, and
for additional details, please see the corresponding accounting
policies below.
Nurturing a culture of health and safety
Our Health and Safety programme is designed to prevent
physical harm to our people caused by accidents anywhere in
the business, and to mitigate the risk of severe injuries and loss
of life.
The programme is active across all our global markets and
includes all sites (offices, breweries, warehouses etc.). It also
covers our own employees when performing work outside our
sites, including driving, making deliveries and conducting visits
at points of sale. Our health and safety measures also apply to
contractors and anybody who visits our sites.
Our Health and Safety programme has three overarching
strategic priorities, outlined below. Actions associated with the
programme are ongoing and revisited on an annual basis.
Deeply ingraining a culture of health and safety in day-to-
day behaviours across our entire workforce: To do this, we
hold regular health and safety days with interactive
workshops and strong leadership presence; run quarterly
townhall meetings to share local priorities; conduct safety
walks to maintain a focus on daily safety; and run a training
programme for leaders that goes beyond compliance and
incorporates coaching techniques to increase engagement
and foster a safety mindset.
Ensuring zero fatalities and zero severe injuries: We are
continuing to run our successful “Life Saving Rules espresso
shot” micro-training sessions to maintain awareness of our Life
Saving Rules and how they are met in real life, accompanied
by posters, videos and other communication materials.
Consistently address risk exposure reduction: In 2025, we
implemented a “Slip, trip and fall” standard, including on-site
risk assessments and gap analysis. We train all employees
on relevant work hazards, and we are continuing to spotlight
risks related to other common injuries, including chemical
hazards and driving.
A crucial enabler of success in these areas is further developing
the competence and expertise of health and safety teams
through in-depth training modules and the introduction of
sophisticated digital tools to promote safe behaviours. Our
ultimate focus is on preventing incidents. However, when one
occurs, we prioritise two things: taking care of the affected
individual and understanding how the incident happened to
identify learnings. There are a variety of measures to help
people involved in an incident, from initial responses, including
first aid and facilitation of hospital assessment, to
communication with family members and long-term physical
and mental support. An incident review panel is convened to
investigate the root causes of any incident to prevent future
occurrences. Learnings are shared across all our sites via a
weekly health and safety update.
Measuring impact and effectiveness
We measure the effectiveness of our health and safety
activities through a number of methods:
Each project has an action tracker with key milestones,
allowing us to monitor how initiatives are being realised
globally and in individual markets.
Monthly reporting processes allow markets to discuss
progress and identify opportunities, alongside regular one-
to-one calls between the head of health and safety of each
market and their regional leads.
Regular site visits, either by Group- or regional-level
leadership, assess how actions and processes are being
implemented. Sites complete self-assessment questionnaires
and internal audits are performed on a regular basis.
A heat map of previous incidents and identified risks is analysed
on an annual basis and actions are developed as needed.
At the end of each year, ongoing actions are reviewed and
refined, and new actions are introduced, focusing on the key
areas to be addressed. Actions are also informed by local legal
requirements as well as consultations with key stakeholders.
Informed by our Health & Safety Policy, consultations with
internal and external stakeholders, and implementation of
best-practice examples and regulation, we continue to mitigate
negative impacts on our own workforce.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 80
SOCIAL OWN WORKFORCE S1
Performance against targets
In 2025, we recorded 122 lost-time injuries and a lost-time
injury rate of 1.9. Excluding acquisitions, we recorded 79 lost-
time injuries, representing a 16% decrease from 94 in 2024, and
a 74% decrease from 302 in our baseline year of 2015. Also
excluding acquisitions, we recorded a lost-time injury rate of
1.4, a 19% decrease from 1.7 in 2024 and a 69% decrease from
4.4 in our baseline year of 2015.
Most of our markets reported a reduction in incident frequency
and successfully lowered the severity of reported cases. These
improvements are evident across most incident categories and
are primarily driven by our targeted efforts to prevent slips,
trips, and falls – demonstrating the effectiveness of our
dedicated awareness campaigns and behavioural initiatives.
We also experienced zero severe injuries and fatalities in 2025.
Our organic development aligns with our expectations and
underscores our long-term commitment to fostering a global
culture of health and safety.
The acquisition of Britvic has included a rise in absolute
numbers, primarily due to the addition of approximately 4,400
employees. As part of this integration, we are actively
embedding our ambitious health and safety culture and global
standards across the organisation.
Performance on targets 1-2
Performance Baseline
Unit 2025 2025* 2024* 2015* Δ*
Lost-time injuries,
own employees
# 122 79 94 302 -74 %
Lost-time injury
rate, own
employees
rate 1.9 1.4 1.7 4.4 -69 %
Lost-time injuries,
contractors
# 29 25 37
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
The 2024 figure has been restated from 1.6 to 1.7 to reflect a revised FTE scope
excluding external FTEs.
Health and safety figures for Carlsberg employees S1-14
Unit 2025 2024
Employees covered by Carlsberg's health and
safety management system
% 100 100
Fatalities as a result of work-related injuries
and work-related ill health
# 0 0
Recordable work-related injuries # 206 190
Recordable work-related injuries rate rate 3.2 3.4
Note: Number of fatalities of contractors on Carlsberg sites caused by work-related injuries or
work-related ill health is 0.
The 2024 figure has been restated from 3.3 to 3.4 to reflect a revised FTE scope excluding
external FTEs.
Accounting policies
Lost-time injuries are injuries that result in absence from work
for one or more days.
All employees covered by our health and safety management
system are also covered by our formal Health & Safety
Policy. See further information on page 78.
Recordable work-related injuries includes the number of:
fatalities; permanent disabilities, which are injuries leading to
lasting impairment; lost-time injuries (LTI), which are injuries
causing absence from work for one or more days; restricted
work incidents (RWI), which are injuries where the individual
can only perform restricted work for one or more days
following the incident; and medical treatment incidents (MTI),
which are incidents requiring medical treatment by a licensed
health professional.
The lost-time injury rate and the recordable work-related
injury rate are both calculated as the number of cases per 1
million hours worked. The number of hours worked per year
is calculated by multiplying the number of FTEs by a factor
of 1,746 hours.
The lost-time injury and recordable work-related injury
metrics cover own employees, whereas the number of
fatalities covers both own employees and contractors.
Diversity, equity and inclusion
Based on the aspirations set out in our DE&I Policy, we defined
a range of commitments that will help guide our decisions,
increase awareness and ensure we concentrate our efforts
where we can have the most positive impact in mitigating
inequality. One of these commitments is our target to increase
the number of women in senior leadership roles by 2030,
described below.
TARGET 1: 40% women in senior
leadership roles by 2030
As with all our ESG targets, this one was set based on
extensive stakeholder engagement. Please see page 53 for
more information on this process. To learn more about our
methodology for this target, and for additional details, please
see the corresponding accounting policies below.
Last year, we achieved our interim target of 30% women in
senior leadership roles by 2024. Our next interim target is 35%
by 2027. These targets apply to all senior leaders globally
(director level and above).
Cultivating a diverse, equitable and
inclusiveworkplace
The foundation of our approach to diversity, equity and
inclusion is strong business ownership of the topic and clear
targets that guide our journey. We work towards these targets
by offering training and instituting policies that support our
vision; running dedicated talent programmes and equitable
recruitment and promotion processes. We complement this
work with ongoing awareness raising – through learning
opportunities, webinars and celebrations of cultural events
across our markets. Through the dialogues we engage in
during these awareness campaigns, we are also able to identify
improvements and plan future priorities and initiatives.
Our approach to diversity, equity and inclusion seeks to
promote gender equity in response to material issues for our
workforce. Achieving our target in this area will broaden
perspectives in leadership, improve staff retention and
strengthen our succession planning.
To do this, we have a robust diversity, equity and inclusion
agenda with actions to ensure that our business activities do
not negatively impact our workforce. We monitor the
effectiveness of our policies and actions via targeted questions
in the annual My Voice employee survey, regular employee
listening sessions, SpeakUp complaints, matters raised in
Employee Resource Groups and outcomes of talent sessions, in
which the CP&CO and ExCom review potential promotions,
leadership pipelines and risk of turnover among senior women
leaders in each team. Some key programmes that support our
strategic focus are:
DE&I roadmaps: All of our markets have and execute on
DE&I roadmaps. These roadmaps lay out the locally specific
actions to be taken in order to meet our global target. The
roll-out of these roadmaps began in 2024 and was
completed in 2025. The roadmaps are informed by local
insights, including research papers commissioned for each
market on the state of diversity and inclusion in their
country, and are signed off by country managing directors
and regional EVPs, ensuring senior stakeholder support.
Roadmaps and their progress are evaluated yearly in Q1, and
discussions are taken as to whether more support is needed.
Women’s Sponsorship Programme: This is an ongoing
programme established in 2023 to develop identified women
leaders to take on executive roles. In 2025, 13 women from
across our regions and functions participated to better
prepare them for success in senior leadership roles. The
success of the programme is measured by monitoring
promotions for participants over two years following the
conclusion of the programme.
ExCom Mentoring Programme: This mentoring programme
pairs ExCom members with identified women in manager
and senior manager roles for a one-to-one mentoring
programme to assist them with developing further in their
career. 2025 was the first year of this programme, and it
runs on an annual cycle with the ambition to continue in
years to come. 16 women were selected for the programme
in 2025.
Training: Our Leading Inclusively training is designed to
expand all employees’ knowledge of diversity, equity and
inclusion, to increase appreciation of the value of inclusion
and to develop new habits that foster a more inclusive
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 81
SOCIAL OWN WORKFORCE S1
working environment. In 2025, this training was attended by
196 employees at our central office.
Pay Transparency dashboard: We continue to work with our
internal Pay Transparency dashboard to monitor pay equity
across positions, functions and levels. Our priority is to
ensure there is equal pay for equal work. Initially for our
Western European markets, it is now being rolled out in
further markets, focusing on Central & Eastern Europe. This
tool creates greater transparency on how our markets
implement our Global Pay Principles – including, but not
limited to, ensuring gender equity, allowing us to gather
insights on any potential issues and supporting us in creating
mitigating action plans. We work with this tool on an
ongoing basis and especially with an annual focus on
ensuring the annual salary review process continues to
promote our principles of fairness and equality. We are
satisfied that, based on all available data, we continue to
operate according to the principle of equal pay for equal
work, while continuing to address issues of female
representation at the most senior management levels. Our
reported global gender pay gap is minimal, but we are
aware this number does not measure equal pay for equal
work and is heavily influenced by the geographic and
functional composition of the workforce. We are therefore
continuing to monitor on a granular level in each market.
Performance against target
In 2025, the representation of women in senior leadership
continued to improve, with women accounting for 33% of
senior leadership roles. Excluding acquisitions, the development
was very similar, landing at 34%, representing an increase of 4
percentage points from 30% in 2024 and 6 percentage points
from 28% in our baseline year of 2020. Our steady
performance underscores the positive impact of our targeted
actions and established processes. The percentage of women
in ExCom remained consistent at 30% in 2025, up from 0%
in2020.
Progress in action
Accelerating action for gender
equity in the UK
In the UK, the Be‑Empowered Network Group is driving
meaningful progress towards greater gender equity by
elevating female talent and increasing the visibility of
women across the business. In 2025, the group led
International Women’s Day celebrations across several
sites, inspiring open conversations and personal pledges
under the theme Accelerate Action. To spotlight women in
senior leadership, the team also hosted a podcast exploring
how collective leadership can advance gender equity.
A powerful example of activation came on the
International Day of Women in Engineering, where
Carlsberg Britvic celebrated its brilliant female engineers.
With women representing only 15.7% of the UK
engineering workforce, the initiative aimed to challenge
underrepresentation by showcasing authentic career
stories – internally and on LinkedIn – to spark
awareness, inspire young talent and encourage more
women to pursue engineering.
Gender split in senior leadership S1-9, performance on
target 1
Performance Baseline
Unit 2025 2025* 2024* 2020* Δ*
Female # 310 286 246
% 33 34 30 28 6%p
Male # 619 566 562
% 67 66 70
Other # 0 0 0
% 0 0 0
Not reported # 0 0 0
% 0 0 0
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded
entities.
Note: S1-9 data disclosure continues on p. 83.
Accounting policies
Senior leadership is defined as employees at director level and
above. The metrics reported are based on headcount at year-end.
Gender pay gap (%) S1-16
2025 2024
Gender pay gap -3 0
Note: CEO pay (S1-16) is disclosed in our Remuneration Report.
Accounting policies
Gender pay gap is calculated as the difference between the
average gross annual pay of all male and female FTEs
divided by the average gross annual pay of all male FTEs. A
negative percentage indicates that female employees earn
more on average. Gross pay includes all fixed and variable
components of compensation.
Measurement uncertainty: Gross annual pay per FTE is partly
based on forecast figures and certain components of
remuneration that cannot be attributed to individual
employees are split using an estimate, which causes
measurement uncertainty.
Working conditions in our ownworkforce
Harassment and discrimination
We do not tolerate any acts of physical, verbal, sexual or
psychological harassment, bullying, abuse or threats in the
workplace, nor in any work-related circumstances outside the
workplace. Harassment is not identified to be a systemic issue at
Carlsberg, but individual cases unfortunately can occur. We
continuously offer training programmes to enhance awareness of
how to avoid any type of harassment, and how employees can
speak up and respond if it does occur. Key training programmes
include our unconscious bias awareness training, which is
available to all employees, inclusive leadership training, which is
available to all people leaders and mandatory for our 350 most
senior leaders, and sexual harassment awareness training, which
is mandatory for all employees. We monitor participation in these
training programmes to ensure that engagement remains strong.
As with other employee-related actions, the My Voice survey
helps us identify areas for improvement.
SpeakUp cases are monitored and analysed to track the
effectiveness of our policies and actions related to harassment
prevention and response, and to prioritise future actions.
Remediating actions are managed locally or centrally,
depending on their severity. We do not have an official global
target or baseline, as our focus is on securing robust processes
and management oversight. Our ambition is to reduce the
number of confirmed cases of harassment each year.
Overtime
Our 2025 saliency assessment of potential human rights
impacts found that excessive overtime is a salient issue among
our workforce. This finding is supported by internal human
rights audits and impact assessments. It is relevant for our
hourly employees, and can occur for a number of reasons,
including non-optimal organisation of shift patterns. Though
we do not have targets related to the issue of overtime, we
have instituted a number of actions based on the outcomes of
our audits and assessments. A global action has been the 2024
update to our Human Rights Policy. Previously, the policy was
not explicit in its description of the limits of working hours. By
updating it to be explicit, we have made it easier for our
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 82
SOCIAL OWN WORKFORCE S1
markets to uphold the policy and monitor its implementation
consistently through impact assessments and audits. We also
launched a new global human rights e-learning training
programme, which is mandatory for all employees. The
training includes a case on working hours, spotlighting its
importance to our human rights agenda. In markets where
overtime was found to be a salient issue, more specific actions
are also under way, for example changing shift patterns to
avoid the risk of overtime and implementing overtime alert and
approval systems so that requested overtime must be checked
by a series of managers before it can be approved – limiting
the risk of excessive overtime. While these concrete actions
were implemented in certain markets in 2025, the monitoring
of overtime remains an ongoing and continuous process.
Collective bargaining and social dialogue
We welcome collective bargaining and do not discriminate
against anyone taking part. Our stance regarding collective
bargaining is clearly set out in our global Human Rights Policy.
Collective bargaining agreements are negotiated regularly at
local level in each market, complying with all relevant laws and
regulations regarding labour rights. To ensure we stay abreast
of changing requirements, each of our markets continuously
monitors regulations relevant to our operations.
Collective bargaining agreements are negotiated in good faith,
and we are careful to consult and inform relevant employee
representatives regarding potential changes to working
conditions, as appropriate. By doing this, we aim to ensure our
employees feel consulted and well informed about business
activities and developments.
We do not have a global target or baseline, as our focus is on
securing sound processes and strong management support for
engaging with employee representatives. We do, however,
track collective bargaining in our workforce annually in order
to stay up to date and aware of any developments. The
proportion of employees covered by such agreements varies
considerably from market to market. We monitor the progress
of any collective bargaining negotiations across locations and
escalate any areas of concern to the CP&CO as needed. In
2025, 58% of our global workforce was covered by collective
bargaining agreements. This represents a slight decrease of 3
percentage points compared with 2024, primarily due to the
inclusion of Britvic UK.
Collective bargaining and social dialogue (%) S1-8
2025 2024
Percentage of total employees covered by collective
bargaining agreements 58 61
Western Europe (excl. EEA) 34 49
CEEI (excl. EEA) 63 65
Asia 59 60
Percentage of employees covered by workers'
representatives
1
72 72
1
An agreement signed with the European Works Council (EWC) is included in these figures.
Accounting policies
Collective bargaining agreements covering Carlsberg
employees include those signed by the Carlsberg Group or
any of its entities, as well as agreements signed by an
employee organisation of which the Carlsberg Group or any
of its entities are members.
Applicable workers representatives include trade union
representatives elected in accordance with national legislation
and practice, as well as other duly elected representatives
who are freely elected by the workers of the organisation.
Wage adequacy (S1-10)
Every year, we gather data in all our markets regarding the
lowest wage paid. This data is benchmarked against national
minimum wages where available, and WageIndicator’s
benchmark of living wages where national minimum wages
were not available. In 2025, findings from this review again
confirmed that we are paying all employees at or above the
minimum wage or living wage, depending on the
aforementioned data availability. If any areas of concern are
identified through our data review, they are reported to the
CP&CO and action plans are developed to address any issues.
We do not have a global target or baseline related to this
topic, as our performance currently indicates we do not
experience cases of employees paid below the minimum or
living wage.
We track this wage data centrally and continue to work with
all markets to ensure our global pay principles are applied
consistently and fairly. To attract and retain employees, we
offer competitive salaries and regularly review local payment
practices against criteria aligned with the ESRS framework. Our
commitment to pay a competitive wage is reflected in our
Global Pay Principles and is one of the ways we aim to create
a positive employee experience.
To gather employee perspectives on the adequacy of wages
throughout our global workforce, in 2023 we introduced a new
question to the My Voice survey, asking whether employees
feel they are fairly compensated for the work they do. In 2025,
the results were 7 percentage points higher than the Glint
Global Benchmark. This question will remain in the annual
survey going forward.
For information regarding allocation of financial resources,
see page 91.
Mandatory data disclosures. S1-6; S1-9
Employee headcount by contract type, broken down by
gender (#) S1-6
2025 Female Male Other
Not
disclosed Total
Total employees 10,548 26,448 2 0 36,998
Permanent employees 9,721 24,813 2 0 34,536
Temporary employees 715 1,495 0 0 2,210
Non-guaranteed hours
employees
112 140 0 0 252
Full-time employees 10,010 26,045 1 0 36,056
Part-time employees 538 403 1 0 942
2024 Female Male Other
Not
disclosed Total
Total employees 8,819 23,771 1 0 32,591
Permanent employees 8,186 22,042 0 0 30,228
Temporary employees 521 1,537 1 0 2,059
Non-guaranteed hours
employees
112 192 0 0 304
Full-time employees 8,406 23,414 1 0 31,821
Part-time employees 413 357 0 0 770
The 2024 figures have been restated to reflect corrected employee classifications
identified during this year’s reporting cycle. The number of non-guaranteed hours
employees has increased by 171, and the number of part-time employees by 277. These
employees were previously reported under other contract types, so the figures have
been adjusted accordingly.
Note: The corresponding financial reconciliation for FTE figures can be found on p. 158.
Employee headcount in countries where Carlsberg has
at least 50 employees representing at least 10% of its
total number of employees (#) S1-6
Country 2025 2024
China 6,577 6,843
United Kingdom 4,102 N/A
Employee headcount by gender (#) S1-6
2025 2024
Male 26,448 23,771
Female 10,548 8,819
Other 2 1
Not reported 0 0
Total 36,998 32,591
Employee headcount by age S1-9
Unit 2025 2024
Employees under 30 years old
# 6,539 6,204
% 18 19
Employees between 30 and 50 years old
# 22,316 19,466
% 60 60
Employees over 50 years old
# 8,142 6,921
% 22 21
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 83
SOCIAL OWN WORKFORCE S1
Employee turnover S1-6
Unit 2025 2024
Employees who have left Carlsberg # 6,084 5,077
Employee turnover % 16 16
Accounting policies
All employee characteristics are reported based on headcount
at year-end. Employees are classified by both contract type
and working time. Contract types include: permanent
employees, defined as those with a permanent contract (with
consideration for local variations in definition); temporary
employees, who hold a temporary contract; and non-
guaranteed hours employees, who do not have a guaranteed
minimum or fixed number of working hours. Working time is
determined based on full-time equivalent (FTE) registration.
Employees registered as 1.0 FTE are considered full-time, while
those registered as less than 1.0 FTE are considered part-time.
Gender is reported based on the gender stated by the
employee, in accordance with local data protection regulations.
Employee turnover covers people leaving the organisation,
including all employees who have left through voluntary
resignations, dismissals, retirement and death during the
reporting year. The rate of employee turnover is calculated as
the number of employees who have left the organisation
during the reporting period divided by the total number of
employees at year-end.
Grievance mechanisms and corresponding figures S1-17
Unit 2025 2024
Incidents of discrimination, including harassment # 45 39
Complaints filed through channels for people in
own workforce to raise concerns
# 51 17
Complaints filed to National Contact Points for
OECD Multinational Enterprises
# 0 0
Fines, penalties and compensation for damages
as a result of the incidents & complaints
DKK 0 0
Confirmed severe human rights incidents
connected to own workforce
# 0 0
Confirmed severe human rights incidents
connected to own workforce that are cases of
non-respect of UN Guiding Principles and OECD
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises
# 0 0
Fines, penalties and compensation for damages
related to confirmed severe human rights
incidents
DKK 0 0
Confirmed severe human rights incidents
connected to upstream and downstream value
chain
1
# 0 0
Confirmed severe human rights incidents
connected to consumers and/or end-users
1
# 0 0
Note: No confirmed severe human rights incidents occurred within the 2025 reporting
year. Since there have been no material fines, there is no corresponding financial
reconciliation.
1
Figures are relevant to S2 and S4.
Accounting policies
Incidents of discrimination, including harassment, include all
substantiated cases of bullying and harassment, sexual
harassment, discrimination and retaliation. The scope of
reporting covers cases regarding own employees, recorded
through the SpeakUp Line.
Complaints filed through channels for people in own workforce
to raise concerns includes any complaints related to the work
environment and health and safety, but excludes incidents
categorised under "discrimination and harassment", as these are
reported as part of the above metric. The scope for reporting
covers cases regarding own employees reported through the
SpeakUp Line and the OECD National Contact Points.
Confirmed severe human rights incidents includes reported
figures of confirmed severe human rights incidents (defined in
line with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human
Rights (UNGPs)). The scope of reporting includes cases
regarding own employees recorded through the SpeakUp
Line, in-country human rights impact assessments and audits,
and substantiated lawsuits and public reports. All human
rights incidents are assessed annually based on their scale,
scope and remediability, and categorised as severe on a case-
by-case basis.
All confirmed severe human rights incidents are considered
cases of non-respect of established human rights frameworks.
Incidents under investigation are not considered confirmed.
Confirmed severe human rights incidents connected to our
value chain and end-users are defined in the same way and
follow the same process as for issues and incidents related to
our own employees. Additionally, any cases found in supplier
audits are considered confirmed.
Fines, penalties and compensation for damages includes any
financial payments paid in relation to confirmed cases within
the fiscal year.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 84
SOCIAL OWN WORKFORCE S1
Material impacts, risks and opportunities SBM-3
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling & marketing
Packaging reuse &
recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
Working conditions in the upstream
supply chain
Upstream supply chain employees may be subject to working conditions that are non-compliant with local
regulations and/or Carlsberg policies. Negative impacts of these conditions on supply chain workers could
include excessive working hours, inadequate wages or inadequate personal protective equipment.
n n n n n
Negative impact
Working conditions in the downstream
supply chain
Downstream supply chain employees may be subject to working conditions that are non-compliant with
local regulations and/or Carlsberg policies. Negative impacts of these conditions on supply chain workers
could include excessive working hours, inadequate wages or inadequate personal protective equipment.
n n n n n n
Negative impact
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Description Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Understanding interests of value
chainworkers
Within our supply chain, including among indirect suppliers, we
interact with marginalised or vulnerable groups, including
migrant workers, women, ethnic minorities, children and
indigenous people. Value chain employees (including
employees at upstream and downstream business partners)
may be subject to working conditions that are non-compliant
with local regulations and/or Carlsberg policies and guidelines,
such as the Carlsberg Human Rights Policy, the Supplier &
Licensee Code of Conduct and the Brand Promoter Manual.
The impacts on value chain workers may include, but are not
limited to, poor working conditions, excessive working hours,
inadequate wages or inadequate personal protective
equipment. These are the systemic issues that consistently
emerge across countries and industries. We have identified
heightened risks in Malaysia and China, for example,
particularly regarding labour management in the agricultural
sector. We also recognise the risk of material negative impacts
affecting brand promoters (such as discrimination and
inadequate compensation) and workers in the informal waste
sector of our downstream value chain, who are particularly
vulnerable to instances of child labour, and harsh (extreme
heat) and unsafe working conditions (safety hazards).
Policies S2-1
Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct
Our Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct (SLCOC) details the
minimum requirements we expect suppliers to adhere to
regarding labour conditions, human rights, environmental
protection and business ethics. It is based on and/or aligned
with international frameworks, including the ILO Conventions,
the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the
UN Global Compact and the OECD Guidelines for Responsible
Business Conduct.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 85
SOCIAL
WORKERS IN THE VALUE CHAIN S2
OVERVIEW
We rely on thousands of value chain workers
across many industries and geographies to be able
to run our business – from sourcing our raw
materials, to marketing our products to customers
and consumers, and to ensuring our packaging gets
recycled. Our DMA identified two material negative
impacts related to workers in our value chain. The
following section outlines how we understand the
interests of workers in our value chain and how we
engage with them. It also presents the policies,
targets and actions we undertake to address our
impacts on these stakeholders.
KEY POLICIES
Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct
Human Rights Policy
To make sure the SLCOC is adhered to and implemented by our
suppliers, we use the Sedex platform and the Sedex Members
Ethical Trade Audits (SMETA) methodology to monitor high-
risk tier 1 suppliers. An essential part of the monitoring process
includes in-person, confidential worker interviews. If any
instances of non-compliance are identified during the audit
process, the supplier is expected to develop a corrective action
plan and close the findings within a certain timeframe. In case
of structural issues on a broader scale, we partner with NGOs
and industry peers through the member organisation AIM
Progress to find solutions in a collaborative way.
The SLCOC addresses issues of forced labour and human
trafficking and child labour. It also mandates that suppliers
notify Carlsberg as soon as they become aware of any actual
or potential breach of any laws, or any actual or suspected act
of slavery or human trafficking.
Principles in the SLCOC and Sedex audits are aligned with the
UNGPs and the ILO Fundamental Principles and Rights at
Work. Among some suppliers in the scope of audits, some
deviations to the requirements in the audit have been observed
and reported. Most violations occur in the area of occupational
health and safety, followed by working hours and wages.
Our policy is defined by a risk-based approach to human rights.
While the SLCOC is part of every supplier contract, monitoring
of adherence to the SLCOC is based on a risk assessment,
which aims to cover all suppliers with a high risk profile by the
end of 2026.
The EVP, Integrated Supply Chain is the most senior executive
responsible for implementing the SLCOC. The SLCOC was
revised in 2024 to better reflect the requirements of the
SMETA audits across four main areas: labour conditions,
human rights, environmental management systems and
business ethics. The SLCOC is available internally on our
intranet, and publicly available online. Our Human Rights
Policy is also relevant for workers in our value chain and is
described in S1-2.
Engaging with stakeholders S2-2
Engaging with upstream value
chainworkers
Screening suppliers for risks
We screen our suppliers using four different tools, which are
partially included in the procurement process.
New and existing high-risk suppliers are asked to fill in an
online Self Assessment Questionnaire (SAQ) provided by
Sedex, an organisation for enhancing supply chain
transparency and auditing, to get a basic understanding of
workers’ conditions at the supplier site.
If the questionnaire shows a potential risk to workers, we ask
the supplier to undergo a SMETA audit, covering labour
conditions and human rights at the production site and other
topics.
We offer suppliers internal and external training free of
charge to build capacity.
For categories and industries that have been identified as
high-risk, we apply additional scrutiny over working conditions
and respecting human rights, including conducting human
rights impact assessments (HRIAs) and offering training and
education directly to higher-risk suppliers through our
specially trained procurement teams.
To ensure we consider the perspectives of individual workers, our
HRIAs include direct inputs from workers in our supply chain.
Likewise, as part of a Sedex audit, auditors are required to speak
to workers and ask for specific feedback. These conversations
are conducted in a way that ensures confidentiality. Our
procurement team also carries out internal supplier relationship
management talks with selected suppliers, during which
suppliers are rated on their responsible sourcing performance.
If an issue is identified via our processes, the regional manager
is the first point of escalation. The VP, Group Procurement is
notified if further escalation is needed and also consulted if a
responsible exit of a business relationship might be required.
Monitoring the effectiveness of
ourengagement
To monitor the effectiveness of our engagement, we evaluate
audit performance results and improvement curves over time.
Through training of our suppliers in high-risk topics, we
contribute to building long-term capacity at our suppliers to be
able to adhere to the requirements of our SLCOC.
Our HRIAs and the Sedex audit process ensure we gain insight
into the situations of vulnerable people within our value chain.
We also monitor global media for developments that might
impact vulnerable individuals in our supply chain.
Engaging with downstream value
chainworkers
Screening for human rights impacts
As part of our country-specific HRIAs, we conduct confidential
face-to-face interviews with rightsholders about their
perspectives on issues such as harassment, safety and working
conditions. Our HRIAs are managed by external third-party
organisations with extensive expertise in this area. They
engage directly with workers in their own language.
Brand promoters are an at-risk group within our downstream
activities. The EVPs in each of the regions where we operate
are ultimately responsible for implementing the Brand
Promoter Manual, which outlines how our Human Rights
Policy should be put into practice regarding this stakeholder
group. We check that their working conditions align with the
guidance in the Brand Promoter Manual. If actual or potential
negative impacts are identified, these are included in the
impact assessment remedial action plan. In some markets,
supervisors hold weekly meetings with brand promoters to
gather their feedback.
Outsourced drivers in our downstream value chain are also
identified as at-risk. The VP, Group Procurement has ultimate
oversight of this group. While we do not follow a specific
Global Framework Agreement within our supplier contracts, we
have general terms of procurement, including provisions in
respect of human rights, applicable to all contracted parties
everywhere we operate.
Undertaking research and
awarenessbuilding
In markets where formal recycling infrastructure is lacking, the
job of collecting packaging, such as bottles and cans for
recycling, falls to informal waste pickers. Their working
conditions can be hazardous and precarious, with a lack of
health and safety precautions and reliable pay. There is also a
risk of child labour. To achieve our ESG targets, we work with
industry players and others to support the development of
formalised processes for collection of used packaging, including
effective deposit return schemes.
In 2025, we conducted a baseline study of post-consumer
packaging in Laos to map and better understand how
recyclable materials are handled – formally and informally.
The study was conducted with the support of a global
consultancy specialising in this field, as well as its local
representatives and implementation partners on the ground.
This research included field observations and extensive
stakeholder engagements through interviews and workshops.
Participants included informal waste workers and their
communities, as well as representatives from civil society and
the private and public sectors. The study focused on identifying
human rights and environmental impacts, risks and opportunities
connected to post-consumer plastics in the market, and
producing actionable recommendations to take forward.
The outcomes of this initial assessment set the foundation for
our next steps, which include defining a roadmap to activate the
recommendations over time in cooperation with our local team,
our expert partner and selected implementation partners.
Monitoring the effectiveness of
ourengagement
We monitor the progress of action plans stemming from
HRIAs, checking that they are being implemented effectively
and within the established timelines. We also monitor reports
to our SpeakUp grievance line to identify any trends regarding
human rights-related grievances.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 86
SOCIAL WORKERS IN THE VALUE CHAIN S2
Targets and actions S2-5; S2-4
We do not currently have an official target for responsible
sourcing, as we are focused on building a strong foundation
through policies and processes. However, our responsible
sourcing commitments include an ambition of achieving 100%
compliance with our Supplier & Licensee Code of Conduct. To
track this, compliance with our SLCOC is continuously
monitored through SMETA audits.
Onboarding of suppliers to Sedex began in 2023. In the coming
years, we aim for all high-risk suppliers to be onboarded to the
Sedex platform and for the majority of them to be audited. For
suppliers that receive a high risk score, we also expect to see
progress and improvement after their first audit.
Details of our tracking of the effectiveness of our policies
and actions can be found on this page in the section
“Monitoring effectiveness.
For information regarding allocation of financial resources, see
page 91.
Expanding our Responsible Sourcing Framework
In 2025, we further implemented our enhanced Responsible
Sourcing Framework, sharpening our focus on salient human
rights risks in the supply chain. We did this by carrying out
more training programmes, conducting more audits and
follow-ups to these audits, and further expanding our scope of
suppliers. By communicating our standards and expectations
to suppliers, monitoring their compliance and supporting them
in improving their performance where needed, we aim to
ensure ethical and socially responsible business practices
throughout our supply chain as set out in our SLCOC.
Integrated into procurement processes, the framework ensures
compliance with the SLCOC as part of doing business.
Applying a risk-based screening process
Launched as a pilot in 2023, the Responsible Sourcing
Framework utilises the Sedex Risk Assessment tool for the
inherent country and industry risk assessment, and the
outcome of the salient human rights risk assessment to
prevent material negative impacts on supply chain workers.
For raw materials with higher levels of risk, the framework sets
the requirement for transparency on the origin of the materials
to prove they are responsibly sourced. We seek assurance via
the Responsible Minerals Assurance Process of the Responsible
Minerals Initiative for cobalt and Bonsucro certification for sugar.
Enrolling suppliers in the programme
A prerequisite for entering a business relationship with us is to
sign and adhere to the SLCOC. Suppliers located in higher-risk
countries, or supplying higher-risk raw materials, are asked to
register on the Sedex platform. However, we encourage all
suppliers, regardless of risk level, to connect with us on Sedex
to enhance transparency.
In 2025, the number of Carlsberg suppliers on the Sedex
platform reached 761, a significant increase from more than
200 in 2024. This growth was driven by our continued roll-out
of the Sedex programme and the addition of Britvic’s 421
suppliers present on the Sedex platform. All of these suppliers
were asked to complete the detailed Sedex SAQ. Those
showing a high risk profile were required to additionally
complete a SMETA audit on labour, ethical, environmental,
and health and safety risks. Many of our suppliers in lower risk
categories also conducted SMETA audits to identify areas for
continuous improvement. These audits, which include site visits,
were conducted by Sedex-approved third-party auditors.
Remediating issues
If we find that we are directly linked to adverse impacts on
human rights, we will use our leverage to help bring positive
change. The Sedex escalation process ensures that a best-
practice procedure is followed and follow-up actions are
monitored in a timely manner. If gaps that might lead to a
severe violation of ESG criteria are not closed, we apply an
escalation and remediation process. If this fails, we will
consider terminating the business relationship. In instances of
specific material negative impacts on value chain workers, we
undertake supplier training in partnership with external
providers, host supplier days and collaborate with industry
peers to address specific challenges.
We are a member of AIM Progress, a forum that allows us to
share best practices and identify opportunities to collaborate
on mutual recognition of certifications or standards. It also
provides an essential platform for addressing broad-based
issues that impact the whole industry, such as working
conditions in the sugar cane industry.
Monitoring effectiveness
The effectiveness of our Responsible Sourcing Framework is
monitored via reporting tools within the Sedex platform,
including the number of suppliers onboarded to Sedex and the
number of audits that have been conducted. More information
about our Responsible Sourcing Framework can be found in
our Human Rights Report.
Training and communication
Proper training and communication are essential for
maintaining our Responsible Sourcing Framework. In 2025, we
provided training sessions for our procurement teams and
suppliers with a focus on the SLCOC and its 2024 updates, as
exemplified in the case study to the right. This built on
foundational work we carried out in 2024, when we provided
six training sessions across our three regions.
We conduct training on specific supply chain issues on a
regional, country or raw material basis as required, focusing
primarily on prevention and risk mitigation. We also
communicate our SpeakUp Policy and the details of how
workers in our value chain can raise an issue if a breach of our
SLCOC is suspected. To gauge the effectiveness of our training,
we monitor how quickly suppliers complete the Sedex
questionnaire after attending one of our sessions.
Progress in action
Accelerating our responsible
sourcing journey in Malaysia
In 2025, we launched a responsible sourcing supplier
capability building programme in Malaysia, reinforcing
our commitment to ethical and transparent supply
chains. Delivered in collaboration with AIM Progress – a
global alliance advancing human rights in supply chains
– the programme brings together leading FMCG
companies and their suppliers in an effort to build trust
and establish best practices.
The programme, managed by external human rights
experts, offers workshops, toolkits and best practice
sharing. The kick-off event in November 2025 hosted
over 200 attendees representing more than 70 suppliers
of major FMCG companies, including ours.
Running from November 2025 to May 2026, the
initiative’s customised workshops cover responsible
recruitment, fair labour practices and grievance handling.
This effort builds on successful annual supplier days
hosted by Carlsberg Malaysia since 2024, which bring
together suppliers and procurement teams in an effort to
build a resilient, risk-managed supply base and drive
industry-wide improvements.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 87
SOCIAL WORKERS IN THE VALUE CHAIN S2
Material impacts, risks and opportunities SBM-3
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling & marketing
Packaging reuse &
recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
Health and safety connected to
harmful or excessive consumption
Excessive consumption of our products can have a negative impact on consumers and end-users. For
alcoholic products specifically, those impacts can include addiction, physical accidents, and other impacts on
people and society. Excessive consumption of our products can lead to alcohol- and sugar-associated
illnesses and diseases. We encourage responsible consumption for all consumers, and recognise that
vulnerable groups, such as pregnant women and children, are particularly affected by these impacts.
n n n n
Negative impact
Negative impacts from marketing
practices
Irresponsible marketing of soft drinks includes appealing to children and claiming health benefits.
Irresponsible marketing of alcoholic beverages includes appealing to those below the legal drinking age,
promoting excessive consumption of alcoholic beverages, associating drinking alcoholic beverages with
unsafe activities, success or enhanced abilities, and claiming health benefits. These practices could expose
children or other vulnerable groups to our products, encourage excessive consumption of alcoholic
beverages, or associate alcoholic beverages with unsafe behaviour.
n n n n
Negative impact
Negative public perception of alcohol Negative public perception of alcohol can potentially lead to less purchasing of our alcoholic products,
which could pose a financial risk to the business.
n n n
Business risk
Expanding our range of no- and low-
alcohol brews
As consumer interest in health and wellbeing grows, we have an opportunity to benefit from increased
demand for no- and low-alcohol brews. We have already seen impressive sales growth from this portfolio
of products and expect this trajectory to continue.
n n n
Business
opportunity
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Description Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 88
SOCIAL
CONSUMERS AND END-USERS S4
OVERVIEW
We have the privilege of being able to reach
consumers directly through our products and brands.
This privilege also comes with a responsibility in terms
of how we market our products. We are committed to
offering great-tasting drinks for every occasion,
including catering for changing consumer attitudes
towards alcohol, moderation and healthy lifestyles.
Our DMA identified two material negative impacts
related to our consumers and end-users. In addition, it
identified one financial risk and one related financial
opportunity. In this section, we share how we
understand the interests of and engage with our
consumers, and detail the policies, targets and actions
we have in place to address our material IROs related
to all consumers.
KEY POLICIES
Marketing & Communications Code
TARGETS
By 2030
35% of our brews globally are low-alcohol or
alcohol-free
100% availability of alcohol-free brews
100% of our markets run partnerships to support
responsible consumption
100% responsible drinking messaging through
packaging and brand activations
Policies S4-1
Our approach to managing the material impacts, risks and
opportunities relating to consumers and end-users is underpinned
by our Marketing & Communications Code, which is available
internally on our intranet, and publicly available online.
As the share of soft drinks in our portfolio has grown
significantly, we are currently developing our first Soft Drinks
Standard, which will set out how we address responsible
marketing and moderate consumption of sugar-based
beverages and energy drinks, as well as how we label soft
drinks in order to provide the clearest consumer information.
Marketing & Communications Code
Our Marketing & Communications Code sets out our approach
to communicating with consumers and the general public. It has
eight key focus areas: transparency & integrity; adult appeal;
enjoyment in moderation; alcohol-free; safe & sensible
behaviours; effects, health & performance; socially inclusive; and
environmentally conscious.
Previously known as the Marketing & Communication Policy, the
document was elevated to a code in 2025. This designation
means it is now applicable to all employees, not only those who
work in communication- and marketing-related functions. It also
remains applicable to all agency partners and retailers
communicating on behalf of our company or brands. The content
of the code was updated in 2024 to more clearly set out our
commitments to the aforementioned focus areas, and included
new sections that address the changing media landscape of
sponsorships, influencers, digital marketing and gaming.
The Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) and the VP, Corporate
Affairs are responsible for governing the code, which covers all
our alcohol brands and their alcohol-free lineextensions.
We are a signatory to the Responsible Marketing Pact of the
World Federation of Advertisers (WFA) and undergo regular
audits on our compliance with the International Alliance for
Responsible Drinking (IARD)’s Digital Guiding Principles for
online and social media.
In drawing up our Marketing & Communications Code, we
considered stakeholder interests, including social responsibility
and moderation, public health and safety, and protecting
minors from exposure to our products and communications.
Our Human Rights Policy is also relevant for consumers and
end-users and is described in S1-2.
Engaging with stakeholders S4-2
We have a responsibility to ensure that we engage with
consumers in an ethical and honest way. This engagement
includes promoting moderate and safe alcohol consumption and
actively discouraging the harmful use of alcohol.
Engaging ethically and honestly
We aim to be proactive in terms of how we self-regulate.
Engaging with consumers is one way in which we do this –
both in the product development process and via our
marketing and communications activities, which reach
consumers directly with transparent information in an effort to
help prevent harmful use of our products. The partnerships and
industry alliances we participate in, including the IARD, also
play an important role in shaping our commitments and
ambitions, and allow us to move further faster together with
industry peers.
Capturing global and local insights
We use a number of different channels to promote responsible
alcohol consumption, including messaging on products,
partnerships and campaigns. Our approach to these activities is
always informed by consumer insights, allowing us to
understand which messages will resonate most with our
targeted audience in a given location.
At a global level, the Marketing Insights team analyses
research into health and wellness trends and other areas of
interest to consumers that feed into brand planning. These
insights, which continue to indicate a significant global
consumer interest in alcohol-free and low-alcohol products,
have been part of the rationale behind the expansion of our
alcohol-free brews (AFB) range.
Measuring impact and effectiveness
ofengagement
Our markets must report on their local initiatives, campaigns
and partnerships, and the status of compliance for their
labelling and online consumer information. We also conduct a
survey among our markets twice a year to monitor the impact
of responsible drinking activities.
Our CMO and the VP, Corporate Affairs are the most senior
executives responsible for activities targeted at responsible
drinking. The CMO holds responsibility for marketing and
communications targeted towards end-consumers, while the VP,
Corporate Affairs leads on broader stakeholder engagement.
Protecting vulnerable groups
We are committed to protecting minors from exposure to our
products, marketing and communications. We mandate that all
primary packaging of alcohol products and their alcohol-free
line extensions carry a legal age-restriction symbol or
equivalent text where legally permissible. Our Marketing &
Communications Code clearly states that our brews and
associated communications must not appeal to those under the
legal drinking age. Advertising on media channels is subject to
a 70/30 rule, meaning that we will not advertise our alcoholic
or alcohol-free line extensions on channels with less than 70%
adult audiences. We follow the Digital Guiding Principles and
Influencer Guiding Principles agreed upon in IARD to minimise
exposure of minors to alcohol products and advertising.
Targets and actions S4-5; S4-4
Addressing responsible alcohol consumption
Our targets reflect our commitment to advocate for
responsible drinking, moderation and enjoyment of our
products as part of a balanced lifestyle, as stated in our
Marketing & Communications Code, and offer consumers
alternatives to alcohol.
Direct consumer engagement in responsible drinking activities
occurs at market level and is not driven globally. However,
markets must follow global policies when it comes to labelling,
marketing and communications. At Group level, we stay up to
date on consumer insights and research into consumer
behaviours and attitudes to support our markets. We do not
engage with consumers for the purpose of tracking
performance against our targets.
There are four ZERO Irresponsible Drinking targets. To learn
more about our methodology for these targets, and for
additional details, please see the corresponding accounting
policies below. For information on how our targets are based
on the views of our stakeholders, see page 53.
While it can be difficult to distinguish between the prevention of
a negative impact and the creation of a positive impact, our
primary focus in pursuit of our goals towards ZERO Irresponsible
Drinking is the former: investing in actions to minimise and
mitigate potential negative material impacts on consumers. To
identify how best to encourage responsible drinking, we collect
inputs on a global and local basis on consumer trends and
needs. We also monitor public and political interests in public
health through various engagements with industry
organisations, health agencies and political engagements. Our
approach stems from the view that alcohol can be consumed
safely when consumed responsibly and in moderation.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 89
SOCIAL CONSUMERS AND END-USERS S4
To ensure our practices do not contribute to negative impacts
on consumers and end-users, we continuously monitor market
and business developments to identify any areas where we
might need to update our policies or develop targets and
initiatives to address and mitigate potential negative impacts.
An example of this is the ongoing development of our Soft
Drinks Standard to reflect the evolving nature of our business
and portfolio of products. We will also launch targets related
to no- and low-sugar beverages in Q1 2026, and begin actions
towards achieving those targets.
Our global process for providing remedy in relation to the
material impact is described under “Our whistleblower system”
in G1. Please refer to the ESRS index on page 48, where more
information can be found.
Addressing our financial risk and opportunity
Through our four ZERO Irresponsible Drinking targets, presented
below, we address the financial risk to our business of a negative
public perception of alcohol. We do this through increasing the
share and availability of low- and no-alcohol alternatives, and
by engaging with consumers through responsible drinking
messaging and partnerships. Increasing the share of our no- and
low-alcohol range also allows us to capitalise on the financial
opportunity of expanding this product offering.
TARGET 1: 35% of our brews globally are
low-alcohol or alcohol-free by 2030
We have set a target of increasing the combined share of low-
alcohol brews (LAB) and alcohol-free brews (AFB) to 35% of the
volume of brews we sell globally by 2030. We define AFBs as
0.0-0.5% alcohol by volume (ABV) and LABs as 0.6-3.5% ABV.
Our actions to address this target include the promotion of no-
and low-alcohol products. To reach our target, we will continue
to develop the no- and low-alcohol portfolio and expand our
commercial offerings across all our global markets. By
expanding these product ranges and promoting them as an
attractive alternative, we contribute to our policy objectives
and targets. We monitor the share of no- and low-alcohol
brews in our portfolio on a quarterly basis.
TARGET 2: 100% availability of alcohol-
free brews by 2030
By 2030, we are targeting 100% availability of AFBs to ensure
that all customers and partners in all our operating markets
will have access to our AFB portfolio, wherever Carlsberg
brands are sold.
Our actions to address this target include continually
expanding the availability of these products across our global
markets. Ensuring the availability of these products contributes
to our policy objectives and targets.
TARGET 3: 100% of our markets run
partnerships to support responsible
consumption by 2030
Our target is for 100% of our markets to run partnerships that
support responsible consumption by 2030. The partnerships
and activities should be measurable and long-running.
Each market is encouraged to identify strategic partnerships
that will help us achieve our 2030 target. Actions include
partnerships with music festivals, sporting events, retailers,
pubs/bars/restaurants, authorities (including law enforcement
agencies), NGOs and other civil society organisations. The
effectiveness of these partnerships and programmes is
monitored regularly, with each market reporting on its initiatives
and results at least annually. In 2025, our markets launched a
number of innovative campaigns and partnerships. In Greece, to
celebrate the launch of Mythos 0.0%, the brand hosted a booth
at one of Greece’s most popular music festivals, offering free
breathalysers to drivers and sharing pamphlets on responsible
consumption. The activation reached over 30,000 festival-goers
and was amplified by even more social media and press
coverage. In Denmark, the Tuborg brand launched a campaign
called “Drink with Respect”, which used humour and a play on
common Danish phrases for drinking too much alcohol to send
a message of safe and considerate alcohol consumption.
Progress in action
Tiny beer carries a big message
of responsible drinking
To send a playful reminder to consumers about
moderate alcohol consumption, in 2025 Carlsberg
Sweden introduced the world’s smallest non-alcoholic
beer. The miniature bottle was created through a
collaboration with academic researchers, a local glass
supplier and a miniature artist, combining scientific
precision, craftsmanship and innovation.
The novel bottle, comparable in size to a grain of rice,
measures 12 millimetres in height and contains 0.005
centilitres of non-alcoholic beer. Its intentionally minimal
format is designed to make moderation tangible and to
encourage reflection on alcohol consumption.
To further extend the initiative and engage future
innovators, Carlsberg partnered with KTH Royal Institute
of Technology’s Student Union to launch a competition
inviting students to create an even smaller beer. The
initiative combines education, innovation and dialogue as
part of the ongoing work to promote responsible drinking.
Performance against targets 1-3
In 2025, no- and low-alcohol brews accounted for 31% of our
total volume of brews sold globally. Meanwhile, AFBs were
available in 84% of markets, and 89% of companies
implemented responsible drinking partnerships.
Excluding acquisitions, we still recorded 31% of brews as no-
and low-alcohol. This represents an increase of 1 percentage
point compared with 2024, and 4 percentage points compared
with our 2021 baseline of 27%. AFBs were available in 87% of
our markets – an increase of 29 percentage points from our
2021 baseline of 58%, though a slight decline from 2024 due to
temporary local circumstances. 89% of companies had
implemented responsible drinking partnerships, representing a
3 percentage point increase from 2024 and a 21 percentage
point increase from our 2021 baseline of 68%.
The performance across all three targets is in line with our
expectations and reflects our commitment to championing
responsible drinking.
Performance on targets 1-3 (%)
Performance Baseline
2025 2025* 2024* 2021* Δ*
Share of low-alcohol or
alcohol-free brews sold
31 31 30 27 4 %p
Share of markets with AFB
products included in price lists
to customers
84 87 90 58 29 %p
Share of Carlsberg companies
implementing responsible
drinking initiatives (responsible
drinking partnerships)
89 89 86 68 21 %p
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded entities.
Accounting policies
The share of low-alcohol or alcohol-free brews is calculated as
the volume of beer, cider, kvas and malt-based beverages with
an alcohol content below 3.5% divided by the total volume of
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 90
SOCIAL CONSUMERS AND END-USERS S4
beer, cider, kvas and malt-based beverages. This calculation
excludes water, energy drinks, wines and soft drinks.
The availability of AFB products is calculated as the total
number of markets where AFB are included in customer price
lists divided by the total number of markets with at least one
majority-owned Carlsberg company. An AFB is defined as a
beverage with an alcohol content of 0.5% or less, unless a
lower limit is specified by local legislation. A market is
considered to have AFB products in the price list if at least
50% of the Carlsberg companies operating in that market
offer AFB products to both on-trade and off-trade customers.
The share of Carlsberg companies running responsible
drinking partnerships is calculated as the number of
companies implementing initiatives divided by the total
number of majority-owned companies within Carlsberg. A
responsible drinking initiative encompasses areas such as
binge drinking, health risks, drinking during pregnancy and
drink-driving, and is linked to an associated brand campaign,
partnership or consumer outreach programme. This figure
excludes all microbrewery companies as well as companies in
Bosnia, Hungary and Montenegro.
TARGET 4: 100% responsible drinking
messaging through packaging and brand
activations by 2030
We have set a target that by 2030 100% of our primary
packaging should include responsible drinking messaging in the
form of ingredient information, nutritional information, legal
age restrictions, warnings about consuming alcohol while
driving or while pregnant and a responsible drinking tagline.
This target applies to all our fermented beverages, and does
not include soft drinks.
As we believe that self-regulation of our marketing,
communications and product labelling is the best way to guide
consumers towards responsible consumption, actions to
address this target include continuously seeking to update
packaging messaging across all markets. In 2025, we focused
on improving collaboration and communication between
Group- and market-level functions in order to implement
necessary labelling updates. We also facilitated proactive
sharing of best practice between markets in order to learn from
one another.
To further support responsible marketing practices across our
industry, we collaborate with peers via industry bodies, such as
IARD, WFA and the World Brewing Alliance (WBA). Our online
channels are regularly audited for compliance with IARD and
WFA commitments – known as the Digital Guiding Principles.
In our most recent audit in 2024, we achieved 99.1% full
compliance and 99.8% average compliance across our audited
channels.
Performance against target
In 2025, the share of products with responsible drinking
messaging on the packaging increased across all messaging
areas compared with 2024 and with our baseline years. The
only exception was nutritional information, which experienced
a very slight decrease from our baseline. Other than this
outlier, our performance on this target has been in line with
expectations and exemplifies our commitment to provide
transparent and clear consumer information. See the table
below for a complete overview of 2025 progress.
Performance on target 4 (%)
Performance Baseline
2025 2025* 2024* 2021* Δ*
Share of products listing
ingredient information
100 100 100 98 2 %p
Share of products listing
nutritional information
57 58 57 58 0 %p
Share of products carrying
legal age-restriction symbol or
equivalent text (alcoholic)
97 97 70 41 56 %p
Share of products carrying
legal age-restriction symbol or
equivalent text (AFB)
77 77 42 28 49 %p
Share of products including
consumer information about
drinking while driving or
drinking while pregnant
99 99 88 77 22 %p
Share of Carlsberg companies
having a responsible drinking
message on the primary
packaging of the #1 or #2
brand in the market
65 64 56 26 38 %p
* Excluding acquisitions; see financial statements section 5.1 (pp. 148–151) for excluded entities.
Baseline year for legal drinking age (AFB) and consumer information is 2023.
Accounting policies
The share of primary packaging containing responsible
drinking messaging is calculated as the volume of fermented
alcoholic beverages with labels featuring responsible drinking
information divided by the total volume of fermented
alcoholic beverages produced. The messaging content is
categorised into the following four areas:
1. Ingredient information: labels that provide a complete list
of ingredients (e.g. "Water, malted barley, malted oats,
hops").
2. Nutritional information: labels that include energy content
in a linear format (e.g. "Energy: 190 kJ/46 kcal per 100 ml").
3. Legal drinking age: labels that display a clear symbol, text
or both indicating the legal drinking age in compliance with
national legislation. This metric also covers fermented AFB.
4. Consumer information: labels that feature a clear symbol,
text or both advising against drinking and driving or
consuming alcohol while pregnant.
The number of Carlsberg companies featuring a responsible
drinking message on the label of their #1 or #2 brand is
based on sales volume divided by the total number of
Carlsberg majority-owned companies. A responsible drinking
message refers to a fixed tagline linked to a responsible
drinking initiative, seamlessly integrated into the design and
tone of the label. This figure excludes all microbrewery
companies as well as Bosnia, Hungary and Montenegro.
Current and future allocated resources
Key actions are integrated into regular operations at Group
and market level, utilising human and financial resources.
Consequently, resources allocated to own workforce, workers
in the value chain and consumers are not tracked
independently, but included in overall OpEx and CapEx.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 91
SOCIAL CONSUMERS AND END-USERS S4
Material impacts, risks and opportunities SBM-3
Agriculture
Packaging
Production &
administration
Distribution
Selling & marketing
Packaging reuse &
recycling
Short term
Medium term
Long term
Unethical business conduct In the business activities of sourcing, distributing, marketing and selling, we face inherent risks of unethical
conduct, including corruption, bribery and anti-competitive behaviour, whether it arises from our own
actions or through the involvement of others. Unethical business conduct may erode trust in institutions,
lead to unfair advantages, and disadvantage honest businesses and individuals. It can stifle innovation,
limit consumer choices and result in higher prices, harming the economy and reducing the quality of goods
and services.
n n n n n n n n n
Negative impact
Material impacts,
risks and opportunities
Description Value chain stages Time horizon Impact, risk or
opportunity
Policies G1-1
In 2025, we initiated a full review of the style, structure and
wording of our global policies, including those highlighted in this
section. This review, supported by ExCom, reinforces
consistency and transparency in our governance framework. As
part of this review, we engaged with our internal stakeholders
to ensure that our policy framework is easier to understand and
apply across all levels of the organisation. All the policies below
are available publicly online and internally on our intranet.
Code of Ethics & Conduct
In 2025, we strengthened our global Compliance Programme
to reinforce our commitment to ethical business practices,
transparency and integrity across all our markets through a
comprehensive refresh of our Code of Ethics & Conduct,
providing renewed clarity, accessibility and relevance to all
employees. The Code forms the foundation of our Compliance
Programme and applies to all employees and contract workers
globally. Available in 25 languages, it sets expectations for
responsible decision-making and ethical behaviour across key
risk areas, including:
How we conduct business: anti-bribery and corruption,
selection of and working with third parties, gifts and
hospitality, conflict of interest, political activities and
donations, trade sanctions, competition law, accurate record-
keeping and anti-money laundering, and responsible
marketing and communications.
How we protect our assets, our data and the environment:
protection and use of corporate assets, data protection and
privacy, confidential and proprietary information, insider
trading and protecting the environment.
How we work together: DE&I, discrimination and
harassment, human rights, workplace health and safety, and
responsible drinking.
The Code also includes a practical decision-making guide to
help employees navigate ethical dilemmas in their daily work.
The Carlsberg Group CEO retains overall accountability for
implementation of the Code. Certification of compliance
includes market managing directors being asked to perform an
annual compliance “sign-off” included in the finance
representation letter.
Anti-bribery & Corruption Policy
Our Anti-bribery & Corruption Policy expands on the Code of
Ethics & Conduct by providing more detailed guidance on how
to identify and avoid high-risk situations. The policy was fully
updated in 2025 to clearly cover what is considered a bribe,
and therefore prohibited, how to manage gifts, hospitality and
donations, special procedures for using third parties and how to
manage conflicts of interest.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 92
GOVERNANCE
BUSINESS CONDUCT G1
OVERVIEW
Our company is built upon good governance and
sound business conduct – not only are these
principles the foundation of our ESG work, they are
fundamental to the overall operations of the
business. Recognising this importance, our DMA
identified one material negative impact related to
business conduct at Carlsberg. In the following
section, we describe this impact in more detail and
address how we seek to avoid and mitigate it. We
also discuss the ways in which we identify risks,
how we detect and prevent corruption and bribery,
and outline the policies and processes that underpin
the material impact and our management of it.
KEY POLICIES
Code of Ethics & Conduct
Anti-bribery & Corruption Policy
SpeakUp Policy and Manuals
The policy requires compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations on bribery and corruption, including, but not limited
to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), the UK
Bribery Act 2010 (UKBA) and other applicable national anti-
bribery statutes and implementing rules and regulations. It also
states our commitment to adhere to the relevant standards set
out in the United Nations Convention Against Corruption.
The policy applies globally to all employees and contract
workers. The Group General Counsel and Chief Compliance
Officer is responsible for implementing the policy.
SpeakUp Policy and Manuals
The SpeakUp Policy and SpeakUp Manuals explain to our
employees and any external parties how to raise concerns in
confidence about potential breaches of our Code of Ethics &
Conduct or the national law of the relevant jurisdiction, and
how their concerns are investigated. Aligned with the EU
Directive on the Protection of Whistleblowers, this policy has
been designed to respect and protect the interests of key
stakeholders, both internal and external.
The Chief Financial Officer is the most senior executive
responsible for implementing the policy.
Progress in action
Bringing renewed focus to our
Code of Ethics & Conduct
In 2025, we advanced our commitment to integrity by
refreshing the Code of Ethics & Conduct and streamlining
our global policy framework. This initiative reflects our
heritage and Growth Culture principles while ensuring
clarity and accessibility for all employees. As part of this
effort, we worked with colleagues across the business to
streamline global policies from 37 to 19, making them
clearer on expected standards and non-negotiables, more
accessible and directly linked to our principal risks. The
refreshed Code now features a modern, updated,
interactive design, a stronger alignment with our Growth
Culture principles, and enhanced coverage of emerging
risks such as AI and digital ethics. The roll-out was truly
global, with materials translated into 24 languages and
tailored communication packs shared with leaders and
managers across our business. Engaging campaigns and
interactive resources have driven awareness and
excitement across all functions. This initiative exemplifies
our commitment to ethical leadership, inclusivity and
continuous improvement, setting a new standard for how
we do business and empowering colleagues to navigate
ethical challenges with confidence.
Our whistleblower system G1-1; S1-3;
S2-3; S4-3
The Carlsberg Group encourages open communication about
company culture, ethics and values. We provide several
channels for our employees, value chain workers, consumers
and business partners to report suspected breaches of our
Code of Ethics & Conduct, including bribery and corruption, or
other concerns without fear of retaliation.
While employees are encouraged to share concerns directly
with managers or local People & Culture (P&C) or compliance
representatives, any individual – internal or external – can
report concerns anonymously through our SpeakUp system.
The SpeakUp system is a 24-hour grievance mechanism
operated by an external provider. It is accessible via phone or
online and at speakup@carlsberg.com, and available in local
languages across our markets.
Reviewing and investigating complaints
All reports received through the SpeakUp system or other
channels are treated seriously. To ensure confidentiality, an
independent SpeakUp Review Team, which is part of Group
Internal Audit, reviews all reports. Reporters receive
acknowledgement upon submission of a report and are notified
when investigations conclude.
Serious matters are overseen by our Integrity Committee,
chaired by the CFO, with members from P&C, Group Internal
Audit and Legal & Compliance, including follow-up of major
SpeakUp investigations, with a report to ExCom and the Audit
Committee at least quarterly. The SpeakUp Summary report
contains an overview of all open and closed investigations
during the quarter and the time taken to resolve cases, among
other metrics.
Remediation actions developed as a result of serious matters
are tracked by the SpeakUp Review Team to ensure they are
implemented in a timely and appropriate manner. Where a
matter is upheld, or partially upheld, we take appropriate
disciplinary action as required.
Less serious matters are allocated to the market to investigate,
track and resolve with timely and appropriate remediation plans.
In 2025, we received 334 reports, up from 229 in 2024. These
included 232 reports of suspected misconduct, compared to 146
in 2024, covering issues such as bribery, conflicts of interest
and other integrity breaches. Of the 181 cases closed, 79 were
fully or partially upheld, leading to actions, including 38
dismissals, 46 warnings and 22 feedback meetings.
Promoting a culture of speaking up
In 2025, we continued our efforts to promote SpeakUp among
potential reporters, particularly focusing on external parties,
including suppliers and contractors. We also developed the
SpeakUp Policy, in addition to existing SpeakUp Manuals, for
everyone who wishes to share their concerns. The SpeakUp
Policy contains the main principles and rules of the SpeakUp
process at Carlsberg, whereas the SpeakUp Manuals provide
more detailed information for reporters tailored to the needs of
each market where Carlsberg has operations.
Based on employee feedback received through the SpeakUp
survey as part of our Compass+ programme, we improved the
SpeakUp process by strengthening the network of local
investigators and including awareness campaigns as part of
our Code of Ethics & Conduct communication. In addition, as
part of the transition to a new SpeakUp platform, we will
launch tutorials on how to use the SpeakUp platform and
manage anonymity in the reports. These efforts were built
upon the work carried out at the end of 2024, in which the
SpeakUp Manual was updated to provide more details on
protecting reporters. The manual was then translated into local
languages of the countries where we have operations to make
it more accessible to potential reporters and the translations
were published on our internal and external websites.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 93
GOVERNANCE BUSINESS CONDUCT G1
In order to ensure the proper functioning of the SpeakUp
process, we regularly perform training sessions for relevant
People & Culture personnel, compliance representatives and
local investigators. This training focuses on recognising and
reporting misconduct and the investigation process. In 2025,
training sessions focused on investigation documentation, data
privacy and security, and reporting.
In Q4 2025, an internal campaign was launched together with the
Code of Ethics & Conduct update to promote SpeakUp throughout
our markets. As part of this campaign, information about the Code
of Ethics & Conduct and SpeakUp was disseminated through
posters, intranet articles and townhall or department meetings in
all markets where Carlsberg has operations.
We have not performed assessments of whether workers in the
value chain or consumers are aware of our SpeakUp system
and trust it. Through our My Voice survey, we follow up on how
many of our own employees feel comfortable speaking up.
Protecting people raising concerns
The SpeakUp Policy, SpeakUp Manuals and Code of Ethics &
Conduct explicitly prohibit retaliation against those who report
concerns in good faith or participate in investigations.
Managers may not dismiss, demote, suspend, threaten, harass
or in any other way discriminate against an employee who
reports a suspected violation in good faith. Retaliation is
considered a separate misconduct and breach of the Carlsberg
Code of Ethics & Conduct.
Risk assessment and oversight
G1IRO-1; G1-1; G1-3; G1-4
Annual assessments of legal and compliance risks, including
bribery and corruption risks, are conducted across all markets,
with Group-level subject matter experts providing oversight to
ensure alignment on high-risk areas. Findings are reported to
ExCom and the Audit Committee, and mitigation plans are
continuously monitored, with oversight by regional Heads of
Legal. Relevant input regarding potential impacts and risks is
also considered during the DMA process, and legal compliance
risks are considered in our enterprise risk management process.
Training and communication
All employees with a corporate email address are covered by
training programmes on the core principles of our Code of
Ethics & Conduct and Anti-Bribery & Corruption Policy. They
are required to complete the training during their onboarding,
and to undergo refresher training every three years. This
includes those who have exposure to government officials in
jurisdictions deemed to be at higher risk of corruption. These
employees must undergo additional annual in-depth training,
overseen by the Head of Legal in each market. Heads of Legal
in each region themselves attend more detailed annual training
on anti-bribery and corruption, delivered by Group Legal and
Compliance.
The Supervisory Board is made aware of the material risks
facing the company in an ongoing manner, with deep dives
into specific legal and compliance risks each year. ExCom
members complete training on our Anti-Bribery & Corruption
Policy and Code of Ethics & Conduct every three years.
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
(%) G1-3
2025 2024
Share of functions at risk covered by training programmes 100 100
Accounting policies
Functions at risk refers to employees whose tasks and
responsibilities expose them to potential risks of corruption
and bribery. Out of an abundance of caution, we consider all
corporate employees – those with a company email address
– to be potentially exposed to this risk. To address the risks,
we have implemented a comprehensive, mandatory training
programme covering our Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy
as well as our Code of Ethics & Conduct. Employees are
considered to be covered when they are invited to participate
in the training.
Tracking effectiveness of our anti-
bribery and corruption efforts
Our markets implement compliance controls locally to prevent,
detect and address concerns, with oversight at Group level.
This ongoing effort reinforces our commitment to ensuring
transparency, consistency and ethical business practices across
the Carlsberg Group. Each year, local members of our Legal
and Compliance team assess the effectiveness of our internal
controls, and monitor and provide evidence of their
implementation throughout the year. We continuously review
and refine our controls based on knowledge gained from
internal SpeakUp cases, audit findings, regulatory guidance
and enforcement actions.
Our zero-tolerance policy on bribery and corruption reflects our
ambition to always conduct business responsibly. The
effectiveness of our policies, processes and actions can also be
seen in the number of convictions, albeit with potential time
lags. Please see the G1-4 table presented below for the
relevant metrics. As we believe the most prudent approach to
ensuring the effectiveness of anti-bribery and corruption efforts
is having robust and well-anchored processes, we have not set
specific targets to monitor performance in the area, and we
therefore do not have a baseline year against which our
progress is measured.
Suspected cases of bribery and corruption are investigated and
addressed through internal investigation processes, as
described in the SpeakUp section above.
Incidents of corruption and bribery G1-4
Unit 2025 2024
Convictions for violation of anti-corruption and
anti-bribery laws # 0 0
Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-
bribery laws DKK 0 0
Accounting policies
Convictions encompass instances where a Carlsberg legal
entity has been convicted for violation of anti-bribery or anti-
corruption laws by a court of law.
Fines include any fines imposed in connection with
enforcement actions brought against the company for anti-
bribery or anti-corruption violations within the fiscal year.
Current and future allocated resources
Key actions are integrated into regular operations at Group
and market level, utilising human and financial resources.
Consequently, resources allocated to business conduct are not
tracked independently, but included in overall OpEx and CapEx.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 94
GOVERNANCE BUSINESS CONDUCT G1
ESRS 2 GOV-1 Board's gender diversity § 21 (d)
n n
Material 34; 36
ESRS 2 GOV-1 Percentage of board members who are independent § 21 (e)
n
Material 35
ESRS 2 GOV-4 Statement on due diligence § 30
n
Material 55
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities § 40 (d) i
n n n
Not material N/A
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to chemical production § 40 (d) ii
n n
Not material N/A
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons § 40 (d) iii
n n
Not material N/A
ESRS 2 SBM-1 Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco § 40 (d) iv
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E1-1 Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050 § 14
n
Material 59
ESRS E1-1 Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned Benchmarks § 16 (g)
n n
Material 59
ESRS E1-4 GHG emission reduction targets § 34
n n n
Material 59-63
ESRS E1-5 Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated by sources (only high climate impact sectors) § 38
n
Material 64
ESRS E1-5 Energy consumption and mix § 37
n
Material 64
ESRS E1-5 Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors §§ 40 to 43
n
Material 64
ESRS E1-6 Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions § 44
n n n
Material 64
ESRS E1-6 Gross GHG emissions intensity §§ 53 to 55
n n n
Material 65
ESRS E1-7 GHG removals and carbon credits § 56
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E1-9 Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-related physical risks § 66
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E1-9 Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk § 66 (a)
ESRS E1-9 Location of significant assets at material physical risk § 66 (c).
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E1-9 Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy-efficiency classes § 67 (c)
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E1-9 Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate-related opportunities § 69
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E2-4 Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation (European Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) emitted to air, water and soil, § 28
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E3-1 Water and marine resources § 9
n
Material 67
ESRS E3-1 Dedicated policy § 13
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E3-1 Sustainable oceans and seas § 14
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E3-4 Total water recycled and reused § 28 (c)
n
Material 69
ESRS E3-4 Total water consumption in m
3
per net revenue on own operations § 29
n
Material 69
ESRS 2 - SBM 3 - E4 § 16 (a) i
n
Material 70
ESRS 2 - SBM 3 - E4 § 16 (b)
n
Material 70
ESRS 2 - SBM 3 - E4 § 16 (c)
n
Material 71
ESRS E4-2 Sustainable land / agriculture practices or policies § 24 (b)
n
Material 71
ESRS E4-2 Sustainable oceans / seas practices or policies § 24 (c)
n
Not material N/A
Disclosure requirement and related data point SFDR Pillar 3
Benchmark
regulation Materiality Page reference
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 95
APPENDIX 1
DATA POINTS THAT DERIVE FROM OTHER EU LEGISLATION
ESRS E4-2 Policies to address deforestation § 24 (d)
n
Material 71
ESRS E5-5 Non-recycled waste § 37 (d)
n
Not material N/A
ESRS E5-5 Hazardous waste and radioactive waste § 39
n
Not material N/A
ESRS 2 - SBM3 - S1 Risk of incidents of forced labour § 14 (f)
n
Material 78
ESRS 2 - SBM3 - S1 Risk of incidents of child labour § 14 (g)
n
Material 78
ESRS S1-1 Human rights policy commitments § 20
n
Material 79
ESRS S1-1 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labour Organization Conventions 1 to 8 § 21
n
Material 79
ESRS S1-1 Processes and measures for preventing trafficking in human beings § 22
n
Material 79
ESRS S1-1 Workplace accident prevention policy or management system § 23
n
Material 78
ESRS S1-3 Grievance-/complaints-handling mechanisms § 32 (c)
n
Material 93-94
ESRS S1-14 Number of fatalities and number and rate of work related accidents § 88 (b) and (c)
n n
Material 81
ESRS S1-14 Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities or illness § 88 (e)
n
Material N/A - Phase-in
data point
ESRS S1-16 Unadjusted gender pay gap § 97 (a)
n n
Material 82
ESRS S1-16 CEO pay ratio § 97 (b)
n
Material Remuneration
report
ESRS S1-17 Incidents of discrimination § 103 (a)
n
Material 84
ESRS S1-17 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD § 104 (a)
n n
Material 84
ESRS 2 - SBM3 – S2 Significant risk of child labour or forced labour in the value chain § 11 (b)
n
Material 85
ESRS S2-1 Human rights policy commitments § 17
n
Material 79
ESRS S2-1 Policies related to value chain workers § 18
n
Material 79; 85-86
ESRS S2-1 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD guidelines § 19
n n
Material 85
ESRS S2-1 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labour Organization Conventions 1 to 8 § 19
n
Material 85
ESRS S2-4 Human rights issues and incidents connected to its upstream and downstream value chain § 36
n
Material 84
ESRS S3-1 Human rights policy commitments § 16
n
Not material N/A
ESRS S3-1 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights, ILO principles or and OECD guidelines § 17
n n
Not material N/A
ESRS S3-4 Human rights issues and incidents § 36
n
Not material N/A
ESRS S4-1 Policies related to consumers and end-users § 16
n
Material 79
ESRS S4-1 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines § 17
n n
Material 79
ESRS S4-4 Human rights issues and incidents § 35
n
Material 84
ESRS G1-1 United Nations Convention against Corruption § 10 (b)
n
Not material N/A
ESRS G1-1 Protection of whistleblowers § 10 (d)
n
Material 94
ESRS G1-4 Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws § 24 (a)
n n
Material 94
ESRS G1-4 Standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery § 24 (b)
n
Material 94
Disclosure requirement and related data point SFDR Pillar 3
Benchmark
regulation Materiality Page reference
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 96
APPENDIX 1 DATA POINTS THAT DERIVE FROM OTHER EU LEGISLATION
Eligibility at Carlsberg in2025
According to the NACE-code framework, Carlsberg’s main
activity is considered under the economic activity “Manufacture
of beverages”, which has not been adopted by the EU
Taxonomy and is therefore non-eligible. For Carlsberg, 99% of
our turnover is related to the economic activity “Manufacture
of beverages”. The remaining turnover is associated with the
selling of merchandise, services and by-products from
fermentation. All of these activities are also non-eligible under
the EU Taxonomy.
Carlsberg is eligible to report against 12 economic activities.
In avoiding double-counting, we have assigned climate
change mitigation as the most relevant objective for these
economic activities.
An assessment of our CapEx recognises an eligibility of 15%, or
DKK 4,063m. Our current assessment of our OpEx indicates
that less than 10% of OpEx follows the OpEx definition of the
Taxonomy, of which 18%, or DKK 820m, is eligible. For both
CapEx and OpEx, the development in the eligibility
percentages, compared with 2024, is primarily driven by the
acquisition of Britvic. This acquisition increases the non-eligible
CapEx ratio, and subsequently decreases the eligible ratio.
Towards taxonomy alignment
The Taxonomy alignment assessment requires a thorough
review of substantial contribution, Do No Significant Harm
(DNSH) and minimum safeguards criteria, supported by
internal and external data. In 2025, we progressed our data
mapping; however, some datasets remain inaccessible or lack
sufficient granularity, and available information, including
climate risk assessments across eligible economic activities,
remains inconclusive. Accordingly, we will report 0% alignment
for CapEx and OpEx in 2025, while continuing to enhance data
coverage and processes to support alignment assessments in
subsequent reporting cycles.
Turnover
Financial year 2025 2025 Substantial contribution criteria DNSH criteria
(‘do no significant harm’)
Economic activities (1) Code (2) Turnover (3)
Proportion
of Turnover,
2025 (4)
Climate change
mitigation (5)
Climate change
adaptation (6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular economy
(9)
Biodiversity (10)
Climate change
mitigation (11)
Climate change
adaptation (12)
Water (13)
Pollution (14)
Circular economy
(15)
Biodiversity (16)
Minimum
safeguards (17)
Proportion of
Taxonomy-aligned
(A.1.) Turnover,
2025 (18)
Proportion of
Taxonomy-aligned
(A.1.) Turnover,
2024 (18)
Category
enabling
activity (19)
Category
transitional
activity (20)
DKKm %
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N % % E T
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned)
Turnover of environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)
0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% N N N N N N N 0% 0%
Of which Enabling
0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% N N N N N N N 0% 0% E
Of which Transitional
0 0% 0% N N N N N N N 0% 0% T
A.2. Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities)
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
Turnover of Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2) 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
A. Turnover of Taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1 + A.2) 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Turnover of Taxonomy-non-eligible activities (B)
89,095
100%
TOTAL
89,095 100%
* See Income statement on p. 103.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 97
APPENDIX 2
EU TAXONOMY
CapEx
Financial year 2025 2025 Substantial contribution criteria DNSH criteria
(‘do no significant harm’)
Economic activities (1) Code (2) CapEx (3)
Proportion
of CapEx,
2025 (4)
Climate change
mitigation (5)
Climate change
adaptation (6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular economy
(9)
Biodiversity (10)
Climate change
mitigation (11)
Climate change
adaptation (12)
Water (13)
Pollution (14)
Circular economy
(15)
Biodiversity (16)
Minimum
saf
eguards (17)
Proportion of
Taxonomy-aligned
(A.1.) CapEx, 2025
(18)
Proportion of
Taxonomy-aligned
(A.1.) CapEx, 2024
(18)
Category
enabling
activity (19)
Category
transitional
activity (20)
DKKm %
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N % % E T
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned)
CapEx of environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1) - 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% N N N N N N N 0% 0%
Of which Enabling 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% N N N N N N N 0% 0% E
Of which Transitional 0 0% 0% N N N N N N N 0% 0% T
A.2. Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities)
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy CCM 4.18 0.4 0.0% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems CCM 5.1 62.3 0.2% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Construction, extension and operation of wastewater collection and treatment CCM 5.3 89.6 0.3% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles CCM 6.5 306.5 1.1% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Freight transport services by road CCM 6.6 258.3 1.0% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Construction of new buildings
CCM 7.1
7.4 0.0% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL EL N/EL 0% 0%
Renovation of existing buildings
CCM 7.2
178.7 0.7% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL EL N/EL 0% 0%
Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment CCM 7.3 356.4 1.3% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to
buildings)
CCM 7.4 0.7 0.0% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy
performance of buildings
CCM 7.5 2.1 0.0% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies CCM 7.6 27.1 0.1% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Acquisition and ownership of buildings CCM 7.7 2513.7 9.4% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Data processing, hosting and related activities CCM 8.1 260.2 1.0% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
CapEx of Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2) 4,063 15.1% 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
0% 0%
A. CapEx of Taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1 + A.2) 4,063 15.1% 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
0% 0%
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
CapEx of Taxonomy-non-eligible activities 22,801 84.9%
TOTAL 26,864 100%
* See Section 2.2 on p. 119.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 98
APPENDIX 2 EU TAXONOMY
OpEx
Financial year 2025 2025 Substantial contribution criteria DNSH criteria
(‘do no significant harm’)
Economic activities (1) Code (2) OpEx (3)
Proportion
of OpEx,
2025 (4)
Climate change
mitigation (5)
Climate change
adaptation (6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular
economy (9)
Biodiversity (10)
Climate change
mitigation (11)
Climate change
adaptation (12)
Water (13)
Pollution (14)
Circular
economy (15)
Biodiversity (16)
Minimum
saf
eguards (17)
Proportion of
Taxonomy-aligned
(A.1.) OpEx, 2025
(18)
Proportion of
Taxonomy-aligned
(A.1.) OpEx, 2024
(18)
Category
enabling
activity (19)
Category
transitional
activity (20)
DKKm %
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N % % E T
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned)
OpEx of environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1) 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% N N N N N N N 0% 0%
Of which Enabling 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% N N N N N N
N 0% 0% E
Of which Transitional 0 0% 0% N N N N N N
N 0% 0% T
A.2. Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities)
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
EL;
N/EL
Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles CCM 6.5 134.4 2.9% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Freight transport services by road CCM 6.6 135.3 2.9% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Renovation of existing buildings CCM 7.2 182.1 4.0% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL EL N/EL
0% 0%
Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment CCM 7.3 205.0 4.5% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Acquisition and ownership of buildings CCM 7.7 114.4 2.5% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
Data processing, hosting and related activities CCM 8.1 48.6 1.2% EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL
0% 0%
OpEx of Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2) 820 17.8% 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
0% 0%
A. OpEx of Taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1 + A.2) 820 17.8% 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
0% 0%
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
OpEx of Taxonomy-non-eligible activities
3,774
82.2%
TOTAL 4,594 100%
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 99
APPENDIX 2 EU TAXONOMY
Accounting policies
Turnover
The turnover measure comprises the net revenue line items from the consolidated income statement. The vast majority of our
revenue is derived from our beverage production, including sale of beer, energy drinks and other carbonated drinks. The remainder
of our revenue is derived from activities supporting the sale of our beverages, including sale of merchandise, services and by-
products from fermentation. These revenue streams are currently non-eligible according to the Taxonomy Regulation.
CapEx
The CapEx measure comprises additions to intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, including right-of-use assets and
additions resulting from the acquisition of entities, excluding any additions to goodwill. The Taxonomy Regulation defines three
CapEx categories in allocating eligible and aligned expenditures: CapEx that is associated with Taxonomy-aligned activities; CapEx
that is part of a plan to upgrade an eligible Taxonomy activity to render it aligned or to expand already aligned Taxonomy
activities; CapEx related to the purchase of output of Taxonomy-aligned activities and individual measures enabling target activities
to become low-carbon or lead to greenhouse gas reductions.
A smaller proportion of our eligible CapEx is recognised under “category a”, but the majority of expenditure is placed in “categoryc”.
Amounts reported under CCM 4.20 therefore represent additions to property, plant and equipment associated with heat/cool and
power generated from bioenergy. These are classified under NACE-codes D35.11 and D35.30. Similarly, eligible CapEx under CCM 5.1
and 5.3 also include additions to property, plant and equipment related to water and wastewater treatment at our breweries,
represented by NACE-codes E36 and E37.
CapEx under CCM 6.5 and 6.6 represents our additions to both purchased and leased right-of-use assets, including company cars,
light commercial vehicles and heavier vehicles, such as trucks. These are classified under NACE-codes N77.11 and N77.12 respectively.
Under CCM 7.1 / CE 3.1, we have allocated expenditure associated with assets under construction that is related to construction
projects for new buildings (new breweries and administrative buildings), as well as development of land. NACE-codes F41.1 and
F41.2 represent these economic activities. A similar exercise was performed to allocate CapEx to CCM 7.2 / CE 3.2 for major
renovation projects relating to our existing buildings, classified by NACE-codes F41 and F43.
A majority of CapEx for the economic activity CCM 7.3 is accounted for by purchases of commercial coolers and fridges from third
parties, representing investments in support of customer acquisitions. NACE-code C28.25 characterises such purchases of
refrigeration and cooling equipment. The remainder of eligible CapEx under CCM 7.3 relates to installation, replacement and
maintenance of energy efficiency equipment, such as insulation materials, doors, windows, light sources, heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning and water heating systems.
For CCM 7.4, CapEx has been allocated relating to projects for the installation of electric car charging stations attached to buildings.
Under CCM 7.5, we have assigned specific installation and maintenance costs of energy performance and management systems in
our buildings, such as smart meters for gas, heat, cool and electricity, as well as devices controlling motion and light control. For
CapEx allocated with regard to CCM 7.6, we have assessed expenditures related to installation of solar photovoltaic technologies,
which are listed under NACE-code F42.
CCM 7.7 comprises amounts related to additions associated with ownership, including leases under right-of-use assets, of buildings
and land, represented by NACE-code L68. Finally, CCM 8.1 accounts for technology-related investments such as IT systems, data
centres and upgrades to network infrastructure, which are classified under NACE-code J63.11.
The non-eligible part of our CapEx is composed of purchases and leases under right-of-use assets of plant, machinery and equipment
associated with our beverage production, as well as small amounts of commercial CapEx and administration-related expenditures.
OpEx
The Taxonomy’s OpEx definition is narrow and includes only direct non-capitalised costs related to R&D, maintenance, short-term
leases and building renovation measures. It also includes other direct expenditure relating to the day-to-day servicing of assets of
property, plant and equipment, but not cost of goods sold. Under CCM 6.5 and 6.6, we have allocated repair, maintenance and fleet
management costs related to assets associated with light and heavy motor vehicles.
Amounts under CCM 7.2 / CE 3.2 consist of day-to-day running costs associated with building renovation projects, including repair
and maintenance.
CCM 7.3 represents refurbishment, repair and maintenance of our commercial coolers and fridges, which are leased, sold or given
free of charge to our customers in on- and off-trade locations. Lastly, CCM 7.7 is linked to short-term leases of buildings and CCM
8.1 is dedicated to maintenance of data centres and network infrastructure.
The non-eligible proportion of OpEx consists of repair and maintenance and R&D associated with our beverage production, as well
as other administrative operating costs.
Nuclear and fossil gas related activities
Nuclear energy related activities
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research, development, demonstration and deployment of innovative electricity generation
facilities that produce energy from nuclear processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle.
No
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction and safe operation of new nuclear installations to produce electricity or process
heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production, as well as their safety upgrades, using best
available technologies.
No
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to safe operation of existing nuclear installations that produce electricity or process heat, including
for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy, as well as their safety upgrades.
No
Fossil gas related activities
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil
gaseous fuels.
No
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities
using fossil gaseous fuels.
No
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool
using fossil gaseous fuels.
No
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 100
APPENDIX 2 EU TAXONOMY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
In this section
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
102 Income statement
102 Statement of comprehensive income
103 Statement of financial position
104 Statement of changes in equity
105 Statement of cash flows
SECTION 1
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
106 1.1
Significant events in the period
107 1.2
Segmentation of operations
110
1.3 Operating expenses and inventories
111
1.4
Cash flow from operating activities
112 1.5
Trade and other receivables
SECTION 2
ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
116 2.1
Segmentation of assets and returns
118 2.2 Intangible assets and property, plant
andequipment
122 2.3
Impairment
SECTION 3
SPECIAL ITEMS, PROVISIONS AND OTHER
LIABILITIES
128 3.1
Special items
130 3.2
Provisions
131 3.3
Other liabilities
131 3.4
Contingent liabilities
SECTION 4
FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE
AND EQUITY
132 4.1 Financial risk management and capital structure
133 4.2 Equity
135 4.3 Earnings per share
135 4.4 Financial income and expenses
137 4.5 Financial assets and liabilities
138 4.6 Net interest-bearing debt
138 4.7 Borrowings and cash
140 4.8 Interest rate risk
142 4.9 Foreign exchange and commodity risk
145 4.10 Funding and liquidity risk
SECTION 5
ACQUISITIONS, NON-CONTROLLING
INTERESTS AND ASSOCIATES, DISPOSALS
AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
148 5.1
Acquisitions
152 5.2
Non-controlling interests and associates
154 5.3
Disposals and discontinued operations
SECTION 6
TAX
155 6.1
Income tax
156 6.2
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
SECTION 7
STAFF COSTS AND REMUNERATION
158 7.1 Staff costs
159 7.2 Remuneration
159 7.3 Share-based payments
161 7.4 Retirement benefit obligations
and similar obligations
SECTION 8
OTHER DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS
166 8.1 Hyperinflation
168 8.2 Fees to auditors
168 8.3 Related parties
169 8.4 Events after the reporting period
SECTION 9
BASIS FOR PREPARATION
170 9.1 Significant accounting estimates and
judgements
170 9.2 General accounting policies
172 9.3 Changes in accounting policies
172 9.4 New legislation
173 9.5 Key definitions
SECTION 10
GROUP COMPANIES
174 10 Group companies
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 101
INCOME
STATEMENT
DKK million Section 2025 2024
Revenue 1.2.1 89,095 75,011
Cost of sales 1.3.1 -48,859 -40,631
Gross profit 40,236 34,380
Sales and distribution expenses 1.3.2 -23,128 -19,242
Administrative expenses -4,961 -4,381
Other operating activities, net 1.3.3 549 38
Share of profit after tax of associates 5.2 660 616
Operating profit before special items 13,356 11,411
Special items, net 3.1 -1,926 -519
Financial income 4.4 1,136 959
Financial expenses 4.4 -3,516 -1,864
Profit before tax 9,050 9,987
Income tax 6.1 -2,072 -1,982
Profit from continuing operations 6,978 8,005
Net result from discontinued operations 5.3 - 2,258
Profit for the period 6,978 10,263
Attributable to
Non-controlling interests 5.2 1,023 1,147
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (net profit) 5,955 9,116
DKK
Earnings per share 4.3
Earnings per share of DKK 20 (EPS) 45.1 68.7
Continuing operations 45.1 51.7
Discontinued operations - 17.0
Diluted earnings per share of DKK 20 (EPS-D) 44.9 68.6
Continuing operations 44.9 51.6
Discontinued operations - 17.0
STATEMENT OF
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
DKK million Section 2025 2024
Profit for the period 6,978 10,263
Other comprehensive income
Retirement benefit obligations 7.4 234 -96
Income tax 6.1 -48 13
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement 186 -83
Foreign exchange adjustments of foreign entities 4.2, 4.4 -3,250 874
Hyperinflation restatement of equity 8.1 26 2,428
Fair value adjustments of hedging instruments 4.2, 4.4 291 2
Income tax 6.1 -29 30
Items that will be reclassified to the income statement -2,962 3,334
Other comprehensive income -2,776 3,251
Total comprehensive income 4,202 13,514
Attributable to
Non-controlling interests 756 2,138
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S 3,446 11,376
Total comprehensive income for the period arises from
Continuing operations 4,202 11,256
Discontinued operations - 2,258
Total comprehensive income 4,202 13,514
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 102
STATEMENT OF
FINANCIAL POSITION
DKK million
Section 31 Dec. 2025 31 Dec. 2024
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible assets 2.2, 2.3 83,231 53,176
Property, plant and equipment 2.2, 2.3 32,780 27,053
Investments in associates 5.2 4,325 4,546
Retirement benefit assets 7.4 999 -
Receivables 1.5 860 814
Deferred tax assets 6.2 2,511 2,056
Total non-current assets 124,706 87,645
Current assets
Inventories 1.3.1 7,110 5,953
Trade receivables 1.5 7,709 4,940
Tax receivables 386 410
Other receivables 1.5 2,990 2,258
Prepayments 1,469 1,185
Deposits and securities 4.7.2 - 59
Cash and cash equivalents 4.7.2 9,585 11,542
Total current assets 29,249 26,347
Total assets 153,955 113,992
DKK million Section 31 Dec. 2025 31 Dec. 2024
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Share capital 4.2.1 2,653 2,685
Reserves -3,194 -496
Retained earnings 28,345 25,582
Equity, shareholders in Carlsberg A/S 27,804 27,771
Non-controlling interests 2,872 2,841
Total equity 30,676 30,612
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings 4.6, 4.7.1 61,452 27,392
Retirement benefit obligations 7.4 1,297 1,304
Deferred tax liabilities 6.2 8,675 5,081
Provisions 3.2 1,863 2,085
Other liabilities 3.3 1,446 1,495
Total non-current liabilities 74,733 37,357
Current liabilities
Borrowings 4.6, 4.7.1 9,171 10,748
Trade payables 26,877 23,295
Deposits on returnable packaging materials 1,702 1,728
Provisions 3.2 1,226 950
Tax payables 1,392 1,204
Other liabilities 3.3 8,178 8,098
Total current liabilities 48,546 46,023
Total liabilities 123,279 83,380
Total equity and liabilities 153,955 113,992
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 103
STATEMENT OF
CHANGES IN EQUITY
2025
Section
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S
DKK million
Share
capital
Currency
translation
Hedging
reserves
Total
reserves
Retained
earnings Total
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Equity at 1 January 2,685 -597 101 -496 25,582 27,771 2,841 30,612
Profit for the period - - - - 5,955 5,955 1,023 6,978
Other comprehensive income 4.2.2 - -2,847 149 -2,698 189 -2,509 -267 -2,776
Total comprehensive income for the period - -2,847 149 -2,698 6,144 3,446 756 4,202
Acquisition of treasury shares 4.2.1 - - - - -4 -4 - -4
Cancellation of treasury shares 4.2.1 -32 - - - 32 - - -
Share-based payments 7.3 - - - - 128 128 - 128
Dividends paid to shareholders 4.2.1 - - - - -3,569 -3,569 -821 -4,390
Non-controlling interests 5.2 - - - - 32 32 96 128
Total changes in equity -32 -2,847 149 -2,698 2,763 33 31 64
Equity at 31 December 2,653 -3,444 250 -3,194 28,345 27,804 2,872 30,676
2024
Section
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S
DKK million
Share
capital
Currency
translation
Hedging
reserves
Total
reserves
Retained
earnings Total
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Equity at 1 January 2,747 -2,639 -180 -2,819 23,306 23,234 2,515 25,749
Profit for the period - - - - 9,116 9,116 1,147 10,263
Other comprehensive income 4.2.2 - 2,042 281 2,323 -63 2,260 991 3,251
Total comprehensive income for the period - 2,042 281 2,323 9,053 11,376 2,138 13,514
Cancellation of treasury shares 4.2.1 -62 - - - 62 - - -
Share-based payments 7.3 - - - - 100 100 - 100
Dividends paid to shareholders 4.2.1 - - - - -3,601 -3,601 -1,376 -4,977
Share buy-back 4.2.1 - - - - -1,960 -1,960 - -1,960
Non-controlling interests 5.2 - - - - -1,378 -1,378 -436 -1,814
Total changes in equity -62 2,042 281 2,323 2,276 4,537 326 4,863
Equity at 31 December 2,685 -597 101 -496 25,582 27,771 2,841 30,612
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 104
STATEMENT OF
CASH FLOWS
DKK million Section 2025 2024
Operating profit before special items 13,356 11,411
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses 2.2 5,428 4,370
Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses 18,784 15,781
Other non-cash items -572 -635
Change in trade working capital 730 471
Change in other working capital -1,293 -1,108
Restructuring costs and other special items paid -1,381 -220
Interest etc. received 341 456
Interest etc. paid -1,672 -1,091
Income tax paid -2,506 -2,342
Cash flow from operating activities 1.4 12,431 11,312
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 2.2 -4,924 -4,668
Acquisition of intangible assets 2.2 -668 -362
Disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 2.2 106 85
Change in on-trade loans 1.4 66 1
Total operational investments -5,420 -4,944
Free operating cash flow 7,011 6,368
Acquisition of subsidiaries 5.1 -29,421 254
Disposal of subsidiaries - -27
Acquisition of associates 5.2 -15 -161
Disposal of associates 5.2 183 -
Change in financial investments 4.7.2 24 2,179
Change in financial receivables -61 389
Dividends received 612 792
Total financial investments -28,678 3,426
Cash flow from investing activities -34,098 -1,518
Free cash flow -21,667 9,794
DKK million Section 2025 2024
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S 4.2.1 -3,573 -3,601
Share buy-back 4.2.1 - -1,960
Non-controlling interests 4.2.1 -864 -6,463
External financing 4.7.1 24,747 -1,911
Cash flow from financing activities 20,310 -13,935
Net cash flow from continuing operations -1,357 -4,141
Net cash flow from discontinued operations 5.3 - 2,258
Net cash flow -1,357 -1,883
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 11,510 13,382
Foreign exchange adjustment of cash and cash equivalents -602 11
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December¹ 4.7.2 9,551 11,510
¹ Cash and cash equivalents are reported less bank overdrafts.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 105
In this section
The Group’s businesses are managed from the perspective of Carlsberg’s operating segments, and
selected financial data is presented on this basis. Also detailed in the sections below are the key
amounts recognised in arriving at the Group’s operating profit before special items, cash flow from
operating activities, and trade and other receivables.
Operating margin
DKKbn
10.1
11.5
11.1
11.4
13.4
16.9%
16.3%
15.1%
15.2%
15.0%
Operating profit before special items (DKKbn)
Operating margin
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
0.0
10.0
15.0%
20.0%
Section 1.1
Significant events in the period
On 16 January 2025, the Group gained control of the Britvic Group and started consolidation. The acquisition has had a significant
impact on the Group’s financial results. Due to the scale of the Britvic acquisition and the resulting changes in the Group’s structure,
the 2025 figures are not directly comparable with prior years.
Britvic delivered a significant contribution to revenue and earnings from the date of consolidation, supported by integration synergies.
Integration costs arising from the acquisition are disclosed as part of special items to maintain clarity on the underlying results of the
combined Group.
As part of the purchase price allocation, a significant proportion of the consideration was allocated to intangible assets, and resulted
in a substantial increase in intangible assets subject to amortisation. This change affects the basis for performance measurement,
particularly operating profit before special items, which remains a key metric for assessing underlying earnings.
To maintain transparency and comparability, the Group presents operating profit before special items both including and excluding
amortisation of intangible assets recognised in purchase price allocations. Amortisation of brands is reported within cost of sales,
while amortisation of the Pepsi partnership and customer relationships is presented within sales and distribution expenses. Internally,
these amortisation charges are excluded from the management-defined performance measures (MPM), as defined on page 23, such
as operating profit before special items (MPM) and return on invested capital (MPM). The Group’s external communication on
financial performance, including segment reporting, reflects management’s view on the underlying performance.
The acquisition has introduced additional complexity in reporting, as the Group now provides both reported - and MPM figures to
distinguish acquisition-related amortisation from core results. This approach is consistent with industry practice and supports
meaningful performance analysis.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 106
SECTION 1
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
106 1.1 Significant events in the period
107 1.2 Segmentation of operations
108 1.2.1 Revenue
108 1.2.2 Operating profit before special items
108 1.2.3 Operating margin
110 1.3 Operating expenses and inventories
110 1.3.1 Cost of sales and inventories
110 1.3.2 Sales and distribution expenses
111 1.3.3 Other operating activities, net
111 1.4 Cash flow from operating activities
112 1.5 Trade and other receivables
112 1.5.1 Receivables
113 1.5.2 On-trade loans
113 1.5.3 Credit risk
Section 1.2
Segmentation of operations
Segmentation of income statement
DKK millionCentral & Eastern Western Europe and NotBeverages,Non-CarlsbergEurope AsiaIndiaallocatedtotalbeverageGroup, total2025Revenue 51,651 19,274 18,158 12 89,095 - 89,095Cost of sales (MPM)¹ -29,330 -9,481 -9,920 -62 -48,793 - -48,793Sales and distribution expenses (MPM)¹ -13,419 -4,528 -4,030 -577 -22,554 - -22,554Share of profit after tax of associates 419 118 9 - 546 114 660Other expenses -1,939 -916 -766 -789 -4,410 -2 -4,412Operating profit before special items (MPM)¹ 7,382 4,467 3,451 -1,416 13,884 112 13,996Special items, net (MPM)¹ -2,566 - -2,566Financial items, net -2,364 -16 -2,380Profit before tax 8,954 96 9,050Income tax -2,119 47 -2,072Profit for the period 6,835 143 6,978Operating margin (MPM)¹ 14.3% 23.2% 19.0% 15.6% 15.7%Operating profit reconciliationOperating profit before special items (MPM)¹ 7,382 4,467 3,451 -1,416 13,884 112 13,996Amortisation of intangible assets recognised in purchase price allocations -620 - -20 - -640 - -640Operating profit before special items 6,762 4,467 3,431 -1,416 13,244 112 13,356Operating margin 13.1% 23.2% 18.9% 14.9% 15.0%
¹ Adjusted for amortisation of intangible assets recognised in purchase price allocations.
Since the acquisition, the Britvic activities in the UK, Ireland and France have been included in Western Europe and the activities in
Brazil in Central & Eastern Europe and India, cf. section5.1.
The reconciliation of segment reporting presented in accordance with the Group’s management-defined performance measures
(MPM) and the external reporting in accordance with IFRS provides a clear view of operating profit before special items, presented
both including and excluding amortisation of intangible assets recognised as part of the purchase price allocation relating to the
Britvic acquisition. This enhances transparency by separating the impact of acquisition-related amortisation from the Group’s
underlying operating performance.
“Not allocated” comprises income and expenses incurred for ongoing support of the Group’s overall operations and strategic
development. The expenses include costs of running central functions and marketing, such as global sponsorships.
The non-beverage segment, comprising research and real estate activities, is managed separately and therefore shown separately
rather than geographically segmented.
Not allocated revenue, DKK 12m (2024: DKK 10m), consisted of DKK 720m (2024: DKK 875m) in revenue and DKK -708m (2024:
DKK -865m) from eliminations of sales between the geographical segments.
DKK millionCentral & Eastern Western Europe and NotBeverages,Non-CarlsbergEurope AsiaIndiaallocatedtotalbeverageGroup, total2024Revenue 38,081 20,466 16,454 10 75,011 - 75,011Cost of sales -21,154 -10,266 -9,206 -5 -40,631 - -40,631Sales and distribution expenses -10,294 -4,807 -3,570 -571 -19,242 - -19,242Share of profit after tax of associates 362 54 196 - 612 4 616Other expenses -1,721 -815 -835 -927 -4,298 -45 -4,343Operating profit before special items 5,274 4,632 3,039 -1,493 11,452 -41 11,411Special items, net-522 3 -519Financial items, net-854 -51 -905Profit before tax10,076 -89 9,987Income tax-1,962 -20 -1,982Profit from continuing operations8,114 -109 8,005Net result from discontinued operations 2,258 - 2,258Profit for the period 10,372 -109 10,263Operating margin 13.9% 22.6% 18.5% 15.3% 15.2%
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 107
SECTION 1 OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Section 1.2
Segmentation of operations continued
Accounting policies
Segment information
The Group’s beverage activities are segmented according to the three geographical regions where sales take place. These regions
make up the Group’s operating and reportable segments.
The segmentation reflects the geographical and strategic management, decision and reporting structure applied by the Executive
Committee (ExCom) for monitoring the Group’s strategic and financial targets. Segments are managed based on business
performance measured as operating profit before special items adjusted for amortisation of intangible assets recognised in
purchase price allocation, and follows the reporting to the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Makers (ExCom).
The geographical allocation of revenue and non-current assets is based on the selling entities’ domicile and comprises countries
individually accounting for more than 10% of the Group’s consolidated revenue as well as the domicile country.
Decisions on items included in special items such as significant impairments, restructurings, disposals and step acquisitions of
entities as well as on financing (financial income and expenses) are made based on information for the Group as a whole and
therefore not segmented. A similar approach is taken regarding tax associated with these transactions. The segmentation of the
Group’s assets and returns is disclosed in section 2.1.
1.2.1 Revenue
Revenue and excise duties
DKK million 2025 2024Revenue, including excise duties 112,720 100,366Excise duties -23,625 -25,355Total 89,095 75,011
Geographical allocation of revenue
DKK million 2025 2024Denmark (Carlsberg A/S’ domicile) 5,134 5,039UK 18,760 8,249China 12,574 12,883Other countries 52,627 48,840Total 89,095 75,011
The Group’s revenue arises primarily from the sale of beverages to its customers. In 2025, total revenue was positively impacted by
the acquisition of Britvic. Revenue growth was negatively impacted by soft consumer sentiment in most market, the loss of San
Miguel in the UK and adverse currencies, mainly in China, Laos, Vietnam, Kazakhstan and Ukraine.
1.2.2 Operating profit before special items
Group operating profit increased by 17% with a positive impact from acquisitions, partly offset by a negative currency impact and
PPA-related amortisation.
1.2.3 Operating margin
The operating margin declined by 0.2 percentage points to 15.0%. Margins improved in most markets, but this was more than offset
by the inclusion of the Britvic Group,which was impacted by PPA-related amortisation.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 108
SECTION 1 OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Section 1.2
Segmentation of operations continued
Accounting estimates and judgements
The Group considers all terms and activities in contracts with customers in order to determine the performance obligation, the
transaction price and the allocation of the transaction price.
If the consideration in a contract includes a variable amount, the Group estimates the consideration to which it will be entitled in
exchange for transferring goods to the customer. The variable consideration is estimated at contract inception based on expected
sales volumes using historical and year-to-date sales data and other information about trading with the individual customer or with
a group of customers.
The Group estimates discounts using either the expected value method or the most likely amount method, depending on which
method better predicts the amount of consideration to which it will be entitled.
The most likely amount method is used for contracts with a single contract sum, while the expected value method is used for
contracts with more than one threshold because of the complexity and the activities agreed with the individual customer.
Certain contracts related to specific major events that are held within such a short time period that it is not possible to sell all the
goods during the event (e.g. football matches) give the customer the right to return the goods within a specified period.
The Group uses the expected value method to estimate the goods that will not be returned, as this method best predicts the
amount of variable consideration to which the Group will be entitled. For goods that are expected to be returned, the Group
recognises a refund liability instead of revenue.
Management makes judgements when deciding whether supporting activities with customers should be classified as a discount or a
marketing expense. Generally, activities with an individual customer are accounted for as a discount, whereas costs related to
broader marketing activities are classified as marketing expenses.
Whether the Group is acting as a principal or an agent is assessed by management on a country-by-country basis. The Group has
concluded that it acts as the principal in its revenue arrangements because it controls the goods before transferring them to
thecustomer.
Excise duties, taxes and fees
The classification of duties, taxes and fees paid to local authorities or brewery organisations etc. requires management to make
judgements on the classification.
Locally imposed duties, taxes and fees are typically based on product type, alcohol content, consumption of certain raw materials,
such as glue, plastic or metal in caps, and energy consumption. These are classified as either sales- or production-related.
Excise duties are generally imposed by the tax authorities as taxes on consumption and are collected by the Group on behalf of the
authorities when the goods are transferred to the customers and thereby ready for consumption.
Taxes and fees related to the input/use of goods in production, distribution etc. are recognised as part of the cost of the goods or
services purchased. The type of authority or organisation imposing the duty, tax or fee and the objective of this are key factors
when determining the classification.
Accounting policies
Revenue
Recognition and measurement
Revenue from contracts with customers comprises sales of goods, royalty income, rental income from non-stationary equipment,
service fees and sales of by-products.
Revenue from the sale of own-produced finished goods, goods for resale (third-party products) and by-products is recognised at
the point in time when the control of goods and products is transferred to the customer, which is generally upon delivery. For
contracts providing the customer with a right of return within a specified period, the Group considers the timing of recognition.
Revenue from sales- or usage-based royalties is recognised when (a) the customer subsequently sells or uses the goods, or (b) the
performance obligation to which some or all of the sales- or usage-based royalty has been allocated is satisfied (or partially
satisfied), whichever is later.
Revenue from contracts with customers is measured at an amount that reflects the expected consideration for those goods.
Amounts disclosed as revenue exclude discounts, VAT and excise duties collected on behalf of authorities.
The Group considers whether contracts include separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs
to be allocated. In determining the transaction price, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration. No element of
financing is deemed present, as payment is generally made on the basis of cash on delivery or up to 30 days of credit.
Variable consideration
The Group offers various discounts depending on the nature of the customer and business.
Discounts comprise off-invoice discounts, volume- and activity-related discounts, including specific promotion prices offered, and
other discounts. Furthermore, discounts include the difference between the present value and the nominal amount of on-trade
loans to customers, cf. section 1.5.
Off-invoice discounts arise from sales transactions where the customer immediately receives a reduction in the sales price. This also
includes cash discounts and incentives for early payments.
Volume- and activity-related discounts is a broad term covering incentives for customers to sustain business with the Group over a
longer time and may be related to a current campaign or a sales target measured in volumes or total value. Examples include
discounts paid as a lump sum, discounts for meeting certain sales targets or progressive discounts offered in step with increasing
sales to a customer.
Other discounts include listing fees, i.e. fees for certain listings on shelves, in coolers or in favourable store locations, as specific
promotions of this nature are closely related to the volumes sold.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 109
SECTION 1 OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Section 1.3
Operating expenses and inventories
1.3.1 Cost of sales and inventories
Cost of sales
DKK million 2025 2024Cost of materials 27,535 23,282Direct staff costs 2,204 1,638Amortisation and depreciation 2,901 2,571Indirect production overheads 5,769 5,311Purchased finished goods and other costs 10,450 7,829Total 48,859 40,631
Cost of sales increased by 20.3% compared with 2024, mainly impacted by the acquisition of Britvic and included PPA-related
amortisation of DKK 66m. Cost of sales per hl increased by 2.1%.
Inventories
DKK million 2025 2024Raw materials 3,051 2,445Work in progress 435 343Finished goods 3,624 3,165Total 7,110 5,953
Inventories increased by 19.4% compared with 2024, mainly driven by Britvic.
Accounting estimates and judgements
At least once a year, management assesses whether the standard cost of inventories approximates the actual cost. During the year,
the standard cost is revised if it deviates by more than 5% from the actual cost. Indirect production overheads are calculated on the
basis of relevant assumptions as to capacity utilisation, production time and other factors.
The calculation of the net realisable value of inventories is relevant to packaging materials, point-of-sale materials and spare parts.
The net realisable value is normally not calculated for beer and soft drinks due to their limited shelf-life, which means that slow-
moving goods must be scrapped instead.
Accounting policies
Cost of sales comprises cost of materials used in own-produced finished goods, including malt (barley), hops, sugar, concentrate,
rice, glass, cans, other packaging materials, direct labour, indirect production overheads and standard cost variations. It further
comprises purchased finished goods, which include cost of point-of-sale materials and third-party products sold to customers.
Indirect production overheads comprise indirect supplies, wages and salaries, amortisation of brands and software, as well as
maintenance and depreciation of machinery, plant and equipment used for production.
The cost of purchased finished goods, raw and packaging materials and point-of-sale materials includes the purchase cost and
costs directly related to bringing inventories to the relevant place of sale and getting them ready for sale, for example insurance,
freight and duties.
Inventories are measured at the lower of standard cost (own-produced finished goods) and weighted average cost (other
inventories), or net realisable value. The net realisable value is the estimated selling price less costs of completion and costs
necessary to make the sale, also taking into account marketability, obsolescence and developments in expected selling price.
The cost of scrapped/impaired goods is expensed in the function (line item) responsible for the loss, i.e. losses during distribution
are included in distribution expenses, while scrapping of products due to sales not meeting forecasts is included in sales expenses.
1.3.2 Sales and distribution expenses
Sales and distribution expenses
DKK million 2025 2024Marketing expenses 7,354 6,539Sales expenses 7,281 5,599Distribution expenses 8,493 7,104Total 23,128 19,242
Sales and distribution expenses increased due to higher sales expenses, particularly in China and Kazakhstan, and the acquisition of
Britvic. Sales expenses included PPA-related amortisation of DKK 574m. Total sales and distribution expenses increased by 20.2%.
Accounting policies
Marketing expenses consist of expenses for brand marketing and trade marketing.
Brand marketing is an investment in the Group’s brands and consists of brand-specific investments in the development of
communication vehicles, which are used to drive the sale of branded products, sales campaigns and sponsorships. Trade marketing is
promotional activities directed towards customers, such as the supply of point-of-sale materials, promotional materials and trade offers.
Sales expenses comprise costs relating to general sales activities, write-downs for bad debt losses, wages and salaries, as well as
depreciation and impairment of sales equipment and amortisation of licence agreements and customer relationships. Distribution
expenses comprise costs incurred in distributing goods, wages and salaries, and depreciation and impairment of distribution equipment.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 110
SECTION 1 OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Section 1.3
Operating expenses and inventories continued
1.3.3 Other operating activities, net
Other operating activities, net
DKK million 2025 2024Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 84 44On-trade loans 44 18Real estate 22 18Research centres -152 -142Other 551 100Total 549 38
Other operating activities are secondary to the principal activities of the Group and include income and expenses relating to rental
properties, restaurants, on-trade loans, research activities, and gains and losses on disposal of intangible assets and property, plant
and equipment.
Other operating activities were positively impacted by compensations, including insurance indemnifications related to events during
the year.
Accounting policies
Gains and losses on disposal of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are determined as the sales price less selling
costs and the carrying amount at the disposal date.
On-trade loans, net, comprise the effective interest on the loans measured at amortised cost less impairment.
Expenses relating to research activities comprise research in Denmark and France less funding received from the Carlsberg
Foundation for the operation of the Carlsberg Research Laboratory and grants received to fund research. The funding and grants
are recognised in the income statement in the same period as the activities to which they relate. Product development costs are
included in cost of sales.
Section 1.4
Cash flow from operating activities
Other specifications of cash flow from operating activities
DKK million Section 2025 2024Other non-cash itemsShare of profit after tax of associates 5.2 -660 -616Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, net 2.2 -84 -44Share-based payments 128 100Hyperinflation 8.1 34 -87Other items 10 12Total -572 -635Trade working capitalInventories 364 -22Trade receivables 847 82Trade payables, duties payable and deposits on returnable packaging materials -481 411Total 730 471Other working capitalOther receivables -311 -484Other payables -477 -273Retirement benefit obligations and provisions -498 -337Unrealised foreign exchange gains/losses -7 -14Total -1,293 -1,108Change in on-trade loansLoans provided -485 -547Repayments 305 303Total amortisation of on-trade loans 246 245Total 66 1
The change in trade working capital was DKK +730m (2024: DKK +471m), due to positive contributions from trade receivables and
inventories, partly offset by trade payables. Average trade working capital to revenue for the year was -15.6% (2024: -20.7%) and
excluding Britvic -20.1%. The change in other working capital was DKK -1,293m (2024: DKK -1,108m), impacted by Britvic and other
payables.
Restructuring costs and other special items paid amounted to DKK 1,381m (2024: DKK 220m), impacted by the integration of Britvic,
restructuring projects and acquisition-related costs.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 111
SECTION 1 OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Section 1.4
Cash flow from operating activities continued
Supplier finance arrangements
A number of the Group’s suppliers participate in supplier finance arrangements, with a supply chain finance provider and related
financial institutions acting as a funding partner. When suppliers participate in these programmes, they have the option of receiving
early payment but, regardless of whether or not the suppliers choose early payment, the liability is recognised in trade payables until
the due date of the invoice. Payment terms for suppliers included in a supplier finance arrangement typically range from 60 to 180
days, and payment terms for similar suppliers not included range from 15 to 130 days. Termination of individual supplier finance
arrangements would not constitute a significant risk in terms of liquidity because of the amounts involved and the number of supply
chain finance providers.
Carrying amount of liabilities included in supplier finance arrangements
DKK million 2025 2024Suppliers that have received payment 2,695 2,364Suppliers that have not received payment 476 278Total 3,171 2,642
Sale of receivables
Carlsberg has chosen to sell some of its trade receivables in selected Western European markets in non-recourse factoring
agreements to expedite cash collection from groups of customers. Carlsberg does not carry any credit risk on these customers and
has no continuing involvement in these trade receivables, which have therefore been derecognised.
The impact on average trade working capital from the use of supplier finance arrangements and factoring is limited, as the utilisation
is similar to previous years.
Accounting estimates and judgements
The deposit on returnable packaging materials is estimated based on movements in recognised liabilities during the year, loss of
returnable packaging materials in the market, planned changes in packaging types and historical information about return rates.
Accounting policies
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. Trade payables comprise purchase
of goods and services, including payables to supplier finance providers, and retrospective rebates to customers, and are part of the
normal working capital cycle. The cash flow arising from all trade payables is part of cash flow from operating activities. Trade
receivables are measured at amortised cost unless they are subject to non-recourse factoring, in which case they are held at fair value.
The obligation to refund deposits on returnable packaging materials is measured on the basis of deposit price, an estimate of the
number of bottles, kegs, cans and crates in circulation, and expected return rates.
Section 1.5
Trade and other receivables
1.5.1 Receivables
The Group’s trade receivables consist of receivables from sales of goods and services and on-trade loans. Non-current receivables
consist mainly of on-trade loans that fall due more than one year from the reporting date.
Receivables included in the statement of financial position
DKK millionNon-current Current Total2025 Receivables Trade receivables Other receivablesReceivables from sales of goods and services - 7,443 - 7,443On-trade loans 553 266 - 819Other receivables 307 - 2,990 3,297Total receivables 860 7,709 2,990 11,5592024Receivables from sales of goods and services - 4,692 - 4,692On-trade loans 617 248 - 865Other receivables 197 - 2,258 2,455Total receivables 814 4,940 2,258 8,012
The carrying amount of receivables approximates their fair value. For on-trade loans, the fair value is calculated as discounted cash
flows using the interest rate at the reporting date.
Other receivables primarily comprise VAT and similar government receivables, interest receivables and other financial receivables.
These are associated with low risk.
Of the total non-current receivables, DKK 104m (2024: DKK 123m) falls due more than five years from the reporting date.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 112
SECTION 1 OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Section 1.5
Trade and other receivables continued
Receivables from sales of goods and services (broken down by region)
The distribution of receivables broken down by country is affected by market-specific changes in payment patterns.
1.5.2 On-trade loans
On-trade loans recognised in other operating activities, net
DKK million 2025 2024Interest and amortisation of on-trade loans recognised in other operating activities 50 60Losses and write-downs on on-trade loans -6 -42On-trade loans, net 44 18
Under certain circumstances, the Group grants loans to on-trade customers in France, the UK, Switzerland, Germany and Sweden.
On-trade loans are spread across a large number of customers/debtors and consist of several types of loans, including loans repaid
in cash or through reduced discounts and guarantees for loans provided by third parties, cf. section 3.4.
The operating entities monitor and control these loans in accordance with Group guidelines. The specification of the cash flow related
to on-trade loans is shown in section 1.4.
The average effective interest rate on loans to the on-trade was 3.9% (2024: 4.6%). The interest income is recognised in other
operating activities.
On-trade loans (broken down by country)
2025 2024Germany 32% 34% France 30% 30% Switzerland 22% 23% Sweden 12% 10% UK 4% 3% Total 100% 100%
1.5.3 Credit risk
Credit risk on receivables
DKK millionWeightedaverageGross receivables Loss allowance Receivables, netloss rate2025Receivables from sales of goods and servicesNot past due 6,842 -184 6,658 3% Overdue 1-30 days 583 -41 542 7% Overdue 31-90 days 223 -50 173 22% Overdue > 90 days 426 -356 70 84% Receivables from sales of goods and services 8,074 -631 7,443On-trade loansNot past due 728 -77 651 11% Overdue 1-30 days 13 -2 11 15% Overdue 31-90 days 25 -2 23 8% Overdue > 90 days 467 -333 134 71% On-trade loans 1,233 -414 819Other receivablesNot past due 2,998 -2 2,996 -Overdue 1-30 days 20 - 20 -Overdue 31-90 days 98 -1 97 1% Overdue > 90 days 201 -17 184 8% Other receivables 3,317 -20 3,297Total 12,624 -1,065 11,559
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 113
SECTION 1 OPERATING ACTIVITIES
2025 2024UK 39% 18% France 6% 3% Poland 5% 7% Denmark 5% 7% Sweden 2% 11% Other 9% 9% gWestern Europe 66% 55% Brazil 5% -India 5% 6% Other 15% 29% gCentral & Eastern Europe and India 25% 35% gAsia 9% 10%
Section 1.5
Trade and other receivables continued
Credit risk on receivables
DKK millionWeightedaverageGross receivables Loss allowance Receivables, netloss rate2024Receivables from sales of goods and servicesNot past due 4,577 -212 4,365 5% Overdue 1-30 days 249 -46 203 18% Overdue 31-90 days 167 -53 114 32% Overdue > 90 days 343 -333 10 97% Receivables from sales of goods and services 5,336 -644 4,692On-trade loansNot past due 791 -94 697 12% Overdue 1-30 days 11 -1 10 9% Overdue 31-90 days 28 -3 25 11% Overdue > 90 days 471 -338 133 72% On-trade loans 1,301 -436 865Other receivablesNot past due 2,299 -9 2,290 -Overdue 1-30 days 24 - 24 -Overdue 31-90 days 66 - 66 -Overdue > 90 days 88 -13 75 15% Other receivables 2,477 -22 2,455Total 9,114 -1,102 8,012
In 2025, receivables not past due amounted to 84% (2024: 84%) of total gross receivables.
The past-due share of gross loans to on-trade customers was 41% (2024: 39%). Total accumulated allowances for impairment losses
on on-trade loans were DKK 414m (2024: DKK 436m), and the share of receivables from sales of goods and services past due was
15% (2024 at 14%).
The credit risk on trade receivables is assessed locally and monitored at Group level. The on-trade channel, especially in Western
Europe, continues to experience challenges as a result of weak consumer sentiment. This means the credit risk for on-trade loans has
increased on a collective basis since initial recognition, which is why loss allowances are measured at an amount equal to the lifetime
expected credit losses. This is the same as for receivables from sales of goods and services.
Development in impairment losses on receivables
DKK million2024Receivables from sales of goods Other 2025and services¹ On-trade loans²receivables² Total TotalImpairment at 1 January -644 -436 -22 -1,102 -1,106Additional impairment losses recognised -21 -14 - -35 -63Realised during the year 62 4 - 66 8Reversal of impairment losses 61 30 - 91 95Acquisition of entities -113 - - -113 -33Disposal of entities - - - - 4Foreign exchange adjustments 24 2 2 28 -7Impairment at 31 December -631 -414 -20 -1,065 -1,102
¹ Lifetime expected credit loss.
² 12-month expected credit loss, except for an insignificant share that is a lifetime expected credit loss.
Accounting estimates and judgements
On-trade loan agreements are complex, cover several aspects of the customer relationship and may vary from agreement to
agreement. Management assesses the recognition and classification of income and expenses for each agreement, including the
allocation of payments from the customer between revenue, discounts, interest (other operating activities) and repayment of the loan.
Management also assesses both individually and on a portfolio basis whether developments in local conditions for on-trade
customers could impact the expected credit losses. Exposure to credit risk on receivables and loans is managed locally, and credit
limits are set as considered appropriate for the customer, taking into account the current local market conditions. When assessing
the risk locally, entities assess the credit risk and adhere to Group guidelines, which include setting credit limits, encouraging cash
payment, purchasing credit insurance and holding collateral.
In assessing credit risk, management analyses the need for impairment of trade receivables and on-trade loans due to customers’
inability to pay.
Expected credit losses are assessed for portfolios of receivables based on customer segments, historical information on payment
patterns, terms of payment and concentration maturity. The expected impact includes the risk of insolvencies due to lack of liquidity.
The portfolios are based on on-trade and off-trade customers, and on-trade receivables and loans. On-trade loans carry a higher
risk than receivables from sales of goods and services and are concentrated in a few markets. The credit risk on on-trade loans can
be reduced by means of collateral and pledges of on-trade movables (equipment in bars, cafés etc.).
The fair value of the pledged on-trade movables cannot be estimated reliably but is assessed to be insignificant, as they cannot
readily be reused.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 114
SECTION 1 OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Section 1.5
Trade and other receivables continued
Accounting policies
Receivables are recognised initially at the transaction price and subsequently measured at amortised cost less loss allowance or
impairment losses. Trade receivables comprise sales of goods and services as well as short-term on-trade loans to customers. Other
receivables comprise VAT receivables, loans to partners and associates, interest receivables and other financial receivables.
For on-trade loans, any difference between the present value and the nominal amount at inception is treated as a prepaid discount
to the customer, and the discount is recognised in the income statement in accordance with the terms of the agreement.
The market interest rate is used as the discount rate, corresponding to the money market rate based on the maturity of the loan
with the addition of a risk premium. The effective interest on these loans is recognised in other operating activities, net. The
amortisation of the difference between the discount rate and the effective interest rate is included as a discount in revenue.
The Group applies the simplified approach to measure expected credit losses. This entails recognising a lifetime expected loss
allowance for all receivables from sales of goods and services. Loss rates are determined based on grouping of receivables sharing
the same credit risk characteristics and past-due days.
Regarding on-trade loans and loans to associates, a loss allowance is recognised based on 12-month or lifetime expected credit
losses, depending on whether a significant increase in credit risk has arisen since initial recognition.
In certain markets, the Group enters into factoring agreements on a non-recourse basis, which involves selling receivables from
sales of goods and services to a factor. Receivables subject to factoring agreements are derecognised once the criteria for
derecognition have been met and all substantial risks and rewards transferred. The Group does not have any continuing
involvement once the receivables have been derecognised.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 115
SECTION 1 OPERATING ACTIVITIES
In this section
Return on invested capital (ROIC) is a performance ratio that shows how efficiently our
businesses are performing. ROIC remains in focus as part of the Group’s Accelerate SAIL strategy
to continue to create value for stakeholders.
Additionally, this section provides details on the Group’s intangible assets and property, plant
and equipment, and the results of the impairment testing.
Return on invested capital
DKKbn
63.6
60.2
61.1
66.1
104.1
12.5%
15.2%
14.5%
13.8%
10.1%
Invested capital
ROIC (12-month average)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
0.0
60.0
120.0
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
Section 2.1
Segmentation of assets and returns
DKK millionCentral & Eastern Carlsberg Western Europe and NotBeverages,Non-Group, Europe AsiaIndiaallocated¹totalbeveragetotal2025Invested capital 71,005 19,824 12,151 183 103,163 934 104,097Invested capital excl. goodwill 31,950 4,828 6,878 183 43,839 934 44,773Investments in associates 2,723 791 66 3 3,583 742 4,325Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets2,202 1,515 1,515 345 5,577 15 5,592Amortisation and depreciation 3,041 1,540 877 74 5,532 1 5,533Impairment losses, net 285 72 105 28 490 -30 460Return on invested capital (ROIC) 7.7% 18.4% 23.9% - 10.1% - 10.1% ROIC excl. goodwill 16.8% 81.8% 42.9% - 23.4% - 23.4% MPM measuresInvested capital (MPM), period-end 69,299 19,824 12,103 145 101,371 934 102,305Invested capital excl. goodwill (MPM), period-end 23,065 4,828 6,699 145 34,737 934 35,671Return on invested capital, ROIC (MPM) 8.6% 18.4% 24.1% - 10.5% - 10.8%Return on invested capital excl. goodwill (MPM) 25.1% 81.8% 44.4% - 24.5% - 30.9%2024Invested capital 34,480 20,883 10,590 -612 65,341 718 66,059Invested capital excl. goodwill 14,126 4,556 5,013 -612 23,083 718 23,801Investments in associates 2,813 893 97 7 3,810 736 4,546Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets1,838 2,328 828 21 5,015 15 5,030Amortisation and depreciation 1,905 1,553 808 61 4,327 - 4,327Impairment losses, net 224 67 -1 37 327 - 327Return on invested capital (ROIC) 12.0% 18.3% 23.6% - 14.0% - 13.8% ROIC excl. goodwill 28.4% 105.7% 37.1% - 36.6% - 35.5%
¹ Not allocated comprises supporting companies without brewing activities, and eliminations of investments in subsidiaries, receivables and loans.
As a result of the completion of the purchase price allocation for Gorkha Brewery, Nepal, the statement of financial position for 2024
was restated leading to a reduction of equity of DKK 64m and an increase in total assets of DKK 664m.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 116
SECTION 2
ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
116 2.1 Segmentation of assets and returns
118 2.2 Intangible assets and property,
plant and equipment
122 2.3 Impairment
122 2.3.1 Recognised impairments
123 2.3.2 Impairment test of goodwill
125 2.3.3 Impairment test of brands
127 2.3.4 Sensitivity tests
Section 2.1
Segmentation of assets and returns continued
Geographical allocation of non-current assets
DKK million 2025 2024Denmark (Carlsberg A/S’ domicile) 5,247 4,994UK 37,220 4,127China 15,007 16,395France 12,620 12,160Other countries 50,242 47,099Total 120,336 84,775
Non-current assets comprise intangible assets and property, plant and equipment owned by the segment/country, even if the income
is earned outside the segment/country that owns the asset.
Invested capital
DKK million 2025 2024Total assets 153,955 113,992LessDeferred tax assets -2,511 -2,056Financial receivables, hedging instruments and receivables sold 336 822Deposits and securities - -59Cash and cash equivalents -9,585 -11,542Assets included 142,195 101,157Trade payables -26,877 -23,295Deposits on returnable packaging materials -1,702 -1,728Provisions, excl. restructurings -2,584 -2,773Other liabilities, excl. hedging instruments and deferred considerations -6,935 -7,302Liabilities offset -38,098 -35,098Invested capital 104,097 66,059Goodwill -59,324 -42,258Invested capital excl. goodwill 44,773 23,801Invested capital, average¹ 105,729 65,910
¹ The Britvic Group was acquired in January 2025 and had a full-year impact on average invested capital in the year of acquisition. Gorkha Brewery was acquired in November 2024, and
did not have a full-year impact on average invested capital in the year of acquisition.
Non-current assets included in invested capital further comprise financial assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax
assets. At year-end, invested capital increased by DKK 38bn due to the acquisition of Britvic.
ROIC was 10.1%, mainly impacted by the Britvic acquisition. As shown in the figure below, ROIC declined by 370bp compared with
last year.
ROIC (%)
13.8
1.1
-0.6
0.0
0.4
-4.2
10.1
2024 EBIT after tax Assets Liabilities FX Britvic 2025
Accounting estimates and judgements
The calculation of return on invested capital (ROIC) uses operating profit before special items adjusted for tax, and invested capital,
including assets held for sale and trade receivables sold, and excludes deferred considerations and income tax.
Accounting policies
The Group’s assets and returns are segmented on the basis of geographical regions in accordance with the management reporting
for the current year, cf. section 1.2.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 117
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.2
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment
DKK million Intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Asset baseContract- and Other customer-related intangible Other equipment, 2025 Goodwill Brandsassetsassets Total Land and buildings Plant and machineryfixtures and fittings Total TotalCostCost at 1 January44,614 12,134-5,168 61,916 20,134 30,478 16,351 66,963 128,879Acquisition of entities19,458 4,4369,330170 33,394 2,268 2,925 465 5,658 39,052Additions, including right-of-use assets- --657 657 1,076 3,276 2,261 6,613 7,270Disposals- -2--111 -113 -216 -274 -1,576 -2,066 -2,179Transfers- --- - 418 -996 338 -240 -240Hyperinflation restatement- - - - 8 12 7 27 27Foreign exchange adjustments etc.-2,511 -488 -299 -136 -3,434 -539 -1,022 -575 -2,136 -5,570Cost at 31 December61,561 16,080 9,031 5,748 92,420 23,149 34,399 17,271 74,819 167,239Amortisation, depreciation and impairment lossesAmortisation, depreciation and impairment losses at 1 January2,356 2,439-3,945 8,740 9,288 19,325 11,297 39,910 48,650Disposals- -2--107 -109 -140 -284 -1,351 -1,775 -1,884Amortisation and depreciation- 79574290 943 911 1,565 2,114 4,590 5,533Impairment losses- 85-12 97 290 107 19 416 513Reversal of impairment losses- - -100 -100 - - - - -100Transfers- --- - -29 -68 -40 -137 -137Hyperinflation restatement- - - - 1 3 6 10 10Foreign exchange adjustments etc.-119 -166-10-87 -382 -128 -498 -349 -975 -1,357Amortisation, depreciation and impairment losses at 31 December2,237 2,435 564 3,953 9,189 10,193 20,150 11,696 42,039 51,228Carrying amount at 31 December59,324 13,645 8,467 1,795 83,231 12,956 14,249 5,575 32,780 116,011Right-of-use assets included at 31 DecemberAmortisation and depreciation - - - - - 321 26 279 626 626Carrying amount at 31 December - - - - - 1,811 74 827 2,712 2,712
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 118
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.2
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment continued
DKK million Intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Asset baseOther intangible Other equipment, 2024 Goodwill Brandsassets Total Land and buildings Plant and machineryfixtures and fittings Total TotalCostCost at 1 January 40,621 11,982 4,852 57,455 18,453 27,571 14,644 60,668 118,123Acquisition of entities 1,954 150 - 2,104 64 44 6 114 2,218Additions, including right-of-use assets - 30 334 364 612 2,907 2,324 5,843 6,207Disposal and deconsolidation of entities -205 -219 -2 -426 -49 -180 -10 -239 -665Disposals - -45 -61 -106 -137 -184 -1,376 -1,697 -1,803Transfers - - - - 667 -788 121 - -Hyperinflation restatement 1,680 112 - 1,792 405 907 596 1,908 3,700Foreign exchange adjustments etc. 564 124 45 733 119 201 46 366 1,099Cost at 31 December 44,614 12,134 5,168 61,916 20,134 30,478 16,351 66,963 128,879Amortisation, depreciation and impairment lossesAmortisation, depreciation and impairment losses at 1 January 2,306 2,280 3,769 8,355 8,482 17,595 10,186 36,263 44,618Disposal and deconsolidation of entities - - -1 -1 -17 -80 -8 -105 -106Disposals - -45 -61 -106 -123 -169 -1,267 -1,559 -1,665Amortisation and depreciation - 14 176 190 800 1,339 1,998 4,137 4,327Impairment losses - 125 40 165 30 43 23 96 261Transfers - - - - 1 26 -27 - -Hyperinflation restatement - - - 109 459 352 920 920Foreign exchange adjustments etc. 50 65 22 137 6 112 40 158 295Amortisation, depreciation and impairment losses at 31 December 2,356 2,439 3,945 8,740 9,288 19,325 11,297 39,910 48,650Carrying amount at 31 December 42,258 9,695 1,223 53,176 10,846 11,153 5,054 27,053 80,229Right-of-use assets included at 31 DecemberAmortisation and depreciation - - - - 273 26 294 593 593Carrying amount at 31 December - - - - 1,275 112 661 2,048 2,048
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 119
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.2
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment continued
Property, plant and equipment under construction amounted to DKK 2,614m (2024: DKK 1,826m). Property, plant and equipment
under construction are recognised in plant and machinery until completion. Other equipment, fixtures and fittings include transport,
office and draught beer equipment, fridges and returnable packaging materials.
Other intangible assets include software, land use rights and beer delivery rights.
Capital expenditure
DKK million 2025 2024Additions, including right-of-use assets 7,270 6,207Less right-of-use assets -1,175 -968Additions 6,095 5,239Additions payable at the end of the reporting period -492 -196Capitalised depreciation - -1Capitalised interest expenses -11 -12Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 5,592 5,030
Amortisation, depreciation and impairment losses
Intangible assets Property, plant and equipmentDKK million 2025 2024 2025 2024Cost of sales 70 50 2,831 2,521Sales and distribution expenses 667 107 1,426 1,298Administrative expenses 105 73 328 321Special items 98 125 421 93Total 940 355 5,006 4,233
Gain/loss on disposal of assets
DKK million 2025 2024Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 120 100Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets -36 -56Total 84 44
Cash flow from disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets was DKK 106m (2024: DKK 85m).
Right-of-use assets
The Group leases various properties and warehouses, production equipment, cars and trucks. Leases are negotiated on an individual
basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.
At 31 December 2025, the carrying amount of right-of-use assets was DKK 2,712m (2024: DKK 2,048m). During the year, additions
amounted to DKK 1,175m, of which DKK 665m is related to Britvic (2024: DKK 968m), and depreciation amounted to DKK 626m
(2024: DKK 593m).
Lease expenses recognised in the income statement, relating to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets, amounted to DKK
63m (2024: DKK 54m). Such contracts usually comprise the lease of copy and printing machines, coffee machines, small IT devices
and similar equipment.
For disclosures of interest expenses, cash flow and lease liabilities, please refer to sections 4.4 and 4.7.1.
Capital commitments
The Group has entered into various capital commitments that will not take effect until after the reporting date and have therefore not
been recognised in the consolidated financial statements. Capital commitments in 2025 amounted to DKK 210m (2024: DKK 173m).
Contingent assets
The Group has a contractual right to receive compensation following the termination of the exclusive licensed production and
distribution agreement with Mahou San Miguel in the UK on 31 December 2024. The Group expects to receive compensation, but
estimating the amount is associated with a high degree of uncertainty.
Accounting estimates and judgements
Useful life and residual value of intangible assets with finite useful life and property,
plant and equipment
Useful life and residual value are initially assessed in both acquisitions and business combinations.
Management assesses brands and property, plant and equipment for changes in useful life. If an indication of a reduction in the
value or useful life exists, such as changes in production structure, restructuring or brewery closures, the asset is tested for
impairment. If necessary, the asset is written down or the amortisation/depreciation period is reassessed and, if necessary, adjusted
in line with the asset’s changed useful life. When changing the amortisation or depreciation period due to a change in the useful life,
the effect on amortisation/depreciation is recognised prospectively as a change in accounting estimates.
Management assesses the local business model to determine whether the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to accept
returns of packaging materials from the market and the level of control.
This entails the Group considering, among other things, the return rate and the annual circulation in the individual markets. These
factors are assessed annually. Returnable packaging materials controlled by the Group are capitalised as property, plant and
equipment and depreciated over the expected useful life.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 120
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.2
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment continued
Lease and service contracts
At inception of a contract, management assesses whether the contract is or contains a lease. Management considers the substance
of any service being rendered to classify the arrangement as either a lease or a service contract. Particular importance is attached
to whether fulfilment of the contract depends on the use of specific assets. The assessment involves judgement as to whether the
Group obtains substantially all the economic benefits from the use of the specified asset and whether it has the right to direct how
and for what purpose the asset is used. If these criteria are satisfied at the commencement date, a right-of-use asset and a lease
liability are recognised in the statement of financial position.
In determining the lease term, management considers all the facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise
an extension or termination option. Extension or termination options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably
certain to be extended or not terminated. The term is reassessed if a significant change in circumstances occurs. The assessment of
purchase options follows the same principles as those applied for extension options.
The lease payment for cars and trucks often includes costs of service and insurance. If these costs are not objectively assessable,
the Group estimates the costs when separating the service component from the lease.
Accounting policies
Cost
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are initially recognised at cost and subsequently measured at cost less
accumulated amortisation or depreciation and impairment losses.
Cost comprises the purchase price and costs directly attributable to the acquisition until the date when the asset is available for use.
The cost of acquired brand rights is accounted for using the accumulated cost approach if the total consideration includes an earn-
out dependent on the brands’ future performance.
The cost of self-constructed assets comprises direct and indirect costs of materials, components, sub-suppliers, wages and salaries,
and capitalised borrowing costs on specific or general borrowings attributable to the construction of the asset, and is included in
plant and machinery.
Research and development costs are recognised in the income statement as incurred. Development costs of intangible assets, for
example software, are recognised as other intangible assets if the costs are expected to generate future economic benefits.
For assets acquired in business combinations, including brands and property, plant and equipment, cost at initial recognition is
determined by estimating the fair value of the individual assets in the purchase price allocation.
Goodwill is only acquired in business combinations and is measured in the purchase price allocation. Goodwill is not amortised but
is subject to an annual impairment test, cf. section 2.3.
Where individual components of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as
separate items.
Returnable packaging materials that the Group controls through a legal or constructive obligation are capitalised as property, plant
and equipment.
Subsequent costs, for example in connection with replacement of components of property, plant and equipment, are recognised in
the carrying amount of the asset if it is probable that the costs will result in future economic benefits for the Group. The replaced
components are derecognised from the statement of financial position and recognised as an expense in the income statement.
Costs incurred for ordinary repairs and maintenance are recognised in the income statement as incurred.
Useful life, amortisation, depreciation and impairment losses
Useful life and residual value are determined at the acquisition date and reassessed annually. If the residual value exceeds the
carrying amount, depreciation is discontinued.
Amortisation and depreciation are recognised on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the assets, taking into account
any residual value. The expected useful life and residual value are determined based on past experience and expectations of the
future use of assets.
Depreciation is calculated on the basis of the cost less the residual value and impairment losses.
Amortisation and depreciation are recognised as cost of sales, sales and distribution expenses, and administrative expenses
depending on the use of the asset.
The expected useful life is as follows:
Software Normally 3-5 years. Group-wide systems developed as an integrated part of a major business development programme: 5-7 yearsDelivery rights Depending on contract; if no contract term has been agreed, normally not exceeding 5 yearsCustomer relationships Depending on contract with the customer; if no contract exists, normally not exceeding 15 yearsLicence agreements Depending on contract with the licensorLand Not depreciatedBuildings 20-40 yearsTechnical installations 15 yearsBrewery equipment 15 yearsFilling and bottling equipment 8-15 yearsTechnical installations in warehouses 8 yearsOn-trade and distribution equipment 5 yearsFixtures and fittings, other plant and equipment 5-8 yearsHardware 3-5 yearsReturnable packaging materials 3-10 years
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 121
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.2
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment continued
Impairment
Impairment losses of a non-recurring nature are recognised under special items.
Leases
At the commencement date, the Group recognises a lease liability and a corresponding right-of-use asset at the same amount,
except for short-term leases of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets, which are not recognised.
A right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which consists of the initial lease liability and initial direct costs less any lease
incentives received. The Group has applied the practical expedient option allowed under IFRS Accounting Standards by using a
portfolio approach for the recognition of lease contracts related to assets of the same nature and with similar lease terms, i.e. cars
and trucks.
Subsequently, the right-of-use asset is measured at cost less depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for remeasurement
of the lease liability. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the useful life of the asset. The
impairment testing of right-of-use assets follows the same principles as those applied for property, plant and equipment, cf.
section2.3.
Right-of-use assets are recognised as property, plant and equipment.
Government grants and other funding
Grants and funding received for the acquisition of assets and development projects are recognised in the statement of financial
position by deducting the grant from the carrying amount of the asset. The grant is recognised in the income statement over the
life of the asset as a reduced depreciation charge.
Section 2.3
Impairment
2.3.1 Recognised impairments
The Group has performed impairment tests for goodwill and intangible assets acquired through the acquisition of Britvic as well as
for existing goodwill and brands with indefinite useful life at the reporting date.
Impairment tests 2025
The impairment tests prepared at 31 December 2025 did not identify any indication of impairment of goodwill.
The Group recognised an impairment loss of DKK 85m on a local brand with indefinite useful life in the Central & Eastern Europe
and India region. In addition, impairment losses of DKK 475m, primarily related to Western Europe, were recognised mainly on
property, plant and equipment, including right-of-use assets. These were all recognised in special items. In China, impairment
amounting to DKK 100m related to land use rights was reversed.
Impairment of non-current assets
DKK million Section 2025 2024Intangible assetsBrands 2.3.4 85 125Reversal of impairment losses 2.3.4 -100 -Other intangible assets 2.3.5 12 40Total -3 165Property, plant and equipmentPlant, machinery and equipment 2.3.5 416 96Total 416 96Other non-current assetsAssociates 2.3.5 47 -Financial assets 2.3.5 - 66Total impairment losses, net 460 327Of which recognised in special items 3.1 560 284Reversal of impairment, discontinued operation 5.3 - -2,258
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 122
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.3
Impairment continued
Impairment tests 2024
In 2024, the Group recognised impairment losses of DKK 125m on brands with indefinite useful life in Western Europe. In addition,
impairment losses of DKK 136m primarily related to Western Europe were recognised on other intangible assets and property, plant
and equipment, of which DKK 93m was recognised in special items. In Asia, impairment losses of DKK 66m were recognised on
financial assets.
Reversal of impairment
Following the issuance of the presidential decree in July 2023, temporarily transferring the management of our Russian business to
the Russian government, the business was fully impaired – resulting in an impairment loss of DKK 7,002m – and deconsolidated. The
disposal of the Russian business in 2024 led to the reversal of impairment losses of DKK 2,258m recognised in prior periods in net
result from discontinued operations, cf. section 5.3.
2.3.2 Impairment test of goodwill
The carrying amounts of goodwill relating to the acquisitions of the Britvic Group (2025), Kronenbourg (2008), Chongqing Brewery
Group (2013) and the 40% non-controlling interest in Carlsberg Breweries A/S acquired in 2004 prior to the adoption of IFRS each
accounted for 10% or more of the total carrying amount of goodwill and brands with indefinite useful life at the reporting date.
Goodwill from these acquisitions has been allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs) based on the geographical segmentation.
The carrying amount of goodwill is related to the CGUs and allocated to the Group’s geographical segments, which is the level at
which it is monitored for internal management purposes.
Carrying amount of goodwill allocated to groups of CGUs
DKK million 2025 2024Western Europe¹ 39,055 20,354Asia 14,996 16,327Central & Eastern Europe and India¹ 5,273 5,578Total 59,324 42,259
¹ The goodwill recognised on the acquisition of Britvic plc in 2025 was allocated to the Western Europe and Central & Eastern Europe and India CGUs. The acquisition of Gorkha Brewery in
2024 was allocated to the Central & Eastern Europe and India CGU.
The impairment tests prepared at year-end 2025 did not identify any indication of impairment of goodwill. Management’s view is
that excess value in the Group’s CGUs is resilient to any likely and reasonable deteriorations in the key assumptions applied.
The traditional approach has been applied to measure recoverable amount. This entails a single set of estimated cash flows and a
discount rate that incorporates all the expectations about future cash flows.
Key assumptions
Forecast cash flow Terminal period 2025growthgrowth Pre-tax discount rateWestern Europe 7.7% 1.0% 8.1%Asia 0.2% 2.5% 11.1%Central & Eastern Europe and India 27.1% 3.0% 14.6%2024Western Europe -7.8% 1.0% 6.9%Asia 19.3% 2.5% 12.7%Central & Eastern Europe -4.2% 3.0% 14.5%
Cash flow projections for the individual CGUs are based on financial forecasts for the following three years as approved by
management. Potential upsides are not identified and adjusted in the cash flows used for impairment testing. Growth is projected in
nominal terms and therefore does not translate into cash flow at the same growth rate in the Group’s presentation currency, DKK.
Accounting estimates and judgements
Goodwill
The value in use is the discounted value of the projected future cash flows. The discount rates applied are after tax and reflect
current specific risks in the individual markets.
Key assumptions
The cash flow is based on the budget and target plans for the next three years. Cash flows beyond the three-year period are
extrapolated using the terminal period growth rate. The budget and plans for 2026-2028 represent management’s best estimate.
The cash flows are discounted using a rate that incorporates all the expectations about the future cash flows and the appropriate
risk premium for each CGU. The interest rates used in the impairment tests are based on observable market data. Please refer to
the description of discount rates in the section below.
The key assumptions on which management bases its cash flow projections are:
Volumes
Sales prices
Input costs
Operating investments
Terminal period growth
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 123
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.3
Impairment continued
The assumptions are determined at CGU level and are based on past experience, external sources of information and industry-
relevant observations for each CGU. Local conditions, such as expected developments in macroeconomic and market conditions
specific to the individual CGUs, are taken into consideration. The assumptions are challenged and verified by management at CGU
and Group level.
The budget and target plan processes consider events or circumstances that are relevant to reliably projecting the short-term
performance of each CGU. Examples include significant campaign activities, changes in excise duties etc., which may have a short-
term impact but are non-recurring. Given their short-term nature, they are not taken into consideration when estimating the
terminal period growth rate.
Volumes
Projections are based on past experience, external market data, planned commercial initiatives, such as marketing campaigns and
sponsorships, and the expected impact on consumer demand and the level of premiumisation. If relevant, the projections are adjusted
for the expected changes in the level of premiumisation. No changes in market share are assumed in the medium or long term.
Demographic expectations general to the industry, such as the development in population, consumption levels, generation-shift
patterns, rate of urbanisation and macroeconomic trends, are also considered in medium- and long-term projections.
Events and circumstances can impact the timing of volumes entering the market. These include excessive stocking related to an
increase in excise duties, campaign activities, and the timing of national holidays and festivals. Such short-term effects are not
material to volume projections and do not impact the long-term projections.
Sales prices
The level of market premiumisation and the locally available portfolio are key drivers in identifying price points. When planning
pricing structures, factors including price elasticity, local competition and inflation expectations can also impact the projection.
Increases in excise duties are typically passed on to the customers immediately or with a delay of no more than a few months.
Since the increase is a pass-through cost and thereby compensated for by price increases at the time of implementation, it does not
impact the long-term sales price growth and is therefore not taken into consideration in the projections unless circumstances
specifically indicate otherwise. No changes to duties in the short or medium term are taken into consideration unless there is a firm
plan to introduce changes.
Significant inflationary pressure in recent years has meant revenue growth compensating for rising input costs. The short- and
medium-term forecasts include the risk of delays in increasing sales prices to compensate for future rises in input costs.
Input costs
Input costs in the budget and target plans are based on past experience and on:
Contracted raw and packaging materials
Contracted services within sales, marketing,
production and logistics
Planned commercial investments
Cost optimisations not related to restructurings
Expected inflation
The elevated level of inflation in recent years has increased the overall input cost level. The short- and medium-term forecast
incorporates lower pressure on input costs compared with previous years. In the long term, projections follow the level of inflation.
Operating investments
Projections are based on past experience of the level of necessary maintenance of existing production capacity, including
replacement of parts. This also includes scheduled production line overhauls and improvements to existing equipment.
Uncommitted capacity increases and new equipment are not included.
Terminal period growth
Growth rates are projected to be equal to or below the expected rate of general inflation and assume no nominal economic growth.
The projected growth rates and the discount rates applied are compared to ensure a sensible correlation between the two.
Discount rates
The discount rate is a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) that reflects the risk-free interest rate with the addition of a risk
premium relevant to each market.
The risk-free interest rates used in the impairment tests are based on observed market data. For countries where long-term risk-
free interest rates are not observable or valid due to specific national or macroeconomic conditions, the interest rate is estimated
based on observations from other markets and/or long-term expectations expressed by international financial institutions
considered reliable by the Group.
The added credit risk premium (spread) for the risk-free interest rate is fixed at market price or slightly higher, reflecting the
expected long-term market price. The aggregate interest rate, including spread, thereby reflects the long-term interest rate
applicable to the Group’s investments in the individual markets.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 124
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.3
Impairment continued
2.3.3 Impairment test of brands
Brands with indefinite useful life
DKK million 2025 2024International brands 3,000 3,000Kronenbourg 1664 1,954 1,952Chongqing 1,237 1,333Robinsons 1,415 -Significant brands 7,606 6,285Western Europe 2,926 694Asia 419 477Central & Eastern Europe and India 995 1,110Not allocated 945 945Other brands 5,285 3,226Total brands 12,891 9,511
Brands with indefinite useful life that are individually material to the Group comprise International brands (acquired 2004),
Kronenbourg 1664 (acquired 2008), Chongqing (acquired 2013) and Robinsons (acquired 2025). International brands is a group of
brands acquired with the 40% non-controlling interest in Carlsberg Breweries A/S and allocated to Western Europe.
In 2025, significant brands represented 59% (2024: 66%) of the total carrying amount of brands with indefinite useful life.
Other brands comprise a total of 26 brands (2024: 20 brands) that are not individually material compared with the total carrying
amount, including the newly acquired brands from the Britvic Group.
Key assumptions
Average Terminal Pre-tax Post-tax 2025revenue growthperiod growthdiscount ratediscount rateInternational brands 1.9% 1.9% 5.6% 5.4%Kronenbourg 1664 1.9% 1.9% 7.1% 6.7%Chongqing 0.5% 1.8% 6.5% 6.1%Robinsons 2.1% 2.0% 8.3% 7.8%2024International brands 1.9% 1.9% 5.4% 5.2%Kronenbourg 1664 2.0% 1.8% 6.7% 6.3%Chongqing 2.7% 1.5% 7.5% 7.2%
Impairment of brands
Central & Eastern Europe and India
In 2025, brand impairment losses totalling DKK 85m were recognised on a local Lithuanian mainstream brand. The impairment is the
result of the local beer market being generally subdued, impacted among other things by poor weather and local economic
slowdown due to war perception.
No brand impairments were recognised in 2024.
Western Europe
No brand impairments were recognised in 2025.
In 2024, total impairment losses of DKK 125m were recognised on various local and regional brands. These reflected a long-term
decline within the ale category in the UK due to changing consumer preferences, while in Germany the market showed a decline in
volumes because of the industry as a whole having been hit hard by inflation, with high raw material and logistics costs.
Asia
No brand impairments were recognised in 2025 or 2024.
Non-allocated
No brand impairments were recognised in 2025 or 2024.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 125
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.3
Impairment continued
Accounting estimates and judgements
Brands
The test for impairment of brands is performed using the relief from royalty method and is based on the expected future cash flows
generated from the royalty payments avoided for the individual brand for the next 10 years and projections for subsequent years.
The cash flows are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) that reflects the risk-free interest rate with the
addition of a risk premium relevant to the individual market where cash flows are generated, cf. section 2.3.2. For brands where
cash flows are generated in more than one market, the cash flows generated in secondary markets are adjusted for the inflationary
difference compared with the inflation in the main market before being discounted.
Key assumptions
The key assumptions on which management bases its cash flow projection include the expected useful life, revenue growth, a
theoretical tax amortisation benefit, the royalty, terminal growth rate and the discount rate.
Expected useful life
Management has assessed that the value of brands with indefinite useful life can be maintained for an indefinite period, as these
are well-established brands in their markets, having existed for decades or even centuries. The beer and soft drinks industries are
characterised as being very stable with consistent consumer demand and a predictable competitive environment, and are expected
to be profitable for the foreseeable future. Control of the brands is legally established and enforceable indefinitely.
In management’s opinion, the risk of the useful life of these brands becoming finite is minimal because of their individual market
positions and because current and planned marketing initiatives including innovation and promotional activities for beer and soft
drinks are expected to sustain their useful life.
Revenue growth
At the time of acquisition of any individual brand, a revenue growth curve is forecast based on a long-term strategic view of the risk
and opportunities relevant to the brand. The curve is projected for a 10-year horizon. This horizon reliably reflects the lengthy
process of implementing brand strategies to support a brand occupying its intended place in the Group’s portfolio. The forecast
period applied is comparable to the common term of the majority of licence agreements to which the Group is party.
In the local markets, the product portfolio usually consists of local power brands and international premium brands. Following the
acquisition of Britvic, the portfolio now also includes soft drinks brands, which requires consideration of non-alcoholic beverage
market dynamics such as health trends, sugar regulations and category innovation. When projecting revenue growth for local
brands, in addition to their commercial strength – such as market share and segment position – the forecast takes into
consideration the demographics of the primary markets, including expected developments in population, consumption levels,
generation-shift patterns, rate of urbanisation, soft drinks and beer market maturity, level of premiumisation, circumstances
generally limiting the growth opportunities for alcoholic beverages and soft drinks etc.
For brands with global or regional presence, enhanced investments in product development and marketing are expected. The expected
growth rate for these brands is generally higher than for more localised brands and is usually highest early in the 10-year period.
Depending on the nominal growth expectations for the individual brand, the revenue growth in individual years may be above,
equal to or below the forecast inflation level in the markets where the brand is present.
When preparing budgets, consideration is given to events or circumstances that are relevant to reliably projecting the short-term
performance of each brand. Examples include significant campaign activities and changes in excise duties etc., which may have a
short-term impact but are non-recurring and quickly absorbed by the business. Since the impact is not material to the long-term
projections, it is not taken into consideration when estimating the long-term and terminal period growth rates. Please refer to the
description of the impact of increases in excise duties in the description of sales prices in section 2.3.2.
Tax benefit
The theoretical tax benefit applied in the test uses tax rates and amortisation periods based on current legislation. The impairment
test applies tax rates in the range of 15-34% and amortisation periods of 5-25 years.
Royalty rate
Royalties generated by a brand are based on the Group’s total income from the brand and are earned globally, i.e. the income is
also earned outside the CGU that owns the brand. If external licence agreements for the brand already exist, the market terms of
such agreements are taken into consideration when assessing the royalty rate that the brand is expected to generate in a
transaction with independent parties. The royalty rate is based on the actual market position of the individual brand in the global,
regional and local markets, and assumes a 10-year horizon. This term is common to the beverage industry when licensing brands.
Royalty rates
International, premium and speciality products 3.5-7.5%Strong regional and national brands 3.0-6.0%Local and mainstream brands 2.0-3.5%
Identification of cash-generating units
The Group’s management structure reflects the geographical segments, cf. section 1.1, and decisions are made by the regional
managements responsible for performance, operating investments and growth initiatives in their respective regions.
There is significant vertical integration of the production, logistics and sales functions, supporting and promoting optimisations
across the Group or within regions.
Assets, other than goodwill and brands with regional and global presence, are allocated to individual cash-generating units (CGUs),
being the level at which the assets generate largely independent cash inflows. As the Group operates with local sales and production
organisations, the cash inflows are mostly generated locally, and the CGUs are therefore usually identified at country level.
The determination of CGU allocation is made, and cash inflows are assessed in connection with the purchase price allocation, within
12 months from the date of acquisition.
Goodwill
Goodwill does not generate largely independent cash inflows on its own and is therefore allocated to the Group’s geographical
segments, which is the level at which it is monitored for internal management purposes.
At the time of acquisition of entities, goodwill is allocated to a CGU. The structure and groups of CGUs are reassessed every year.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 126
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
Section 2.3
Impairment continued
Brands
Cash flows for brands are separately identifiable and brands are therefore tested individually for impairment. This test is performed
in addition to the test for impairment of goodwill.
Corporate assets
The Group has identified capitalised software relating to the Group’s ERP systems as corporate assets, and as such these are
peripheral to the generation of cash inflows. The Group’s ERP landscape is closely linked to the internal management structure, and
the identified assets are therefore tested for impairment at the CGU level to which goodwill is allocated.
Other non-current assets
Other non‑current assets are tested for impairment when indications of impairment exist.
For property, plant and equipment, management performs an annual assessment of the assets’ future application, for example in
relation to changes in production structure, restructurings or brewery closures.
The impairment assessment also covers brands with finite useful life, customer relationships and licence agreements recognised as
intangible assets. Indicators of impairment include decreases in revenue or margins, loss of significant customers, market declines,
and increased cost pressures that suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Where such indications are identified,
the recoverable amount is estimated and an impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount.
Other non-current assets are tested for impairment when indications of impairment exist.
Key considerations in impairment tests
Goodwill BrandsCGU level of test Geographical segment Individual brandMethod to estimate recoverable amount Value in use Fair value less cost of disposalMethod to estimate present value of future cash flows Traditional approach: single most Traditional approach: single most likely future cash flowlikely future cash flowDiscount rate Risk-adjusted rate Risk-adjusted rate
For investments in associates, examples of indications of impairment are loss-making activities or significant changes in the
business environment.
Accounting policies
Goodwill and brands with indefinite useful life are subject to an annual impairment test, performed initially before the end of the
year of acquisition. The test is performed at the level where cash flows are considered to be generated: either at CGU level or at the
level of a group of CGUs. All assets are tested if an event or circumstance indicates that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. If an asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, an impairment loss is recognised. The recoverable
amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use.
For all assets, the recoverable amount is assessed based on budget and target plan with reference to the expected future net cash
flows. The assessment is based on the lowest CGU affected by the changes that indicate impairment. The cash flow is discounted
by a rate adjusted for any risk specific to the asset, if relevant to the calculation method applied.
Impairment losses on goodwill and brands, significant losses on property, plant and equipment, investments in associates, and
losses arising on significant restructurings of processes and structural adjustments are recognised in special items. Minor losses are
recognised in the income statement in the relevant line item.
Impairment of goodwill is not reversed. Impairment of other assets is reversed only to the extent of changes in the assumptions and
estimates underlying the impairment calculation. Impairment is only reversed to the extent that the asset’s new carrying amount
does not exceed the carrying amount of the asset after amortisation/depreciation had the asset not been impaired.
2.3.4 Sensitivity tests
Sensitivity tests have been performed to determine the lowest forecast and terminal period growth rates and/or highest discount
rates that can occur in the groups of CGUs and brands with indefinite useful life without leading to any impairment loss.
Goodwill
The test for impairment of goodwill did not identify any CGUs or groups of CGUs to which goodwill is allocated where a reasonably
possible negative change in a key assumption would cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount.
Brands
Following the acquisition of the Britvic Group, purchase price allocation was performed in accordance with IFRS 3. The allocation
resulted in recognition of brands, valued at DKK 3,755m for the UK, Ireland, France and Brazil. These valuations reflect inherent
sensitivity to assumptions such as royalty rates, discount rates (WACC) and long-term growth, and will be subject to annual
impairment testing. These brands are sensitive to reasonably possible negative changes in key assumptions. A reasonably possible
negative change in a key assumption would also cause the carrying amount of brands written down during the year or in previous
years to exceed the recoverable amount. However, management considers the risk of a significant write-down on these brands to be
low.
Key assumptions
The key assumptions relevant to the assessment of the recoverable amount are:
Useful life
Revenue growth
Royalty rate
Discount rate
Terminal growth rate
The assumptions for volume and price are closely linked, which, together with the presence of multiple sub-brands in various
geographies within each brand, makes individual sensitivity testing based on these two assumptions highly impractical. Instead,
sensitivity testing is performed for the overall revenue growth rate, in both the forecast period and the terminal period.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 127
SECTION 2 ASSET BASE AND RETURNS
In this section
Section 3.1
Special items
Special items
DKK million Section 2025 2024Special items, incomeRevaluation gain on step acquisition of former associate 5.1 - 440Reversal of impairment of an associate 10 -Income 10 440Special items, expensesBritvic integration cost -495 -Release of the inventory fair value step-up -146 -Restructuring provisions and impairments, Western Europe -767 -349Restructuring provisions and impairments, Asia -137 -Restructuring provisions and impairments, Central & Eastern Europe and India -32 -5Restructuring provisions, not allocated -33 -Costs related to acquisition and disposal of entities etc. -185 -413Impairment of brands 2.3.3 -85 -125Impairment of non-current assets -47 -66Reversal of provisions made in prior years 3.2 34 69Impairment of assets and other war-related costs in Ukraine -28 -40Other expenses -15 -30Expenses -1,936 -959Special items, net -1,926 -519
Impact of special items on operating profit
DKK million 2025 2024If special items had been recognised in operating profit before special items, they would have been recognised as follows:Cost of sales -515 -269Sales and distribution expenses -83 -192Administrative expenses -1,009 -501Other operating activities, net -273 482Share of profit after tax of associates -42 -Financial items -4 -39Special items, net -1,926 -519
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 128
128 3.1 Special items
130 3.2 Provisions
131 3.3 Other liabilities
131 3.4 Contingent liabilities
SECTION 3
SPECIAL ITEMS, PROVISIONS
AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Section 3.1
Special items continued
Special items, income
In 2025, the Group disposed of a minor associate in Cambodia, resulting in the reversal of a previous impairment write-down of the
investment of DKK 10m.
In 2024, the Group gained control of Gorkha Brewery, Nepal, which had been consolidated as an investment in an associate prior to
the acquisition. The investment was remeasured at a fair value of DKK 1,794m, and a revaluation adjustment of DKK 484m, net of
reclassification of accumulated currency exchange adjustments of DKK -44m, was recognised as part of special items, cf. section 5.1.
Special items, expenses
Restructuring projects and provisions
In 2025 and 2024, the Group carried out various restructuring projects across all three regions. The restructuring projects were the
result of the continued focus on cost and efficiency initiatives, and included changes in the production, distribution, marketing and
administrative operations, and related organisational changes, including termination of employees and impairment of assets.
Western Europe
In 2025, restructuring projects mainly comprised projects in France and the UK.
In October, management announced its plans to cease local production in Teisseire, France, and outsource the activity. The
programme also included the reorganisation or transfer of certain sales activities to external providers and downsizing back-office
functions to align with the new business model. The associated restructuring costs amounted to DKK 340m. In September, a separate
restructuring plan was announced for Kronenbourg and Kronenbourg Supply Company in France. This programme aims at
reorganising operations and outsourcing certain production and sales functions, and resulted in the recognition of asset impairments
of DKK 17m and restructuring costs of DKK 53m.
In the UK, restructuring programmes form part of the integration of Britvic and aim to capture operational synergies. The
programmes include the exit from and dismantling of back-office facilities, resulting in disposal of assets, impairment of equipment,
and recognition of associated dismantling and restructuring costs. The programme resulted in the recognition of restructuring costs of
DKK 71m and asset impairments of DKK 199m.
In 2025, a provision of DKK 35m relating to the restructuring project initiated in Norway in 2024 was reversed, cf. below.
In 2024, the restructuring projects mainly related to Norway, the UK and Germany. In Norway, the distribution model will change in
2026, with the cessation of direct distribution to larger off-trade customers, resulting in redundancies. Our businesses in Germany and the
UK have been impacted by lower volumes, resulting in redundancies, decommissioning of production capacity and asset write-downs.
Central & Eastern Europe and India
In Canada, a legislative change led to a revised route-to-market strategy in the off-trade channel. This resulted in an organisational
redesign and impairment of assets. Asset impairments of DKK 23m and restructuring costs of DKK 9m were recognised.
Asia
The ongoing restructuring of operations in Cambodia resulted in further headcount reductions and asset impairments during the year,
leading to the recognition of restructuring costs of DKK 84m. The Group initiated a restructuring project in China to adjust the
organisation to lower market volumes and improve operational efficiency. The programme resulted in the recognition of restructuring
costs of DKK 16m related to headcount reductions and asset impairments of DKK 32m.
Transaction and integration costs
Costs incurred to complete the Britvic acquisition totalled DKK 413m, of which DKK 263m was recognised in 2024. Subsequent to the
acquisition, the Group incurred integration costs of DKK 495m. These costs primarily related to severance payments and stay-on
bonuses of DKK 302m and advisory fees of DKK 69m. Other costs to complete acquisitions mainly related to the acquisition of
Gorkha Brewery, Nepal.
Impairment and other costs
2025
The Group recognised an impairment loss of DKK 85m on a local mainstream brand in Central & Eastern Europe and India (2024: DKK
125m in Western Europe), cf. section 2.3.3. In addition, the Group recognised an impairment loss of DKK 47m on associates in Asia.
The purchase price allocation for the Britvic Group resulted in fair value adjustments of inventories totalling DKK 146m. The
adjustments were subsequently expensed in special items as the inventories were derecognised as part of normal business activities.
2024
The residual investment in the former associate Tibet Lhasa Brewery Ltd., now reported as a financial asset, was impaired, resulting
in a write-down of DKK 66m, cf. section 2.3.1.
Provisions of DKK 69m recognised in prior years for legal claims that did not materialise were reversed.
Accounting estimates and judgements
The use of special items entails management judgement in the separation from ordinary items. Management carefully considers
individual items and projects (including restructurings and business integrations) in order to ensure the correct distinction and split
between operating activities and significant income and expenses of a special nature.
Management initially assesses the entire restructuring project and recognises all present costs of the project. The projects are
assessed on an ongoing basis, with additional costs possibly being incurred during the lifetime of the project.
The estimate includes expenses related to termination of employees, onerous contracts, break fees and other obligations arising in
connection with restructurings. Management reassesses the useful life and residual value of non-current assets used in an entity
undergoing restructuring.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 129
SECTION 3 SPECIAL ITEMS, PROVISIONS AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Section 3.1
Special items continued
Accounting policies
Special items include significant income and expenses of a special nature in relation to the Group’s revenue-generating activities
that cannot be attributed directly to the Group’s ordinary operating activities.
Special items also include significant non-recurring items, including termination benefits related to retirement of members of the
Executive Committee, impairment of goodwill and brands, significant provisions in relation to certain disputes and lawsuits, gains
and losses on the disposal of activities and associates, revaluation of the shareholding in an entity held immediately before a step
acquisition or deconsolidation of that entity, and integration and transaction costs in a business combination.
Significant restructuring of processes, structural adjustments and integration costs are included in special items. Integration activities
arising from business combinations may result in significant one‑off costs. These may include restructuring of activities that the
Group discontinues as part of the integration, as well as one‑off costs incurred to establish future operating structures, such as
consultant fees or integration‑related employee incentives. Such integration costs are classified as special items when they are
significant in scale. Fair value uplift in purchase price allocations of acquired inventory is recognised at acquisition and expensed as
the inventory is sold. The run‑off of the fair value uplift is presented in special items, as it is non‑recurring and not reflective of
underlying operating performance.
Special items are shown separately from the Group’s ordinary operations to facilitate a better understanding of the Group’s
financial performance.
Section 3.2
Provisions
DKK millionOnerous RestructuringscontractsOther Total2025Provisions at 1 January 2025 262 237 2,536 3,035Acquisition of entities 6 135 47 188Additional provisions recognised 373 83 409 865Used during the year -95 -72 -143 -310Reversal of unused provisions -36 -157 -390 -583Discounting - 3 28 31Foreign exchange adjustments etc. -5 -19 -113 -137Provisions at 31 December 2025 505 210 2,374 3,089Classified asNon-current provisions 7 65 1,791 1,863Current provisions 498 145 583 1,226Total 505 210 2,374 3,089
Restructuring provisions mainly comprise termination benefit obligations, contract termination fees, dismantling costs etc. incurred as
a result of restructuring projects generally accounted for as special items. The restructuring provision of DKK 505m in 2025 relates to
projects across all regions, cf. section 3.1.
In 2025, a settlement was reached on a contract brewing agreement in China, resulting in a reversal of DKK 157m. Provisions for
onerous contracts primarily relate to bottling and distribution contracts in Western Europe.
Other provisions of DKK 2,374m include ongoing disputes and lawsuits of varying content, and employee obligations other than
retirement benefits.
Timing of settlement of ongoing disputes and lawsuits cannot be determined, whereas the remaining liabilities are expected to be
settled in one to two years.
Accounting estimates and judgements
In connection with restructurings, management assesses the timing of the costs to be incurred, which influences the classification as
current or non-current liabilities. Provision for onerous contracts is based on agreed terms with the other party and expected
fulfilment of the contract, based on the current estimate of volumes, use of raw materials etc.
Management assesses provisions, contingent assets and liabilities, and the likely outcome of pending or probable lawsuits etc. on
an ongoing basis. The outcome depends on future events, which are by nature uncertain. In assessing the likely outcome of lawsuits
and tax disputes etc., management relies on external legal advice and established precedents.
Provision for onerous contracts is based on agreed terms with the other party and expected fulfilment of the contract, based on the
current estimate of volumes, use of raw materials etc.
Accounting policies
Provisions, including profit-sharing provisions, are recognised when, as a result of events arising before or at the reporting date, the
Group has a legal or a constructive obligation and it is probable that there may be an outflow of economic benefits to settle the
obligation.
Provisions are discounted if the effect is material to the measurement of the liability. The risk-free interest rate is used as the
discount rate.
Restructuring costs are recognised when a detailed, formal restructuring plan has been announced to those affected no later than
at the reporting date. On acquisition of entities, restructuring provisions in the acquiree are only included in the opening balance
when the acquiree has a restructuring liability at the acquisition date.
A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the benefits expected to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower
than the unavoidable costs of meeting its obligations under the contract.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 130
SECTION 3 SPECIAL ITEMS, PROVISIONS AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Section 3.3
Other liabilities
DKK million 2025 2024Other liabilities by originStaff costs payable 2,334 2,281Excise duties and VAT payable 2,651 2,533Other payables 2,591 2,447Deferred income 403 416Deferred considerations 1,645 1,916Total 9,624 9,593Classified asNon-current liabilities 1,446 1,495Current liabilities 8,178 8,098Total 9,624 9,593
Accounting policies
Other liabilities include excise duties (specific taxes imposed on sales of beer and soft drinks), VAT, withholding tax, accrued interest
and payroll, e.g. salaries, overtime, vacation and bonus.
Other liabilities (current) are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost.
Section 3.4
Contingent liabilities
The Group operates in very competitive markets where consolidation is taking place within the industry and among our customers
and suppliers, all of which influences our business in different ways.
In the ordinary course of business, the Group is party to certain lawsuits, disputes etc. of varying content and scope, some of which
are referred to below. The resolution of these lawsuits, disputes etc. is associated with uncertainty, as they depend on relevant
applicable proceedings, such as negotiations between the parties affected, government actions and court rulings.
In October and November 2021, the Group’s associate in Portugal, Super Bock Group, received decisions on the alleged
anticompetitive practices in two ongoing cases. In the first case, the Portuguese Court of Appeal confirmed the fine of EUR 24m
issued by the competition authority, and in the second case the Portuguese competition authority imposed a fine of EUR 33m on
Super Bock. Both decisions have been appealed to the Supreme Court by Super Bock. Subsequently, on account of Super Bock’s
alleged anticompetitive practices, a separate private enforcement claim of EUR 400m was filed by a consumer protection association
against Super Bock for compensation of Portuguese consumers for alleged harm. In November 2024, another separate private
enforcement claim was filed by a consumer protection association. The complaint does not indicate a specific amount of damages
being sought, but instead provides a range of EUR 83-467m. There have been no further significant developments in these cases.
In December 2025, an agreement was reached with Chongqing Jiawei Beer Co. Ltd. to settle the legal disputes related to the
contract brewing agreement with Chongqing Brewery Co. Ltd. through renegotiation of the contract. In 2025, the contract impacted
the income statement as part of the ordinary business, but the settlement itself had no additional impact.
Management and the Group General Counsel continuously assess these risks and their likely outcome. It is the opinion of
management and the Group General Counsel that, apart from items recognised in the statement of financial position, the outcome of
these lawsuits, disputes etc. cannot be reliably estimated in terms of amount or timing, or the risk of a negative outcome is
considered to be remote. The Group does not expect the ongoing lawsuits and disputes to have a material impact on the Group’s
financial position, net profit or cash flow, in excess of items recognised in the statement of financial position.
Guarantees and commitments
The Group has issued guarantees for third-party obligations (non-consolidated entities) of DKK 252m (2024: DKK 220m). No
guarantees have been issued for loans raised by associates. Certain guarantees etc. are issued in connection with disposal of entities
and activities, and in connection with on-trade loans. Apart from items recognised in the statement of financial position or disclosed
in the consolidated financial statements, these guarantees etc. will not have a material effect on the Group’s financial position.
Capital commitments, lease liabilities and service agreements are described in section 2.2.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 131
SECTION 3 SPECIAL ITEMS, PROVISIONS AND OTHER LIABILITIES
In this section
Leverage ratio
DKKbn
19.2
19.3
22.4
27.4
61.6
1.37x
1.23x
1.47x
1.73x
3.28x
NIBD
NIBD/EBITDA
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
0.0
40.0
80.0
0.00x
2.00x
Section 4.1
Financial risk management and capital structure
The Group’s activities mean it is exposed to a variety of financial risks, including market risk (foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk
and commodity risk), credit risk and liquidity risk, cf. sections 4.8-4.10. To reduce exposure to these risks, the Group enters into a
variety of financial instruments and generally seeks to apply hedge accounting to reduce volatility in the income statement.
The Group’s financial risks are managed by Group Treasury in accordance with the Financial Risk Management Policy approved by
the Supervisory Board as an integrated part of the overall risk management process. The risk management governance structure is
described in the management review (pages 32-33).
Management regularly assesses whether the Group’s capital structure is in the interests of the Group and its shareholders.
The overall objective is to ensure a continued development and strengthening of the Group’s capital structure that supports long-
term profitable growth and a solid increase in key earnings and ratios. This includes assessment of and decisions on the split of
financing between share capital and borrowings, which is a long-term strategic decision to be made in connection with significant
investments and other transactions.
The Group targets a leverage ratio below 2.5x. Leverage is measured as net interest-bearing debt/EBITDA; see section 4.6 for more
about net interest-bearing debt. The leverage ratio at the end of 2025 was 3.28x (2024: 1.73x).
The Group is rated by Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings. Management assesses the risk of changes in the Group’s
investment-grade rating as an element in strategic decisions on capital structure. Identification and monitoring of risks that could
change the rating were carried out on an ongoing basis throughout the year. Following the closing of the Britvic Group acquisition in
January 2025, Fitch issued a Rating Action Commentary in which it left the long-term rating unchanged but with a negative outlook.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 132
132 4.1 Financial risk management and
capitalstructure
133 4.2 Equity
135 4.3 Earnings per share
135 4.4 Financial income and expenses
137 4.5 Financial assets and liabilities
138 4.6 Net interest-bearing debt
138 4.7 Borrowings and cash
140 4.8 Interest rate risk
142 4.9 Foreign exchange and commodity risk
142 4.9.1 Net revenue
142 4.9.2 Operating profit
143 4.9.3 Net finance
143 4.9.4 Consolidated profit and other comprehensive
income
144 4.9.5 Impact on financial statements and sensitivity
analysis
144 4.9.6 Commodity risk
145 4.10 Funding and liquidity risk
SECTION 4
FINANCING COSTS,
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
AND EQUITY
Section 4.2
Equity
EQUITY (DKKbn)
30.6
7.0
-3.3
0.7
0.1
-4.4
30.7
Equity
at 1 January
Profit for the period Foreign exchange
adjustments
Other Non-controlling
interests
Dividends paid Equity at
31 December
4.2.1 Transactions with shareholders
Share capital
Class A shares Class B shares Total share capitalNominalNominalNominalShares ofvalue,Shares ofvalue,Shares ofvalue,DKK 20DKK ’000DKK 20DKK ’000DKK 20DKK ’0001 January 2024 33,699,252 673,985 103,657,554 2,073,151 137,356,806 2,747,136Cancellation of treasury shares - - -3,100,000 -62,000 -3,100,000 -62,00031 December 2024 33,699,252 673,985 100,557,554 2,011,151 134,256,806 2,685,136Cancellation of treasury shares - - -1,600,000 -32,000 -1,600,000 -32,00031 December 2025 33,699,252 673,985 98,957,554 1,979,151 132,656,806 2,653,136
A shares carry 20 votes per DKK 20 share. B shares carry two votes per DKK 20 share. A preferential right to an 8% non-cumulative dividend is attached to B shares. Apart from votes and
dividends, all shares rank equally.
Carlsberg A/S’ share capital is divided into two classes (A shares and B shares). Combined with the Carlsberg Foundation’s position
as majority shareholder (in terms of control), management considers that this structure will remain advantageous for all of the
shareholders, enabling and supporting the Group’s long-term development.
At the Annual General Meeting on 17March 2025, it was decided to reduce the share capital of Carlsberg A/S by a nominal amount
of DKK 32,000,000 to a nominal amount of DKK 2,653,136,120 by cancelling 1,600,000 of the B shares held by the Company, each
with a nominal value of DKK 20. The cancellation was completed on 26May 2025. These shares had been repurchased as part of
the Company’s share buy-back programmes.
Share buy-back and treasury shares
On 8 July 2024, the Group terminated its share buy-back programme following the announcement of the Group’s recommended
offer to acquire Britvic plc, and so the Group did not execute any share buy-backs in 2025.
According to the authorisation of the Annual General Meeting, the Supervisory Board may, in the period until 13 March 2027, allow
the Company to acquire treasury shares up to a total holding of 10% of the nominal share capital at a price quoted on Nasdaq
Copenhagen at the time of acquisition with a deviation of up to 10%. The permitted holding of treasury shares covers those acquired
in share buy-back programmes. The Company holds no class A shares.
Treasury shares
Fair value, Shares ofNominalPercentage of DKKmDKK 20value, DKKmshare capital1 January 2024 2,746 3,242,490 64.8 2.4 %Acquisition of treasury shares 2,123,980 42.5 1.6 %Cancellation of treasury shares -3,100,000 -62.0 -2.3 %Used to settle share-based payments -88,251 -1.7 -0.1 %31 December 2024 1,503 2,178,219 43.6 1.6 %Acquisition of treasury shares 5,457 0.1 0.1 %Cancellation of treasury shares -1,600,000 -32.0 -1.2 %Used to settle share-based payments -98,944 -2.0 -0.1 %31 December 2025 405 484,732 9.7 0.4 %
Transactions with shareholders in Carlsberg A/S
DKK million 2025 2024Dividends paid to shareholders -3,569 -3,601Acquisition of treasury shares -4 -Share buy-back - -1,960Total -3,573 -5,561
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 133
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.2
Equity continued
Dividends
The Group proposes a dividend of DKK 29.00 per share (2024: DKK 27.00 per share), amounting to DKK 3,847m (2024: DKK
3,625m). The proposed dividend has been included in retained earnings at 31 December 2025.
Dividends to be paid out in 2026 for 2025, net of dividends on treasury shares held at 31 December 2025, will amount to DKK 3,833m
(paid out in 2025 for 2024: DKK 3,601m).
Dividends to non-controlling interests of DKK 55m were declared and reported as payable at 31 December 2024 and paid out in
2025. At 31 December 2025, dividends to non-controlling interests of DKK 59m were payable.
Non-controlling interests
Transactions with non-controlling interests
DKK million 2025 2024Dividends paid to non-controlling interests -817 -1,364 Consideration received for disposal of non-controlling interests 138 -Consideration paid for acquisition of non-controlling interests -185 -5,099 Total -864 -6,463
The consideration paid for non-controlling interests in 2025 was deferred consideration for shares in Carlsberg South Asia acquired in
2024, and the disposal of non-controlling interests related to the 6% decrease in ownership of Gorkha Brewery, Nepal. In 2024, the
consideration paid for non-controlling interests also related to 40% of the shares in Carlsberg Marston’s Brewing Company, cf.
section 5.2.
Accounting policies
Treasury shares
Cost of acquisition, consideration received and treasury share dividends received are recognised directly in equity as retained
earnings. Capital reductions from the cancellation of treasury shares are deducted from the share capital at an amount
corresponding to the nominal value of the shares and added to retained earnings. Proceeds from the sale of treasury shares in
connection with the settlement of share-based payments are recognised directly in equity.
Proposed dividends
The proposed dividend is recognised as a liability at the date when it is adopted at the Annual General Meeting (declaration date).
4.2.2 Other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income has mainly been impacted by foreign exchange adjustments of DKK 3.3bn from translation of Group
entities with a functional currency other than DKK.
Other comprehensive income as recognised in the statement of changes in equity
DKK millionNon-CurrencyHedgingRetainedcontrollingOther comprehen-translationreservesearnings Totalinterestssive income2025Foreign exchange adjustments of foreign -2,966 - - -2,966 -284 -3,250entitiesHyperinflation restatement of equity at 1 16 - - 16 10 26JanuaryValue adjustments of hedging instruments 132 147 - 279 12 291Retirement benefit obligations - - 237 237 -3 234Income tax -29 2 -48 -75 -2 -77Total -2,847 149 189 -2,509 -267 -2,7762024Foreign exchange adjustments of foreign 816 - - 816 58 874entitiesHyperinflation restatement of equity at 1 1,481 - - 1,481 947 2,428JanuaryValue adjustments of hedging instruments -312 310 - -2 4 2Retirement benefit obligations - - -79 -79 -17 -96Income tax 57 -29 16 44 -1 43Total 2,042 281 -63 2,260 991 3,251
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 134
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.3
Earnings per share
The adjustment for special items after tax increased adjusted earnings per share by DKK 12.2.
For all share-based incentive instruments, the average market price of Carlsberg B shares, including the fair value of services to be
received in the future, exceeded the exercise price and the fair value at the grant date. As a result, diluted earnings per share included
all share-based incentive instruments that could potentially dilute earnings in the future.
Earnings per share
DKK 2025 2024Earnings per share of DKK 20 (EPS) 45.1 68.7 Continuing operations 45.1 51.7 Discontinued operations - 17.0 Diluted earnings per share of DKK 20 (EPS-D) 44.9 68.6 Continuing operations 44.9 51.6 Discontinued operations - 17.0 Earnings per share, adjusted (EPS-A) 57.3 54.9 Continuing operations 57.3 54.9 Earnings per share, adjusted (EPS-MPM) 61.0 54.9 Continuing operations 61.0 54.9 Average number of shares1,000 sharesAverage number of issued shares 133,293 135,104 Average number of treasury shares -1,128 -2,478 Average number of shares 132,165 132,626 Average dilutive effect of share-based incentives 375 296 Diluted average number of shares 132,540 132,922 Profit attributable to shareholdersDKK millionProfit for the period 6,978 10,263 Non-controlling interests -1,023 -1,147 Profit attributable to shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (net profit) 5,955 9,116 Special items after tax in continuing and discontinued operations 1,624 -1,836 Profit attributable to shareholders in Carlsberg A/S, adjusted 7,579 7,280Amortisation of intangible assets recognised in purchase price allocations after tax 481 - Profit attributable to shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (MPM) 8,060 7,280
Section 4.4
Financial income and expenses
Financial items recognised in the income statement
DKK million 2025 2024Financial incomeInterest income 335 408Foreign exchange gains - 189Fair value adjustment gains 158 -Interest on plan assets, defined benefit plans 523 298Reversal of impairments of financial assets 13 5Monetary gain on hyperinflation restatement 12 50Other 95 9Total 1,136 959Financial expensesInterest expenses -2,319 -1,060Capitalised financial expenses 12 12Foreign exchange losses -357 -Fair value adjustment losses - -80Interest expenses on obligations, defined benefit plans -518 -335Interest expenses, lease liabilities -92 -57Bank fees -179 -178Other -63 -166Total -3,516 -1,864Financial items, net, recognised in the income statement -2,380 -905Financial items excluding foreign exchange, net -2,193 -1,064
Interest income primarily relates to interest on cash and cash equivalents, and interest expenses primarily relate to issued bonds
measured at amortised cost.
The fair value adjustment of derivative financial instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments amounted to DKK 158m
(2024: losses of DKK 80m), and includes DKK 4m regarding ineffective portions of hedges designated as cash flow hedges (2024:
DKK-2m).
Foreign exchange losses amounted to DKK 357m (2024: gains of DKK 189m) and the monetary gain from hyperinflation to DKK 12m
(2024: DKK 50m), cf. section 8.1. In total, foreign exchange and fair value adjustment gains and losses and the monetary gain from
hyperinflation amounted to DKK -187m (2024: DKK 159m).
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to hedge foreign exchange and commodity risk, cf. section 4.9, and seeks to apply
hedge accounting when this is possible. Hedging of future, highly probable forecast transactions is designated as cash flow hedges.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 135
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.4
Financial income and expenses continued
Positive fair values of derivatives are recognised as other receivables and negative values as other liabilities, and are presented in
section 4.5.
The impact on other comprehensive income and the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, and the impact on the
income statement and the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, are presented in the tables below. The
impact on other comprehensive income and the fair value of derivatives designated as net investment hedges are presented in
section4.9.4.
Total net gain on cash flow hedges recognised in other comprehensive income was DKK 159m, with gains on aluminium and interest
rate instruments and losses on exchange rate instruments and energy. The energy hedges comprise diesel, gas and virtual power
purchase agreements that secure fixed-price electricity for up to 10 years and where the underlying assets are renewable sources.
Physically settled power purchase agreements are treated as executory contracts and not derivative financial instruments. DKK -97m
relating to FX hedges of the Britvic acquisition was transferred from the cash flow hedge reserve to the investment in Britvic
(effectively goodwill) as a basis adjustment.
Financial derivatives recognised in financial items in the income statement
DKK millionFair value, Fair value, Income statementreceivablespayables Fair value, net2025Exchange rate instruments 154 46 -11 35Ineffectiveness 4 - - -Total 158 46 -11 352024Exchange rate instruments -78 41 -73 -32Ineffectiveness -2 - - -Total -80 41 -73 -32
Financial items recognised in other comprehensive income
DKK million 2025 2024Foreign exchange adjustments of foreign entitiesForeign currency translation of foreign entities -3,250 918Reclassification of cumulative translation differences of step-acquired and deconsolidated entities - -44Total -3,250 874Fair value adjustments of hedging instrumentsChange in fair value of effective portion of cash flow hedges 94 246Change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred or reclassified to the income statement, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment 65 68Change in fair value of net investment hedges 132 -312Total 291 2Financial items, net, recognised in other comprehensive income -2,959 876
Of the net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred or reclassified to the income statement, DKK 1m (2024: DKK 64m)
has been included in revenue or cycled via inventory to cost of sales, DKK -19m (2024: DKK 2m) has been transferred to financial
items and DKK 97m (2024: DKK 2m) has been transferred from the cash flow hedge reserve to the investment in Britvic (effectively
goodwill) as a basis adjustment.
Cash flow hedges
DKK million Expected recognitionOthercomprehen-Fair value, Fair value, 20272025sive incomereceivablespayables Fair value, net 2026and laterExchange rate instruments -294 95 -48 47 47 -Interest rate instruments 144 - - - - -Aluminium 239 352 - 352 352 -Energy -27 8 -35 -27 -26 -1Reclassification from OCI 97 - - - - -Total 159 455 -83 372 373 -1Othercomprehen-Fair value, Fair value, 20262024sive incomereceivablespayables Fair value, net 2025and laterExchange rate instruments 261 158 -151 7 7 -Interest rate instruments -15 - -15 -15 -2 -13Aluminium 116 116 -2 114 114 -Energy -48 - - - - -Total 314 274 -168 106 119 -13
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 136
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.4
Financial income and expenses continued
Accounting estimates and judgements
When entering into financial instruments, management assesses whether the instrument is an effective hedge of expected future
cash flows or financial investments. The effectiveness of recognised hedging instruments is assessed at least twice a year.
Fair values of derivative financial instruments are calculated on the basis of level 2 input consisting of current market data and
generally accepted valuation methods. Internally calculated values are used, and these are compared to external market quotes on
a quarterly basis. For currency and commodity derivatives, the calculation is as follows:
a) The forward market rate is compared to the agreed rate on the derivatives, and the difference in cash flow at the future point in
time is calculated.
b) The amount is discounted to present value. Where relevant, the discounting rate includes a credit risk adjustment.
When entering into a contract, management assesses whether the contract contains embedded derivatives and whether they meet
the criteria for separate classification and recognition. The Group currently does not have any embedded derivatives that meet the
criteria for separate classification and recognition.
Accounting policies
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the trade date and subsequently remeasured at fair value at
the reporting date.
The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as one of:
Cash flow hedges of particular risks associated with the cash flow from forecast transactions
Net investment hedges of currency fluctuations in subsidiaries or associates
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
The fair values of derivative financial instruments are presented in other receivables or payables, and positive and negative values
are offset only when the Group has the right and the intention to settle several financial instruments net.
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments not designated in a hedge relationship are recognised in financial
income or expenses in the income statement.
Changes in the effective portion of the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow
hedge of items that will impact the income statement are recognised in the hedging reserve within equity. When the hedged
transaction materialises, amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are transferred to the same item as the
hedged item. For hedges of raw and packaging materials, the realised gains and losses will in principle go via a basis adjustment of
inventory, but due to the short time on inventory the impact will be recorded directly in the income statement. The effectiveness is
assessed at least twice a year.
Derivatives designated as and qualifying for recognition as a cash flow hedge of financial investments are initially recognised in
other comprehensive income. On completion the realised gain/loss is recognised as a basis adjustment of the carrying amount of
the investment.
Realised and unrealised gains and losses on hedges of net investments in foreign subsidiaries and associates are recognised in other
comprehensive income and only transferred to the income statement on disposal or in the case of impairments. Notional amounts,
average hedge rates and fair values are disclosed in section 4.9.4.
Section 4.5
Financial assets and liabilities
The table below sets out the value of derivative and non-derivative financial instruments and whether they are measured at fair
value or amortised cost.
DKK million Section 2025 2024Financial assets at fair valueDerivatives not designated as hedging instruments 4.4 46 41 Derivatives designated as hedging instruments 4.4, 4.9 520 293 Financial assets at amortised costTrade receivables 1.5 7,443 4,692 On-trade loans 1.5 819 865 Other receivables 1.5 3,297 2,455 Deposits and securities - 59 Cash and cash equivalents 4.7.2 9,585 11,542 Total financial assets 21,710 19,947 Financial liabilities at fair valueDerivatives not designated as hedging instruments 4.4 11 73 Derivatives designated as hedging instruments 4.4, 4.9 130 246 Contingent considerations 109 101 Borrowings and other financial liabilities at amortised costNon-current and current borrowings 4.7 70,623 38,140 Trade payables 26,877 23,295 Deposit liabilities 1,702 1,728 Other liabilities 8,922 8,745 Total financial liabilities 108,374 72,328
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 137
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.6
Net interest-bearing debt
Net interest-bearing debt (NIBD) is the measure of financial debt used in the calculation of leverage. NIBD is composed of interest-
bearing liabilities less interest-bearing assets.
The difference of DKK 9.0bn between gross financial debt and net interest-bearing debt mainly comprised cash and cash equivalents,
deposits and securities, and the interest-bearing portion of on-trade loans on the asset side and deferred considerations on the
liability side.
Net interest-bearing debt
DKK million 2025 2024Non-current borrowings 61,452 27,392 Current borrowings 9,171 10,748 Gross financial debt 70,623 38,140 Deposits and securities - -59 Cash and cash equivalents -9,585 -11,542 Net financial debt 61,038 26,539 Loans to associates -278 -277 On-trade loans -433 -457 Deferred considerations 1,446 1,626 Other receivables -156 -74 Net interest-bearing debt 61,617 27,357
Section 4.7
Borrowings and cash
4.7.1 Borrowings
Gross financial debt amounted to DKK 70,623m (2024: DKK 38,140m). Non-current borrowings totalled DKK 61,452m (2024: DKK
27,392m) and current borrowings totalled DKK 9,171m (2024: DKK 10,748m). The Group continuously assesses the maturity and
repayment profile of its debt. In February 2025, Carlsberg issued five new bonds to finance the acquisition of the Britvic Group, cf.
section 4.8. Total borrowings increased by DKK 32.5bn, including the DKK 7.3bn acquired debt in Britvic. Non-current borrowings
increased by DKK 34.1bn, and current borrowings decreased by DKK 1.6bn as the net effect of the repayment of an EUR 500 EMTN
bond in September 2025, an EUR 750m bond reclassified to current, consolidation of Britvic’s current debt and a reduction in the
issuance of commercial paper. Of the gross financial debt at year-end, 87% (2024: 72%) was non-current, i.e. with maturity of more
than one year.
Gross financial debt
DKK million 2025 2024Non-currentIssued bonds 58,834 25,603Bank borrowings 297 100Lease liabilities 2,303 1,668Other borrowings 18 21Total 61,452 27,392CurrentIssued bonds 6,074 3,726Bank borrowings 221 186Lease liabilities 610 455Commercial paper and other borrowings 2,266 6,381Total 9,171 10,748Total borrowings 70,623 38,140Fair value 70,118 37,855
An overview of issued bonds is provided in section 4.8.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 138
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.7
Borrowings and cash continued
Time to maturity for non-current borrowings
DKK million2025 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years > 5 years TotalIssued bonds 10,748 5,675 10,966 4,322 27,123 58,834Bank borrowings 4 52 239 2 - 297Lease liabilities 468 348 234 182 1,071 2,303Other borrowings 1 - 1 1 15 18Total 11,221 6,075 11,440 4,507 28,209 61,452Total 2024 5,967 3,984 5,374 3,136 8,931 27,392
Changes in gross financial debt
DKK million 2025 2024Gross financial debt at 1 January 38,140 39,101Proceeds from issue of bonds 34,109 -Instalments on and proceeds from borrowings, current -3,732 -7,460Instalments on lease liabilities -638 -547Commercial paper and other borrowings -4,992 6,096External financing 24,747 -1,911Change in bank overdrafts¹ 34 31Increase in lease liabilities¹ 790 896Change in net interest-bearing debt from acquisition and disposal of entities¹ 7,288 -66Other, including foreign exchange adjustments and amortisation¹ -376 89Gross financial debt at 31 December 70,623 38,140
1
Non-cash item.
Accounting policies
Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less transaction costs and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest method. Accordingly, the difference between the fair value less transaction costs and the nominal value is
recognised under financial expenses over the term of the loan.
Lease liability
The lease liability is measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments at the reporting date, discounted using the
incremental borrowing rate for similar assets, taking into account the terms of the leases. A remeasurement of the lease liability,
for example a change in the assessment of an option to extend, results in a corresponding adjustment of the related right-of-use
assets, cf. section 2.2. Extension or termination options are included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be
extended or not terminated. Consequently, all cash outflows that are reasonably certain to impact the future cash balances are
recognised as lease liabilities at initial recognition of lease contracts. The Group reassesses the circumstances leading to extension
or termination options not being recognised.
4.7.2 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include bank deposits and short-term marketable securities with an original term of less than three
months or deposits with a maturity of more than three months with contractual rights to terminate without significant costs, which
are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in fair value and form part of the short-term cash planning. Total cash and cash
equivalents amounted to DKK 9,585m in 2025 (2024: DKK 11,601m), of which DKK 4,547m was deposits at 31 December 2025 (2024:
DKK 5,799m). The average interest rate on deposits was 4.1% (2024: 4.8%).
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 139
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.7
Borrowings and cash continued
Cash and deposits
DKK million 2025 2024Derivative Derivative financial financial Cash and depositsinstruments Cash and depositsinstrumentsAA range 3,730 90 4,022 43A range 4,466 465 6,126 285BBB range 398 3 650 6Not rated or below BBB range 991 8 803 -Total 9,585 566 11,601 334
Assessment of credit risk
The Group is exposed to credit risk on cash and cash equivalents (including deposits) and derivative financial instruments with a
positive fair value, depending on the creditworthiness of the counterparty.
The Group has established a credit policy under which financial transactions may be entered into only with financial institutions with
a solid credit rating, defined as BBB. Carlsberg only enters into interest, foreign exchange and aluminium derivatives with relationship
banks, and the associated credit risk is mitigated to some extent by entering into ISDA agreements, partly because it is the same
group of banks extending credit to the Group. The fair values of the derivatives reported above are the gross fair value receivables
without taking account of the potential offset against fair value payables with the same bank.
Carlsberg operates with individual limits on banks, based on rating and other factors. For some of the markets in which the Group
operates and holds cash, the financial institutions do not have a BBB rating, in which case an exemption is approved by Group Treasury.
Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of DKK 9,585m (2024: DKK 11,601m) represents the maximum credit exposure related to cash and cash
equivalents and deposits. The credit risk on receivables is described in section 1.5.3.
Section 4.8
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is monitored on net financial debt, i.e. borrowings, cash and cash equivalents, deposits and securities, and derivative
financial instruments. The target is to have a duration between three and eight years. At 31 December 2025, the duration was 4.4
years (2024: 4.0 years). Interest rate risk is mainly managed using fixed-rate bonds, which are denominated in EUR and GBP. At the
reporting date, 84% of the net financial debt consisted of fixed-rate borrowings with interest rates fixed for more than one year
(2024: 97%).
Net financial debt by currency
DKK millionGross financial NetGross financial Net financial 2025debtfinancial debt Fixeddebt, fixed %debt, fixed %¹EUR 58,986 55,676 43,712 74% 79% CNY 109 -961 - - -USD 553 147 - - -GBP 9,299 8,628 7,391 79% 86% Other 1,676 -2,452 113 7% -5% Total 70,623 61,038 51,216 73% 84% 2024EUR 36,211 31,254 25,623 71% 82% CNY 133 -991 - - -USD 96 -217 - - -GBP 318 -81 30 9% -37 %Other 1,382 -3,426 177 13% -5 %Total 38,140 26,539 25,830 68% 97%
¹ In some currencies the percentage of net debt at fixed interest rates is negative, as the total cash exceeds the total debt.
On a gross debt basis, 73% was at fixed interest rates (2024: 68%). Significant parts of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are
held in currencies other than the two main funding currencies, EUR and GBP, which account for the predominant part of the fixed-
rate borrowings. 91% of the Group’s net debt is in EUR and 14% is in GBP (on a gross basis: 84% and 13%) and, consequently, the
interest rate exposure primarily relates to interest rate developments for EUR and GBP.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 140
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.8
Interest rate risk continued
Sensitivity analysis
An increase in interest rates would result in an increase in net interest expenses. It is estimated that a 1 percentage point interest rate
increase across currencies would lead to an increase in net interest expenses of DKK 98m (2024: decrease of DKK 7m).
All debts are carried at amortised cost. Changes in the interest rate will impact not the carrying amount but the fair value of debt, cf.
section 4.7.1. The fair value of total gross borrowings was DKK 505m lower than the carrying amount (2024: DKK 285m lower).
If all interest rates across tenor and currencies had been 1 percentage point higher at the reporting date, it would have led to a gain
of DKK 2,704m (2024: DKK 2,367m), and a similar loss had the interest rate been 1 percentage point lower.
Interest rate risk
DKK millionAverageInterest effectiveInterest 2025rateinterest rate Fixed for Carrying amountrate riskIssued bondsEUR 750m maturing 26 November 2026 Fixed 3.6% < 1 year 5,597 Fair valueEUR 850m maturing 26 February 2027 Floating 2.7% < 1 year 6,335 Cash flowEUR 500m maturing 30 June 2027 Fixed 0.5% 1-2 years 3,728 Fair valueEUR 700m maturing 5 October 2028 Fixed 4.2% 2-3 years 5,205 Fair valueEUR 400m maturing 1 July 2029 Fixed 1.0% 3-4 years 2,973 Fair valueEUR 1bn maturing 28 August 2029 Fixed 3.1% 3-4 years 7,437 Fair valueEUR 500m maturing 11 March 2030 Fixed 0.7% 4-5 years 3,722 Fair valueEUR 1bn maturing 27 February 2032 Fixed 3.3% > 5 years 7,434 Fair valueEUR 600m maturing 5 October 2033 Fixed 4.4% > 5 years 4,436 Fair valueEUR 1.15bn maturing 28 February 2035 Fixed 3.6% > 5 years 8,529 Fair valueGBP 500m maturing 28 February 2039 Fixed 5.6% > 5 years 4,225 Fair valueTotal 3.1% 59,621Total 2024 2.8% 29,329Other bond issuesFloating-rateFloating 4.5% < 1 year 1,860 Cash flowFixed-rateFixed 3.5% > 1 year 3,427 Fair valueTotal 5,287Total 2024 -Bank borrowings and other borrowingsFloating-rate Floating 2.9% < 1 year 5,613 Cash flowFixed-rate Fixed 7.3% > 1 year 102 Fair valueTotal 5,715Total 2024 8,811
The sensitivity analysis is based on the financial instruments (borrowings, cash and cash equivalents, deposits and securities, and
derivative financial instruments) recognised at the reporting date.
The analysis was performed on the same basis as for 2024.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 141
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.9
Foreign exchange and commodity risk
4.9.1 Net revenue
Developments in exchange rates between DKK and the local functional currencies had a negative impact of 2.0% on revenue and
2.7% on operating profit measured in DKK.
REVENUE BY CURRENCY (%)
2025 2024gGBP 21% 11% gEUR 18% 19% gCNY 14% 17% gDKK 8% 9% gNOK 5% 6% gCHF 5% 6% gSEK 4% 4% gPLN 4% 4% gLAK 3% 4% gOther 18% 20%
EUR and DKK are in a fixed exchange rate relationship and, consequently, EUR is not hedged.
Change in average FX Entities in Functional currencyrate 2024 to 2025The eurozone EUR 0.1 %China CNY -3.1 %Norway NOK -0.7 %UK GBP -1.3 %Switzerland CHF 1.8 %Sweden SEK 3.6 %Laos LAK -4.1 %Ukraine UAH -7.5 %
4.9.2 Operating profit
Transaction risk
The Group is exposed to transaction risks on purchases and sales in currencies other than the local functional currencies. The Group
aims to hedge 70-90% of future cash flows in currencies other than the local functional currency on a four-quarter rolling basis.
Western Europe
For the entities in Western Europe, a major part of the purchases in foreign currencies is in EUR. This also applies to markets with a
functional currency other than EUR.
Hedging of EUR against the non-EUR local currencies will effectively eliminate a significant part of the currency risk in the entities’
operating profit in local currency. At Group level, these hedges are effectively a hedge of (parts of) the revenue in the relevant
currency and are accounted for as cash flow hedges, cf. section 4.4. The hedged amounts and the sensitivity analysis regarding these
hedges are shown in section 4.9.5.
Asia
The transaction risk is considered to be less significant due to lower purchases of raw and packaging materials in currencies other
than the local functional currencies as well as the high correlation between USD and most of the Asian currencies. An exception is
Laos, which has a significant spend in USD that is not possible to hedge.
Central & Eastern Europe and India
The largest foreign exchange risk relates to Ukraine and Kazakhstan and their purchasing of raw and packaging materials in foreign
currency. For 2025 and 2026, the Group has chosen to hedge a portion of Ukraine’s expenses in EUR and USD by designating bank
deposits in these currencies as hedging instruments.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 142
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.9
Foreign exchange and commodity risk continued
4.9.3 Net finance
The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk on borrowings and trade payables denominated in a currency other than the
functional currency of the local entities reporting these, as well as the risk that arises when net cash inflow is generated in one
currency but borrowings are denominated and have to be repaid in another currency. The main currencies impacting net finance
during 2025 were EUR and UAH. The combined net foreign exchange, fair value adjustment loss and the effect of hyperinflation in
2025 was DKK -187m (2024: DKK 159m).
Currency profile of borrowings
Before and after derivative financial instruments
DKK millionOriginal Effect After 2025principalof swapswapCHF 345 1,745 2,090GBP 9,299 3,058 12,357EUR 58,986 -8,344 50,642USD 553 915 1,468CNY 109 5,037 5,146Other 1,331 -2,411 -1,080Total 70,623 - 70,623Total 2024 38,140 - 38,140
4.9.4 Consolidated profit and other comprehensive income
Consolidated profit and net investment are exposed to foreign exchange translation risks where only the latter can be hedged for
accounting purposes. The revaluation of the net investment is recognised in other comprehensive income, and the Group hedges part
of this foreign exchange exposure by having debt in foreign currency and selling foreign currencies via foreign exchange forwards and
non-deliverable forwards, designating these as net investment hedges. The basis for hedging is reviewed at least once a year, and the
cost of hedging is balanced against the risk reduction.
Two of the most significant net risks relate to foreign exchange adjustment of net investments in CNY and CHF, both of which are
partly hedged. Furthermore, following the Britvic acquisition Carlsberg chose to hedge part of the net investment via a GBP 500m
EMTN bond, cf. section 4.8, and GBP 250m of ordinary FX forwards. Only the latter is reflected in the average hedged rate in the
table.
All the forward exchange contracts mature during 2026. At 31 December 2025, all adjustments of financial instruments have been
recognised in other comprehensive income. Fair value adjustments of loans designated as strategic intra-group loans have also been
recognised in other comprehensive income.
The fair value of derivatives used as net investment hedges recognised at 31 December 2025 amounted to DKK 18m (2024: DKK -59m).
The closing balance in the equity reserve for currency translation of hedges of net investments for which hedge accounting no longer
applies amounted to DKK -1,530m (2024: DKK -1,928m) on a pre-tax basis.
Net investment hedges2025 Fair value of derivativesHedging of investment, Intra-group loans,Other amount in local amount in local comprehensive Average hedged DKK millioncurrencycurrencyincome (DKK)rate Asset LiabilityCNY -5,486 - 313 0,9183 61 -18MYR -167 - 3 1,5427 - -4HKD - -4,357 516 - - -CHF -370 - 14 8,1044 - -14NOK -450 - -1 0,6154 - -4SEK -365 2,397 18 0,6757 - -6GBP -663 2,809 -718 8,5473 - -1SGD - 40 18 - - -CAD - 112 -35 - - -INR -2,100 - 4 0.0700 4 -Total 13265 -47
2024 Fair value of derivativesHedging of investment, Intra-group loans,Other amount in local amount in local comprehensive Average hedged DKK millioncurrencycurrencyincome (DKK)rate Asset LiabilityCNY -4,707 - -99 0.9650 - -57MYR -164 - -17 1.4863 - -18HKD - -4,896 -226 - - -CHF -280 - 92 8.0578 16 -3NOK -450 3,000 -87 0.6263 3 -SEK - -4,895 -3 - - -GBP - 237 47 - - -SGD - 28 -5 - - -CAD - 106 -14 - - -Total -312 19 -78
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 143
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.9
Foreign exchange and commodity risk continued
4.9.5 Impact on financial statements and sensitivity analysis
Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates will affect the level of debt, as funding is obtained and cash held in a number of currencies. In
2025, net interest-bearing debt decreased by DKK 103m (2024: increased by DKK 65m) because of changes in foreign exchange
rates and amortisation. The most significant FX impact on the income statement comes from the Group’s EUR-denominated debt.
Net debt in EUR was DKK 55.7bn at the end of 2025, and EUR/DKK increased by 0.1% during the year, resulting in a loss of DKK
76m.
Exchange rate sensitivity analysis – other comprehensive income
An increase in the exchange rates would, all other things being equal, have had the hypothetical impact on other comprehensive
income (OCI) for 2025 illustrated in the table below and vice versa for a decrease in exchange rates. The calculation is based on cash
flow hedges existing as at 31 December 2025. The sensitivity to GBP for 2024 was impacted by the hedging of the Britvic Group
acquisition and consequently higher than under normal circumstances.
Exchange rate sensitivity – other comprehensive income
2025 2024Average hedged Notional EffectAverage hedged EffectDKK millionrateamount Changeon OCIrateon OCINOK/DKK 0,6231 -845 5% -42 0.631 -33SEK/DKK 0,6788 -886 5% -44 0.6523 -32PLN/DKK 1,7056 -726 5% -36 1.6912 -35CHF/DKK 8,1538 -449 5% -22 7.9583 -22USD/DKK 6,5753 119 10% 12 6.5736 -2GBP/DKK 8,5128 -744 5% -37 9.0272 1,125UAH/DKK 0,1718 -639 10% -64 0.1718 -77Other N/A - - -2 N/A -Total -235 924
Applied exchange rates
The average exchange rate was calculated using the monthly exchange rates weighted according to the phasing of the revenue per
currency through the year.
Applied exchange rates
Closing rate Average rateDKK 2025 2024 2025 2024Swiss franc (CHF) 8.0371 7.9067 7.9644 7.8216Chinese yuan (CNY) 0.9084 0.9786 0.9256 0.9549Euro (EUR) 7.4689 7.4600 7.4631 7.4591Pound sterling (GBP) 8.5731 8.9934 8.7044 8.8184Indian rupee (INR) 0.0708 0.0838 0.0763 0.0824Laotian kip (LAK) 0.00030 0.00033 0.00031 0.00032Norwegian krone (NOK) 0.6316 0.6298 0.6370 0.6412Polish zloty (PLN) 1.7672 1.7489 1.7588 1.7338Ukrainian hryvnia (UAH) 0.1499 0.1705 0.1583 0.1711Swedish krona (SEK) 0.6904 0.6495 0.6755 0.6523
4.9.6 Commodity risk
Commodity price risk is associated with externally sourced input materials, such as malt (barley), cans (aluminium), paper, sugar and
glass & plastic (PET) bottles. Commodity risk management is coordinated centrally and aimed at achieving predictable prices in the
medium term.
As the underlying markets for the commodity categories are different, so is the way in which they are hedged.
The most common form of hedging is fixed-price purchase agreements with suppliers in local currencies.
For barley and aluminium, the two most significant commodity exposures, Group policy is to have a minimum of 70% hedged for a
given year by the end of the third quarter of the previous year, with a target hedge ratio of 90% at the beginning of the year.
A significant part of the Group’s barley exposure for 2025 had therefore been hedged through fixed-price purchase agreements
entered into in 2024. Likewise, the majority of the exposure for 2026 was hedged in 2025.
In the Group’s long-term purchase agreements for cans, the aluminium price is variable and based on the global market price of
aluminium (London Metal Exchange, LME), and in some contracts the can price also varies with respect to the aluminium spot premium.
The aluminium price risk has been hedged for both 2025 and 2026, and in both cases the aluminium spot premium was partly
hedged using derivative financial instruments. The fair values of the derivative financial instruments are specified in section 4.5.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 144
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.9
Foreign exchange and commodity risk continued
For sugar, we enter into fixed-price agreements linked to official indices, for example NY11. As with barley and aluminium, the
majority of the 2025 sugar exposure had been hedged in 2024. Likewise, the majority of the exposure for 2026 was hedged in 2025.
Other commodities, such as PET resins, paper, rice and corn, are also hedged directly via suppliers fixing prices to the extent possible.
For electricity and natural gas used in production of the Group’s own products, most markets in Central & Eastern Europe and India
and Asia are regulated with no possibility to hedge prices. In Western Europe, where most markets allow forward hedging, the
majority of the Group’s exposure is hedged up to a 15-month rolling basis using either fixed-price agreements or derivative financial
instruments. For the electricity used in the Nordics, Carlsberg has entered into a number of virtual power purchase agreements with
maturity of up to 10 years accounted for as derivative financial instruments, and in the UK Carlsberg has entered into physically
settled power purchase agreements accounted for as executory agreements. For Western Europe, the impact of changes in diesel
prices on the cost of distribution has been hedged for 2026.
Commodity price sensitivity analysis
Increases in the price of aluminium, diesel and electricity would, all other things being equal, have had the hypothetical impacts on
other comprehensive income (OCI) for 2025 as illustrated in the table, and vice versa for price decreases. The calculation is based on
hedges existing as at 31 December 2025.
Hedging of raw material price risk
DKK millionSensitivity assuming 100% efficiency Time of maturityEffectAverage price Aluminium Changeon OCI Tonnes purchased(DKK) 2025 2026 20272025 20% 469 124,688 16,094 - 124,688 -2024 20% 333 93,341 17,189 82,826 10,515 -EffectAverage price Diesel Changeon OCI Tonnes purchased(DKK) 2025 2026 20272025 20% 32 42,569 4,028 - 37,675 4,8942024EffectAverage price Electricity Changeon OCI MWh purchased(DKK) < 1 year 1-5 years > 5 years2025 20% 50 848,973 334 57,940 353,286 437,7472024
Natural gas and the aluminium spot premium have also been hedged via derivatives, and the hypothetical effect on OCI of a 20%
increase would have been DKK 14m and DKK 2m respectively as at 31 December 2025 (2024: DKK 0m and DKK 0m).
Section 4.10
Funding and liquidity risk
Liquidity risk results from the Group’s potential inability to meet the obligations associated with its financial liabilities, for example
settlement of financial debt and payment of suppliers.
The Group’s overall objective is to ensure continuous access, at the right price, to the financial resources needed for operations and growth.
The aim is to ensure effective liquidity management, which involves obtaining sufficient committed credit facilities to ensure adequate
financial resources and, to some extent, tapping a range of funding sources.
Diversified funding sources
The Group diversifies its access to funding to avoid relying on a single source of funding.
The Group has access to a committed EUR 2bn revolving credit facility maturing in 2030 with an option to extend by one year. The
RCF is currently not being utilised. In addition, the Group has committed and uncommitted cash pool bank overdraft facilities to cover
its day-to-day liquidity needs and uncommitted access to the euro commercial paper market, which provides short-term funding.
At 31 December 2025, bonds (EMTN and US Private Placements) accounted for 92% of the gross funding. The US Private
Placements are issued by Britvic Ltd. and are subject to financial covenants that are measured semi-annually. The financial
covenants are net borrowing to EBITDA and EBITDA to net interest payable, both calculated for the group of entities that was
previously the Britvic Group. Carlsberg is monitoring these two financial covenants and does not consider them to constitute a risk of
pre-payment of the notes. The book value of the US Private Placements was DKK 5,287m at 31 December 2025 and is presented as
Other bond issues in section 4.8.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 145
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.10
Funding and liquidity risk continued
Committed credit facilities and credit resources available
DKK millionTotal Utilisedcommittedportion of Unutilisedloans and credit credit credit Unutilised credit 2025facilitiesfacilitiesfacilitiesfacilities 2024Current< 1 year 10,332 9,171 1,161 1,248Total current committed loans and credit facilities10,332 9,171 1,161 1,248Non-current1-2 years 11,221 11,221 - 102-3 years 6,075 6,075 - -3-4 years 11,440 11,440 - 1794-5 years 19,445 4,507 14,938 14,979> 5 years 28,209 28,209 - -Total non-current committed loans and credit facilities 76,390 61,452 14,938 15,168Cash and cash equivalents and deposits9,585 11,601Current portion of utilised credit facilities - - -9,171 -10,748Credit resources available (total non-current committed loans and credit facilities less net debt)15,352 16,021
Credit resources available
The Group uses the term “credit resources available” to determine the adequacy of access to credit facilities.
Credit resources available include cash, deposits and unutilised credit facilities with more than 12 months to maturity less utilised
credit facilities with less than 12 months to maturity and uncommitted working capital facilities.
At 31 December 2025, the Group had total credit resources available of DKK 15,352m, consisting of cash and cash equivalents and
deposits of DKK 9,585m plus unutilised committed non-current credit facilities of DKK 14,938m less utilisation of current facilities of
DKK 9,171m. Including current credit facilities of DKK 1,161m, total unutilised committed credit facilities amounted to DKK 16,099m.
Credit resources available at year-end 2025 were DKK 0.7bn lower than at year-end 2024, primarily as a result of the decrease in
cash and deposits.
The credit resources available and access to unutilised committed credit facilities are considered reasonable in light of the Group’s
current needs in terms of financial flexibility.
The Group uses cash pools for day-to-day liquidity management in most of its entities in Western Europe, as well as intra-group
loans to and from subsidiaries. Asia and Central & Eastern Europe and India are less integrated in terms of cash pools, and liquidity is
managed via intra-group loans. For some markets, intra-group loans are not possible, and surplus liquidity will be paid out in the
form of dividends, which results in a time lag between when the cash flow is generated and when it becomes available for
repayment of Group debts. The most significant cash balances subject to this delay are in India and also in Ukraine. Cash balances of
DKK 1.3bn held in Ukraine are temporarily unavailable for Group purposes due to the ongoing war.
Maturity of financial liabilities
DKK millionMaturityContractualMaturity> 1 yearMaturityCarrying2025cash flows< 1 year< 5 years> 5 yearsamountDerivative financial instrumentsDerivative financial instruments, payables 118 109 9 - 141Non-derivative financial instrumentsGross financial debt 70,971 9,176 33,378 28,417 70,623Interest expenses 12,359 2,217 5,858 4,284 N/ATrade payables and deposits on returnable packing materials 28,579 28,579 - - 28,579Contingent liabilities 252 252 - - N/AContingent and deferred considerations 1,645 247 1,398 - 1,645Non-derivative financial instruments 113,806 40,471 40,634 32,701 -Financial liabilities 113,924 40,580 40,643 32,701 -Total 2024 69,667 37,854 22,087 9,726 -
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 146
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
Section 4.10
Funding and liquidity risks continued
Maturity of financial liabilities
The table above lists the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the impact
of netting agreements, and thus summarises the gross liquidity risk.
The risk implied by the values reflects the one-sided scenario of cash outflows only. Trade payables and other financial liabilities
originate from the financing of assets in ongoing operations, such as property, plant and equipment, and investments in working
capital, for example inventories and trade receivables.
The nominal amount/contractual cash flow of gross financial debt totalled DKK 70,971m in 2025 (2024: DKK 38,338m), whereas the
total carrying amount was DKK 70,623m (2024: DKK38,140m). The difference between these amounts relates to establishment
costs, which are capitalised on initial recognition and amortised over the duration of the borrowings.
The interest expense is the contractual cash flows expected on the gross financial debt existing at 31 December 2025.
The cash flow is estimated based on the notional amount of the above-mentioned borrowings and expected interest rates at year-
end 2025 and 2024. Interest on debt recognised at year-end 2025 and 2024 for which no contractual obligation exists (current
borrowings and other debts) has been included for a two-year period. The synthetic interest on lease liabilities has also been included
for a two-year period. The interest applied to the part of the debt where no contractual obligation exists is 3.25% for 2026 and 3.0%
for 2027 (2024: 3.25% for 2025 and 3.0% for 2026).
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 147
SECTION 4 FINANCING COSTS, CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND EQUITY
In this section
This section describes the acquisition of the Britvic Group, which was completed on 16 January,
and the acquisition of Gorkha Brewery in Nepal in 2024. The section also includes the Group’s
investments in associates.
Section 5.1
Acquisitions
2025
Britvic Group
On 16 January 2025, the court-sanctioned scheme to acquire all the outstanding shares in Britvic plc became effective, and Carlsberg
obtained control and began consolidation of the business from this date.
The Britvic Group was an integrated soft drinks business with activities in the UK, Ireland, France and Brazil. The company has been
the bottling partner for Pepsi in the UK since 1987 and in Ireland since 2007, with the Pepsi franchises accounting for around half of
the revenue. The other half is generated from a range of own brands in multiple soft drinks segments.
During 2025, the Britvic Group was fully integrated into the Carlsberg Group, with the operations in the UK, Ireland and France
included in the Western Europe region, and the operations in Brazil in the Central & Eastern Europe and India region.
Strategic rationale and synergies
The acquisition of Britvic was attractive for Carlsberg from a strategic, operational and financial angle. It supports the Group’s
Accelerate SAIL growth ambitions, enhances the top- and bottom-line growth profile and cash generation in Western Europe, and
transforms our business in the UK.
Integrating Britvic into the Group significantly increased the Group’s soft drinks share of total volumes to more than 30%. With the
acquisition of Britvic we established an integrated beverage company in the UK as a multi-beverage supplier of scale, benefiting from an
efficient supply chain and distribution network, and providing customers with a comprehensive portfolio of brands and customer service.
The goodwill arising on the acquisition consists largely of synergies across a number of areas, including direct and indirect
procurement, supply chain, administration and overheads, and these will be achieved across Carlsberg’s and Britvic's combined
business. The majority of these synergies are expected to be realised by 2027.
Transaction and integration costs
Costs incurred to complete the transaction totalled DKK 413m, of which DKK 263m was recognised in 2024. Following the acquisition,
the Group incurred integration costs of DKK 495m, primarily relating to severance payments and stay-on bonuses (DKK 302m) and
advisory fees (DKK 69m). Transaction and integration costs are recognised as part of special items, cf. section 3.1.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 148
148 5.1 Acquisitions
152 5.2 Non-controlling interests and associates
154 5.3 Disposals and discontinued operations
SECTION 5
ACQUISITIONS, NON-
CONTROLLING INTERESTS AND
ASSOCIATES, DISPOSALS AND
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Section 5.1
Acquisitions continued
Consideration
The consideration transferred to acquire the shares in Britvic plc amounted to DKK 28,704m. An additional DKK 556m of dividends
was subsequently transferred to the former shareholders. As part of the acquisition, the Group paid DKK 21m to settle outstanding
share-based payment awards held by employees of the Britvic Group. The awards were fully vested at the acquisition date and not
contingent on future service. These amounts were fully accrued in Britvic’s statement of financial position ahead of the acquisition
and are therefore not reflected in the consideration used for calculation of goodwill.
The consideration applied for calculation of goodwill included a basis adjustment of DKK 97m related to losses on cash flow hedges
designated for forecast foreign currency payments. The cumulative loss in other comprehensive income was reclassified to the initial
measurement of the non-financial item (consideration transferred) at the acquisition date.
Fair value of acquired net assets and goodwill
The purchase price allocation of the fair value of identified assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities has been completed within the
12-month period mandated by IFRS and resulted in adjustments, mainly of intangible assets and deferred tax. Acquired goodwill
totalling DKK 19,345m is not deductible for tax purposes.
Strategic partnership
A key rationale for completing the transaction was to acquire the UK and Ireland licences for the production, sales and distribution of
brands owned by PepsiCo, including Pepsi and 7UP. Revenues for these brands are generated by virtue of both the licences
themselves and the network of customers that Britvic has developed. The licensed brands are strong, internationally known brands
with very high brand equity that, together with the strong marketing execution by PepsiCo, have a positive impact on the Britvic
business in the UK and Ireland, and on Britvic as a whole. The strategic relationship with PepsiCo is fundamental to the acquisition of
the Britvic Group. Accordingly, the associated licence agreements with PepsiCo have been recognised as separately identifiable
intangible assets, as they represent the main source of value in the business combination (the primary asset).
The fair value of the licence agreements was calculated using a multi‑period excess earnings method, applying the future cash flows
specifically attributable to the licences after deducting required returns on all contributory assets involved and tax. The after‑tax
excess earnings were discounted using the weighted average cost of capital deemed specific to the asset, after which tax
amortisation benefit was added. The useful life is aligned with the duration of the licence agreements, which have a term of 15 years.
The key assumptions applied in the valuation include discount rates in the range of -6.8-8.8% and compounding annual growth rates
for free cash flows in the range of 3-9%. The fair value totalled DKK 8,650m.
Brands
The purchase price allocation resulted in the recognition of nine brands with indefinite useful life and 11 with finite useful life. For the
brands with finite useful life, a lifetime of 5-10 years was applied. The fair value of the brands was calculated using a relief from
royalty model. The model applied is consistent with the one used in impairment testing, and is described in further detail in section
2.3.3. The forecast revenues applied in the valuations have compounding annual growth rates in the range of -6.8-9.0% and, for the
brands with indefinite useful life, terminal period growth rates in the range of 2-3%. The royalty rates applied were based on the
individual brands’ characteristics, including brand profitability and expected future earnings potential, and were in the range of 3-6%.
The forecast cash flows were discounted using a weighted average cost of capital in the range of 6.8-11.5%, after which tax
amortisation benefit was added where relevant. The fair value of brands totalled DKK 4,436m, of which DKK 3,755m represented
brands deemed to have an indefinite useful life.
Customer relationships
The purchase price allocation resulted in recognition of customer relationships associated with on-trade customers of Britvic. No
separate value was identified for customers in the off-trade because this channel is almost exclusively driven by brand and price.
The fair value of the customer relationships was calculated using the distributor method, whereby the distributor margin derived from
distribution to the customers, adjusted for required returns on all contributory assets involved and tax, represents the excess earnings
specifically attributable to the relevant customer portfolio. The after‑tax excess earnings were discounted using a weighted average
cost of capital deemed specific to the asset, after which tax amortisation benefit was added where relevant. This is a common
approach in transactions where customer relationships are not identified to be the primary intangible asset. The useful life was
aligned with the licence agreement. The key assumptions applied in the valuation include discount rates in the range of 6.8-8.8% and
an after-tax distributor margin of 3%. The fair value totalled DKK 680m.
Property, plant and equipment
The fair value of land and buildings, and standard production and office equipment is based, as far as possible, on the fair value of
assets of similar type and condition that may be bought and sold in the open market.
Property, plant and equipment for which there is no reliable evidence of the fair value in the market (in particular production
equipment) are valued using the depreciated replacement method. This method is based on the replacement cost of a similar asset
with similar functionality and capacity. The calculated replacement cost is then reduced to reflect functional and physical
obsolescence. The expected synergies and the user-specific intentions for the expected use of assets are not included in the
determination of the fair value.
The fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment totalled DKK 344m.
Financial impact of acquisition
In 2025, revenue and profit for the period included DKK 15,581m and DKK 521m respectively from the Britvic Group. Had the
acquisition been included in the income statement from 1 January 2025, revenue would have been DKK 16,132m and profit for the
period DKK 515m.
Receivables
Trade receivables include gross contractual amounts of DKK 3,946m, of which DKK 111m is expected to be uncollectible.
Other acquisitions
On 27 July 2025, the Group also acquired Raj Brewery Group (Nepal) for DKK 188m. The purchase price allocation of the fair value
of identified assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities has been completed and did not have a material impact on the Group’s
financial statements.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 149
SECTION 5 ACQUISITIONS, NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS AND ASSOCIATES, DISPOSALS AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Section 5.1
Acquisitions continued
Acquisitions
DKK million 2025 2024Net assets and goodwill recognised Britvic Group Other Total Gorkha BreweryIntangible assets 13,936 - 13,936 150Property, plant and equipment 4,897 96 4,993 114Right-of-use assets 665 - 665 -Financial assets 767 - 767 47Inventories 1,832 2 1,834 71Trade and other receivables 4,698 9 4,707 311Cash and cash equivalents 304 3 307 527Total assets 27,099 110 27,209 1,220Borrowings and lease liabilities 7,265 20 7,285 -Deferred tax liabilities 4,170 - 4,170 330Provisions 189 - 189 350Trade payables 4,612 13 4,625 208Other payables 1,407 2 1,409 492Total liabilities 17,643 35 17,678 1,380Acquired net assets 9,456 75 9,531 -160Cash consideration paid for acquired shares 28,704 188 28,892 249Basis adjustment from cash flow hedges 97 - 97 -Fair value of previously held investment - - - 1,543Foreign exchange translation difference - - - 2Fair value of total consideration transferred 28,801 188 28,989 1,794Goodwill arising from the acquisition 19,345 113 19,458 1,954
Elements of cash consideration paid
2025 2024DKK million Britvic Group Other Total Gorkha BreweryConsideration paid -28,704 -188 -28,892 -249Dividends paid to former shareholders -556 - -556 -Settlement of share-based payment awards held by employees of the Britvic Group -21 - -21 -Cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts, acquired 117 3 120 527Total cash consideration paid -29,164 -185 -29,349 278Deferred consideration paid for acquisition in prior period - -72 -72 -24Total consideration transferred -29,164 -257 -29,421 254
2024
Gorkha Brewery
In November 2024, the Group gained control of Gorkha Brewery (Nepal) through the acquisition of an additional 9.94% of the shares
in Gorkha Brewery, giving Carlsberg a 99.94% ownership interest, cf. section 5.2. The step acquisition of Gorkha Brewery was carried
out to obtain control of the business so as to further strengthen the Group’s presence in central Asia and realise synergies by
collaborating with our business in India.
Consideration
The consideration transferred to acquire the outstanding shares in Gorkha Brewery amounted to DKK 249m. The total consideration
used for the calculation of goodwill included the fair value of the 90% shareholding held before obtaining control, which amounted
to DKK 1,543m. The business as a whole was remeasured at a fair value of DKK 1,794m. Net of reclassification of accumulated
currency exchange adjustment of DKK -44m, a gain of DKK 440m was recognised as part of special items, cf. section 3.1.
The fair value of the shareholding held before obtaining control of Gorkha Brewery has been measured by an independent external
valuer at the net present value of expected future cash flows. The expected cash flows were based on business plans for the next
three years and projections for subsequent years prepared by local management. Key parameters were revenue growth, operating
margin, future capital expenditure and growth expectations beyond the forecast period. The forecast future cash flows were
discounted using a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of 17.5%, an average annual growth rate in the forecast period of
around 2% and a terminal period growth rate of 5.4%.
Fair value of acquired net assets and goodwill
The purchase price allocation of the fair value of identified assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities has been completed within the
12-month period mandated by IFRS and resulted in adjustments, mainly of intangible assets property, plant and equipment, deferred
tax liabilities and provisions. Acquired goodwill totalling DKK 1,954m is not deductible for tax purposes. The completion of the
purchase price allocation resulted in the restatement of the statement of financial position, reducing equity by DKK 64m and
increasing total assets by DKK 664m.
Financial impact of acquisition
In 2024, revenue and profit for the period included DKK 36m and DKK 291m respectively from Gorkha Brewery, which included 11
months’ share of profit from associates. Had the acquisition been included in the income statement from 1 January 2024, revenue
would have been DKK 682m and profit for the period DKK 311m.
Receivables
Trade receivables include gross contractual amounts of DKK 186m, of which DKK 33m is expected to be uncollectible.
Other acquisitions
No other material enterprises or activities were acquired in 2024.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 150
SECTION 5 ACQUISITIONS, NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS AND ASSOCIATES, DISPOSALS AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Section 5.1
Acquisitions continued
Accounting estimates and judgements
Assessment of control
The classification of entities where Carlsberg controls less than 100% of the voting rights is based on an assessment of the
contractual and operational relationship between the parties. This includes assessing the conditions in shareholder agreements,
contracts etc.
Consideration is also given to the extent to which each party can govern the financial and operating policies of the entity, how the
operation of the entity is designed, and which party possesses the relevant knowledge and competences to operate the entity.
Another factor relevant to this assessment is the extent to which each of the parties can direct the activities and affect the returns,
for example by means of rights, reserved matters or casting votes.
Purchase price allocation procedures
For acquisitions of entities, the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree are recognised using the acquisition
method in accordance with IFRS 3. The most significant assets acquired generally comprise goodwill, contract- and customer-
related intangible assets, brands, property, plant and equipment, receivables and inventories.
No active market exists for the majority of the acquired assets and liabilities, in particular in respect of acquired intangible assets.
Accordingly, management makes estimates of the fair value of acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Depending on
the nature of the item, the determined fair value of an item may be associated with uncertainty and possibly adjusted subsequently.
The unallocated purchase price (positive amount) is recognised in the statement of financial position as goodwill and allocated to
the Group’s cash-generating units.
Accounting policies
Acquisitions
The acquisition date is the date when the Group effectively obtains control of an acquired subsidiary or significant influence over
anassociate.
The cost of a business combination comprises the fair value of the consideration agreed upon, including the fair value of any
consideration contingent on future events.
In a step acquisition, the Group gains control of an entity in which it already held a shareholding before gaining control. The
shareholding held before the step acquisition is remeasured at fair value at the acquisition date and added to the fair value of the
consideration paid for the shareholding acquired in the step acquisition, and accounted for as the total cost of the shareholding in
the acquired entity. The gain or loss on the remeasurement is recognised in the income statement under special items.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments in connection with the acquisition of an entity are treated as assets and liabilities belonging to
the foreign entity and translated into the foreign entity’s functional currency at the exchange rate at the transaction date.
The acquired entities’ identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at fair value at the acquisition date.
Identifiable intangible assets are recognised if they are separable or arise from a contractual right. Deferred tax on revaluations
isrecognised.
The identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities on initial recognition at the acquisition date are subsequently adjusted up
until 12 months after the acquisition. The effect of the adjustments is recognised in the opening balance of equity, and the
comparative figures are restated accordingly if the amount is material.
Changes in estimates of deferred purchase considerations are recognised in the income statement under special items, unless they
qualify for recognition directly in equity. Cash flow to acquire subsidiaries is presented in financial investments and includes cash
and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts in the acquiree.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 151
SECTION 5 ACQUISITIONS, NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS AND ASSOCIATES, DISPOSALS AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Section 5.2
Non-controlling interests and associates
Non-controlling interests
DKK million Changes in equityShareholders in Non-controlling 2025Carlsberg A/Sinterests Total equityChanges in ownership 41 96 137Transaction costs related to changes in ownership -1 - -1Fair value adjustments of contingent consideration and other transactions with non-controlling interests -8 - -8Recognised in equity 32 96 128
DKK million Changes in equityShareholders in Non-controlling 2024Carlsberg A/Sinterests Total equityChanges in ownership -1,160 -436 -1,596Transaction costs related to changes in ownership -24 - -24Fair value adjustments of contingent consideration and other transactions with non-controlling interests -194 - -194Recognised in equity -1,378 -436 -1,814
The Group’s non-controlling interests consist of Lao Brewery, Carlsberg Chongqing Breweries Group, Carlsberg Malaysia Group and
other non-controlling interests, primarily in the Asia region. Non-controlling interests are not individually material to the Group’s
totalprofit.
2025
On 29 July 2025, the Group disposed of a 6% stake in Gorkha Brewery, Nepal, for a consideration of DKK 138m. The transaction
resulted in recognition of non-controlling interests of DKK 96m and the Group’s ownership of its activities in Nepal was reduced
to93.94%.
2024
The Group acquired 40% of Carlsberg Marston’s Brewing Company for a purchase price of DKK 1,832m (GBP 206m), obtaining 100%
ownership of the company. The acquisition resulted in an adjustment of equity of DKK -1,477m and derecognition of non-controlling
interests of DKK 345m.
The Group completed its acquisition of the remaining 33% of Carlsberg South Asia Pte Ltd (CSAPL) for a purchase price of DKK
4,991m (USD 706m), obtaining 100% ownership of the company. The derecognition of the previous put liability to purchase the
shareholding was recognised directly in equity and amounted to DKK 5,263m, resulting in a net impact on equity from the
transaction of DKK 272m.
The Group received the remaining 10% shareholding in Carlsberg Kazakhstan from Baltika Breweries as part of the agreement to
dispose of the Russian business. The transfer resulted in an adjustment to equity of DKK 45m and derecognition of non-controlling
interests of DKK 91m.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 152
SECTION 5 ACQUISITIONS, NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS AND ASSOCIATES, DISPOSALS AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Section 5.2
Non-controlling interests and associates continued
Associates
Key figures for associates
DKK million Carlsberg Group shareOther Total Profit comprehensive comprehensive Investments in 2025after taxincomeincomeassociatesTotal 660 - 660 4,3252024Total 616 - 616 4,546
Investments in associates mainly include the businesses in Portugal (60%), Myanmar (61%), Carlsberg Byen in Denmark (25%)
andfour associates in China (50%). The total investment in these associates amounted to DKK 2,800m at 31 December 2025
(2024:DKK2,925m).
The Group’s effective ownership of Super Bock Group, Portugal, is 60%. Nevertheless, Super Bock remains an associate of the Group
due to the ownership structure. Please refer to section 10 for further details.
Despite the 61% legal ownership share in Myanmar Carlsberg, the entity is classified as an associate due to the structure of the
agreement with the partner and the business environment in the country.
For associates in which the Group holds an ownership interest of less than 20% and participates in the management of the entity,
the Group is considered to be exercising significant influence. None of the associates are material to the Group.
2025
A deferred consideration of DKK 15m was paid in 2025 relating to the acquired 20% stake in the Danish craft brewer Mikkeller.
2024
The Group acquired a 20% stake in Mikkeller and entered into a sales and distribution agreement for the Danish market. The
purchase price was DKK 130m, of which DKK 15m was deferred to 2025.
The Group acquired a minority stake in Brasserie du Pays Flamand for DKK 46m with the aim of accelerating the rollout of the
Anosteké brand in France.
The Group gained control of the associate Gorkha Brewery through a step acquisition.
Fair value of investments in listed associates
DKK million 2025 2024The Lion Brewery Ceylon, Sri Lanka 695 581
Accounting policies
On acquisition of non-controlling interests, i.e. subsequent to the Group obtaining control, acquired net assets are not measured at
fair value. The difference between the cost and the non-controlling interests’ share of the total carrying amount is transferred from
the non-controlling interests’ share of equity to equity attributable to shareholders in Carlsberg A/S. The amount deducted cannot
exceed the non-controlling interests’ share of equity immediately before the transaction.
On disposal of shareholdings to non-controlling interests, the difference between the sales price and the share of the total carrying
amount, including goodwill acquired by the non-controlling interests, is transferred from equity attributable to shareholders in
Carlsberg A/S to the non-controlling interests.
Cash flow to acquire or dispose of non-controlling interests is presented in financing activities.
Investments in associates are recognised according to the equity method, which entails measurement at cost and adjustment for
the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate after the date of acquisition. The share of
the result must be calculated in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. The proportionate share of unrealised intra-group
profits and losses is eliminated. Investments in associates with negative net asset values are measured at DKK 0.
If the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to cover a deficit in the associate, the deficit is recognised under provisions. Any
amounts owed by associates are written down to the extent that the amount owed is deemed irrecoverable.
Cash flow to acquire or dispose of shareholdings in associates is presented in financial investments.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 153
SECTION 5 ACQUISITIONS, NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS AND ASSOCIATES, DISPOSALS AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Section 5.3
Disposals and discontinued operations
Discontinued operations
2024
On 4 December 2024, the Group completed the disposal of Baltika Breweries for a cash consideration of RUB 34bn and also received
Baltika Breweries’ shareholdings in Carlsberg Azerbaijan and Carlsberg Kazakhstan, cf. section 5.2. The resulting reversal of
impairment recognised in prior periods of DKK 2,258m was recognised in net result from discontinued operations.
Receipt of the shareholding in Carlsberg Azerbaijan did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements, as the Group
had continued to consolidate the business.
Disposals of entities
The Group did not dispose of any entities in 2025 (2024: two minor entities).
Accounting estimates and judgements
The Group classifies non-current assets and disposal groups as held for sale when management assesses that their carrying
amounts will be recovered through a sale rather than continued use. Management’s assessment is based on an evaluation of
whether a sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its current condition. Actions
required to complete the sale should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the sale will be made or that the decision
to sell will be withdrawn. Management must be committed to the plan to sell the asset and the sale must be expected to be
completed within one year from the date of the classification.
On classification, management estimates the fair value. Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are
measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs of disposal. Costs of disposal are the incremental costs
directly attributable to the disposal of an asset (disposal group), excluding financial expenses and income tax expenses.
Depending on the nature of the non-current assets and the disposal group’s activity, assets and liabilities, the estimated fair value
may be associated with uncertainty and possibly adjusted subsequently. Measurement of the fair value of disposal groups is
categorised as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, as measurement is not based on observable market data.
Accounting policies
Assets held for sale comprise non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale. Liabilities held for sale are those directly
associated with the assets that will be transferred in the transaction. The classification is changed to assets and liabilities in
discontinued operations respectively. Immediately before classification as held for sale, the assets or disposal groups are
remeasured in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. Thereafter, they are measured at the lower of their carrying
amount and fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment loss is allocated first to goodwill and then to remaining assets on a pro
rata basis, except that no loss is allocated to inventories, financial assets, deferred tax assets or employee benefit assets, which
continue to be measured in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
are not depreciated or amortised once classified as held for sale.
Impairment losses on initial classification as held for sale, and subsequent gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised in the
income statement.
Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale are presented separately as current lines in the statement of financial position,
and the main elements are specified in this section. Comparative figures are not restated.
A disposal group is presented as discontinued operations if it is a group of companies, i.e. part of a geographical area of operations
that has either been disposed of or is classified as held for sale.
Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and presented separately as profit/loss from
discontinued operations in the income statement. Comparative figures are restated. Cash flow from discontinued operations is
presented separately as net cash flow from discontinued operations in the statement of cash flows and specified in this section.
Comparative figures are restated.
Disposals and loss of control
Gains or losses on the disposal or liquidation of subsidiaries and associates are recognised as the difference between the sales price
and the carrying amount of net assets (including goodwill) at the date of disposal or liquidation, and net of foreign exchange
adjustments recognised in other comprehensive income, and costs to sell or liquidation expenses.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 154
SECTION 5 ACQUISITIONS, NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS AND ASSOCIATES, DISPOSALS AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
In this section
The effective tax rate (ETR) for the year is 22.9% (2024: 19.8%). ETR is impacted by non-
deductible expenses and non-capitalised tax assets.
Section 6.1
Income tax
Reconciliation of the effective tax rate for the year
2025 2024% DKK million % DKK millionNominal weighted tax rate 20.2 1,830 19.8 1,966Change in tax rate -1.6 -147 - -Adjustments to tax for prior years 0.1 12 1.6 164Non-capitalised tax assets and liabilities -2.7 -242 -3.7 -367Non-taxable income -0.6 -57 -0.6 -55Non-deductible expenses 7.2 656 3.0 297Tax incentives etc. -1.0 -94 -1.5 -146Special items 0.4 32 0.2 21Withholding taxes 2.0 182 2.6 259Other, including tax in associates -1.1 -100 -1.6 -157Effective tax rate for the year 22.9 2,072 19.8 1,982
The nominal weighted tax rate for the Group is calculated as the domestic tax rates applicable to profits in the entities as a
proportion of each entity’s share of the Group’s profit before tax.
The Group’s total tax cost was impacted by non-deductible expenses, mainly related to interest deductibility restrictions on the debt
from the Britvic acquisition and decreased withholding tax expenses, resulting in an effective tax rate of 22.9% (2024: 19.8%).
The impact from non-recurring items primarily comprised movement in uncertain tax positions and the effect of a change in the tax
rate on deferred taxes.
The Group is not expected to be materially impacted by the OECD/EU Pillar Two Model Rules and their local implementation. Most
countries where the Group has operations impose taxation in excess of 15%, and the remainder are expected to increase the tax rate
such that all markets not covered by the transitional safe harbour rules are still expected to show an effective tax rate in excess of 15%.
As such, these rules are not expected to result in either materially increased tax payments or a change to the Group’s effective tax rate.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 155
SECTION 6
TAX
155 6.1 Income tax
156 6.2 Tax assets and liabilities
Section 6.1
Income tax continued
Income tax
2025 2024Other comprehen-Total comprehen-Other comprehen-Total comprehen-DKK million Income statementsive incomesive income Income statementsive incomesive incomeTax for the year can be specified as followsCurrent tax 2,732 -5 2,727 2,332 -57 2,275Change in deferred tax and non-current tax payables during the year -525 82 -443 -514 14 -500Change in deferred tax as a result of change in tax rate -147 - -147 - - -Adjustments to tax for prior years 12 - 12 164 - 164Total 2,072 77 2,149 1,982 -43 1,939
Tax recognised in other comprehensive income
2025 2024Recognised item Tax income/ Recognised item Tax income/ DKK millionbefore taxexpense After taxbefore taxexpense After taxForeign exchange adjustments 3,250 - 3,250 -874 - -874Hedging instruments -291 29 -262 -2 -30 -32Retirement benefit obligations -234 48 -186 96 -13 83Total 2,725 77 2,802 -780 -43 -823
Accounting policies
Income tax comprises current tax and changes in deferred tax for the year, including changes as a result of a change in the tax rate.
The tax expense relating to the profit/loss for the year is recognised in the income statement, while the tax expense relating to
items recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
Section 6.2
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Of the total deferred tax assets recognised, DKK 721m (2024: DKK 367m) relates to tax losses carried forward, the utilisation of
which depends on future positive taxable income exceeding the realised deferred tax liabilities. It is management’s opinion that these
tax losses carried forward can be utilised within the foreseeable future.
Tax assets not recognised of DKK 709m (2024: DKK 1,075m) primarily relate to tax losses that are not expected to be utilised in the
foreseeable future. Tax losses that will not expire amounted to DKK 1,151m (2024: DKK 1,123m).
Distribution of reserves in other subsidiaries will not trigger a significant tax liability based on current tax legislation.
Specification of deferred tax
Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilitiesDKK million 2025 2024 2025 2024Intangible assets 141 143 4,914 1,943Property, plant and equipment 422 362 1,783 1,266Current assets and liabilities 1,222 1,147 96 35Provisions and retirement benefit obligations 678 647 2,131 2,465Fair value adjustments 19 37 590 159Tax losses 721 367 - -Other 190 198 43 58Total before offset 3,393 2,901 9,557 5,926Offset -882 -845 -882 -845Deferred tax assets and liabilities at 31 December 2,511 2,056 8,675 5,081Expected to be used as followsWithin one year 1,048 1,221 454 258After more than one year 1,463 835 8,221 4,823Total 2,511 2,056 8,675 5,081
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 156
SECTION 6 TAX
Section 6.2
Deferred tax assets and liabilities continued
Accounting estimates and judgements
The Group recognises deferred tax assets, including the expected tax value of tax losses carried forward, if management assesses
this can be offset against positive taxable income in the foreseeable future, typically 1-5 years. This assessment is made annually
and based on budgets and business plans for the coming years, including planned commercial initiatives under our control.
Carlsberg operates in a large number of tax jurisdictions where tax legislation is highly complex and subject to interpretation.
Management assesses uncertain tax positions to ensure recognition and measurement of tax assets and liabilities.
Accounting policies
Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities.
Deferred tax on all temporary differences between the carrying amount and the tax base of assets and liabilities is measured using
the balance sheet liability method. However, deferred tax is not recognised on temporary differences relating to goodwill that is not
deductible for tax purposes or on office premises and other items where temporary differences, apart from business combinations,
arise at the acquisition date without affecting either profit/loss for the year or taxable income.
Where alternative tax rules can be applied to determine the tax base, deferred tax is measured based on the planned use of the
asset or settlement of the liability.
Deferred tax assets related to tax losses carried forward are recognised at the expected value of their utilisation, or as a set-off
against deferred tax liabilities in the same legal tax entity and jurisdiction.
Deferred tax assets and tax liabilities are offset if the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and tax
assets or intends either to settle current tax liabilities and tax assets or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the assets will be utilised.
Deferred tax is measured according to the tax rules at the reporting date and at the tax rates applicable when the deferred tax is
expected to materialise as current tax. The change in deferred tax as a result of changes in tax rates is recognised in the income
statement. Changes to deferred tax on items recognised in other comprehensive income are, however, recognised in other
comprehensive income.
Carlsberg has applied the exception to recognise and disclose information about deferred tax in the OECD/EU Pillar Two Model
Rules and their local implementation.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 157
SECTION 6 TAX
In this section
This section provides details on staff costs, further details on the remuneration of the executive
directors and key management personnel, and details of the share-based incentive programmes.
Disclosures related to retirement benefit obligations, covering both defined contribution and
defined benefit plans, are also included.
Further details on the remuneration policy can be found in the Remuneration Report.
Employees by segment
Section 7.1
Staff costs
Staff costs
DKK million 2025 2024Salaries and other remuneration 11,233 9,236Severance payments 44 64Social security costs 1,659 1,336Retirement benefit costs – defined contribution plans 569 457Retirement benefit costs – defined benefit plans 236 180Share-based payments 128 100Other employee benefits 179 163Total 14,048 11,536Staff costs are included in the following line items in the income statementCost of sales 4,204 3,314Sales and distribution expenses 6,748 5,888Administrative expenses 2,790 2,146Other operating activities, net 127 120Financial expenses (pensions) -5 37Special items (restructurings) 184 31Total 14,048 11,536Average number of employees 36,964 31,876
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 158
158 7.1 Staff costs
159 7.2 Remuneration
159 7.3 Share-based payments
161 7.4 Retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations
SECTION 7
STAFF COSTS AND
REMUNERATION
2025 2024gWestern Europe 37% 34% gAsia 34% 40% gCentral & Eastern Europe and India 27% 24% gOther 2% 2%
Section 7.2
Remuneration
Remuneration
Executive directors¹ Key management personnelDKK million 2025 2024 2025 2024Fixed salary 21.6 20.8 36.6 29.7Cash bonus 12.1 13.9 18.2 16.2Other benefits 0.4 0.6 15.7 9.4Remuneration settled in cash 34.1 35.3 70.5 55.3Non-monetary benefits 0.6 - 5.1 0.3Share-based payments 32.9 23.8 19.0 20.1Remuneration, non-monetary and share-based 33.5 23.8 24.1 20.4Total cash and non-cash 67.6 59.1 94.6 75.7
¹ The executive directors are Jacob Aarup-Andersen and Ulrica Fearn.
The remuneration of the Supervisory Board, executive directors and key management personnel is described in detail in the
Remuneration Report.
The remuneration of the executive directors increased, mainly due to an increase in share-based payments, partly offset by lower
cash bonus achievement in 2025. The remuneration of key management personnel increased in 2025, partly due to an increase in the
number of members in 2024 with full effect in 2025.
In 2025, the Supervisory Board received total remuneration of DKK 10.93m (2024: DKK 11.00m), comprising fixed salary only. The
total remuneration received by the Supervisory and Executive Boards amounted to DKK 73m (2024: DKK 70.1m).
All elements except for share-based payments are classified as short-term employee benefits. Share-based payments are classified
as long-term employee benefits.
Accounting policies
Staff costs are recognised in the financial year in which the employee renders the related service.
The cost of share-based payments, which is expensed over the vesting period of the programme according to the service conditions,
is recognised in staff costs and provisions or equity, depending on how the programme is settled with the employees.
Key management personnel comprise the Executive Committee, excluding the executive directors. Other management personnel
included in the share-based payment schemes comprise vice presidents and other key employees in central functions as well as the
management of significant subsidiaries.
Section 7.3
Share-based payments
The Group has set up share-based incentive programmes to attract, retain and motivate the Group’s executive directors and other
levels of management personnel, and to align their interests with those of the shareholders. There is no share-based remuneration of
the Supervisory Board.
The Group has one type of share-based payment known as performance shares.
Entitlement to performance shares requires fulfilment of service in the vesting period (3 years) but does not have any exercise price.
Instead, the shares are transferred to the recipients based on achievement of the KPIs attached to the shares.
Performance shares
The number of performance shares granted is the maximum number of performance shares that can vest. The number of shares
outstanding at the end of the period is the number expected to vest, based on the extent to which the vesting conditions are expected
to be met. The number of shares expected to vest is revised on a regular basis.
In 2025, 211 employees (2024: 164 employees) across the Group were awarded performance shares.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 159
SECTION 7 STAFF COSTS AND REMUNERATION
Section 7.3
Share-based payments continued
Vesting is subject to achievement of five KPIs: total shareholder return, adjusted EPS growth, organic revenue growth, growth in
ROIC and achievement of ESG targets. The average share price at vesting was DKK 859 (2024: DKK 939). The average contractual
life at the end of 2025 was 1.4 years (2024: 1.4 years).
Performance shares
Key Other Executive management management directorspersonnelpersonnel¹ Total31 December 2023 49,898 41,107 290,099 381,104Granted 40,500 43,311 109,773 193,584Forfeited/adjusted/transferred -2,942 -18,776 -69,172 -90,890Exercised/settled - -12,978 -85,464 -98,44231 December 2024 87,456 52,664 245,236 385,356Granted 49,172 46,591 213,714 309,477Forfeited/adjusted/transferred -14,910 -19,976 -47,674 -82,560Exercised/settled -8,824 -16,947 -85,522 -111,29331 December 2025 112,894 62,332 325,754 500,980
¹ Including retired employees.
Performance share disclosures
DKK million 2025 2024Fair value at grant date 160 105Cost of shares granted in the year 51 38Total cost of performance shares 128 100Cost not yet recognised 135 173Fair value at 31 December 375 181
Key information
Performance sharesDKK million 2025 2024AssumptionsExpected volatility 22% 21% Risk-free interest rate 1.7% 2.4% Expected dividend yield 0.0/3.2% 0.0/2.9%Expected life, years 2.1 3.0Fair value at measurement date DKK 576-859 DKK 529-930
Accounting estimates and judgements
The volatility of performance shares is based on the historical volatility of the price of Carlsberg A/S’ class B shares over the
previous three years.
The share price is calculated as the average price of Carlsberg A/S’ class B shares on Nasdaq Copenhagen during the first five
trading days after publication of Carlsberg A/S’ financial statements.
The risk-free interest rate is based on Danish government bonds of the relevant maturity. The expected life is based on exercise at
the end of the vesting period.
Accounting policies
The fair value of granted performance shares is estimated using a stochastic (quasi-Monte Carlo) valuation model of market
conditions and a Black-Scholes call option-pricing model of non-market and service conditions, taking into account the terms and
conditions upon which the performance shares were granted. The market condition is based on a ranking of the total shareholder
return of Carlsberg A/S’ class B shares versus a peer group of publicly traded companies in the alcoholic beverage sector.
On initial recognition of performance shares, the number of awards expected to vest is estimated and subsequently revised for any
changes. Accordingly, recognition is based on the number of awards that ultimately vest.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 160
SECTION 7 STAFF COSTS AND REMUNERATION
Section 7.4
Retirement benefit obligations
and similar obligations
Specification of net liability/asset
DKK million2025 UK Switzerland Other TotalPresent value of funded plans -7,293 -5,115 -558 -12,966Fair value of plan assets 8,253 5,854 644 14,751Net asset/liability of funded plans 960 739 86 1,785Present value of unfunded plans -5 - -1,267 -1,272Impact of asset ceiling -46 -765 - -811Net asset/liability at 31 December 909 -26 -1,181 -298Classified asRetirement benefit assets 909 - 90 999Retirement benefit obligations - 26 1,271 1,297
DKK million2024 UK Switzerland Other TotalPresent value of funded plans -3,942 -5,043 -23 -9,008Fair value of plan assets 4,009 5,547 23 9,579Net asset/liability of funded plans 67 504 - 571Present value of unfunded plans -6 - -1,337 -1,343Impact of asset ceiling - -532 - -532Net asset/liability at 31 December 61 -28 -1,337 -1,304Classified asRetirement benefit assets 61 - - 61Retirement benefit obligations - 28 1,337 1,365
A number of employees are covered by retirement benefit plans. The nature of the plans varies depending on labour market
conditions in the individual countries. Benefits are generally based on wages/salaries and length of employment.
Retirement benefit obligations cover both present and future retirees’ entitlement to retirement benefits.
Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which the Group pays contributions to a separate independent
company. The Group’s legal or constructive obligation is limited to the contributions.
In 2025, 71% (2024: 72%) of the Group’s retirement benefit costs related to defined contribution plans. The expense recognised in
relation to these contributions was DKK 569m (2024: DKK 457m).
Defined benefit plans
A defined benefit plan guarantees employees a certain level of pension benefits for life. The pension is based on seniority and salary
at the time of retirement. The Group assumes the risk associated with future developments in interest rates, inflation, mortality,
disability etc.
The most significant plans are in the UK and Switzerland, representing 51% and 36% respectively (2024: 38% and 49%), while the
eurozone countries represented 7% (2024: 5%) of the gross obligation at 31 December 2025.
The majority of the obligations are funded, with assets placed in independent pension funds, mainly in the UK and Switzerland. Most
of the plan assets are quoted investments. In some countries, primarily Germany, Sweden and China, the obligation is unfunded. The
retirement benefit obligations for these unfunded plans amounted to DKK 1,272m (2024: DKK 1,343m) or 9% (2024: 13%) of the
grossobligation.
In 2025, the Group’s obligation, net, regarding defined benefit plans decreased by DKK 1,006m compared with 2024, primarily
impacted by the acquisition of the Britvic Group and changes in financial assumptions in the UK and Switzerland.
UK schemes
The Group has two defined benefit plans in the UK: the Carlsberg UK Limited defined benefit scheme and the Britvic Pension
Plan(BPP).
Carlsberg UK Limited defined benefit scheme
The defined benefit scheme was closed to new members from 31 December 2003 and closed to future accrual for active members
from 5 April 2016.
A three-yearly valuation process is in place to determine any future funding arrangements for the Carlsberg UK Limited defined
benefit scheme. The most recent three-yearly valuation was completed in 2022. According to funding arrangements agreed the Group
contributed DKK 108m to the scheme in 2025. The 2025 three-yearly valuation has been initiated with completion expected in Q1
2026. The scheme is in a funding surplus position. Consequently, it is anticipated that no further capital adjustment will be required.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 161
SECTION 7 STAFF COSTS AND REMUNERATION
Section 7.4
Retirement benefit obligations
and similar obligations continued
Britvic Pension Plan (BPP)
The defined benefit scheme was closed to new members from 1 August 2002 and closed to future accrual for active members from 1
April 2011, with active members moving to the defined contribution section of the plan for future service benefits.
The BPP is a limited partner of Britvic Scottish Limited Partnership (Britvic SLP), which in turn is a limited partner in both Britvic
Property Partnership (Britvic PP) and Britvic Brands LLP. Britvic SLP, Britvic PP and Britvic Brands LLP are all consolidated by the
Group. The investment held by BPP does not represent a plan asset for accounting purposes and is therefore not included in the fair
value of the plan assets.
Contributions are ordinarily paid into the defined benefit section of the BPP as determined by the Trustee. No deficit-funding
payments were made during the year except for the DKK 43m annual partnership payment that was agreed from 2012 to 2025, with
2025 as the last year. The most recent three-yearly valuation was finalised in April 2023 and did not result in any change to the
Schedule of Contributions.
Certain properties and Group brands have been transferred to Britvic PP and Britvic Brands LLP respectively, with all such assets
subsequently leased back to Britvic Soft Drinks Limited. The Group retains operational flexibility regarding these properties and
brands, including the ability to substitute assets held by Britvic PP and Britvic Brands LLP as needed. The BPP is entitled to a share
of the profits in Britvic SLP until 2026. At the end of this period, the partnership capital allocated to the BPP will be adjusted to
match any funding deficit present at that time, up to a maximum of DKK 900m. The most recent funding assessment, initiated in
2025 with completion expected in Q1 2026, identified a funding surplus. Consequently, it is anticipated that no further capital
adjustment will be required.
A recent UK Court of Appeal decision in the case of Virgin Media Ltd vs. NTL Pension Trustees II Ltd considered the implications of
section 37 of the Pension Schemes Act 1993. Section 37 of the Pension Schemes Act 1993 only allows the rules of contracted-out
schemes in respect of benefits to be altered where certain requirements are met. The Group’s view is that it is appropriate that no
adjustment is made to the Group’s financial statements, as there is no reason to believe the relevant requirements have not been
complied with for both schemes in the UK.
SWITZERLAND
The plan in Switzerland is open and all new employees are eligible. The plan covers only active employees and retired employees. If
an employee leaves the company before retirement age, their accrued savings are vested to the new employer’s pension plan and
they are no longer a member of the pension scheme.
The plan is in a net asset position and there is no deficit recovery plan in place.
Net defined benefit income/expense
DKK million 2025 2024Current service cost -234 -190Past service cost -2 10Net interest on the defined benefit obligation/asset 5 -37Total -231 -217
Taken to the statement of comprehensive income
DKK million 2025 2024Actual return on plan assets 537 430Less amount included in interest expense -523 -298Return on plan assets excluding amount recognised in net interest expense 14 132Gain/loss from changes in demographic assumptions 133 18Gain/loss from changes in financial assumptions 321 -245Asset ceiling -234 -1Total 234 -96
The actuarial gain recognised in other comprehensive income amounted to DKK 290m (2024: DKK 150m), comprising a foreign
exchange adjustment of DKK 56m and a net actuarial gain of DKK 234m.
The accumulated actuarial loss and foreign exchange adjustment recognised at 31 December 2025 was DKK 2,205m (2024: 2,495m),
with actuarial net losses of DKK 2,501m (2024: DKK 2,735m).
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 162
SECTION 7 STAFF COSTS AND REMUNERATION
Section 7.4
Retirement benefit obligations
and similar obligations continued
Movements in the present value of benefit obligations
DKK million2025 UK Switzerland Other TotalAt 1 January 3,948 5,043 1,360 10,351Acquisition of entities 3,868 - 744 4,612Current service cost - 199 35 234Past service cost - - 2 2Interest cost 398 55 65 518Gain/loss from changes in demographic assumptions -134 - 1 -133Gain/loss from changes in financial assumptions -232 21 -110 -321Benefits paid -393 -296 -114 -803Foreign exchange adjustments etc. -157 93 -158 -222At 31 December 7,298 5,115 1,825 14,238
DKK million2024 UK Switzerland Other TotalAt 1 January 4,171 4,656 1,234 10,061Current service cost - 163 27 190Past service cost - -1 -9 -10Interest cost 203 86 46 335Gain/loss from changes in demographic assumptions -23 - 5 -18Gain/loss from changes in financial assumptions -391 487 149 245Benefits paid -215 -296 -95 -606Foreign exchange adjustments etc. 203 -52 3 154At 31 December 3,948 5,043 1,360 10,351
Movements in the fair value of plan assets
DKK million2025 UK Switzerland Other TotalAt 1 January 4,009 5,015 23 9,047Acquisition of entities 4,358 - 803 5,161Return on plan assets excluding interest -176 232 -42 14Interest income 433 61 29 523Contributions paid to plan 155 204 6 365Benefits paid -412 -289 -20 -721Asset ceiling -1 -233 - -234Foreign exchange adjustments etc. -159 99 -155 -215At 31 December 8,207 5,089 644 13,940
DKK million2024 UK Switzerland Other TotalAt 1 January 4,032 4,624 18 8,674Return on plan assets excluding interest -308 440 - 132Interest income 200 97 1 298Contributions paid to plan 117 195 3 315Benefits paid -228 -292 1 -519Asset ceiling - -1 - -1Foreign exchange adjustments etc. 196 -48 - 148At 31 December 4,009 5,015 23 9,047
Assumptions applied
Weighted2025 GBP CHF EUR OtheraverageDiscount rate 5.6% 1.1% 1.8-4.2% 2.9% 3.5%Growth in wages and salaries 3.1% 1.0% 0.3-4% 4.1% 2.3%2024Discount rate 5.6% 1.1% 1.4-3.3% 3.0% 3.1%Growth in wages and salaries 3.7% 1.0% 0.3-2.9% 4.6% 2.3%
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 163
SECTION 7 STAFF COSTS AND REMUNERATION
Section 7.4
Retirement benefit obligations
and similar obligations continued
Sensitivity analysis
2025 2024DKK million +0.5% -0.5 % +0.5% -0.5 %Discount rate -751 825 -607 677Growth in wages and salaries 176 -172 43 -41+1 year -1 year +1 year -1 yearMortality 462 -406 320 -295Maturity of retirement benefit obligationsDKK million < 1 year 1-5 years > 5 years Total2025 837 3,739 9,662 14,2382024 610 2,868 6,873 10,351
Assumptions applied
In 2025, the discount rate used for the defined benefit plans in Western Europe was determined by reference to market yields on
high-quality corporate bonds. In the Asian countries, where no deep market in high-quality corporate bonds exists, the discount rate
was determined by reference to market yields on government bonds.
The mortality tables used in the UK are S4PxA tables for post-retirement, while the Swiss entities use BVG 2020 for valuation of
their retirement benefit obligations.
Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis is based on a change in one of the assumptions, while all other assumptions remain constant. This is highly
unlikely, however, as a change in one assumption would probably affect other assumptions as well. When calculating the obligation
on the basis of a changed assumption, the same method has been applied as when calculating the defined benefit obligation.
Expected maturity and duration
Defined benefit obligations are primarily expected to mature after five years. The expected duration of the obligations at year-end
2025 was 13 years. The duration is calculated using a weighted average of the duration divided by the obligation.
Breakdown of plan assets
DKK million2025 UK Switzerland Other Total %Shares 14 1,385 72 1,471 10 Bonds and other securities 3,306 3,003 393 6,702 45Liability-driven investments 4,551 - - 4,551 31Real estate 68 1,300 176 1,544 10Cash and cash equivalents 314 166 3 483 3 Total 8,253 5,854 644 14,751 100
DKK million2024 UK Switzerland Other Total %Shares - 1,350 - 1,350 14 Bonds and other securities 2,173 2,849 23 5,045 53Liability-driven investments 1,239 - - 1,239 13Real estate 478 1,202 - 1,680 18Cash and cash equivalents 119 146 - 265 3 Total 4,009 5,547 23 9,579 100
The fair values of the above equity and debt instruments are determined based on quoted market prices in active markets, whereas
the fair values of properties are not based on quoted market prices. The fixed-interest and index-linked asset classes include
leveraged gilt funds.
Liability-driven investments are a portfolio of assets used primarily in the UK schemes to hedge the exposure to changes in interest
rates and inflation. The portfolio consists of fixed-interest gilts and index-linked gilts, including leveraged gilt funds. The fair value of
these assets is derived from quoted market prices of the underlying funds held. These funds are held as part of the strategy of the
Trustees of the UK schemes to invest in low-risk assets that provide a hedge against interest rates and inflation.
Accounting estimates and judgements
The value of the Group’s defined benefit plans is based on valuations from external actuaries. The valuation is based on a number
of actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, expected growth in wages and salaries, mortality and retirement benefits.
The present value of the net obligation is calculated by using the projected unit credit method and discounting the defined benefit
plan by a discount rate for each country. The discount rate is determined by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate
bonds. Where high-quality corporate bonds are not available, the market yields on government bonds are used instead.
Mortality assumptions are based on the Group entity’s best estimate of the mortality of plan members during and after
employment and include expected changes in mortality. Due to the broad range of entities comprising the retirement benefit
obligation, several different mortality tables are used to calculate the future retirement benefit obligation.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 164
SECTION 7 STAFF COSTS AND REMUNERATION
Section 7.4
Retirement benefit obligations
and similar obligations continued
Accounting policies
Contributions paid to a defined contribution plan are recognised in the income statement in the period during which services are
rendered by employees. Any contributions outstanding are recognised in the statement of financial position as other liabilities.
The Group’s net obligation recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined benefit plans is the present value
of the defined benefit obligation at the reporting date less the fair value of plan assets calculated by a qualified actuary.
The present value is determined separately for each plan by discounting the estimated future benefits that employees have earned
in return for their service in the current and prior years.
The costs of a defined benefit plan are recognised in the income statement and include service costs, net interest based on actuarial
estimates and financial expectations.
Service costs comprise current service cost and past service cost. Current service cost is the increase in the present value of the
defined benefit obligation resulting from employee services in the current period. Past service cost is the change in the present value
of the obligation regarding employee services in prior years that arises from a plan amendment or a curtailment. Past service costs
are recognised immediately, provided employees have already earned the changed benefits.
Realised gains and losses on curtailment or settlement are recognised under staff costs.
Interest on retirement benefit obligations and the interest on return on plan assets are recognised as financial income or financial expenses.
Differences between the development in retirement benefit assets and liabilities and realised amounts at year-end are designated
as actuarial gains or losses and recognised in other comprehensive income. As they will never be reclassified to the income
statement, they are included in retained earnings.
If a retirement benefit plan constitutes a net asset, the asset is recognised only if it offsets future refunds from the plan or will lead
to reduced future payments to the plan.
Realised gains and losses on the adjustment of retirement benefit obligations as a result of termination of a significant number of
positions in connection with restructurings are recognised under special items.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 165
SECTION 7 STAFF COSTS AND REMUNERATION
In this section
Section 8.1
Hyperinflation
In November 2025, the Laotian economy was assessed as no longer hyperinflationary. Consequently, the application of
hyperinflation accounting for Lao Brewery was discontinued from H1 2025, which was the most recent reported financial statements
that included hyperinflation adjustments. At the end of 2024, the economy of Laos had been deemed to be hyperinflationary, and
the financial reporting for the Group’s entity Lao Brewery was adjusted effective 1 January 2024.
Amounts previously restated under hyperinflation accounting remain as the carrying amounts of non-monetary items such as
goodwill, brands and property, plant and equipment, and will continue to form the basis for subsequent depreciation and
amortisation. Prior restatements are not reversed.
From the date of discontinuation, financial statements have been prepared under normal historical cost measurement principles.
Comparative figures for periods when hyperinflation accounting applied are not restated. The cessation of hyperinflation accounting
does not impact organic performance measures.
In 2025, the impact on the Group’s income statement and statement of cash flows continued to be immaterial. Goodwill and brands
were primarily impacted by currencies in 2025. Property, plant and equipment were negatively impacted by the higher depreciation
resulting from the restatement in 2024. Total impact on profit for the period was DKK -119m.
Inflation restatement2025 (before Non-monetary Income statement Period-end DKK millionrestatement)itemsitemsretranslation Total adjustments 2025 (reported)P&LRevenue 89,172 - 33 -110 -77 89,095Operating profit before special items 13,516 -136 15 -39 -160 13,356Profit for the period 7,097 -104 16 -31 -119 6,978Attributable toNon-controlling interests 1,069 -40 6 -12 -46 1,023Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (net profit) 6,028 -64 10 -19 -73 5,955
2024 (before Non-monetary Income statement Period-end DKK millionrestatement)itemsitemsretranslation Total adjustments 2024 (reported)P&LRevenue 74,796 - 144 71 215 75,011Operating profit before special items 11,486 -153 61 17 -75 11,411Profit for the period 10,266 -71 57 11 -3 10,263Attributable toNon-controlling interests 1,148 -28 21 5 -1 1,147Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S (net profit) 9,118 -43 36 6 -2 9,116
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 166
166 8.1 Hyperinflation
168 8.2 Fees to auditors
168 8.3 Related parties
169 8.4 Events after the reporting period
SECTION 8
OTHER DISCLOSURE
REQUIREMENTS
Section 8.1
Hyperinflation continued
Inflation restatementRestatement of non-monetary Depreciation/2025 (before items, unwinding of Period-end DKK millionrestatement)accumulateddeferred taxretranslation Total adjustments 2025 (reported)Financial positionGoodwill 57,829 1,495 - - 1,495 59,324Brands 13,545 100 - - 100 13,645Property, plant and equipment 32,150 756 -136 10 630 32,780Total assets 151,730 2,351 -136 10 2,225 153,955Equity, shareholders in Carlsberg A/S 26,536 1,322 -63 9 1,268 27,804Non-controlling interests 2,061 847 -41 5 811 2,872Total equity 28,597 2,169 -104 14 2,079 30,676Deferred tax liabilities 8,529 182 -32 -4 146 8,675Total equity and liabilities 151,730 2,351 -136 10 2,225 153,955
Restatement of non-monetary Depreciation/2024 (before items, unwinding of Period-end DKK millionrestatement)accumulateddeferred taxretranslation Total adjustments 2024 (reported)Financial positionGoodwill 40,590 1,668 - - 1,668 42,258Brands 9,583 112 - - 112 9,695Property, plant and equipment 26,232 983 -153 -9 821 27,053Total assets 111,391 2,763 -153 -9 2,601 113,992Equity, shareholders in Carlsberg A/S 26,298 1,550 -74 -3 1,473 27,771Non-controlling interests 1,899 991 -47 -2 942 2,841Total equity 28,197 2,541 -121 -5 2,415 30,612Deferred tax liabilities 4,895 222 -32 -4 186 5,081Total equity and liabilities 111,391 2,763 -153 -9 2,601 113,992
Inflation restatement2025 (before Non-monetary Income statement Period-end DKK millionrestatement)itemsitemsretranslation Total adjustments 2025 (reported)Cash flowsOperating profit before special items 13,516 -136 15 -39 -160 13,356Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses 5,302 136 - -10 126 5,428Other non-cash items -606 - -15 49 34 -572Cash flow from operating activities 12,431 - - - - 12,431
2024 (before Non-monetary Income statement Period-end DKK millionrestatement)itemsitemsretranslation Total adjustments 2024 (reported)Cash flowsOperating profit before special items 11,486 -153 61 17 -75 11,411Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses 4,208 153 - 9 162 4,370Other non-cash items -548 - -61 -26 -87 -635Cash flow from operating activities 11,312 - - - - 11,312
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 167
SECTION 8 OTHER DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS
Section 8.1
Hyperinflation continued
Accounting policies
Income statement
Transactions in the period have been restated to reflect changes in the price index from the time of initial recognition to the end of
the reporting period, with the exception of depreciation, which has been recalculated based on the inflation-adjusted carrying
amount of the restated non-monetary assets.
Non-monetary items
Non-monetary items – such as goodwill, brands, property, plant and equipment and deferred tax – have been restated to take
account of inflation since initial recognition, which was no earlier than September 2011, when the Group gained control of the
business, and up to 30 June 2025.
Monetary items
Monetary items, mainly consisting of receivables and payables, are not subject to restatement, as the carrying amount already
reflects the purchasing power at the reporting date.
Equity
Equity includes the restatement adjustment of non-monetary items at the beginning of the period. The restatement adjustment for
inflation in the reporting period has been recognised in other comprehensive income.
Statement of cash flows
In the statement of cash flows, operating profit before special items includes a non-cash effect from the inflation restatement,
which has been reversed in the line other non-cash items.
Price index
The hyperinflation restatement of the financial statements of Lao Brewery has been performed by applying the development in the
consumer price index provided by the Bank of Laos, calculated as an average year-to-date conversion factor until the point of
discontinuing hyperinflation accounting in H1 2025. As of H1 2025, the inflation rate in Laos decreased to 7.2% (2024: 21.3%).
Retranslation from LAK to DKK
The financial statements of Lao Brewery, including restatement adjustments, have been translated into DKK by applying the LAK/
DKK exchange rate at the reporting date, instead of the Group’s normal practice of translating the income statement using the
exchange rate at the transaction date or a monthly average exchange rate. The LAK/DKK exchange rate decreased from
0.0003299 at the beginning of the year to 0.0002955 at 30 June 2025. The average rate was 0.0003015.
Section 8.2
Fees to auditors
Fees to auditors appointed by the Annual General Meeting
DKK million 2025 2024PwC, including network firmsStatutory audit 46 31Assurance engagements 4 6Tax advisory 3 4Other services 4 3Total 57 44
Fees for services other than the statutory audit of the financial statements provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret
Revisionspartnerselskab, Denmark, amounted to DKK 8m (2024: DKK 7m). This covers other assurance opinions, including limited
assurance on the sustainability statement, agreed-upon procedures as well as tax-, accounting- and compliance-related services.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 168
SECTION 8 OTHER DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS
Section 8.3
Related parties
Related parties exercising control
The Carlsberg Foundation, H.C. Andersens Boulevard 35, 1553 Copenhagen V, Denmark, exercises control over Carlsberg A/S. The
foundation holds 30.0% (2024: 29.6%) of the shares and 77.5% of the voting power in Carlsberg A/S, excluding treasury shares
(2024: 77.3%).
The following transactions took place between the Carlsberg Foundation and the Group in 2025:
The Carlsberg Foundation received a dividend of DKK 27.00 per share from Carlsberg A/S, the same as every other shareholder. The
dividend received amounted to DKK 1,074m (2024: DKK 1,085m).
The Carlsberg Foundation participates in the share buy-back programme on a 30.33% pro rata basis. There was no share buy-back
programme in 2025. In 2024, the Carlsberg Foundation sold B shares to Carlsberg A/S at a fair value of DKK 595m. The shares were sold
at the average weekly share buy-back market prices. The number of A shares held by the foundation is unchanged vs. 2024. A cancellation
of treasury shares took place in 2025, which is why the ownership share increased to 30.0% at 31 December 2025 (2024: 29.6%).
Funding and grants
Carlsberg A/S received grants and further funding from the Carlsberg Foundation, in total DKK 91m, for the basic research and
development activities at the Carlsberg Research Laboratory (2024: DKK 71m). Of the total grants, DKK 12m (2024: DKK 2m) was
deferred to be used for research projects in the future.
Other activities
Home of Carlsberg A/S, a 100%-owned subsidiary of the Carlsberg Group, hosted and administered events at the Carlsberg
Academy, which is owned by the Carlsberg Foundation, at a value of DKK 1.0m (2024: DKK 0.5m).
The Group’s delivery of beer and soft drinks to the Carlsberg Foundation is charged at ordinary listing price minus a discount. In 2025,
the deliveries amounted to DKK 0.1m (total sales of goods) (2024: DKK 0.1m).
Carlsberg A/S leases parking spaces to provide parking for employees at the Carlsberg Research Laboratory and Home of Carlsberg.
Furthermore, Carlsberg Breweries A/S leases storage facilities in the researcher apartments in Carlsberg Byen. These lease
agreements are with subsidiaries of the foundation. The two annual lease payments amounted to DKK 0.3m (2024: DKK 0.3m) and
the leases are on market terms.
It is estimated that the benefit to the Carlsberg Group corresponds to the value of the other activities provided to the Carlsberg Foundation,
which in turn corresponds to what each party would have had to pay to have the same deliverables provided by external parties.
Other related parties
Related parties also comprise Carlsberg A/S’ Supervisory Board and Executive Board, their close family members and companies in
which these persons have significant influence. During the year, there were no transactions between these parties and the Group,
except for remuneration as disclosed in section 7.2.
Related party transactions with associates recognised in the income statement and the statement of financial
position
DKK million 2025 2024AssociatesRevenue 15 51Cost of sales -349 -676Sales and distribution expenses -9 -8Interest income 1 19Loans 275 274Receivables 249 215Trade payables and other liabilities -99 -75
Section 8.4
Events after the reporting period
Apart from the events recognised or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements, no events have occurred after the reporting
period of importance to the consolidated financial statements.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 169
SECTION 8 OTHER DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS
In this section
Section 9.1
Significant accounting estimates and judgements
The consolidated financial statements cover the period 1 January to 31 December. In preparing the consolidated financial statements,
management makes various accounting estimates and judgements that form the basis of presentation, recognition and
measurement of the Group’s assets, liabilities, income and expenses.
Other estimates and judgements made are based on historical experience and other factors that management assesses to be reliable,
but that, by their nature, are associated with uncertainty and unpredictability and may therefore prove incomplete or incorrect.
Areas involving significant estimates and judgements:
Receivables Section 1Impairment testing, useful life and residual value Section 2Restructurings, provisions and contingencies Section 3Acquisitions and disposals, including contingent considerations Section 5Tax assets and liabilities Section 6Defined benefit obligations Section 7
Section 9.2
General accounting policies
The Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as
adopted by the EU and further requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act.
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Danish kroner (DKK), which is the Parent Company’s functional currency, and
all values are rounded to the nearest DKK million, unless otherwise stated.
The accounting policies set out below have been used consistently in respect of the financial year and the comparative figures.
Defining materiality
Significant items are presented individually in the financial statements as required by IAS 1. Other items that are considered relevant
to stakeholders and necessary for an understanding of the Group’s business model, including research, real estate and geographical
diversity, are also presented individually in the financial statements.
The consolidated financial statements are prepared as a consolidation of the financial statements of the Parent Company, Carlsberg
A/S, and its subsidiaries according to the Group’s accounting policies.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 170
SECTION 9
BASIS FOR PREPARATION
170 9.1 Significant accounting estimates and judgements
170 9.2 General accounting policies
172 9.3 Changes in accounting policies
172 9.4 New legislation
173 9.5 Key definitions
Section 9.2
General accounting policies continued
Subsidiaries are all the entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has
rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct
the activities of the entity.
Entities over which the Group exercises significant influence, but which it does not control, are considered associates. Significant
influence is generally obtained by direct or indirect ownership or control of less than 50% of the voting rights or participation in the
management of the company. The assessment of whether Carlsberg A/S exercises control or significant influence includes potential
voting rights exercisable at the reporting date. Entities that by agreement are managed jointly with one or more other parties are
considered joint ventures.
On consolidation, intra-group income and expenses, shareholdings, balances and dividends, and realised and unrealised gains are
eliminated. Unrealised gains on transactions with associates are eliminated in proportion to the Group’s ownership share of the entity.
Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains to the extent that impairment has not taken place.
The accounting items of subsidiaries are included in full in the consolidated financial statements. Non-controlling interests’ share of
subsidiaries’ profit/loss for the year and of equity is included in the Group’s profit/loss and equity but is disclosed separately. Entities
acquired or established during the year are recognised in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition or
formation. Entities disposed of or discontinued are recognised in the consolidated income statement until the date of disposal or
discontinuation. The comparative figures are not restated.
Foreign currency translation
A functional currency is determined for each of the reporting entities in the Group. The functional currency is the primary currency
used for the reporting entity’s operations. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are considered
transactions denominated in foreign currencies.
On initial recognition, transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rates
at the transaction date. Foreign exchange differences arising between the exchange rates at the transaction date and at the date of
payment are recognised as financial income or expenses.
Receivables, payables and other monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates at the
reporting date. The difference between the exchange rates at the reporting date and at the date at which the receivable or payable
arose or the exchange rate in the latest consolidated financial statements is recognised as financial income or expenses.
On recognition of entities with a functional currency other than the presentation currency, the income statement and statement of
cash flows are translated at the exchange rates at the transaction date, and the statement of financial position items are translated
at the exchange rates at the reporting date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation of the opening balance of equity, and
of the income statement on the reporting date, are recognised in other comprehensive income and attributed to a separate
translation reserve in equity. Foreign exchange differences arising on the translation of the proportionate share of associates are
likewise recognised in other comprehensive income.
Foreign exchange adjustment of balances with entities that are considered part of the investment in the entity is recognised in other
comprehensive income. Correspondingly, foreign exchange gains and losses on the part of loans and derivative financial instruments
that are designated as hedges of investments in foreign entities, and that effectively hedge against corresponding foreign exchange
gains and losses on the investment in the entity, are also recognised in other comprehensive income and attributed to a separate
translation reserve in equity.
When the gain or loss from a complete or partial disposal of an entity is recognised, the share of the cumulative exchange
differences recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement. The same approach is adopted on
repayment of balances that constitute part of the net investment in the entity.
Income statement
The presentation of the Group’s income statement is based on the internal reporting structure, as IFRS Accounting Standards do not
provide a specific disclosure requirement.
Special items are not directly attributable to ordinary operating activities and are shown separately in order to facilitate a better
understanding of the Group’s financial performance.
Cash flow
Cash flow is calculated using the indirect method and is based on operating profit before special items adjusted for depreciation,
amortisation and impairment losses. Cash flow cannot be derived directly from the statement of financial position and income statement.
Financial ratios and non-IFRS financial measures
The Group uses certain additional financial measures to provide management, investors and investment analysts with additional
ways to evaluate and analyse the Company’s results. These non-IFRS financial measures are defined and calculated by the Group
and therefore may not be comparable with other companies’ measures.
The non-IFRS financial measures disclosed in the Annual Report are:
Earnings per share, adjusted, and payout ratio, adjusted
Organic development
Management-defined performance measures as defined in section 9.5 and disclosed in the management review and sections 1.2
and 4.3.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 171
SECTION 9 BASIS FOR PREPARATION
Section 9.2
General accounting policies continued
The Danish Finance Society does not acknowledge use of special items and states that adjustments for tax should be based on the
marginal tax rate. When calculating financial measures, the Group uses operating profit before special items as well as the effective
tax rate for items of operating profit before special items.
Other financial ratios are calculated in accordance with the Danish Finance Society’s online guidelines for the calculation of financial
ratios, “Recommendations and Financial Ratios”, unless stated.
9.2.1 Reporting under the ESEF regulation
The Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 on the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF Regulation) has introduced a
single electronic reporting format for the annual financial reports of issuers with securities listed on EU-regulated markets.
The combination of XHTML format and iXBRL tags enables the annual financial reports to be read by both humans and machines,
thus enhancing accessibility, analysis and comparability of the information included in the annual financial reports.
The Group’s iXBRL tags have been prepared in accordance with the ESEF taxonomy, which is included in the ESEF Regulation and
has been developed based on the IFRS taxonomy published by the IFRS Foundation.
The line items in the consolidated financial statements are tagged to elements in the ESEF taxonomy. For financial line items that
are not directly defined in the ESEF taxonomy, an extension to the taxonomy has been created. Extensions are anchored to elements
in the ESEF taxonomy, except for extensions that are subtotals.
The Annual Report submitted to the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority (the Officially Appointed Mechanism) consists of the
XHTML document together with the technical files, all of which are included in the ZIP file Carlsberg-2025-12-31-en.zip.
Key definitions
XHTML (eXtensible HyperText Markup Language) is a text-based language used to structure and mark up content such as text,
images and hyperlinks in documents that are displayed in a web browser.
iXBRL tags (inline XBRL tags) are hidden metainformation embedded in the source code of an XHTML document that enables the
conversion of XHTML-formatted information into a machine-readable XBRL data record using appropriate software. A financial
reporting taxonomy is an electronic dictionary of business reporting elements used to report business data. A taxonomy element is
an element defined in a taxonomy that is used for the machine-readable labelling of information in an XBRL data record.
Section 9.3
Changes in accounting policies
Changed accounting policies and classification in the Annual Report 2025
The Annual Report 2025 has been prepared using the same accounting policies for recognition and measurement as those applied to
the consolidated financial statements for 2024, except for the following Amendments adopted as of 1 January 2025:
Amendment to IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates: Lack of Exchangeability”
Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7: “Contracts Referencing Nature‑dependent Electricity”
These Amendments cover areas that are not material and/or relevant for the Group.
Section 9.4
New legislation
New and amended IFRS Accounting Standards
The following Amendment to IFRS Accounting Standards became effective as of 1 January 2026:
Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 “Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments”
The Amendment is not expected to have any significant impact on the financials or the Group’s accounting policies, as it covers areas
that are not material and/or relevant for the Group.
New and amended IFRS accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted by the EU
The following new or amended IFRS Standards and Amendments, which will become effective in future years, have been issued but
not yet adopted by the EU:
IFRS 18 “Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements”
IFRS 19 “Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures”
Amendments to IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates: Translation to a Hyperinflationary Presentation
Currency” (issued on 13 November 2025)
Amendments to IAS 19 “Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures” (issued on 21 August 2025)
IFRS 18, IFRS 19 and the Amendments are not mandatory for the financial reporting for 2025.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 172
SECTION 9 BASIS FOR PREPARATION
Section 9.5
Key definitions
Glossary and calculation of key figures and financial ratios disclosed in the Annual Report
FINANCIAL RATIOS
Gross margin Gross profit as a percentage of revenue.
EBITDA margin
1
Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses as a percentage of revenue.
Operating margin Operating profit before special items
1
as a percentage of revenue.
Return on invested capital (ROIC) Operating profit before special items
1
adjusted for tax as a percentage of average invested capital
2
calculated as a
12-month rolling average (MAT).
Return on invested capital excluding
goodwill (ROIC excl. goodwill)
Operating profit before special items
1
adjusted for tax as a percentage of average invested capital
2
excluding
goodwill calculated as a 12-month rolling average (MAT).
Return on invested capital (ROIC) (MPM) Operating profit before special items (MPM)
1
adjusted for tax as a percentage of average invested capital
2
calculated
as a 12-month rolling average (MAT). The invested capital excludes the intangible assets recognised in purchase price
allocations and includes instead the goodwill that would have been recognised had the intangible assets not been
recognised separately in the purchase price allocations, including the effect of deferred tax.
Return on invested capital excluding
goodwill (ROIC excl. goodwill) (MPM)
Operating profit before special items (MPM)
1
adjusted for tax as a percentage of average invested capital
2
excluding
goodwill and intangible assets recognised in purchase price allocations calculated as a 12-month rolling average
(MAT).
Effective tax rate
1
Income tax as a percentage of profit before tax.
NIBD/EBITDA
1
Net interest-bearing debt
3
divided by operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses.
STOCK MARKET RATIOS
Earnings per share (EPS) Profit for the period, excluding non-controlling interests, divided by the average number of shares.
Earnings per share, diluted (EPS-D) Profit for the period, excluding non-controlling interests, divided by the average number of shares, fully diluted for
share options and performance shares in the money.
Earnings per share, adjusted (EPS-A) Profit for the period adjusted for special items after tax
1
, excluding non-controlling interests and special items after
tax in the discontinued operations, divided by the average number of shares.
EPS-A, continuing operations Profit for the period adjusted for special items after tax
1
, excluding non-controlling interests and net result from the
discontinued operations, divided by the average number of shares.
Free cash flow per share (FCFPS)
1
Free cash flow divided by the average number of shares, fully diluted for share options and performance shares in
the money.
STOCK MARKET RATIOS (CONTINUED)
Payout ratio Proposed dividend for the year as a percentage of consolidated profit, excluding non-controlling interests.
Payout ratio, adjusted Proposed dividend for the year on number of shares at year-end as a percentage of consolidated profit, adjusted for
special items after tax
1
, excluding non-controlling interests.
Market capitalisation Number of shares at year-end multiplied by the share price.
Average number of issued shares Number of issued shares as an average for the year.
Average number of shares Number of issued shares, excluding treasury shares, as an average for the year.
Number of shares at year-end Total number of issued shares, excluding treasury shares, at year-end.
GLOSSARY
EBITDA
1
Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses.
Free cash flow
4
Cash flow from operating activities less cash flow from investing activities.
Free operating cash flow Cash flow from operating activities less operational investments.
Leverage ratio
1
NIBD/EBITDA.
MPM
1
Management-defined performance measures. Line items, subtotals, aggregations of line items and ratios adjusted
for amortisation of intangible assets recognised in purchase price allocations.
NCI Non-controlling interests.
OCI Other comprehensive income.
Off-trade Sale of beverages for consumption off the premises (e.g. retailers).
On-trade Sale of beverages for consumption on the premises (e.g. restaurants, hotels and bars).
Operating profit Operating profit before special items
1
.
Reported figures Reported figures include organic growth, net acquisitions and foreign exchange effects.
Organic development
1
Measure of growth excluding the impact of acquisitions, disposals and foreign exchange from year-on-year
comparisons.
Volumes
1
The Group’s sale of beverages in consolidated entities and sale of the Group’s products under licence agreements.
1
This key figure, ratio or elements thereof is not defined in or deviates from the definitions of the Danish Finance Society.
² The calculation of invested capital is specified in section 2.1.
³ The calculation of net interest-bearing debt is specified in section 4.6.
4
The calculation of free cash flow is specified in the statement of cash flows.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 173
SECTION 9 BASIS FOR PREPARATION
This section lists the subsidiaries and associates in the Group. Parent direct ownership shows the
legal ownership held by the immediate holding company in the Group. Cross-holdings held by
fully owned companies in the Group are aggregated. Consolidated ownership shows the share of
the result of the entity that is attributed to the shareholders of Carlsberg A/S in the consolidated
financial statements.
Place of Number of Parent direct Consolidated incorporation NotesubsidiariesownershipownershipCarlsberg Breweries A/S Denmark 4 100% 100%Western EuropeCarlsberg Danmark A/S Denmark 100% 100%Carlsberg Supply Company Danmark A/S Denmark 100% 100%Carlsberg Sweden Holding 2 AB Sweden 100% 100%Carlsberg Sverige AB Sweden 100% 100%Nya Carnegiebryggeriet AB Sweden E 100% 100%Carlsberg Supply Company Sverige ABSweden 100% 100%Ringnes Norge AS Norway 1 100% 100%Ringnes AS Norway 100% 100%Ringnes Brygghus AS Norway 100% 100%Solo AS Norway 91% 91%E.C. Dahls Bryggeri AS Norway 100% 100%Ringnes Supply Company AS Norway 100% 100%Ringnes Farris Eiendom AS Norway 100% 100%Ringnes Imsdal Eiendom AS Norway 100% 100%Ringnes Administrasjon Eiendom AS Norway 100% 100%Ringnes Gjelleråsen Eiendom AS Norway 100% 100%Oy Sinebrychoff Ab Finland 100% 100%Sinebrychoff Supply Company Oy Finland 100% 100%Carlsberg Deutschland Holding GmbH Germany 100% 100%Carlsberg Deutschland Logistik GmbH Germany 100% 100%Tuborg Deutschland GmbH Germany 100% 100%Carlsberg Deutschland GmbH Germany 4 100% 100%Duckstein GmbH Germany 100% 100%Holzmarkt Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Germany 100% 100%Holsten-Brauerei AG Germany 100% 100%Carlsberg Supply Company Deutschland GmbH Germany 100% 100%Carlsberg Supply Company Polska SA Poland 100% 100%Carlsberg Polska Sp. z o.o. Poland 100% 100%Carlsberg UK Holdings Limited UK 1 100% 100%Carlsberg Marston's Limited UK 100% 100%Carlsberg Marston's Brewing Company Ltd. UK 100% 100%Marston's Beer Company Limited UK 100% 100%CMBC Supply Limited UK 100% 100%CM Brewery Holdings Limited UK 1 100% 100%Britvic plc UK 100% 100%Britannia Soft Drinks Limited UK 4 100% 100%Britvic Scottish Ltd Partnership UK 100% 100%
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 174
SECTION 10
GROUP COMPANIES
Western EuropePlace of Number of Parent direct Consolidated incorporation NotesubsidiariesownershipownershipBritvic Asset Co. No.1 Ltd UK 100% 100%Britvic Asset Co. No.2 Ltd UK 100% 100%Britvic Asset Co. No.3 Ltd UK 100% 100%Britvic Asset Co. No.4 Ltd UK 100% 100%Britvic Property Partnership UK 100% 100%Britvic Brands LLP UK 100% 100%Britvic EMEA Limited UK 100% 100%Britvic Soft Drinks Limited UK 2 100% 100%Jimmy's Iced Coffee Ltd UK 100% 100%Robinsons Soft Drinks Limited UK 100% 100%Britvic Overseas Limited UK 100% 100%Britvic France SAS France 100% 100%Pressade SAS France 100% 100%Teisseire France SAS France 100% 100%Britvic Irish Holdings Limited Ireland 100% 100%Aquaporte Ltd Ireland 100% 100%Britvic Ireland Ltd Ireland 100% 100%Britvic Ireland Pension Trust DAC Ireland 100% 100%Britvic Northern Ireland Ltd UK 100% 100%Britvic North America LLC USA 100% 100%Emeraude S.A.S. France 7 100% 100%Kronenbourg S.A.S. France 2 100% 100%Kronenbourg Supply Company S.A.S. France 100% 100%Feldschlösschen Getränke Holding AG Switzerland 2 100% 100%Feldschlösschen Getränke AG Switzerland 100% 100%Schlossgarten Gastronomie AG Switzerland 100% 100%SB Swiss Beverage AG Switzerland 100% 100%Feldschlösschen Supply Company AG Switzerland 100% 100%Carlsberg Supply Company AG Switzerland 100% 100%Grimbergen Abbey Brewery Belgium 100% 100%Zatecky Pivovar spol. S.r.o. Czechia 100% 100%
AsiaPlace of Number of Parent direct Consolidated incorporation NotesubsidiariesownershipownershipCarlsberg Asia Pte Ltd Singapore 100% 100%Carlsberg Brewery Hong Kong Ltd Hong Kong SAR 2 100% 100%Guangzhou Carlsberg Investment Company Limited China 100% 100%Chongqing Brewery Co., Ltd China A 60% 60%Carlsberg Chongqing Breweries Company LimitedChinaB 8 51% 79%Kunming Huashi Brewery Company LimitedChina100% 79%Carlsberg (China) Breweries and Trading Company ChinaLimited100% 79%Carlsberg Brewery (Guangdong) Ltd China 99% 79%Xinjiang Wusu Breweries Co., Ltd China 5 100% 79%Ningxia Xixia Jianiang Brewery Limited China 70% 56%Beijing Capital Brewing Jinmai Trading Company LimitedChina100% 79%G-Shell Asia Pacific (Beijing) Food Company LimitedChina100% 79%Carlsberg Beer Enterprise Management (Chongqing) ChinaCompany Limited100% 79%Carlsberg Brewery (Anhui) ChinaCompany Ltd75% 60%
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 175
SECTION 10 GROUP COMPANIES
AsiaPlace of Number of Parent direct Consolidated incorporation NotesubsidiariesownershipownershipCarlsberg Tianmuhu Brewery (Jiangsu) Company LtdChina100% 79%Lao Brewery Co. Ltd Laos 61% 61%Carlsberg Korea Ltd. South Korea 100% 100%Carlsberg Brewery Malaysia Berhad Malaysia A 51% 51%Carlsberg Marketing Sdn BHD Malaysia 100% 51%Euro Distributors Sdn BHD Malaysia 100% 51%Carlsberg Singapore Pte Ltd Singapore 100% 51%Maybev Pte LtdSingaporeC 51% 26%Carlsberg Vietnam Trading Co. Ltd Vietnam 100% 100%Carlsberg Vietnam Breweries Ltd Vietnam 100% 100%Paduak Holding Pte. Ltd Singapore 100% 100%Carlsberg Supply Company Asia Ltd Hong Kong SAR 100% 100%Caretech Limited Hong Kong SAR 100% 100%Cambrew Limited Cambodia 3 100% 100%Cambrew Properties Ltd Cambodia 100% 100%CB Distribution Co., Ltd Thailand E 100% 100%
Central & Eastern Europe and IndiaPlace of Number of Parent direct Consolidated incorporation NotesubsidiariesownershipownershipCarlsberg Azerbaijan LLC Azerbaijan 100% 100%Baku Piva JSC Azerbaijan 91% 91%Carlsberg Kazakhstan Ltd Kazakhstan 90% 100%Carlsberg Beverages Central Asia LLP Kazakhstan 100% 100%Carlsberg Central Asia LLP Kazakhstan 100% 100%Carlsberg Kyrgyzstan LLC Kyrgyzstan 100% 100%PJSC Carlsberg Ukraine Ukraine 1 100% 100%Carlsberg South Asia Pte Ltd Singapore 100% 100%South Asian Breweries Pte Ltd Singapore 100% 100%Carlsberg India Pvt. Ltd India 100% 100%
A Listed company.
B Carlsberg Chongqing Breweries Company Limited is owned by Chongqing Brewery Co., Ltd (51%) and Guangzhou Carlsberg Consultancy and Management Services Co Ltd (49%),
resulting in a consolidated ownership of 79%.
C Maybev Pte Ltd is owned by Carlsberg Singapore Pte Ltd (51%), which is owned by Carlsberg Brewery Malaysia Berhad (51%), resulting in a consolidated ownership of 26%.
Central & Eastern Europe and IndiaPlace of Number of Parent direct Consolidated incorporation NotesubsidiariesownershipownershipGorkha Brewery Pvt. Ltd Nepal E 94% 94%Raj Brewery Pvt. Ltd Nepal E 1 100% 94%G.B. Marketing Pvt Ltd Nepal E 100 % 94 %Baltic Beverages Holding AB Sweden 100% 100%Carlsberg Serbia Ltd Serbia 100% 100%Bosnia and Carlsberg BH d.o.o.Herzegovina 100% 100%Carlsberg Montenegro d.o.o. Montenegro 100% 100%Carlsberg Croatia d.o.o. Croatia100%100%Carlsberg Bulgaria AD Bulgaria 100% 100%OJSC Brewery Alivaria Belarus E, F 78% 89%Vista BY Co LLC Belarus E 100% 100%Empresa Brasileira De Bebidas E Alimentos SA Brazil E 1 100% 100%Carlsberg Italia S.p.A. Italy 100% 100%Carlsberg Horeca Srl Italy 100% 100%T&C Italia Srl Italy 100% 100%Olympic Brewery SA Greece 100% 100%Hellenic Beverage Company SA Greece 100% 100%Carlsberg Hungary Kft. Hungary 100% 100%Saku Ölletehase AS Estonia 100% 100%Aldaris JSC Latvia 100% 100%Svyturys-Utenos Alus UAB Lithuania 99% 99%CTDD Beer Imports Ltd Canada 100% 100%Carlsberg Canada Inc. Canada 100% 100%Kronenbourg Breweries Canada Inc. Canada 100% 100%Carlsberg USA Inc. USA 100% 100%
E Company not audited by PwC.
F Consolidated ownership is higher than the legal ownership due to written put options.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 176
SECTION 10 GROUP COMPANIES
Not allocatedPlace of Number of Parent direct Consolidated incorporation NotesubsidiariesownershipownershipCarlsberg Finans A/S Denmark 100% 100%Carlsberg International A/S Denmark 100% 100%Home of Carlsberg A/S Denmark 100% 100%Carlsberg Invest A/S Denmark 100% 100%Carlsberg Integrated Information Technology A/S Denmark 100% 100%Carlsberg Captive Insurance Company A/S Denmark 100% 100%Carlsberg Central Office A/S Denmark 100% 100%Traitomic A/S Denmark 1 100% 100%Carlsberg Shared Services Sp. z o.o. Poland 100% 100%Place of Number of Parent direct Consolidated Non-beverageincorporation NotesubsidiariesownershipownershipBarley 1 A/S Denmark 100% 100%Carlsberg Ejendomme Holding A/S Denmark 100% 100%
AssociatesPlace of Number of Parent direct Consolidated incorporation NotesubsidiariesownershipownershipUdviklingsselskabet Carlsberg Byen P/S Denmark 46 25% 25%Bjergsø Holding ApS Denmark 22 20% 20%Sinergie Proattive Srl Italy 36% 36%Brasserie du Pays Flamand France 28% 28%Knopp Oy Finland 50% 50%Viacer S.G.P.S., Lda Portugal G 29% 29%Super Bock Group, S.G.P.S., S.A. Portugal G 13 56% 60%Serviced Dispense Equipment (Holdings) Limited UK 2 33% 20%Chongqing Jiawei Beer Co. Ltd China 33% 26%Lanzhou Huanghe Jianiang Brewery Company Limited China 50% 50%Qinghai Huanghe Jianiang Brewery Company Ltd China 50% 50%Jiuquan West Brewery Company Limited China 50% 50%Tianshui Huanghe Jianiang Brewery Company Ltd China 50% 50%Lion Brewery (Ceylon) PLC Sri Lanka A, H 25% 13%Hanoi Beer Alcohol and Beverage Joint Stock Corporation Vietnam 17% 17%Carlsberg Taiwan Trading Company Ltd Taiwan 50% 50%NCC Crowns Private Limited India 33% 33%Bottlers Nepal Limited Nepal 1 22% 20%Myanmar Carlsberg Co. Ltd Myanmar 1 61% 61%
G Viacer S.G.P.S (Viacer) is the controlling shareholder of Super Bock Group, S.G.P.S. (Super Bock) with a 56% shareholding, with Carlsberg Breweries A/S owning the remaining 44%. In
addition, Carlsberg Breweries A/S has a direct ownership share of 29% in Viacer without exercising control. Therefore, both Viacer and Super Bock are considered associates of the Group.
The Group's direct and indirect ownership of Super Bock totals 60%.
H Lion Brewery (Ceylon) PLC is owned by Carlsberg Brewery Malaysia Berhad (25%). Carlsberg owns 51% of Carlsberg Brewery Malaysia Berhad, resulting in 13% of the result being
attributed to the shareholders in Carlsberg A/S.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 177
SECTION 10 GROUP COMPANIES
PARENT COMPANY
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In this section
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
179 Income statement
179 Statement of comprehensive income
180 Statement of financial position
181 Statement of changes in equity
181 Statement of cash flows
182 Notes
SECTION 1
SUBSIDIARIES AND RELATED PARTIES
182 1.1 Investments in subsidiaries
182 1.2 Related parties
SECTION 2
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
184 2.1 Financial items
184 2.2 Net interest-bearing debt
185 2.3 Share capital
SECTION 3
STAFF COSTS AND REMUNERATION
186 3.1 Staff costs and remuneration
186 3.2 Retirement benefit obligations
SECTION 4
OTHER DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS
187 4.1 Other operating activities, net
187 4.2 Cash flow
187 4.3 Provisions
187 4.4 Asset base and leases
187 4.5 Fees to auditors
188 4.6 Tax
188 4.7
Contingent liabilities and other commitments
188 4.8 Events after the reporting period
SECTION 5
GENERAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
189 5 General accounting policies
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 178
INCOME
STATEMENT
DKK million Section 2025 2024
Administrative expenses -39 -35
Other operating activities, net 4.1 -9 -25
Operating profit before special items -48 -60
Special items, net - 4
Financial income 2.1 3,578 3,619
Financial expenses 2.1 -14 -53
Profit before tax 3,516 3,510
Income tax 4.6 47 -21
Profit for the period 3,563 3,489
Attributable to
Dividend to shareholders 3,847 3,625
Reserves -284 -136
Profit for the period 3,563 3,489
STATEMENT OF
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
DKK million Section 2025 2024
Profit for the period 3,563 3,489
Other comprehensive income
Retirement benefit obligations 3.2 -4 -3
Income tax 4.6 1 1
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement -3 -2
Other comprehensive income -3 -2
Total comprehensive income 3,560 3,487
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 179
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STATEMENT OF
FINANCIAL POSITION
DKK million Section 31 Dec. 2025 31 Dec. 2024
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment 4.4 230 231
Investments in subsidiaries 1.1 25,575 25,697
Receivables 368 357
Deferred tax assets 4.6 94 59
Total non-current assets 26,267 26,344
Current assets
Receivables 1.2 18 27
Tax receivables 18 25
Other receivables 375 199
Total current assets 411 251
Total assets 26,678 26,595
DKK million Section 31 Dec. 2025 31 Dec. 2024
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Share capital 2.3 2,653 2,685
Retained earnings 23,679 23,521
Total equity 26,332 26,206
Non-current liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations 3.2 29 29
Provisions 4.3 16 15
Total non-current liabilities 45 44
Current liabilities
Borrowings 1.2 110 162
Trade payables 39 38
Provisions 4.3 1 8
Other liabilities 151 137
Total current liabilities 301 345
Total liabilities 346 389
Total equity and liabilities 26,678 26,595
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 180
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STATEMENT OF
CHANGES IN EQUITY
DKK million Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S
2025 Section Share capital Retained earnings Total equity
Equity at 1 January 2,685 23,521 26,206
Profit for the period 3,563 3,563
Other comprehensive income - -3 -3
Total comprehensive income for the period - 3,560 3,560
Cancellation of treasury shares -32 32 -
Share-based payments 3.1 - 1 1
Share-based payments to employees in subsidiaries - 134 134
Share buy-back 2.3 - - -
Dividends paid to shareholders 2.3 - -3,569 -3,569
Total changes in equity -32 158 126
Equity at 31 December 2,653 23,679 26,332
2024
Equity at 1 January 2,747 25,419 28,166
Profit for the period 3,489 3,489
Other comprehensive income - -2 -2
Total comprehensive income for the period - 3,487 3,487
Cancellation of treasury shares -62 62 -
Share-based payments 3.1 - 1 1
Share-based payments to employees in subsidiaries - 113 113
Share buy-back 2.3 - -1,960 -1,960
Dividends paid to shareholders 2.3 - -3,601 -3,601
Total changes in equity -62 -1,898 -1,960
Equity at 31 December 2,685 23,521 26,206
STATEMENT
OF CASH FLOWS
DKK million Section 2025 2024
Operating profit before special items -48 -60
Depreciation and amortisation 16 14
Operating profit before depreciation and amortisation -32 -46
Other non-cash items -14 3
Change in working capital 92 69
Interest etc. received 14 19
Interest etc. paid -12 -108
Income tax paid 19 71
Cash flow from operating activities 67 8
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment -14 -15
Disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 16 -
Total operational investments 2 -15
Dividends from subsidiaries 1.2 3,564 3,598
Capital reductions in subsidiaries 1.2 - 1,660
Total financial investments 3,564 5,258
Cash flow from investing activities 3,566 5,243
Free cash flow 3,633 5,251
Shareholders in Carlsberg A/S 2.3 -3,569 -5,561
External financing 2.2 -64 310
Cash flow from financing activities -3,633 -5,251
Net cash flow - -
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January - -
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December - -
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 181
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 1
SUBSIDIARIES AND RELATED
PARTIES
Section 1.1
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries
DKK million 2025 2024
Cost
Cost at 1 January 25,697 27,271
Capital reductions - -1,660
Share-based payments to employees, net -122 86
Cost at 31 December 25,575 25,697
Carrying amount at 31 December 25,575 25,697
Share-based payments to employees in subsidiaries comprise exercised as well as outstanding share-based incentive instruments.
Please see section 10 in the consolidated financial statements for a list of companies in the Carlsberg Group.
Accounting estimates and judgements
Indications of impairment of investments in subsidiaries are assessed annually by management. Impairment tests are performed by
applying the same principles as the tests for impairment of goodwill in the Group, cf. section 2.3 in the consolidated financial statements.
It is management’s assessment that no indications of impairment existed at year-end 2025. Impairment tests have therefore not
been carried out for subsidiaries.
Accounting policies
Dividends on investments in subsidiaries are recognised in the Parent Company income statement in the financial year in which the
dividend is declared.
Investments in subsidiaries are measured at the lower of cost and recoverable amount.
Share-based payments granted to employees of the Company’s subsidiaries and the recharge of expenses to the subsidiaries in
connection with the employees’ exercise of share-based awards are recognised as contributions to and reductions of the investment
in the subsidiaries respectively.
Section 1.2
Related parties
The Carlsberg Foundation, H.C. Andersens Boulevard 35, 1553 Copenhagen V, Denmark, exercises control over Carlsberg A/S. The
foundation holds 30.0% (2024: 29.6%) of the shares and 77.5% (2024: 77.3%). of the voting power in Carlsberg A/S, excluding
treasury shares.
The following transactions took place between the Carlsberg Foundation and the Carlsberg Group in 2025:
The Carlsberg Foundation received a dividend from Carlsberg A/S and participated pro rata in the Carlsberg A/S share buy-back.
Carlsberg A/S received statutory funding and grants for research and development.
Home of Carlsberg A/S, a 100%-owned subsidiary of the Carlsberg Group, hosted and administered events at the Carlsberg
Academy, which is owned by the Carlsberg Foundation.
Carlsberg A/S leased parking spaces from the Carlsberg Foundation.
Carlsberg Breweries A/S leased storage facilities in the researcher apartments in Carlsberg Byen.
The Group delivered beer and soft drinks to the Carlsberg Foundation.
These transactions are described in further detail in sections 4.2 and 8.3 in the consolidated financial statements.
It is estimated that the benefit for the Carlsberg Group corresponds to the value of the services provided to the Carlsberg Foundation,
which in turn corresponds to what each party would have had to pay to have the same deliverables provided by external parties.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 182
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Other related parties
Related parties also comprise Carlsberg A/S’ Supervisory Board and Executive Board, their close family members and companies in
which these persons have significant influence. During the year, there were no transactions between these parties and the Group,
except for remuneration as disclosed in section 3.1.
No losses on loans to or receivables from subsidiaries and associates were recognised or provided for in either 2025 or 2024.
Transactions with subsidiaries
DKK million 2025 2024
Other operating activities, net 42 33
Interest income 14 21
Interest expenses -7 -48
Dividends received 3,564 3,598
Capital reductions - 1,660
Recharge of share-based payments 82 83
Loans 366 355
Receivables 18 26
Borrowings -110 -162
Trade payables -7 -9
The fair value of receivables from subsidiaries corresponds to the carrying amount in all material respects.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 183
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Section 2.1
Financial items
Financial items recognised in the income statement
DKK million 2025 2024
Financial income
Interest income 14 21
Dividends from subsidiaries 3,564 3,598
Total 3,578 3,619
Financial expenses
Interest expenses -7 -48
Other -7 -5
Total -14 -53
Financial items, net 3,564 3,566
Interest income relates to interest on loans to subsidiaries, whereas interest expenses relate to borrowings incurred and repaid during
the year.
No financial items were recognised in other comprehensive income. The average effective interest rate on loans to subsidiaries was
3.16% (2024: 4.04%) and on borrowings from subsidiaries 4.32% (2024: 4.73%).
Section 2.2
Net interest-bearing debt
DKK million 2025 2024
Borrowings 110 162
Gross interest-bearing debt 110 162
Loans to subsidiaries -366 -355
Net interest-bearing debt -256 -193
Changes in net interest-bearing debt
Net interest-bearing debt at 1 January -193 -503
Cash flow from operating activities, excluding interest-bearing part -67 -8
Cash flow from investing activities -3,566 -5,243
Share buy-back - 1,960
Dividends to shareholders 3,569 3,601
Other 1 -
Total change -63 310
Net interest-bearing debt at 31 December -256 -193
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 184
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 2.3
Share capital
Class A shares Class B shares Total share capital
Shares of
DKK 20
Nominal
value,
DKK ’000
Shares of
DKK 20
Nominal
value,
DKK ’000
Shares of
DKK 20
Nominal
value,
DKK ’000
1 January 2024 33,699,252 673,985 103,657,554 2,073,151 137,356,806 2,747,136
Cancellation of treasury shares - - -3,100,000 -62,000 -3,100,000 -62,000
31 December 2024 33,699,252 673,985 100,557,554 2,011,151 134,256,806 2,685,136
Cancellation of treasury shares - - -1,600,000 -32,000 -1,600,000 -32,000
31 December 2025 33,699,252 673,985 98,957,554 1,979,151 132,656,806 2,653,136
A shares carry 20 votes per DKK 20 share. B shares carry two votes per DKK 20 share. A preferential right to an 8% non-cumulative dividend is attached to B shares. Apart from votes and
dividends, all shares rank equally.
At the Annual General Meeting on 17March 2025, it was decided to reduce the share capital of Carlsberg A/S by a nominal amount
of DKK 32,000,000 to a nominal amount of DKK 2,653,136,120 by cancelling 1,600,000 of the B shares held by the Company, each
with a nominal value of DKK 20. The cancellation was completed on 26May 2025. These shares had been repurchased as part of
the Company’s share buy-back programme.
Dividends
The proposed dividend of DKK 29.00 per share (2024: DKK 27.00 per share), amounting to DKK 3,847m (2024: DKK 3,625m), has
been included in retained earnings at 31 December 2025.
Dividends to be paid out in 2026 for 2025, net of dividends on treasury shares held at 31 December 2025, will amount to DKK 3,833m
(paid out in 2025 for 2024: DKK 3,566m). Dividends paid out in 2025 for 2024, net of dividends on treasury shares, amounted to DKK
3,569m (paid out in 2024 for 2023: DKK 3,601m). Dividends paid out to shareholders in Carlsberg A/S do not impact taxable income
in Carlsberg A/S.
Share buy-back and treasury shares
On 8 July 2024, the Group terminated its share buy-back programme following the announcement of the Group’s recommended
offer to acquire Britvic plc, and so the Group did not execute any share buy-backs in 2025.
According to the authorisation of the Annual General Meeting, the Supervisory Board may, in the period until 13 March 2027, allow
the Company to acquire treasury shares up to a total holding of 10% of the nominal share capital at a price quoted on Nasdaq
Copenhagen at the time of acquisition with a deviation of up to 10%. The permitted holding of treasury shares covers those acquired
in share buy-back programmes. The Company holds no class A shares.
Transactions with shareholders in Carlsberg A/S
2025 2024
Dividends to shareholders -3,569 -3,601
Acquisition of treasury shares -1,960
Total -3,569 -5,561
At 31 December 2025, the fair value of treasury shares amounted to DKK 405m (2024: DKK 1,503m). The holdings of treasury shares
are specified in section 4.2 in the consolidated financial statements.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 185
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3
STAFF COSTS AND
REMUNERATION
Section 3.1
Staff costs and remuneration
Staff costs and remuneration
DKK million 2025 2024
Salaries and other remuneration 104 99
Retirement benefit costs - defined contribution plans 7 6
Share-based payments 34 25
Total 145 130
Staff costs are included in the following items in the income statement
Administrative expenses 2 2
Other operating activities, net 75 69
Total staff costs recognised by the Parent Company 77 71
Staff costs recognised by other Group companies 68 59
Total 145 130
The Company had an average of 93 (2024: 92) full-time employees during the year.
The remuneration of the Supervisory Board, executive directors and key management personnel is described in detail in the
Remuneration Report.
In 2025, the Supervisory Board received total remuneration of DKK 10.93m (2024: DKK11.00m), comprising fixed salary only.
Share-based incentive programmes
The executive directors in the Parent Company are the same as for the Carlsberg Group. Please refer to section 7.3 in the
consolidated financial statements for information on share-based incentive programmes for the executive directors.
Performance shares
Besides the executive directors, one employee in the Parent Company participates in the Group’s performance share programmes as
described in section 7.3 in the consolidated financial statements. Refunds etc. between Carlsberg A/S and its subsidiaries are
recognised directly in equity.
Accounting policies
Staff costs are recognised in the financial year in which the employee renders the related service. The fair value of share-based
incentives, which is expensed over the vesting period of the programme according to the service conditions, is recognised in staff
costs and offset directly against equity.
The fair value of share-based incentives granted to employees in subsidiaries is recognised as investments in subsidiaries and offset
directly against equity.
The difference between the purchase price and the selling price for the exercise of share-based incentives is settled between
Carlsberg A/S and the individual subsidiary, and offset directly against investments in subsidiaries.
The difference between the fair value of the Parent Company’s equity instruments and the exercise price of outstanding share-
based incentives is recognised as a receivable and offset directly against investments in subsidiaries.
Share-based incentives granted to the Parent Company’s own employees are recognised and measured in accordance with the
accounting policies used by the Group.
Section 3.2
Retirement benefit obligations
Retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations comprise payments to retired directors that are not covered by an insurance
company. The plan is unfunded.
Total obligations amounted to DKK 29m (2024: DKK 29m) and include actuarial losses of DKK 4m (2024: DKK 2m) and benefits
paid in the year of DKK 4m (2024: DKK 4m).
Of the expected payment obligation, DKK 4m (2024: DKK 4m) is due within one year, DKK 16m (2024: DKK 16m) between one and
five years and DKK 9m (2024: DKK 9m) after more than five years from the reporting date.
The underlying actuarial assumptions are based on local economic and labour market conditions. In 2024 and 2025, the discount
rate was 0.5% and the rate of increase in future retirement benefit obligations was 0%.
Retirement benefit obligations had no impact on the income statement in either 2025 or 2024. DKK-4m (2024: DKK -3m) was
recognised in other comprehensive income.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 186
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4
OTHER DISCLOSURE
REQUIREMENTS
Section 4.1
Other operating activities, net
Other operating activities, net
DKK million 2025 2024
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 16 -
Real estate, net -1 -1
Research activities, including the Carlsberg Research Laboratory -25 -24
Other, net 1 -
Total -9 -25
Other operating activities are secondary to the principal activities of the Group and include income and expenses relating to rental
properties and research activities.
Research expenses are partially financed through funding received from the Carlsberg Foundation for the operation of the Carlsberg
Research Laboratory and other grants.
Accounting policies
The funding and grants are recognised in the income statement in the same period as the activities to which they relate.
Section 4.2
Cash flow
Change in working capital of DKK 92m (2024: DKK 69m) consists of receivables of DKK -169m (2024: 73m), trade payables and
other liabilities of DKK14m (2024: DKK -73m), and retirement benefit obligations and provisions of DKK73m (2024: DKK 69m).
Cash flow from operational investments of DKK 2m (2024: DKK -15m) comprises acquisition and disposal of property, plant
andequipment.
Section 4.3
Provisions
Provisions primarily comprise warranty provisions regarding real estate disposed of and provisions for ongoing disputes.
At 31 December 2025, total provisions amounted to DKK 17m (2024: DKK 23m). Provisions amounting to DKK 4m (2024: DKK 6m)
were utilised in 2025. Of the total provisions, DKK 1m (2024: DKK 8m) falls due within one year and DKK 16m (2024: DKK 15m)
between one and five years from the end of the reporting period.
Section 4.4
Asset base and leases
Property, plant and equipment totalled DKK 230m (2024: DKK 231m) and comprised land and buildings of DKK 191m (2024: DKK
195m) and plant and machinery of DKK 39m (2024: DKK 36m).
Depreciation and amortisation of DKK 16m (2024: DKK 14m) was included in administrative expenses.
All lease contracts in Carlsberg A/S at 31 December 2025 related to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. The lease
expenses recognised in the income statement amounted to DKK 1m (2024: DKK 0m). Such contracts comprise the lease of copy and
printing machines, coffee machines, parking spaces, small IT devices and similar equipment.
Section 4.5
Fees to auditors
Fees to auditors appointed by the Annual General Meeting
DKK million 2025 2024
Statutory audit 0.5 0.5
Assurance engagements 0.2 0.2
Other services 0.1 0.1
Total 0.8 0.8
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 187
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 4.6
Tax
Reconciliation of tax for the year
DKK million 2025 2024
Calculated tax on profit at 22% 774 772
Adjustments to tax for prior years -37 41
Non-deductible expenses - -1
Dividends and other tax-exempt items -784 -791
Tax for the year -47 21
Total tax income for the year recognised in the income statement of DKK 47m (2024: expense of DKK 21m) was primarily affected
by non-taxable dividends and adjustments to tax for prior years.
Specification of deferred tax
Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities
DKK million 2025 2024 2025 2024
Property, plant and equipment 4 5 6 5
Provisions and retirement benefit obligations 41 40 - -
Tax losses 55 19 - -
Total before offset 100 64 6 5
Offset -6 -5 -6 -5
Deferred tax assets and liabilities at 31 December 94 59 - -
Expected to be used as follows
Within one year 3 3 - -
After more than one year 91 56 - -
Total 94 59 - -
The unrecognised tax asset from tax losses amounted to DKK 20m (2024: DKK 55m).
As the administration company in the mandatory Danish joint taxation regime, Carlsberg A/S has unlimited and joint legal
responsibility with the other Danish companies for Danish withholding taxes.
Accounting estimates and judgements
Carlsberg A/S recognises deferred tax assets, including the tax base of tax losses carried forward, if management assesses that
these tax assets can be offset against positive taxable income in the foreseeable future. This judgement is made annually and
based on budgets and business plans for the coming years.
Accounting policies
Carlsberg A/S is the administration company for the mandatory Danish joint tax regime. Taxes calculated under this regime are
fully distributed between relevant entities.
The Parent Company has applied the exception to recognise and disclose information about deferred tax in the OECD/EU Pillar
Two Model Rules and their local implementation.
Section 4.7
Contingent liabilities and other commitments
Carlsberg A/S has issued guarantees to subsidiaries in Sweden for pension obligations of DKK 402m (2024: DKK 394m) and
guarantees for pension obligations in the UK, cf. section 7.4 in the consolidated financial statements.
Carlsberg A/S is jointly registered for Danish VAT and excise duties with Carlsberg Breweries, Carlsberg Danmark, Carlsberg Supply
Company Danmark and various other Danish subsidiaries, and is jointly and severally liable for payment of VAT and excise duties.
Carlsberg A/S is party to certain lawsuits, disputes etc. of various scopes. In management’s opinion, apart from items recognised in
the statement of financial position or disclosed in the financial statements, the outcome of these lawsuits, disputes etc. will not have
a material negative effect on the Company’s financial position.
Section 4.8
Events after the reporting period
Apart from the events recognised or disclosed in the financial statements, no events have occurred after the reporting date of
importance to the financial statements.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 188
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 5
GENERAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The financial statements of Carlsberg A/S for 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by
the EU and further requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act.
The financial statements are presented in Danish kroner (DKK), which is the presentation currency.
The accounting policies for the Parent Company are the same as for the Group, cf. section 9 in the consolidated financial statements
and the individual sections.
Significant accounting estimates and judgements
In preparing Carlsberg A/S’ financial statements, management makes various accounting estimates and judgements that form the
basis of presentation, recognition and measurement of the Company’s assets and liabilities.
The estimates and judgements made are based on historical experience and other factors that management assesses to be reliable,
but that by their very nature are associated with uncertainty and unpredictability. These estimates and judgements may therefore
prove incomplete or incorrect, and unexpected events or circumstances may arise.
The significant accounting estimates and judgements made and accounting policies specific to the Parent Company are presented in
the explanatory notes.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 189
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Supervisory Board and the Executive Board have today considered and adopted the Annual Report of Carlsberg A/S for the
financial year 1 January – 31 December 2025.
The Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent Company Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS
Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU and further requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act. Management’s Review
has been prepared in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act.
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent Company Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the
financial position at 31 December 2025 of the Group and the Parent Company and of the results of the Group and Parent Company
operations and cash flows for 2025.
In our opinion, Management’s Review includes a fair review of the development in the operations and financial circumstances of the
Group and the Parent Company, of the results for the year and of the financial position of the Group and the Parent Company as
well as a description of the most significant risks and elements of uncertainty, which the Group and the Parent Company are facing.
Additionally, the sustainability statement, which is part of Management’s Review, has been prepared, in all material respects, in
accordance with paragraph 99 a of the Danish Financial Statements Act. This includes compliance with the European Sustainability
Reporting Standards (ESRS) including that the process undertaken by Management to identify the reported information (the
“Process”) is in accordance with the description set out in the section “Our Double Materiality Assessment (DMA)”. Furthermore,
disclosures within “EU Taxonomy” of the sustainability statement are, in all material respects, in accordance with Article 8 of EU
Regulation 2020/852 (the “Taxonomy Regulation”).
The sustainability statement includes forward-looking statements based on disclosed assumptions about events that may occur in
the future and possible future actions by the Group. Actual outcomes are likely to be different since anticipated events frequently do
not occur as expected.
In our opinion, the annual report of Carlsberg A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with the file name
Carlsberg-2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all material respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation.
We recommend that the Annual Report be adopted at the Annual General Meeting.
Copenhagen, 4 February 2026
Executive Board of Carlsberg A/S
Jacob Aarup-Andersen
Group CEO
Ulrica Fearn
CFO
Supervisory Board of Carlsberg A/S
Henrik Poulsen
Chair
Majken Schultz
Deputy Chair
Magdi Batato Lilian Fossum Biner
Eva Vilstrup Decker Jens Hjorth
Søren Knudsen Bob Kunze-Concewitz
Punita Lal Erik Lund
Winnie Ma Ivan Nielsen
Peter Petersen
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 190
REPORTS
MANAGEMENT STATEMENT
To the shareholders of Carlsberg A/S
Report on the audit of the Financial Statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent Company Financial Statements (pp. 102-189) give a true and
fair view of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s financial position at 31 December 2025 and of the results of the Group’s and the
Parent Company’s operations and cash flows for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 in accordance with IFRS
Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU and further requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act.
Our opinion is consistent with our Auditor’s Long-form Report to the Audit Committee and the Supervisory Board.
What we have audited
The Consolidated Financial Statements and Parent Company Financial Statements of Carlsberg A/S for the financial year 1 January
to 31 December 2025 comprise income statement and statement of comprehensive income, statement of financial position,
statement of changes in equity, statement of cash flows and notes, including material accounting policy information for the Group as
well as for the Parent Company. Collectively referred to as the “Financial Statements”.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) and the additional requirements applicable in
Denmark. Our responsibilities under those standards and requirements are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the
audit of the Financial Statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of
Ethics for Professional Accountants (IESBA Code) as applicable to audits of financial statements of public interest entities, and the
additional ethical requirements applicable in Denmark. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with
these requirements and the IESBA Code.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014 were
not provided.
Appointment
We were first appointed auditors of Carlsberg A/S on 30 March 2017 for the financial year 2017. We have been reappointed annually
by shareholder resolution for a total period of uninterrupted engagement of nine years including the financial year 2025.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the Financial
Statements for 2025. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the Financial Statements as a whole, and in
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 191
REPORTS
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTS
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Revenue recognition
Revenue recognition is complex due to the variety of
different revenue streams, ranging from sales of goods,
royalty income and sales of by-products, recognised
when all significant risks and rewards have been
transferred to the customer or in line with the terms of
the licence agreement.
Furthermore, the various discounts and locally imposed
duties and fees in respect of revenue recognition are
complex and hold an inherent risk to the revenue
recognition process.
We focused on this area, as there is a risk of non-
compliance with accounting standards due to complexity
originating from different revenue streams, customer
behaviours, structures, market conditions and terms in the
various countries.
Revenue recognition and accounting treatment are
described in section 1.2 “Segmentation of operations” in
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our audit procedures included considering the appropriateness of the revenue recognition accounting
policies and assessing compliance with the accounting standards.
We performed risk assessment procedures to obtain an understanding of IT systems, business
processes and relevant controls related to revenue recognition. For the controls we assessed if these
had been designed and implemented in a way that effectively addresses the risk of material
misstatement.
We tested that selected controls considered relevant to our audit, including controls implemented to
ensure the completeness, accuracy and timing of revenue recognised, were performed consistently
throughout the year.
We discussed the judgements related to the recognition, and classification of revenue with
Management. Further, we performed substantive procedures regarding invoicing, significant contracts,
significant revenue streams and discounts, locally imposed duties and fees, and cut-off at year-end in
order to assess the accounting treatment and principles applied.
We applied data analysis in our testing of revenue transactions in order to identify and test
transactions outside the ordinary transaction flow, including journal entry testing.
Finally, we assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill, brands and licence agreements
The carrying amount of goodwill, brands and licence
agreements at 31 December 2025 amounts to DKK 80.8
billion, corresponding to 53% of total assets.
The principal risks are in relation to Management’s
assessment of the future timing and amount of cash
flows that are used to project the recoverability of the
carrying amount of goodwill, brands and licence
agreements.
Bearing in mind the generally long-lived nature of the
assets, the significant assumptions used to estimate
future cash flows are; Management’s view of prices,
volumes, discount rates, growth rates, royalty rates,
expected useful life, costs and operating investments as
well as the judgement in defining Cash Generating Units
(CGUs).
We focused on this, as there is a high level of subjectivity
exercised by Management in estimating future cash flows
and the models used are complex.
The key assumptions and accounting treatment are
described in section 2.3 “Impairment” in the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Our audit procedures included performing risk assessment procedures to obtain an understanding of IT
systems, business processes and relevant controls related to the assessment of the carrying amount of
goodwill, brands and licence agreements with indefinite and finite useful lives.
In addressing the risks, we walked through and tested that controls relevant to our audit were
performed consistently throughout the year.
We considered the appropriateness of Management’s assessment of the CGUs within the business. We
evaluated whether there were factors requiring Management to change their definition. We examined
the methodology used by Management to assess the carrying amount of goodwill, brands and licence
agreements assigned to the groups of CGUs, and the process for identifying CGUs that require
impairment testing to determine compliance with IFRS Accounting Standards.
We performed detailed testing for the assets where an impairment test was required, or indications of
impairment were identified. For those assets, we obtained the impairment tests prepared by
Management and assessed the reasonableness of the significant assumptions, including assessment of
price and volume forecasts, royalty rates, expected useful life, costs, operating investments, discount
rates and long-term growth rates, and tested the relevant data applied by Management.
We evaluated estimates of future cash flows and challenged whether they are reasonable and
supported by the most recently approved Management budgets, including expected future
performance of the CGUs, and challenged the appropriateness thereof.
We made use of our internal valuation specialists to independently challenge the key inputs used in
calculating the discount rates and to assess the methodologies applied.
For assets where indicators for impairment were not identified, we assessed the conclusion reached by
Management, evaluating external and internal indicators of impairment.
Further, we tested the mathematical accuracy of the relevant models and the amortisation expense for
licence agreements and brands with a finite useful life prepared by Management.
Finally, we assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures in the Consolidated Financial Statements,
including sensitivity analyses prepared for the significant assumptions.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 192
REPORTS INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTS
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Acquisition of the Britvic Group
At 16 January 2025, the Group completed the acquisition
of the Britvic Group for a cash consideration of DKK 28.8
billion.
As part of the acquisition, Management is required to
prepare a Purchase Price Allocation (PPA), whereby the
identified assets and liabilities are separately recognised
and valued at its fair value in the opening balance sheet.
In order to determine the fair values of the separately
identified assets and liabilities in the business
combination, Management is required to perform
significant judgments related to the identification of the
relevant assets and liabilities as well as estimating the
related fair values, which includes an assessment over the
future free cash flows and estimation of discount rates.
We focused on the PPA, as there is a high level of
subjectivity in determining the fair values of the acquired
assets and assumed liabilities.
The key assumptions and accounting treatment are
described in section 5.1 “Acquisitions” in the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Our audit procedures included performing risk assessment procedures to obtain an understanding of
the Britvic Group including the methodology used by Management in preparing the opening balance at
16 January 2025, the adjustments to accounting policies and the PPA reflecting the fair values of the
identified assets and liabilities.
We evaluated the significant assumptions used to determine the fair values of the acquired assets and
assumed liabilities.
We assessed the reasonableness of the significant assumptions applied in valuing the licence
agreements, acquired brands and customer relationships, including the underlying useful life of licence
agreements, brands and customer relationships, the applied revenue growth, profitability, royalty rates,
discount rates as well as tested the mathematical accuracy of the relevant models prepared by
Management.
We made use of our internal valuation and accounting specialists to independently challenge
Management in the identification and valuation of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities in the
PPA.
Furthermore, we assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures in the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Statement on Management’s Review
Management is responsible for Management’s Review. Management’s Review comprises ‘Management review’ and ‘Sustainability
statement’ (pp. 1-100).
Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover Management’s Review, and we do not as part of the audit express any form
of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Financial Statements, our responsibility is to read Management’s Review and, in doing so,
consider whether Management’s Review is materially inconsistent with the Financial Statements or our knowledge obtained in the
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
Moreover, we considered whether Management’s Review includes the disclosures required by the Danish Financial Statements Act.
This does not include the requirements in paragraph 99 a related to the sustainability statement covered by the separate auditor’s
limited assurance report hereon.
Based on the work we have performed, in our view, Management’s Review is in accordance with the Consolidated Financial
Statements and the Parent Company Financial Statements and has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the
Danish Financial Statements Act, except for the requirements in paragraph 99 a related to the sustainability statement, cf. above. We
did not identify any material misstatement in Management’s Review.
Management’s responsibilities for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation of consolidated financial statements and parent company financial statements that
give a true and fair view in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU and further requirements in the Danish
Financial Statements Act, and for such internal control as Management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the Financial Statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of
accounting unless Management either intends to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or has no
realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs and the additional requirements
applicable in Denmark will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of
users taken on the basis of these Financial Statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs and the additional requirements applicable in Denmark, we exercise professional
judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the Financial Statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and
perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error,
as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s
internal control.
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures
made by Management.
Conclude on the appropriateness of Management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and based on the audit evidence
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and
the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to
draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the Financial Statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate,
to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However,
future events or conditions may cause the Group or the Parent Company to cease to continue as a going concern.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 193
REPORTS INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTS
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the Financial Statements, including the disclosures, and whether the
Financial Statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that gives a true and fair view.
Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities
or business units within the group as a basis for forming an opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements. We are responsible
for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible
for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear
on our independence and, where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in
the audit of the Financial Statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our
auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter.
Report on compliance with the ESEF Regulation
As part of our audit of the Financial Statements we performed procedures to express an opinion on whether the annual report of
Carlsberg A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with the filename Carlsberg-2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all
material respects, in compliance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 on the European Single Electronic Format
(ESEF Regulation) which includes requirements related to the preparation of the annual report in XHTML format and iXBRL tagging
of the Consolidated Financial Statements including notes.
Management is responsible for preparing an annual report that complies with the ESEF Regulation. This responsibility includes:
The preparing of the annual report in XHTML format;
The selection and application of appropriate iXBRL tags, including extensions to the ESEF taxonomy and the anchoring thereof to
elements in the taxonomy, for all financial information required to be tagged using judgement where necessary;
Ensuring consistency between iXBRL tagged data and the Consolidated Financial Statements presented in human-readable
format; and
For such internal control as Management determines necessary to enable the preparation of an annual report that is compliant
with the ESEF Regulation.
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance on whether the annual report is prepared, in all material respects, in compliance
with the ESEF Regulation based on the evidence we have obtained, and to issue a report that includes our opinion. The nature, timing
and extent of procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material departures
from the requirements set out in the ESEF Regulation, whether due to fraud or error. The procedures include:
Testing whether the annual report is prepared in XHTML format;
Obtaining an understanding of the company’s iXBRL tagging process and of internal control over the tagging process;
Evaluating the completeness of the iXBRL tagging of the Consolidated Financial Statements including notes;
Evaluating the appropriateness of the company’s use of iXBRL elements selected from the ESEF taxonomy and the creation of
extension elements where no suitable element in the ESEF taxonomy has been identified;
Evaluating the use of anchoring of extension elements to elements in the ESEF taxonomy; and
Reconciling the iXBRL tagged data with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
In our opinion, the annual report of Carlsberg A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with the file name
Carlsberg-2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all material respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 194
REPORTS INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTS
Hellerup, 4 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no 33 77 12 31
Lars Baungaard
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne23331
Michael Groth Hansen
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne33228
To the stakeholders of Carlsberg A/S
Limited assurance conclusion
We have conducted a limited assurance engagement on the Sustainability Statement of Carlsberg A/S (the “Group”) included in the
Management’s Review (the “Sustainability Statement”), (pp. 46-100) for the financial year 1 January – 31 December 2025.
Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained, nothing has come to our attention that causes us
to believe that the Sustainability Statement is not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Danish Financial
Statements Act paragraph 99 a, including:
compliance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), including that the process carried out by the
management to identify the information reported in the Sustainability Statement (the “Process”) is in accordance with the
description set out in the section “Our double materiality assessment (DMA)"; and
compliance of the disclosures in the section “EU Taxonomy” within the Appendix of the Sustainability Statement with Article 8 of
EU Regulation 2020/852 (the “Taxonomy Regulation”).
Basis for conclusion
We conducted our limited assurance engagement in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE)
3000 (Revised), Assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial information (“ISAE 3000 (Revised)”) and
the additional requirements applicable in Denmark.
The procedures in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable
assurance engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower than
the assurance that would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement been performed.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our conclusion. Our responsibilities
under this standard are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the assurance engagement section of our report.
Our independence and quality management
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of
Ethics for Professional Accountants (IESBA Code) and the additional ethical requirements applicable in Denmark. We have also
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the IESBA Code.
Our firm applies International Standard on Quality Management 1, which requires the firm to design, implement and operate a
system of quality management including policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional
standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Management’s responsibilities for the Sustainability Statement
Management is responsible for designing and implementing a process to identify the information reported in the Sustainability
Statement in accordance with the ESRS and for disclosing this Process as included in the section “Our double materiality assessment
(DMA)” of the Sustainability Statement. This responsibility includes:
understanding the context in which the Group’s activities and business relationships take place and developing an understanding of
its affected stakeholders;
the identification of the actual and potential impacts (both negative and positive) related to sustainability matters, as well as risks
and opportunities that affect, or could reasonably be expected to affect, the Group’s financial position, financial performance, cash
flows, access to finance or cost of capital over the short-, medium-, or long-term;
the assessment of the materiality of the identified impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability matters by selecting
and applying appropriate thresholds; and
making assumptions that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Management is further responsible for the preparation of the Sustainability Statement, which includes the information identified by
the Process, in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act paragraph 99 a, including:
compliance with the ESRS;
preparing the disclosures as included in the section “EU Taxonomy” within the Appendix of the Sustainability Statement, in
compliance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation;
designing, implementing and maintaining such internal control that management determines is necessary to enable the
preparation of the Sustainability Statement that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and
the selection and application of appropriate sustainability reporting methods and making assumptions and estimates that are
reasonable in the circumstances.
Inherent limitations in preparing the Sustainability Statement
In reporting forward-looking information in accordance with ESRS, management is required to prepare the forward-looking
information on the basis of disclosed assumptions about events that may occur in the future and possible future actions by the
Group. Actual outcomes are likely to be different since anticipated events frequently do not occur as expected.
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 195
REPORTS
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S LIMITED ASSURANCE REPORT ON THE
SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT
Auditor’s responsibilities for the assurance engagement
Our responsibility is to plan and perform the assurance engagement to obtain limited assurance about whether the Sustainability
Statement is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue a limited assurance report that includes
our conclusion. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they
could reasonably be expected to influence decisions of users taken on the basis of the Sustainability Statement as a whole.
As part of a limited assurance engagement in accordance with ISAE 3000 (Revised) we exercise professional judgement and
maintain professional scepticism throughout the engagement.
Our responsibilities in respect of the Process include:
Obtaining an understanding of the Process, but not for the purpose of providing a conclusion on the effectiveness of the Process,
including the outcome of the Process;
Considering whether the information identified addresses the applicable disclosure requirements of the ESRS; and
Designing and performing procedures to evaluate whether the Process is consistent with the Group’s description of its Process, as
disclosed in the section “Our double materiality assessment (DMA)”.
Our other responsibilities in respect of the Sustainability Statement include:
Identifying where material misstatements are likely to arise, whether due to fraud or error; and
Designing and performing procedures responsive to disclosures in the Sustainability Statement where material misstatements are
likely to arise. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as
fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
Summary of the work performed
A limited assurance engagement involves performing procedures to obtain evidence about the Sustainability Statement. The nature,
timing and extent of procedures selected depend on professional judgement, including the identification of disclosures where material
misstatements are likely to arise, whether due to fraud or error, in the Sustainability Statement.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with respect to the Process, we:
Obtained an understanding of the Process by performing inquiries to understand the sources of the information used by
management; and reviewing the Group’s internal documentation of its Process; and
Evaluated whether the evidence obtained from our procedures about the Process implemented by the Group was consistent with
the description of the Process set out in the section “Our double materiality assessment (DMA)”.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with respect to the Sustainability Statement, we:
Obtained an understanding of the Group’s reporting processes relevant to the preparation of its Sustainability Statement including
the consolidation processes by obtaining an understanding of the Group’s control environment, processes and information systems
relevant to the preparation of the Sustainability Statement but not for evaluating the design of particular control activities,
obtaining evidence about their implementation or testing their operating effectiveness;
Evaluated whether the information identified by the Process is included in the Sustainability Statement;
Evaluated whether the structure and the presentation of the Sustainability Statement are in accordance with the ESRS;
Performed inquiries of relevant personnel and analytical procedures on selected information in the Sustainability Statement;
Performed substantive assurance procedures on selected information in the Sustainability Statement;
Where applicable, compared disclosures in the Sustainability Statement with the corresponding disclosures in the Financial
Statements and Management’s Review;
Evaluated the methods, assumptions and data for developing estimates and forward-looking information; and
Obtained an understanding of the Group’s process to identify taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned economic activities and the
corresponding disclosures in the Sustainability Statement.
Hellerup, 4 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no 33 77 12 31
Lars Baungaard
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne23331
Michael Groth Hansen
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne33228
Carlsberg Group Annual Report 2025 Management review Sustainability statement Financial statements Reports 196
REPORTS INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S LIMITED ASSURANCE REPORT ON THE SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT
Carlsberg A/S
J.C. Jacobsens Gade 1
1799 Copenhagen V
Denmark
Phone +45 3327 3300
www.carlsberggroup.com
CVR No. 61056416
Annual reportAuditor's report on audited financial statementsParsePort XBRL Converter2025-01-012025-12-312024-01-012024-12-315299001O0WJQYB5GYZ19Reporting class D61056416OpinionBasis for Opinion5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-12-315299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-315299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-01-012024-12-315299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-12-315299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192023-12-315299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember5299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember35299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember45299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember55299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember65299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember75299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember85299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember95299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember105299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember115299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember125299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember135299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25299001O0WJQYB5GYZ192024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberiso4217:DKKxbrli:sharesiso4217:DKKxbrli:pure